CASBEE-NCe 2008manual

CASBEE for New Construction 1
Tool-1 (2008 Edition)
Table of Contents
Introduction....................................................................... 2
PART I. Outline of CASBEE for New Construction ....... 3
1. CASBEE: Framework for New Construction ........................ 3
2. Assessment Method............................................................. 9
3. Assessment Procedure ...................................................... 20
4. Case Studies...................................................................... 36
PART II. Scoring Criteria ................................................ 45
1. Q: Environmental Quality of the Building............................ 46
Q1: Indoor Environment ..................................................... 46
Q2: Quality of Service ........................................................ 96
Q3: Outdoor Environment on Site .................................... 128
2. LR: Envoronmental Load Reduction of the Building......... 144
LR1: Energy ..................................................................... 144
LR2: Resources & Materials ............................................ 162
LR3: Off-site Environment ................................................ 177
Bibliography.................................................................. 212
Appendix Doccuments................................................. 214
PART III. Commentary .................................................. 231
1. An Overview of CASBEE ................................................. 231
2. Lifecycle CO2 ................................................................... 242
Afterword ....................................................................... 254
Project Organization .................................................... 259
c 2008 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)

Copyright٤
2 CASBEE for New Construction
Introduction
In recent years, climate change has begun to be recognized as an issue of extraordinary
importance. In 2008, we will enter the commitment period of the Kyoto Protocol that is based on
the Framework Convention on Climate Change, but it is becoming clear that it will be very difficult
to reach Japan’s target of -6%, and reining in the expanding energy consumption of the private
sector is a major challenge.
In 2007, we further enhanced the framework the existing assessment tool used for evaluating
efforts to reduce operating energy, which is a causal factor in climate change, efforts that
contribute to reducing the embodied CO2 associated with the manufacture of construction
materials, such as use of existing structural skeletons and recycled materials, and efforts to reduce
LCCO2 through longer building lifespans. These improvements allowed assessment of LCCO2
reductions associated with such efforts, creating a CASBEE version that explicitly includes
measures against climate changes in its assessments. It was published as CASBEE for New
Construction (2007 provisional edition).
After further study and deliberation, we have revised it into CASBEE for New Construction (2008
edition). It introduces the LCCO2 of apartment complexes, which was not handled by the 2007
provisional edition, and reflects a review of weighting coefficients.
We will continue to improve it in future, by reflecting users’ opinions and case studies.
Japan GreenBuild Council (JaGBC)/ Japan Sustainable Building Consortium (JSBC)

ᴾ
Shuzo Murakami, Chair

Copyright٤
Outline
PART I. Outline of CASBEE for New Construction
1. CASBEE: Framework for New Construction

1.1 What is CASBEE?
CASBEE (Comprehensive Assessment System for Building Environmental Efficiency) is a method for
evaluating and rating the environmental performance of buildings. It is a comprehensive assessment of
the quality of a building, covering aspects such as interior comfort and consideration for scenery, as well
as evaluating environmental consideration in the form of using materials and equipment that save
energy or cause smaller environmental loads. CASBEE Assessments are ranked in five grades:
Excellent (S), Very Good (A), Good (B+), Fairy Poor (B-) and Poor (C).
CASBEE has been developed under a committee established within the Institute for Building
Environment and Energy Conservation, under the guidance of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and
Transport. The first assessment tool, CASBEE for Office, was completed in 2002, followed by CASBEE
for New Construction in July 2003, CASBEE for Existing Building in July 2004 and CASBEE for
Renovation in July 2005. CASBEE assessment tools were developed on the basis of the following three
principles: [1] Assessment can continue through the lifecycle of the building. [2] Assessment can
consider both the “Building Environmental Quality (Q)” and the “Building Environmental Load (L).” [3]
The idea of environmental efficiency can be employed to evaluate on the basis if Building
Environmental Efficiency (BEE), a newly-developed indicator.
CASBEE comprises the four basis tools, tailored to the building lifecycle as shown in Figure I.1.1, and
expanded tools for specific purposes. These are collectively known as the CASBEE Family.
Housing scale
CASBEE for Home (detached houses)

Published September 2007
Building scale
Basis tools
CASBEE for Pre-Design 䋨Tool-0䋩

Under development
TC: Temporary Construction
CASBEE for New Construction (Tool-1) CASBEE for TC (Tool-1TC)
Office edition completed in 2002,
revised in 2008 Published in 2004, revised in 2008
CASBEE for Existing Building (Tool-2) B: Brief version

Published July 2004, revised in 2008 CASBEE for New Construction (Brief version) (Tool-1B)
Published July 2004, revised in 2008
CASBEE for Renovation (Tool-3)
HI: Heat Island CASBEE for Local Government edition̪

CASBEE for Heat Island (Tool-4)
Urban scale CASBEE for an Urban Area + Buildings (Tool-21+)
CASBEE for Urban Development (Too䌬-21) Published November 2007
Published July 2006, revised in 2007 CASBEE for Urban Development (Brief version) (Tool-21B)
Published November 2007

Integrated edition (Standard + Brief version)
Ḥ CASBEE-Nagoya (in effect from 04.2004), CASBEE-Osaka (in effect from 10.2004),
CASBEE-Yokohama (in effect from 07.2005, etc.).Municipalities nationwide are implementing CASBEE tools.
Figure I.1.1 Structure of the CASBEE Family

Copyright٤
1.2 The Position of CASBEE for New Construction among the Four Basic Tools
ᴾ
CASBEE offers four basic tools for the planning, new construction, existing building and renovation
sages of a building’s lifecycle.
CASBEE for New Construction is a tool for use with newly-constructed buildings. Therefore, the system
is able to make assessments at each stage of a building’s design and construction (Preliminary Design,
Execution Design and Construction Completion), on the basis of target performance, design
specification and forecast performance, enabling consideration of improvements at each stage.
As CASBEE for New Construction produces predictive assessments based on design specifications,
the assessments results remain valid for three years past the completion of construction. After that
period, if necessary, the building should be evaluates at that stage using the latest edition of CASBEE
for Existing Building.
Design process Pre-design Design Post-design

New Construction Renovation
Building life cycle Planning Preliminary Execution Construction Operation Operation
Design Construction
design design completion
Pre-design
Tool-0
assessment of
CASBEE for
building planning,
Pre-design site selection etc. 㪣㪸㪹㪼㫃㫀㫅㪾
Tool-1 Assessment of new construction

CASBEE for (Assessment of design specification 㪣㪸㪹㪼㫃㫀㫅㪾㪣㪸㪹㪼㫃㫀㫅㪾
New Construction and anticipated performance)
Assessment of existing buildings Assessment of

(Evaluate the actual specification renovation
Tool-2 and performance realized at the (Evaluate improvement
CASBEE for time of assessment) of specification and
Existing Building performance)
Assessment of existing buildings

Tool-3 (Evaluate the actual specification 㪣㪸㪹㪼㫃㫀㫅㪾
CASBEE for and performance realized at the
time of assessment)
Renovation
Figure I.1.2 Building Lifecycle and the Four Basic Tools of CASBEE
㩷
1.3 Assessment Subjects for CASBEE for New Construction
CASBEE for New Construction evaluates Q (environmental quality of the building) and LR
(environmental load reduction of the building) of newly-constructed buildings.
It also covers assessment of new construction (and remodeling) which partly reuses existing buildings,
and replacement building.
1.4 How “CASBEE for New Construction” is used.
[1] Use in construction administration

CASBEE for New Construction can be used as a tool for announcing a building’s efforts for the
environment, as an element in construction and environmental administration of buildings.
[2] Use as a Design for Environment tool for architects
It can be used at the design stage to check environmental performance, set goals, form consensus
with parties involved in design (architecture, structure, services), and indicate design performance to
the client.
[3] As an environmental labeling tool.
Third-party verification (labeling) by third-party experts on the basis of assessment results can be
used to evaluate property values from an environmental perspective on the building.
Refer to separate detailed rules for the verification system.
[4] Selection of contractors for design competitions, proposals and PFI projects
Designers can use it to propose overall environmental efficiency targets to public or private owners,
and it can assign high grades to designs which deliver the maximum environmental efficiency from
limited funds. It can be used internationally, as well as in Japan.
Performance assessment specialized in energy-saving refurbishments can be used to promote
energy saving in existing buildings, as a measure against climate change.

Copyright٤
1.5 Points to Note About CASBEE for New Construction

(1) Assessment at Preliminary Design, Execution Design and Construction Completion Stages
Efforts beginning at the Preliminary Design stage are important for efficient Design for Environment.
Detailed specifications are determined at the Execution Design and construction stages, when design
details are finalized, so there may be changes to specifications in some cases.
Therefore, CASBEE for New Construction can be used for assessment in three phases: The
Preliminary Design, Execution Design and Construction Completion stages.
Preliminary design Execution design Construction
䂰䂯䂯
Applications for Design resolution Construction
building permission = Contract documents completion
Construction completion
stage
Preliminary design
Execution design
Design changes
Assessment 1 Assessment 2 Assessment 3
Target Status
Figure I.1.3 Assessment Stages of CASBEE for New Construction
(2) Use of existing assessment systems

The evaluation criteria make maximum use of existing, established evaluation methods, such as
energy-saving standards (PAL/CEC) and the Housing Performance Indication System, and aim for
conformity with those methods, in order to save time and work in the evaluation process.
(3) Provision of a simplified edition
We have produced a simplified edition that can be used to make assessments in a short period. It
can be used for purposes such as the following:
- Simplified setting of the Building Environmental Efficiency level (as a tool for consensus forming
between owners, designers and builders, etc.).
- Setting environmental design targets and evaluating attainment (as a proposal management tool
etc. under ISO14001).
- Preparing documents for submission to government agencies etc. (building environmental plans
etc.).
(4) Provision of an assessment system for buildings intended for short-term use
In some cases, buildings are constructed to be used for a short period of time, such as exhibition
facilities, theaters and commercial facilities. Environmental considerations in such buildings differ
from those intended for permanent use. Therefore, different assessment criteria are necessary. We
have developed CASBEE for New Construction (for short-term use) to cover such buildings.
1.6 Summary of Revisions in the 2008 Edition
(1) Introduction of explicit assessment of climate change countermeasures in CASBEE

In the field of building environmental efficiency assessment, there is an international trend seeking the
introduction of more quantitative assessment, based on LCA etc. LCA can simultaneously evaluate
multiple environmental impacts on various environmental aspects. For example, CFC emissions are
related to both ozone depletion and global warming, while energy consumption is simultaneously
related to fossil energy depletion and global warming. Methods are now under development to allow

Copyright٤
LCA to evaluate these impacts separately, and also to ultimately integrate them into a single index
(Such as Lime 31).
CASBEE versions to date (the 2006 edition) have based assessments of energy saving on Energy
Reduction Rate (ERR) under “LR1 Energy.” Considering the fact that fossil energy depletion is
considered under LR1, while urgent action against climate change has become a pressing need in
recent years, we judged that consideration of global warming should be explicitly added to CASBEE
assessment, rather than considering only energy depletion. Therefore, the 2008 edition adds a new
assessment item, “Consideration of Global Warming,” and explicitly includes it as part of LR3 Off-site
Environment.
(2) Reconfiguration of medium-level items within “Off-site Environment” (LR3)

In adding “Consideration of Global Warming” to Off-site Environment (LR3), as mentioned in (1), we
also decided to group the existing medium-level items of LR3 into “Consideration of Local Environment”
and “Consideration of Surrounding Environment” (Figures I.1.4 and I.1.5).
Thus, in the results bar chart, the bars indicating medium-level items of LR3 have been reorganized
from the previous six items shown on the left of Figure I.1.5 into the three items on the right.
LR3: Off-site Environment
Impact on Impact on the

Global warming the local surrounding
(impact on the global environment)
environment environment
CO2 emission during the manufacture of CO2 emission due to fuel consumption,
construction materials, CFC leakage, CO2 emission and leakage of CFC refrigerants etc.,
related to generation for electricity consumption, etc. at the operation stage.
Energy consumption Waste air,

Water consumption noise, waste
Construction material heat, waste
consumption water, etc.
(Nearby buildings)
LR1: Depletion of fossil energy

LR2: Depletion of resources
(natural resources, water) Hypothetical
ᴾ boundary
Figure I.1.4 Positioning of Climate Change and Other Assessment Items Within LR
㩷
CASBEE for New Construction 2006 Edition CASBEE for New Construction 2008 Edition
1. Air Pollution 1. Consideration of Global Warming
2. Noise, Vibration and Odor

2. Consideration of Local Environment
2.1 Air Pollution
3. Wind Damage & Sunlight Obstruction 2.2 Heat Island Effect
2.3 Load on Local Infrastructure
4. Light Pollution
3. Consideration of the Surrounding Environment

5. Heat Island Effect 3.1 Noise, Vibration & Odor
3.2 Wind Damage & Sunlight Obstruction
3.3 Light Pollution
6. Load on Local Infrastructure
Figure I.1.5 Reorganization of Medium-level Items under LR3 Off-site Environment
(3) Provision of a simplified LCCO2 assessment method in CASBEE

CASBEE is an assessment method used by many buildings and users, so the aim is to provide the
simplest possible method. Therefore, we provide a “Standard calculation” for easy LCCO2 estimation
based mainly on items already evaluated in CASBEE.
1
Norihiro Itsubo, Atsushi Inaba “Lifecycle Environmental Impact Assessment Methods,”
The Japan Environmental Management Association For Industry, September 2005.

Copyright٤
In assessment tools up to the 2006 edition of CASBEE, efforts which contribute to reducing CO2
emissions, such as those below, were evaluated individually.
[1] Efforts to reduce operating energy, which is a contributing factor in climate change, under “LR1
Energy”
[2] Use of existing structural skeletons and recycled construction materials under LR2 Resources and
Materials, which contribute to reduction of the embodied CO2 related to the manufacture of
construction materials.
[3] Efforts to extend building lifespan under Q2 Quality of Service, which help to reduce Lifecycle CO2
(LCCO2).
In evaluating the newly-added “Consideration of Global Warming,” the LCCO2 from efforts such as the
above is estimated and the assessment based on the degree of reduction. The assessment procedure
based on the standard calculation is summarized below. (Refer to Part III 2 for details).
[1] CASBEE evaluates primary energy consumption under Energy (LR1), and the CO2 emission at
the operation stage can be estimated at a simple level in the same process.
[2] Continuing Use of Existing Structural Skeletons etc. and Use of Recycled Construction Materials
are evaluated under “Resources & Materials” (LR2), and the embodied CO2 related to the
manufacture of these materials, taking these measures into account, can be estimated simply.
[3] Extension of service life by improving longevity is evaluated under Q2 Quality of Service. However,
as it is difficult to correctly estimate the actual extension in years of service life yielded by
longevity efforts, fixed values are used for service life, other than for residential buildings (60
years for offices etc., 30 years for retailers etc.).
[4] LCCO2 can be estimated simply on the basis of the above CO2 at the operation stage, embodied
CO2 and service life, and evaluated under the new item Consideration of Global Warming, which
has been added to Off-site Environment (LR3).
Thus, “Consideration of Global Warming” is added as a medium-level item (the bar chart level) within
Off-site Environment (LR3), which gives it a direct influence on the CASBEE radar chart, BEE value and
BEE rank. As a result, CASBEE assessment more explicitly covers promotion of climate change
countermeasures.
Also, if the published LCA method, or a similar method, is used to calculate LCCO2 more accurately, it
is now possible to present the results as an “individual calculation.” Even if the LCCO2 based on an
individual calculation is presented, the score for "1. Consideration of Global Warming” in LR3 still uses
the assessment based the standard calculation result.
(4) Addition and reorganization of assessment items

Other than (2) above, we have added “1.3 Maintenance Management” to Q2 Quality of Service, and
reorganized the assessment items under LR2 Resources and Materials.
[1] Addition of the Maintenance Management item
Starting in the 2008 edition, we added direct assessment of how appropriate cleaning and
maintenance management of the public health environment are over the long term between
building design and construction and the decision to demolish it. Assessment of cleaning services
and maintenance management, which are strongly connected to comfort for building occupants
and users, is an extremely important category within the overall assessment of environmental
performance. Recently, building owners who have received good assessments under CASBEE for
New Construction have begun asking mangers to provide levels of maintenance management to
match the level of the building. Also, the LEED assessment method for general environmental
performance, which is mainly used in North America, has strongly incorporated assessment of
maintenance management into its tools for existing buildings. Judging from this background, we
decided to introduce assessment of the level of maintenance management throughout the whole
range of building activities from the design planning stage through to construction and operation.
The key point we considered in this decision is that linkage between design and operation is
essential for appropriate maintenance management in the long term. What that means is that
considering maintenance management in advance at the design stage is indispensable for
subsequent ongoing maintenance management at a suitable standard. As assessment to secure
ease of maintenance management at the life cycle level, we decided to evaluate “Appropriate
design for maintenance management” in the new construction version, and “Quality of
maintenance management” in the existing building version.
- “Comprehensive efforts for maintenance management,” “Cleaning management” and “Hygiene
management” were added to Q2 Quality of Service.
- For “1. Preservation & Creation of Biotope” and “3.1 Attention to Local Character and
Improvement of Comfort” under Q3 Outdoor Environment on Site, the descriptions of the efforts
to be evaluated under each were partially revised to expand assessment of maintenance
management for vegetation and outdoor facilities.

Copyright٤
[2] Comments on “intellectual productivity”

In the 2008 edition, we commented on the relatedness of environmental performance assessment
items (Q1 Indoor Environment and Q2 Quality of Service) and intellectual productivity.
[3] Reorganization of assessment items under LR2 Resources and Materials
In the 2006 edition, assessment covered “1. Water Resources” and “2. Materials of Low
Environmental Load” as two items, but the latter was categorized as two separate environmental
impacts, through depletion of resources and emission of pollutants. As a result, we have decided
to evaluate LR2 under the three items of “1. Water Resources,” “2. Reduced the Use of
Non-renewable Resources” and “3. Avoiding the Use of Materials with Pollutant Content.” We
have also made the following revisions, with the aim of simplifying and clarifying assessment.
- In LR2, an assessment method was added for use in cases when there are no measured
values for use of rainwater and miscellaneous water, with the aim of simplifying LR2
assessment.
- In Q2, Japan Housing Performance Stanadards were added to service life of structural frame
materials.
- In LR2, recycled material examples and website addresses were added to the use of recycled
materials for structural frame materials.
- In Q2, website addresses were added for the ODP and GWP of each foaming gas used of
insulation materials.
(5) Clarification of assessment procedures
We have made further progress since the 2006 edition in clarifying the assessment of the following
content.
[1] Assessment of “Entire Building and Common Properties” in hospitals
Assessment of hospitals mainly covered waiting areas as “Entire Building and Common
Properties,” but with revision, we decided that the diagnosis and treatment rooms should also
covered by the assessment, particularly for Q1 Indoor Environment, distinct from outpatient areas.
[2] Clarification of assessment procedures for multi-purpose buildings
In conjunction with the introduction of explicit assessment of global warming countermeasures
mentioned in (1) above, we have decided to change the assessment of multi-purpose buildings by
deriving the assessment from the total of the primary energy consumption values for each
application, rather than from the area-weighted average. Also, the assessment software has been
upgraded, so that rather than covering four building types, as the 2006 edition did, it can cover all
9 building types in multi-purpose buildings.
(6) Review of weighting coefficients

In revising the 2008 edition, we added “Consideration of Global Warming” to LR3, and conducted a new
questionnaire survey into the social importance of the relevant items. We sent questionnaires to the
CASBEE committee members, CASBEE assessors, the relevant staff of local authorities which have
introduced CASBEE, attendees of CASBEE public seminars, and others, and received 254 responses.
We calculated the 2008 edition weighting coefficients, as shown below, from the weighting coefficients
derived from the averaged results of valid responses. The resulting weighting coefficients for the six
major categories Q1~LR3 are the same as those in the 2004 edition. The table below shows the
weighting coefficients for CASBEE for New Construction, but the values for existing buildings and
refurbishment are the same.
Table I 1.1 Weighting coefficients for Q1~Q3 and LR1~LR3, sorted by respondent
Weighting coefficients for
Survey No. of Weighting coefficients for Q1~Q3
Respondent LR1~LR3
year responses Factories Non-factories (common to all
affiliations
Overall Valid Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q3 LR1 LR2 LR3
2004 21 20 26% 35% 39% 45% 29% 26% 44% 29% 27%
I Researchers
2008 18 17 31% 27% 41% 41% 30% 28% 48% 31% 21%
2004 38 37 28% 36% 36% 45% 29% 27% 37% 32% 31%
II Designers
2008 156 153 29% 28% 42% 39% 30% 30% 37% 32% 31%
III Administrative 2004 38 36 27% 29% 44% 43% 26% 30% 34% 32% 34%
agency staff 2008 19 19 30% 27% 43% 40% 28% 32% 39% 31% 31%
2004 23 17 27% 31% 42% 45% 30% 25% 36% 32% 32%
IV Building owners
2008 61 58 30% 25% 45% 42% 29% 29% 41% 32% 26%
2004 120 110 27% 33% 41% 44% 28% 28% 37% 32% 31%
Averages for I~IV
2008 254 247 30% 27% 43% 41% 29% 30% 41% 32% 27%
CASBEE for New Construction (2004 Ed.) 30% 30% 40% 40% 30% 30% 40% 30% 30%
CASBEE for New Construction (2008 Ed.) 30% 30% 40% 40% 30% 30% 40% 30% 30%

Copyright٤
2. Assessment Method
2.1 Building types Targeted for Assessment by CASBEE for New Construction
CASBEE for New Construction is applicable to all building types other than detached houses. The
building types are eight (including factories) based on the Energy Conservation Law, and apartments,
with detached houses excluded. For factories, assessments under Q1 (Indoor Environment) to Q2-1
(Service Ability) mainly address occupied areas (offices etc.), and production areas are excluded. Also,
assessment of LR1 Energy does not include energy consumption related to production processes.
The building types covered are broadly divided into “non-residential” and “residential.” In particular,
the hospitals, hotels and apartments that fall in the residential category are buildings that include living
or accommodation space for users (referred to below as Residential and Accommodation Sections.
Assessment of these buildings with residential building types is divided between Residential and
Accommodation Sections and other common sections (referred to below as Entire Building and
Common Properties).
Table I.2.1 Building types Targeted for Assessment (divided into Non-residential and residential)
ᴾ
Classification Building type Types included
Offices, government buildings, libraries, museums, post offices
Offices
etc.
Elementary schools, junior high schools, high schools,
Schools universities, technical colleges, higher vocational school and
Non-residential
other school types

Retailers Department stores, supermarkets, etc.
Restaurants Restaurants, canteens, cafes etc.
Auditoria, halls, bowling lanes, gymnasia, theaters, movie
Halls
theaters, pachinko parlors etc.
Factories (exclude manufacturing area), garage, warehouse, the
Factories
stands, wholesale market etc.
Hospitals, homes for elderly, welfare homes for the handicapped
Residential
Hospitals
etc.
Hotels Hotels, inn, etc.
Apartments Apartments (dwellings are not applied.)
2.2 Approach to Scoring Criteria

One characteristic of CASBEE is that it assigns separate scores for Q (Quality: environmental quality)
and L (Load: building environmental load) and ultimately gives an assessment of Building
Environmental Efficiency (BEE) as an indicator based on the results for Q and L. L is first evaluated as
LR (environmental load reduction of the building). That approach is employed because "higher marks
for improving load reduction quality" is easier to understand than "higher marks for load reduction" as an
assessment system, just as “improvements in quality and performance earn higher marks.”
The scoring criteria were examined with a view to applicability to each building type of subject
buildings through keeping the criteria simple as possible. The scoring criteria for each assessment
score are based on the approaches below.
1) Assessment on a five scale, 1 to 5 with 3 as the standard score.
2) As a general rule, 1 is earned for satisfying the minimum conditions required by laws, regulations
and other standards of Japan, such as Building Standards Law score 1. And a building at what is
judged to be a general, ordinary level earns 3.
3) The ordinary level (level 3) is a level corresponding to ordinary technical and social practices at the
time of assessment.

Copyright٤
2.3 Outline of the Assessment System

(1) Scoring
The assessment items included in Q (building environmental quality) and L (building environmental
load) should be according to the scoring criteria set for each (level 1~5). The points for each item are
assigned as one point for level one to five points for level five.
For apartments, hotels and hospitals (classified as “residential”), the assessment is subdivided
between Residential and Accommodation Sections and all other sections (Entire Building and Common
Properties). Different scoring criteria are applied for the Residential and Accommodation Sections and
the Entire Building and Common Properties, depending on the assessment items. In obtaining
assessment results for the building as a whole, the score for each item is weighted according to the
share of floor area occupied by each part, to obtain the whole-building result.
<A. For non-residential building type> <B. For residential building type>
Assessment for the Entire Building and Common Properties
Assessment of Residential ad Accommodation Sections
Aggregated average based on the floor area ratio between

<Common Properties> and <Residential ad Accommodation Sections>
Assessment result A Assessment result B
Figure I.2.1 Building assessment system including buildings for “residential” and “non-residential”
(2) LCCO2 Calculation

ṲStandard calculation
As mentioned above, the 2008 edition uses Lifecycle CO2 as an indicator for assessment of the item
LR3 “1. Consideration of Global Warming.” Calculation of LCCO2 for a building is normally a very large
task, but for CASBEE, we decided to use an approximate calculation (called the “standard calculation”)
to simplify the process. Specifically, we have set a base LCCO2 emission volume for each building
application (the LCCO2 for a building that is rated “level 3” in every assessment item), so that it can be
calculated almost automatically (with some individual input) from the results (scoring levels) of
assessment items related to CO2 emissions at the construction, operation, maintenance and demolition
stages.
1) The construction stage

Under LR2 Resources and Materials, “Continuing Use of Existing Structural Skeletons etc.” and “Use
of Recycled Materials” are evaluated. The CO2 related to the manufacture of construction materials
(embodied CO2), which is considered in relation to these measures, is approximately calculated from
the usage rate of existing structural skeletons and the blast furnace cement usage rate.
2) The operation stage

The PAL value of perimeter performance, and the denominator and numerator values for equipment
CEC values, which are evaluated under LR1 Energy, are used to calculate the rate of reduction in
primary energy consumption in the building as a whole (ERR, the primary energy consumption rate)
and other values, and the reductions from efficient management efforts are used to simply calculate
CO2 emissions at the operation stage.
ᾂὸ Maintenance and demolition stages

Extension of service life by improving longevity are evaluated under Q2 Quality of Service. However,
it is difficult to estimate the actual extension of service life with sufficient precision to use as a
calculation condition for LCCO2. Therefore, take service life as a constant for all non-residential
buildings for LCCO2 estimation.
- Offices, hospitals, hotels, schools, halls: Fixed 60 years.
- Retailers, restaurants, factories: Fixed 30 years
- Apartments: 30, 60 or 90 years, according to the deterioration countermeasure grades in the
Housing Performance Indication System.

Copyright٤
ṲIndividual calculations
If the assessor has personally collected detailed data and performed highly accurate LCCO2
calculations, that is called an “individual calculation,” which can be used as part of the assessment
result. The assessor must provide detailed description of the method used for the individual calculation,
such as the use of the generally-published Lifecycle Assessment (LCA) method, and the methods and
calculation conditions etc. employed. Methods usable with the generally-published LCA method include
the building LCA guidelines (edited by the Architectural Institute of Japan, Maruzen, 2006). Also,
specific statements by the assessor about calculation conditions should be input on the LCCO2
Calculation Conditions Sheet of the assessment software provided.
(3) Assessment Result

Assessment results are collated in two forms, the Score Sheet and the Assessment Results Sheet. First,
the scoring results for each assessment item are tabulated on the Score Sheet. These are weighted
using weighting coefficient for each assessment item to produce overall scores SQ1~SQ3 and
SLR1~SLR3, specific to major categories Q1~Q3 and LR1~LR3. SQ and SLR are also calculated as
scores for Q and LR.
<Score Sheet> <Assessment Results Sheet>
Scoring for Q
Presentation by bar graph, radar chart
Q1: Indoor Environment and BEE
Q2: Quality of Service
Q3: Outdoor Environment on Site (1) Assessment results for Q

Score for
Scoring for LR assessment
(2) Assessment results for LR
items
LR1: Energy
LR-2: Resources & Materials (3) BEE result
Q: Building environmental quality BEE: Building Environmental Efficiency

LR: Building environmental load
Figure I.2.2 Basic configuration of CASBEE
The Assessment Results Sheet presents assessment results for each category as radar charts, bar
graphs and numerical data for Q (environmental quality of the building) and LR (environmental load
reduction of the building). The BEE (building environmental efficiency) result is also presented
numerically and graphically, giving a multi-faceted and comprehensive grasp of the environmental
characteristics of the evaluated building.
BEE is calculated from SQ and SLR, the scores for Q and LR, according to the formula below.
Q: Building environmental quality 25×(SQ - 1)

BEE = 㪔 (1)
L: Building environmental load 25×(5 - SLR)
The graph points are plotted with Q values on the Y axis and L values on the X axis to determine the
Building Environmental Efficiency position, which enables Building Environmental Efficiency ranking on
five levels from S down to C as shown in Table I.2.2 (refer to PART III for the details). Each rank
corresponds to the assessment expressions used in Table 1.2.2, and are also expressed as a number
of stars for clarity.
ᴾ
Table I.2.2 Correspondence between ranks based on BEE values and assessments
Ranks Assessment BEE value, etc. Expression
S Excellent BEE=3.0 or more, Q=50 ṾṾṾṾṾ

or more
A Very Good BEE=1.5~3.0 ṾṾṾṾ
B+ Good BEE=1.0~1.5 ṾṾṾ

-
B Fairy Poor BEE=0.5~1.0 ṾṾ
C Poor BEE=less than 0.5 Ṿ

Copyright٤
2.4 Assessment of Building Complex
The assessment for buildings which combine two or more types is calculated as a weighted
average of assessment results for each type of the building, according to the ratio of floor areas for
each type. The scores for the building complex are calculated using the equation (2) below, using
the ratio between floor areas for each building type.
Score for building complex =

ᶶ(score for each building type x corresponding floor area ratio) (2)
This equation can also be applied to building complex for different types on single site, in the same
way as to a single building complex.
Building type A (office) Building type B (apartment) Building type C (hotel)
Assessment result A Assessment result B Assessment result C
Weighted average of results according to ratio of floor areas for each building type (A:B:C)
Building complex assessment results
Figure I.2.3 Assessment methods for building complex (for a building combining three types)
In the assessment of LR1 Energy, for all building types, the reference primary energy consumption
and the primary energy consumption for the evaluated building are added together, so that the
ERR for the whole building can be calculated and used for the assessment.

Copyright٤
2.5 Assessment items of CASBEE for New Construction
Q: Environmental quality of the building

In a building such as that shown in table 1.2.3, CASBEE for New Construction takes the building
environmental quality as quality related to improving living amenity for users, and evaluates each item.
Table I.2.3 Assessment items included in Q: Environmental quality of the building
Q1. Indoor Environment 1. Sonic Environment 1.1 Noise

1.2 Sound Insulation
1.3 Sound Absorption
2. Thermal Comfort 2.1 Room Temperature Control
2.2 Humidity Control
2.3 Type of Air Conditioning System
3. Lighting & Illumination 3.1 Daylighting
3.2 Anti-glare Measures
3.3 Illuminance Level
3.4 Lighting Controllability
4. Air Quality 4.1 Source Control
4.2 Ventilation
4.3 Operation Plan
Q2. Quality of Service 1. Service Ability 1.1 Functionality & Usability

1.2 Amenity
1.3 Maintenance Management
2. Durability & Reliability 2.1 Earthquake Resistance
2.2 Service Life of Components
2.4 Reliability
3. Flexibility & Adaptability 3.1 Spatial Margin

3.2 Floor Load Margin
3.3 Adaptability of Facilities
Q3. Outdoor 1. Preservation & Creation of

Environment on Site Biotope
2. Townscape & Landscape
3. Local Characteristics & 3.1 Attention to Local Character &
Outdoor Amenity Improvement of Comfort
3.2 Improvement of the Thermal
Environment on Site

Copyright٤
Q1 Indoor Environment
Evaluate the indoor environment, which has a major impact on the health, comfort and intellectual
productivity of occupants, as basic performance of the building. Research into the performance of
indoor environments began before global environmental problems rose to prominence, and it already
has a strong record and body of knowledge. POEM-O (Post Occupancy Evaluation Method Office) is
one example. However, those evaluation methods aimed to evaluate performance after completion of
the building, or during its operation life. In contrast, this “CASBEE for New Construction” has developed
the indoor environment assessment methods previously used in the construction and environmental
engineering fields. The aim was to make it as easy as possible to evaluate target values for
performance (heat, illuminance and noise values etc.) at the design and construction stages. In that
process, aspects such as systems for operation, management, monitoring and control are evaluated as
efforts to improve environmental performance. Many assessment items concerning materials that
pollute indoor area were incorporated, reflecting the level of related concern and social need in recent
years.
z 1. Noise & A coust ics

Evaluates the background noise level in connection with comfort and ease of working, but the
assessment extends to equipment noise countermeasures for air conditioning and other services,
sound insulation to prevent noise from reaching interiors, and sound absorption to stop reverberation of
sound that penetrates the room.
z 2 . T he rm a l C o mf o rt
Evaluates the setting, control and maintenance management systems for interior temperature, humidity
and air conditioning, and the related equipment.
z 3. Lighting
Evaluate efficient use of natural light (use of daylight), countermeasures against direct glare from light
fixtures and direct daylight (glare countermeasures), the quantity and balance of brightness
(illuminance), and the control of brightness and lighting positions (lighting control).
z 4 . A ir Qu a li t y
Evaluates the level of consideration given to selection of materials to maintain safe interior indoor air
quality (IAQ), ventilation methods, construction methods and other aspects. This assessment item
comprises three elements, Source Control, mainly avoidance of pollution-generating materials,
Ventilation Rate, with the aim of expelling released contaminants, and Operation Plan.
Q2 Quality of Service
Assessment of service functions to the users and owners of a building covers functional aspects that
impact users' activities within the building, and others that are necessary for keeping the building itself in
good condition in the long term.
z 1 . S e r vi c e A b i l it y
Evaluates ease of movement and comfort. It is not easy to express such aspects as direct quantitative
indices, so this assessment uses substitute indices such as floor area per occupant, ceiling height,
adaptation to IT equipment, and availability of refreshment space, and (consideration of maintenance
management). This assessment of functionality is an unprecedented characteristic, developed from the
assessment of spatial elements under POEM-O. In contrast to POEM-O, which emphasized users'
psychological reactions, this assessment mainly considers the physical performance of the indoor
environment.
z 2 . D u r a b i l it y & R e l i a b i l i t y
Evaluates the ability to keep on using the building in good condition.
Initially, take environmental problems within the hypothetical closed space to mean danger to human
life due to building collapse in a disaster etc., reduced occupant comfort in strong winds, and similar
problems, and evaluate improvements in those problems under 2.1 Earthquake Resistance. Also take
the interruption of building functions in the event of a disaster or accident as the assessment issue, and
evaluate the level of functionality retained by each type of building equipment in the event of a disaster

Copyright٤
under 2.4 Reliability. Under 2.2 Service Life of Components, evaluate the lifespan extension
performance of components, take the depletion and peaking of non-renewable resources as
environmental problems outside the hypothetical closed space, and evaluate improvements, relating to
climate change, in the emissions of pollutants generated by the use of those resources.
z 3 . F le x ib i l i t y a n d A d a p t a b i l it y
Evaluates readiness for long-term use, including future renewals and changes of usage, in terms of the
substitute functions allowance for load and allowance for space. Spatial Margin focuses on two aspects,
allowance for story height and adaptability of floor layout evaluates consideration given to such renewal
of building facilities in construction planning and equipment planning.
Assessment items and actions for the environmental issues
㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫀㫋㪼㫄
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㩷㫀㫊㫊㫌㪼㫊㩷㪺㫆㫍㪼㫉㪼㪻
䋨㫉㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㩷㫉㪼㪺㫐㪺㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㪽㫀㪼㫃㪻䋩
Q-2. Quality of Service Environmental problems within the hypothetical closed space
2. Durability & Reliability Lack of safty
2.1 Earthquake Resistance Danger to human life due to building collapse in a disaster
2.2 Service Life of Components Interruption of building functions in a disaster
2.3 Appropriate renewal Lack of comfort
2.4 Reliability Degradation of comfort due to vibration in strong wind 㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫊㪺㪸㫃㪼
3. Flexibility & Adaptability Deterioration of finish materials and equipment 㪪㫀㫋㪼㩷㪪㪺㪸㫃㪼
3.1 Spatial Margin Lack of convenience and productivity
3.2 Floor Load Margin Short service life of components and materials
3.3 Adaptability of Facilities Difficulty of renewal
<Key>
Directly-related environmental problems
Indirectly-related environmental
Q3 Outdoor Environment on Site

Q3 evaluates improvement of the environmental quality of the outdoor environment on site and its
surroundings, derived from efforts within the building and within the site. It comprises Q3-1 Preservation
& Creation of Biotope, Q3-2 Townscape and Landscape and Q3-3 Local Characteristics & Outdoor
Amenity. However, there is no assessment from the perspective of aesthetic and design characteristics.
As quantitative assessment is difficult, the assessment method converts the existence of individual
efforts, and their levels, into points, and uses the total point score to determine the level.
z 1 . P re ve n t i o n & C re at i on of B i ot op e
Evaluate efforts to conserve and create habitat for wild organisms. At the new construction stage,
evaluate the state of preservation of previously existing habitat resources, how far plans are supposed
to enhance the quality of the environment in which creatures live and multiply, and whether appropriate
maintenance management guidelines have been set.
z 2 . T ow nsca pe & La nd sc ap e
Evaluate how well urban context and scenery have been considered. There are now many moves by
national and regional governments to place legal regulations on scenery. This assessment should
examine the level of consideration that has been given to rules for the urban context and scenery
(urban context guidelines etc.).
z 3. Local Characterist ic & Out door A menit y

Make a wide-ranging assessment of consideration for carrying on local topography and culture and
keeping appropriate relations with the community, and of efforts to increase comfort on and around the
site. Also evaluate efforts to improve the thermal environment on the site, as steps towards alleviating
the heat island effect. (Efforts to mitigate the impact of heat island effects beyond the site should be
evaluated under LR3 “2.2 Heat Island Effect.”)

Copyright٤
LR: Environmental load reduction of the building

The aspects of reduction of building environmental load that are considered by CASBEE for New
Construction are largely narrowed down to energy consumption, resource consumption and diverse
impact on the off-site environment (pollution etc.), as shown in Table I.2.4 below, and evaluate each of
these items.
Table I.2.4 Assessment Items in Environmental load reduction of the building (LR)ᴾ
LR1 Energy 1. Building Thermal Load
2. Natural Energy Utilization 2.1 Direct Use of Natural Energy
2.2 Converted Use of Renewable Energy
3. Efficiency in Building Service 3.1 HVAC System
System
3.2 Ventilation System
3.3 Lighting System
3.4 Hot Water Supply System
3.5 Elevators
3.6 Equipments for Improving Energy
Efficiency
4. Efficient Operation 4.1 Monitoring
4.2 Operation & Management System
LR2 Resources 1. Water Resources 1.1 Water Saving
& Materials
1.2 Rainwater & Gray Water
2. Reducing Usage of 2.1 Reducing Usage of Materials
Non-renewable Resources
2.2 Continuing Use of Existing Structural
Skeletons etc.
2.3 Use of Recycled Materials as
Structural Frame Materials
2.4 Use of Recycled Materials as
Non-structural Materials
2.5 Timber from Sustainable Forestry
2.6 Efforts to Enhance the Reusability of
Components and Materials
3. Avoiding the Use of Materials 3.1 Use of Materials without Harmful
with Pollutant Content Substances
3.2 Avoidance of CFCs and Halons
LR3 Off-site 1. Consideration of Global
Environment Warming
2. Consideration of Local 2.1 Air Pollution
Environment
2.2 Heat Island Effect
3. Consideration of 3.1 Noise, Vibration & Odor
Surrounding Environment
3.3 Light Pollution

Copyright٤
LR1 Energy
Efforts to reduce the energy load caused by the operation of the building are classified into 1 Building
Thermal Load, 2 Natural Energy Utilization, 3 Efficiency in Building Service System and 4 Efficient
Operation, which are all evaluated. Reductions in CO2 emissions caused by energy consumption are to
be evaluated under LR3 “Consideration of Global Warming.”
In Japan, building energy saving standards have been laid down since 1980 on the basis of Energy
Saving Law. Those standards have used two numerical indicators, PAL and CEC (performance
standards), and more recently the Point Method (specification standards) has also been used. There
has also been a need in recent years for energy-saving measures from new perspectives, such as the
aggressive use of natural energy and unutilized renewable energy, the introduction of BEMS and
efficiency optimization of building operation. Therefore CASBEE provides a new and clear assessment
frame that covers such measures.
For assessment of apartments, on the other hand, we have constructed an assessment framework for
private portions which is consistent with the scoring criteria used in the Housing Performance Indication
System under the Housing Quality Assurance Law, and assessment criteria based on the Energy
Conservation Law for public areas. However, for apartments, “4 Efficient Operation” is excluded from
consideration because, in comparison with commercial and business facilities, there are fewer aspects
where the management of the building can contribute.
z 1 . B u i l d in g T h e r ma l L o a d
Uses PAL value and point value to evaluate the improvements in performance of building envelope in
the architectural plan, which are closely related to reductions in air conditioning energy consumption.
For apartments, the assessment need to be in accordance with the Housing Performance Indication
System of the Housing Quality Assurance Law.
z 2 . N a t u r a l E n e r g y U t i l i z a t io n
Evaluates efforts for direct use of natural energy (light and ventilation etc.) and converted use of
renewable energy (solar generation, heat use etc.).
z 3 . E f f ic i e nc y i n B u i ld i n g Se r vi c e S ys t e m
Uses ERR values, calculated from CEC, and Point values for various equipment to evaluate the level of
efficiency improvement in air conditioning, ventilation, lighting, hot water supply, elevators. For
apartments, evaluate the CEC values or Point values of equipment, or the specifications and planned
content of installed devices.
z 4 . Eff ic ient Operat ion

Evaluates the operation and maintenance system and whether there is an energy consumption
monitoring system in running since the building went into operation
LR2 Resources & Materials

In this section, “1. Water Resources,” “2. Reducing the Use of Non-renewable Resources” and “3.
Avoiding the Use of Materials with Pollutant Content” are evaluated as ways of reducing the
consumption of resources and materials through the life cycle of the building.
Various methods using existing environmental performance assessment tools are employed for
evaluating the environmental load generated by the use of resources in buildings. However, they have
their own assessment indices and no common standard method has been established. Therefore the
development of CASBEE collated and analyzed the assessment indicators used by existing Japanese
and foreign assessment tools in connection with the use of resources in buildings. The CASBEE
assessment items were based on that analysis, so that the concepts are incorporated in a new group of
assessment indicators that avoids redundancy.
z 1. Water Resources
Regard water shortage due to rapid use of large volumes of mains water as an environmental problem
beyond the hypothetical closed space and evaluate reduction of mains water usage, referring to
whether or not there are efforts for saving water, using rainwater, and reusing graywater.

Copyright٤
z 2 . R e duc i ng t h e U s e o f N o n- re new ab le R es ou rc es
Regard depletion of non-renewable resources as an environmental problem beyond the hypothetical
closed space, and evaluate efforts to reduce consumption of such resources. Specifically, evaluate
reduction in the resource usage volume itself under “2.1 Reducing Usage of Materials,” and the state of
usage of reused and reusable materials and products under “2.1 Continuing Use of Existing Structural
Skeletons etc.,” “2.3 Use of Recycled Materials in Structural Frame Materials” and “2.4 Use of Recycled
Materials as Non-structural Materials.” Furthermore, evaluate use of renewable resources under “2.5
Timber from Sustainable Forests,” and the ease of reuse and recycling at the demolition stage under
“2.6 Efforts to Enhance the Reusability of Components and Materials,” in order to evaluate indirect
reduction in the use of non-renewable resources. Ability to improve climate change through resource
usage efforts should be evaluated under LR3.
z 3 . A vo i d i ng t h e U s e o f M a t e r ia l s w it h Po l lu t a nt C onte nt
To reduce the environmental load associated with use of resources, it is important to reduce the amount
of the resources used, and also to reduce the use of materials that include pollutants. This item
evaluates performance in reducing the emission of pollutants associated with the use of resources,
under “3.1 Use of Materials without Harmful Substances” and “3.2 Avoidance of CFCs and Halons,” and
also improvements on issues such as ozone depletion.
Assessment items and actions for the environmental issues
LR-2 Resources & Materials Major environmental problems beyond the hypothetical closed space
1. Water Resources Water shortage
2. Reducing Usage of Non-renewable Resources Pollution of atmosphere, water and soil with potentially health damaging substances
2.1 Reducing Usage of Materials Depletion and peak supply of non-renewable resources
2.2 Continuing Use of Existing Structural Members etc. Expansion of resource usage Regional
2.3 Use of Recycled Materials as Structural Frame Materials Increased usage of non-productive resource
Decline of recycled material production volume
2.4 Use of Recycled Materials as Non-structural Materials
(Difficult to turn into recycled materials)
2.5 Timber from Sustainable Forestry Climate change phenomena
2.6 Efforts to Enhance the Reuse Potential of Components and Increased emission of greenhouse gases etc.
Materials (Excluding emission from carbon-neutral substances)
Global scale
3. Avoiding the Use of Materials with Pollutant Content Reduction of purification capacity of forests etc.
3.1 Use of Materials Which Do Not Contain Harmful Substances Loss of tropical rainforests
3.2 Avoidance of CFCs and Halons Ozone depletion
<Key>
Directly-related environmental problems
Indirectly-related environmental problems
LR3 Off-site Environment

LR3 Off-site Environment evaluates the efforts to reduce the impact that environmental loads generated
in the building and its site give the global environment, local environment and surrounding area beyond
site boundaries. Pollution of soil and groundwater is not made an assessment item, because with strict
observance of the law there is little risk of such pollution by the building, and assessment is based on
the assumption that laws and regulations are strictly observed.
z 1. Consideration of Global Warning

In assessment tools up to the 2006 edition of CASBEE, efforts which contribute to reducing CO2
emissions, such as those below, were evaluated individually.
[1] Efforts to reduce operating energy, which is a contributing factor in climate change
[2] Use of existing structural skeletons and recycled construction materials, which contribute to
reduction of the embodied CO2 related to the manufacture of construction materials.
[3] Lifespan-extension efforts to contribute to LCCO2 reduction
We have decided to replace the above efforts with LCCO2 as a quantitative indicator for the purpose
of assessment. Assessment should be performed using an emission rate (%) relative to the LCCO2
2
(kg CO2/year-m ) of a hypothetical reference building having level 3 for all items other than this one.
z 2. Consideration of Local Environment

ḛ2.1 Air Pollution” evaluates the rate of reduction in concentrations of atmospheric pollutants emitted by
the building or from within its site, relative to the emission standards stipulated by the Clean Air Law or
other ordinances.

Copyright٤
ḛ2.2 Heat Island Effect” evaluates efforts that help to mitigate the heat island effect. Evaluate airflow
leaving the site, and countermeasures such as planting of vegetation on and around the building,
reduction of solar absorption rate and reduction of artificial heat discharges. Evaluate on-site alleviation
of the heat island effect under “Q3 3.2 Improvement of the Thermal Environment on Site.” “2.3 Load on
Local Infrastructure” evaluates efforts to reduce the load imposed on local infrastructure facilities by the
building in operation. The four elements to consider are rain water flow suppression, sewage load
suppression, traffic load suppression and waste processing load suppression.
z 3. Considerat ion of Surrounding Environment

“3.1 Noise, Vibration and Odor” evaluates noise, vibration and odor generated by the operation of the
building. “3.1.1 Noise” and “3.1.2 Vibration” base assessment on the degree of reduction of vibration
and noise generated by the operation of building equipment etc., relative to the regulation standards of
the Noise Regulation Law, Vibration Regulation Law and other ordinances. Assessment of “3.1.3 Odor”
is based on concentrations of designated malodorous substances under the Offensive Odor Control
Law, and on the odor index.
ḛ3.2.1 Restriction of Wind Hazards” evaluates countermeasures against wind hazards in buildings
thought likely to cause such hazards, and the efficacy of those countermeasures.
ḛ3.2.2 Restriction of Sunlight Obstruction” evaluates the level of measures taken to restrict the impact of
sunlight obstruction on adjacent buildings and the surrounding area caused by the shadow of the
building.
ḛ3.3 Light Pollution” evaluates countermeasures to restrict light pollution, such as light leakage from
building exterior lighting, billboard lighting and the building itself, and glare of sunlight reflecting from
building walls. Assessment is based on Ministry of the Environment guidelines.
2.6 Weighting Coefficients

The weighting coefficients between assessment categories should no just be determined from scientific
knowledge. They should also take into account the value and perceptions of various interested parties,
such as designers, building owners and managers and related officials. For the 2003 edition, the
weighting coefficients were determined by votes and case studies by the experts of the CASBEE
Research and Development Committee. In the development conducted a wide-ranging questionnaire
survey of the designers, building owners and operators, related officials and others who would actually
use the system (110 valid samples were received). Pair comparison judgments based on the responses
were used in a hierarchical process to judge the importance of multiple items by an Analytic Hierarchy
Process (AHP). Different weighting coefficients for detailed assessment levels are set for individual
buildings, as appropriate for their types.
For CASBEE for New Construction (2008 edition), we added “Consideration of Global Warming” to LR3,
and conducted a new questionnaire survey into the social importance of the relevant items, receiving
responses from 254 people. As a result, we decided to use the same weighting coefficients as before
(the 2006 edition), as shown in Table 1.2.5.
Table 1.2.5 Weighting Coefficients

Assessment Categories
Q1 Indoor Environment Non-factory Factory

0.40ᴾ 0.30
Q2 Quality of Service 0.30 0.30
Q3 Outdoor Environment on Site 0.30ᴾ 0.40
LR1 Energy 0.40
LR2 Resources & Materials 0.30
LR3 Off-site Environment 0.30

Copyright٤
3. Assessment Procedure
3.1 Composition of the Assessment Tool
CASBEE for New Construction has been developed to allow simple data entry from general-purpose
spreadsheet software for various usage of assessment result. Furthermore, scoring can be carried out
using the same software, regardless of differences in building type. At the stage, there are the Main
Sheet and Score Entry Sheet for data entry and the Score Sheet and Assessment Results Sheet for
output. The basic information on the building (building type, floor area etc.), necessary for assessment,
is entered on the Main Sheet. The scoring criteria for the building under assessment are presented on
the Score Entry Sheet, and the scoring results for each assessment item are input with reference to
criteria.
In addition to the above sheets, we have prepared an Energy Calculation Sheet for entering details of
LR1 Energy, and a Consideration Record Sheet for entering other statements. In the 2008 edition, we
also added the LCCO2 Calculation Sheet as a sheet for making simplified calculations of LCCO2 and
presenting the calculation process.
䋼Input items䋾
Main Sheet 䊶㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫀㫅㪽㫆㫉㫄㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㩿㫋㫐㫇㪼㪃㩷㪽㫃㫆㫆㫉㪃㩷㪼㫋㪺㪅㪀㩷
- Scoring results (Q1~LR3)

Score Entry Sheet - 5-level assessment (levels 1-5)
Energy Calculation Transfer the energy-saving plan, the Housing

Sheet (LR1) Performance Indication System grade etc. (detailed
input on the LR1 Score Entry Sheet)
Consideration State environmental consideration concepts for

record sheet the assessed building
Database of application-specific weighting

Weighting sheet coefficients for score calculation
Application-specific CO2 database for

CO2 database sheet LCCO2 calculation
< Output items>

LCCO2 Calculation - Simplified LCCO2 calculation process
Sheet - Reflection in LR3/1.
Consideration of Global Warming
LCCO2 calculation - LCCO2 calculation assessment conditions

conditions sheet
- Table of scores and weighting indices for

Score Sheet each assessment item
- Overall score calculation for each assessment field
Assessment Results - Graphical presentation of assessment results

- BEE calculation and indication of ranking in star
Sheet form
- Graphical display of LCCO2 approximation value
- Indicate concepts behind Design for Environment
Figure I.3.1 Overall configuration of Assessment Tool

Copyright٤
3.2 Main Sheet

Figure I.3.2 shows the Main Sheet. The Main Sheet is the sheet where the assessor makes the first
input. Enter the information necessary for the assessment, such as basic information on the subject
building (name, type, size etc.). Fro the assessment of buildings with residential type buildings, enter
the floor area ratio between “Entire Building and Common Properties” and “Residential and
Accommodation Sections.”
Assessment Software
Version CASBEE-NC_2008(v.1.01)
Assessment Manual : CASBEE for New Construction (2008 Edition)
1) Summary input
[1] Building outline
Building Name XX building
Location / Climate XX city, XX pref. Area Category V
Area / Zone Commercial Area
Completion( Scheduled / Completion) Dec-11 Scheduled
Site Area XXX m 2
Construction Area XXX m 2
Gross Floor Area 15,000.00 m2
Building Type Ú XXX
( Building Application Name ) Office,
Number of Floors +XX F
Structure S
Occupancy XX Occupants(assumed)
Annual Occupancy XXX hrs /yr(assumed)
[2] Assessment implementation

Assessment date 8-Jul-08 Execution design stage
Assessor XXXX
Date of confirmation 10-Jul-08
Confirmed by XXXX
LCCO2 calculation Standard calculation 㪄㪄㪕㩷㪠㫅㫇㫌㫋㩷㪣㪚㪚㪦㪉㩷㪚㪸㫃㪺㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪚㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪪㪿㪼㪼㫋㩷㩿㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻
㪺㪸㫃㪺㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪀
2) Entry for individual building type

[1] Building type
Office 15000.00 m2
School m2
Mono shop m2
Restaurant m2
Assembly house m2
Factory m2
Hospital m2
Hotel m2
Housing complex m2
[2] Ratio of Residential & Accommodation Section Ú Enter rounded values for hospitals, hotels and apartments.
Proportion of total floor area of a hospital used for sickrooms.
Proportion of total floor area of a hotel used for guest rooms.
Proportion of total floor area of an apartment used for residences.
3) Display of each sheet

Score Sheet z Score
Assessment Result Sheet z Result z LCCO2 calculation
㪣㪚㪚㪦㪉㩷㪚㪸㫃㪺㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪚㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪪㪿㪼㪼㫋㩷 z Standard calculation z Individual calculation
Figure I.3.2 Main Sheet screen (date entry example) 㩷

㩷
㩷
㩷
㩷

Copyright٤
1) Summary input
(1) Building outline
Enter the basic information necessary for the assessment (name, type, scale etc.). This
information will be transferred to the Assessment Results Sheet.
Table I.3.1 Input items and examples of building outline

Entry item Example Entry item Example
Building Name XX building Total floor area X,XX0
Location/ Climate XX city, XX pref. Building type Office, school, apartment
Area/ Zone Commercial area (Building type) City hall, college
Regional Category Area category V Number of floor +XXF
Completion 2011.12 Structure S
Average
Site area X,XX0 X,XX0
occupancy
Annual occupancy
Construction area X,XX0 X,XX0
time (in hours)
*Select the regional category from regions I~VI in Appendix Table I of “Standards for clients and owners of specified
buildings to judge the rational use of energy in homes” (Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry/ Ministry of Land,
Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism, 2006 directive No.3, published March 27th 2006) (only input for apartment.).
(2) Assessment Implementation

Input the date of the assessment and the name of the assessor. If the assessment content is
checked by a different person, state the date of the check, and the checker, in this column.
2) Entry for individual building type

(1) Building types
Select the most applicable building type name from those listed in Table I.3.2. Enter the total floor
area for each building type. Use 1) Summary input to enter more specific type for the building
concerned.
(2) Ratio of Residential and Accommodation Sections
Enter the floor area ratio of “Entire Building and Common Properties” and “Residential and
Accommodation Sections” when evaluating residential type building. (Input the value, in the
range 0~1.0, for the proportion of wards in hospitals, guest rooms in hotels and residential
portions in apartments. Make no input for buildings of non-residential use.)
Table I.3.2. Building type and classification

Classification Building type Types included
Offices, government buildings, libraries, museums, post offices
Offices
etc.
Elementary schools, junior high schools, high schools,
Schools universities, technical colleges, higher vocational school and other
Non-residential
school types
Retailers Department stores, supermarkets, etc.
Restaurants Restaurants, canteens, cafes etc.
Auditoria, halls, bowling lanes, gymnasia, theaters, movie
Halls
theaters, pachinko parlors etc.
Factories (exclude manufacturing area), garage, warehouse, the
Factories
stands, wholesale market etc.
Hospitals, homes for elderly, welfare homes for the handicapped
Residential
Hospitals
etc.
Hotels Hotels, inn etc.
Apartments Apartments (dwellings are not applied.)

Copyright٤
3) Display of each sheet

The Assessment Results Sheet, Score Sheet and LCCO2 Calculation Sheet can be selected in the
output results column to display the sheet on the screen.
3.3 Score Entry Sheet

The Score Entry Sheet is where the assessor records the actual scores, evaluating grades of level 1~5
for each assessment item on the sheet, according to the stated assessment criteria. There are
individual Score Entry Sheets for each assessment category, Q1~3 and LR1~3.
Q1 Indoor environment 㪪㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㫇㫌㫃㫃㪄㪻㫆㫎㫅㩷㫄㪼㫅㫌㫊㩷㫆㫉㩷㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㪽㫀㪾㫌㫉㪼㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫄㫄㪼㫅㫋㫊㪅㪜㫏㪼㪺㫌㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪻㪼㫊㫀㪾㫅㩷㫊㫋㪸㪾㪼
1 㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㩽㩷㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊
1.1 㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼
㪮㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㪮㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾
1.1.1 Background noise level 㪻㪙㩿㪘㪀㪇㪅㪌㪇㪻㪙㩿㪘㪀㪇㪅㪇㪇
㪺㫆㪼㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㫊㩿㪻㪼㪽㪸㫌㫃㫋㪀䋽㪺㫆㪼㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㫊㩿㪻㪼㪽㪸㫌㫃㫋㪀䋽
㪜㫅㫋㫀㫉㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫄㫄㫆㫅㩷㫇㫉㫆㫇㪼㫉㫋㫀㪼㫊㪩㪼㫊㫀㪻㪼㫅㫋㫀㪸㫃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪘㪺㪺㫆㫄㫄㫆㪻㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪪㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊
㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪦㪽㪽䍃㪟㫊㫇䋨㪮㪸㫀㫋㫀㫅㪾㪪㪺㪿䍃㪟㫊㫇㩿㪜㫏㪸㫄㫀㫅㫀㫅㪾㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇

㪩㫋㫃䍃㪩㫊㫋㪟㪸㫃㪟㫊㫇㪟㫋㫃䊶㪘㫇㫋
㪩㫆㫆㫄䋩䍃㪟㫋㫃䍃㪘㫇㫋䍃㪝㪺㫋㪩㫆㫆㫄䋩
㪌㪇䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪋㪌䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪌㪌䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪋㪇䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻

䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪈䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪈㪌㪇䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㪋㪌䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴
㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴
㪋㪎䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪋㪉䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪌㪉䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪊㪎䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻

䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪉䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪉㪋㪎䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪌㪇㪋㪉䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪌
㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪌㪇㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪌㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪌㪌㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪇
㪋㪊䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪊㪏䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪋㪏䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪊㪊䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻

䂓㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪊䂓㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪊㪋㪊䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪎㪊㪏䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪉
㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪎㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪉㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪌㪉㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪊㪎
㪋㪇䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪊㪌䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪋㪌䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㪊㪇䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻

䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪋䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪋㪋㪇䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪊㪊㪌䋼㩷㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪊㪏
㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪊㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪊㪏㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪏㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪊㪊
㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼

䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪌䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪌㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪇㪲㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪊㪌
㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪇㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪊㪌㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪋㪌㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㪴㩷㻡㪊㪇
Figure I.3.3 Score Entry Sheet
Table I.3.3 Main elements in Score Entry Sheet

Element Description
Scoring Choose level 1~5 from pull-down menu.
Scoring Criteria Display assessment criteria for each item.
Efforts to be evaluated A scoring method used for some items. Points which should be
considered for the environment are listed, and can be selected for
scoring.
Weighting coefficients Displays weighting coefficients stipulated for the application (cannot be
(default) altered)
The input method for the Score Entry Sheet is as stated below.
1) Scoring Criteria
As shown in Figure I.3.3, Score Entry Sheet display lists of scoring criteria for each building type, and
the assessor should assign points accordingly. “Entire Building and Common Properties” should be
scored for all types in common. However, for residential building, the Score Entry Sheets for Q1 and Q2
have scoring criteria and assessment columns for “Residential and Accommodation Sections,” and
those should be used for scoring.
Scoring criteria are set for levels 1~5, and the number for the level (e.g. “3” for level 3) should be chosen
from the pull-down menu in the assessment column. If it is not possible to apply the scoring criteria as
they stand, due to individual conditions in the target building, “Exclude” can be selected for some
assessment items (Items which can be excluded are listed in the commentary in the manual). If
“Exclude” is selected, the excluded scoring items are assigned a weighting of "0" unless specified
otherwise, and distributed according to the weighting of other scoring items.
2) Efforts to be evaluated
For some scoring items (particularly “Q3 Outdoor Environment on Site” and “LR3 Off-site Environment”),
the score is determined by checking the levels of efforts indicated in the table of the efforts to be
evaluated attached to the scoring criteria table. This information is listed under “Efforts to be evaluated,”
as a checklist of points to be considered in the Planning for Environment process, or as a list of methods.

Copyright٤
Evaluate whether each of the listed efforts has been made, and score the item concerned according to
the total number of points awarded (or the number of items).
Q3䇭Outdoor Outside Environment on Site 㪜㫏㪼㪺㫌㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪻㪼㫊㫀㪾㫅㩷㫊㫋㪸㪾㪼
㪪㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㫇㫌㫃㫃㪄㪻㫆㫎㫅㩷㫄㪼㫅㫌㫊㩷㫆㫉㩷㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㪽㫀㪾㫌㫉㪼㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫄㫄㪼㫅㫋㫊㪅
㪮㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾
1 㪧㫉㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪙㫀㫆㫋㫆㫇㪼㪺㫆㪼㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㫊㩿㪻㪼㪽㪸㫌㫃㫋㪀䋽
㪇㪅㪊㪇
㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪦㪽㪽䊶㪪㪺㪿䊶㪩㫋㫃䊶㪩㫊㫋䊶㪟㪸㫃䊶㪟㫊㫇䊶㪟㫋㫃䊶㪘㫇㫋䊶㪝㪺㫋
䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪈㪥㫆㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㪾㫀㫍㪼㩷㫋㫆㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㪃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪼㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㩷㫀㫊㩷㫀㫅㪸㪻㪼㫈㫌㪸㫋㪼㪅㩷㩿㪇㫕㪊㩷㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㪀
䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪉㪪㫆㫄㪼㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㪾㫀㫍㪼㩷㫋㫆㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㪃㩷㪹㫌㫋㩷㪼㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㩷㫀㫊㩷㫊㫋㫀㫃㫃㩷㫊㫆㫄㪼㫎㪿㪸㫋㩷㫀㫅㪸㪻㪼㫈㫌㪸㫋㪼㪅㩷㩿㪋㫕㪍㩷㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㪀
䂓㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪊㪚㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㪾㫀㫍㪼㩷㫋㫆㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㪃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪸㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㫆㪽㩷㪼㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫄㪸㪻㪼㪅㩷㩿㪎㫕㪐㩷㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㪀
㪚㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㪾㫀㫍㪼㩷㫋㫆㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㪃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪸㩷㫉㪼㫃㪸㫋㫀㫍㪼㫃㫐㩷㫃㪸㫉㪾㪼㩷㫅㫌㫄㪹㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪼㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㫊㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫄㪸㪻㪼㪅㩷㩿㪈㪇㫕㪈㪉
䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪋
㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㪀
䇭㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃䇭㪌㪫㪿㫆㫉㫆㫌㪾㪿㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㪾㫀㫍㪼㩷㫋㫆㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㪃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪼㫏㫋㪼㫅㫊㫀㫍㪼㩷㪼㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㫊㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫄㪸㪻㪼㪅㩷㩿㪈㪊㩷㫆㫉㩷㫄㫆㫉㪼㩷㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㪀
㪜㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㫊㩷㫋㫆㩷㪹㪼㩷㪼㫍㪸㫃㫌㪸㫋㪼㪻

㪜㫍㪸㫃㫌㪸㫋㪼㪻
㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪠㫋㪼㫄㪜㫍㪸㫃㫌㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㪼㫅㫋
㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋
㪈㪀㩷㪪㫀㫋㪼㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㫉㪼㫃㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫋㫆㩷㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㫊㩷㫀㫅㪺㫃㫌㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫀㫋㫊
㪈㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪠㪅㩷㪠㪻㪼㫅㫋㫀㪽㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㫊㫀㫋㪼㫊㫌㫉㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㫀㫅㪾㫊㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫀㪻㪼㫅㫋㫀㪽㫀㪼㪻㪅㪈
㪺㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫊㪼㫋㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㪽
㫇㫃㪸㫅㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㫇㫆㫃㫀㪺㫀㪼㫊㪉㪀㩷㪧㫃㪸㫅㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㫇㫆㫃㫀㪺㫀㪼㫊㩷㫉㪼㫃㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫋㫆㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㩷㫆㫅
㪈㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㪸㫊㫀㫊㩷㫆㪽㩷㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫊㫋㪸㫋㪼㪻㪅
㪈
㪈㪀㩷㪙㫀㫆㫃㫆㪾㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㫉㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㩷㫊㫌㪺㪿㩷㪸㫊㩷㪽㫃㫆㫉㪸㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪽㪸㫌㫅㪸㪃㩷㫋㫆㫇㫊㫆㫀㫃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㫊㫀㪻㪼
㪈㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪠㪠㪅㩷㪚㫆㫅㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪹㫀㫆㫃㫆㪾㫀㪺㪸㫃㪸㫉㪼㪸㫊㩷㫆㫅㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻㪅㪈
㫉㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㪉㪀㩷㪙㫀㫆㫃㫆㪾㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㫉㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㩷㫊㫌㪺㪿㩷㪸㫊㩷㪽㫃㫆㫉㪸㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪽㪸㫌㫅㪸㪃㩷㫋㫆㫇㫊㫆㫀㫃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㫊㫀㪻㪼
㪈㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪸㫉㪼㪸㫊㩷㫇㫉㪼㫍㫀㫆㫌㫊㫃㫐㩷㪼㫏㫀㫊㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㫅㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫉㪼㫊㫋㫆㫉㪼㪻㩷㩿㫉㪼㪾㪼㫅㪼㫉㪸㫋㪼㪻㪀㪅㪈
㪈㪀㩷㪞㫉㪼㪼㫅㪼㫉㫐㩷㪺㫆㫍㪼㫉㫊㩷㪈㪇㩼㩷㫆㫉㩷㫄㫆㫉㪼㪃㩷㪹㫌㫋㩷㫃㪼㫊㫊㩷㫋㪿㪸㫅㩷㪉㪇㩼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪼㫏㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㩷㪸㫉㪼㪸㪃㩷㪸㫅㪻
㫄㪼㪻㫀㫌㫄㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫋㪸㫃㫃㩷㫋㫉㪼㪼㫊㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫇㫃㪸㫅㫋㪼㪻㩷㩿㪈㩷㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㪀
㪈㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪞㫉㪼㪼㫅㪼㫉㫐㩷㪺㫆㫍㪼㫉㫊㩷㪉㪇㩼㩷㫆㫉㩷㫄㫆㫉㪼㪃㩷㪹㫌㫋㩷㫃㪼㫊㫊㩷㫋㪿㪸㫅㩷㪌㪇㩼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪼㫏㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㩷㪸㫉㪼㪸㪅㩷㩿㪉㪈䌾㪊
㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㪀
㪠㪠㪠㪅㩷㪪㪼㪺㫌㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㫈㫌㪸㫅㫋㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪽㫆㫃㫀㪸㪾㪼㪞㫉㪼㪼㫅㪼㫉㫐㩷㪺㫆㫍㪼㫉㫊㩷㪌㪇㩼㩷㫆㫉㩷㫄㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪼㫏㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㩷㪸㫉㪼㪸㪅㩷㩿㪊㩷㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㪀
㪉㪀㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫇㫃㪸㫅㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㪹㫉㫀㫅㪾㫊㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫇㫃㪸㫅㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫀㫅㪻㪼㫏㩷㫋㫆㩷㪇㪅㪇㪌㩷㫆㫉㩷㫄㫆㫉㪼㪃㩷㪹㫌㫋
㫃㪼㫊㫊㩷㫋㪿㪸㫅㩷㪇㪅㪉㪅㩷㩿㪈㩷㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㪀
㪈㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪈䌾㪉
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫇㫃㪸㫅㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㪹㫉㫀㫅㪾㫊㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫇㫃㪸㫅㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫀㫅㪻㪼㫏㩷㫋㫆㩷㪇㪅㪉㩷㫆㫉㩷㫄㫆㫉㪼㪅㩷㩿㪉
㫇㫆㫀㫅㫋㪀
㪈㪀㩷㪝㫆㫃㫀㪸㪾㪼㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㪾㪼㫅㪼㫉㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫋㪿㪸㫋㩷㫀㫊㩷㪸㫇㫇㫉㫆㫇㫉㫀㪸㫋㪼㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫇㫃㪸㫅㫋㫀㫅㪾
㪈㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪺㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫇㫃㫆㫋㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪅㪈
㪉㪀㩷㪝㫆㫃㫀㪸㪾㪼㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㪾㪼㫅㪼㫉㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫋㪿㪸㫋㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㫊㩷㫊㪼㪺㫌㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㫃㫀㫍㫀㫅㪾㩷㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㩷㪽㫆㫉
㪇㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪠㪭㪅㩷㪪㪼㪺㫌㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㫈㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪽㫆㫃㫀㪸㪾㪼
㫊㫄㪸㫃㫃㩷㫎㫀㫃㪻㩷㪸㫅㫀㫄㪸㫃㫊㪅㪈
㪊㪀㩷㪝㫆㫃㫀㪸㪾㪼㩷㪿㪸㫊㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㪾㪼㫅㪼㫉㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫋㪿㪸㫋㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㫊㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㫃㫆㪺㪸㫃
㪇㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㫊㫇㪼㪺㫀㪼㫊㪅㪈
㪈㪀㩷㪜㫈㫌㫀㫇㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫅㪼㪺㪼㫊㫊㪸㫉㫐㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫄㪸㫀㫅㫋㪼㫅㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㫄㪸㫅㪸㪾㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫆㪽㩷㪾㫉㪼㪼㫅㩷㪸㫉㪼㪸㫊
㪇㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪸㫋㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫊㫋㪸㪾㪼㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫀㫅㫊㫋㪸㫃㫃㪼㪻㪃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫄㪸㫅㪸㪾㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㪈
㪭㪅㩷㪤㪸㫅㪸㪾㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫌㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㫇㫆㫃㫀㪺㫀㪼㫊㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫊㪼㫋㪅
㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㪉㪀㩷㪘㫅㩷㪼㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪽㪸㪺㫀㫃㫀㫋㫀㪼㫊㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅㩷㫇㫉㫆㫍㫀㪻㪼㪻㩷㫀㫅㩷㫎㪿㫀㪺㪿㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾
㪇㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㫌㫊㪼㫉㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫃㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㫇㪼㫆㫇㫃㪼㩷㪺㪸㫅㩷㪼㫅㪺㫆㫌㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㫅㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㫆㫉㪾㪸㫅㫀㫊㫄㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪾㪼㫋㩷㪺㫃㫆㫊㪼㫉㪈
㫋㫆㩷㫅㪸㫋㫌㫉㪼㪅
㪠㫅㪻㪼㫇㪼㫅㪻㪼㫅㫋㩷㪼㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㫊㩷㫆㫋㪿㪼㫉㩷㫋㪿㪸㫅㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪸㪹㫆㫍㪼㩷㪼㫍㪸㫃㫌㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫀㫋㪼㫄㫊㩷㪿㪸㫍㪼㩷㪹㪼㪼㫅
㪇㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪭㪠㪅㩷㪦㫋㪿㪼㫉
㫄㪸㪻㪼㩷㫋㫆㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫉㪼㪸㫋㪼㩷㪿㪸㪹㫀㫋㪸㫋㪅㪈
㪫㫆㫋㪸㫃䋽㪎㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋
Figure I.3.4 Score Entry Sheet with method using “efforts to be evaluated”
3) Scoring method for LR1 Energy

Building energy-saving standards based on the Energy Saving Law are used for scoring some scoring
items under “LR1 Energy.” Use the PAL value, a performance standard, or the Point value, a
specification standard, to evaluate “1. Building Thermal Load” (Use the energy-saving countermeasure
grade under the Housing Quality Assurance Law for houses). Use the CEC value, the Point value, or
the ERR value that combines both, for “3. Efficiency in Building Service System.” Use the Calculation
Sheet shown in Figure I.3.5 for data input when evaluating these two items. Specifically, select PAL
value, Point value, ERR or other assessment indicator in the “Assessment standard type” column for
perimeter performance based on the Energy Saving Law, and for building services equipment, and
input values for each. If the Energy Saving Plan or the Housing Performance Assessment has already
been prepared, transfer figures from those documents to evaluate “1. Building Thermal Load” and “3.
Efficiency in Building Service System.”
4) Scoring for building complex

To evaluate building complex, for all items other than LR1 Energy, the assessor should manually
Prepared and enter a weighted average of the levels (points) for each building type, weighted for the
relative floor areas of each. Take an area weighted average of the results of each assessment item for
each application, then round to an integer and input to the CASBEE for New Construction assessment
software (choose the value from the pulldown menu). Round averaged results to integers.

Copyright٤
Transfer the necessary entries from the report of "Energy-saving plan"&"the Housing Performance Assessment"
㪪㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㫇㫌㫃㫃㪄㪻㫆㫎㫅㩷㫄㪼㫅㫌㫊㩷㫆㫉㩷㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㪽㫀㪾㫌㫉㪼㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫄㫄㪼㫅㫋㫊㪅
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪫㫐㫇㪼㪜㫅㫋㫀㫉㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪦㪽㪽㫀㪺㪼㪪㪺㪿㫆㫆㫃㪩㪼㫋㪸㫀㫃㪼㫉㫊㪩㪼㫊㫋㪸㫌㫉㪸㫅㫋㫊㪟㪸㫃㫃㫊

㪝㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㪸㫉㪼㪸㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪼㪸㪺㪿㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫋㫐㫇㪼㫄㪉㪈㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪈㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫇㫃㪸㫅㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㫋㫐㫇㪼㪧㪘㪣㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㪘㪣㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼
㪧㪘㪣㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪤㪡㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉㪉㪏㪇㪅㪇㪊㪇㪇㪅㪇㪉㪌㪇㪅㪇㪉㪌㪇㪅㪇㪉㪌㪇㪅㪇
㪫㪿㪼㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫁㫌㪻㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪹㫐㩷㫆㫎㫅㪼㫉㩷㪤㪡㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉㪊㪇㪇㪊㪉㪇㪊㪏㪇㪌㪌㪇㪌㪌㪇
㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪃㩷㪠㫅㫊㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㫃㪸㫊㫊㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪈㪇㪇㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇
㪫㪿㪼㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫁㫌㪻㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪹㫐㩷㫆㫎㫅㪼㫉㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪈㪇㪇㪈㪇㪇㪈㪇㪇㪈㪇㪇㪈㪇㪇
㪣㪩㪈㪆㪈㪅㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪋㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪋㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪋㪅㪇
㪜㫅㫋㫀㫉㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪣㪩㪈㪆㪈㪅㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇㪇㪇㪅㪇㪇㪇㪅㪇㪇㪇㪅㪇㪇㪇㪅㪇㪇
㪟㪭㪘㪚㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㫋㫐㫇㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪘㪚㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼

㪚㪜㪚㪆㪘㪚㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼䋨䋭䋩㪈㪅㪇㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌
㪫㪿㪼㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫁㫌㪻㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪹㫐㩷㫆㫎㫅㪼㫉㩷䋨䋭䋩㪈㪅㪌䋭䋭䋭䋭
㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪈㪃㪊㪈㪉㪃㪇㪇㪇㪇㪇㪇㪇
㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪟㫐㫇㫆㫋㪿㪼㫋㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㪘㫀㫉㩷㪚㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪈㪃㪊㪈㪉㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪈㪇㪇㪈㪇㪇㪈㪇㪇㪈㪇㪇㪈㪇㪇
㪺㫆㫉㫉㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪇㪇㪇㪇㪇
㪣㪩㪈㪆㪊㪅㪈㩷㪟㪭㪘㪚㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪌㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇
㫎㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㪇㪅㪋㪌㪇㪅㪍㪌㪇㪅㪋㪇㪇㪅㪋㪇㪇㪅㪋㪇
㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㫋㫐㫇㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼
㪭㪼㫅㫋㫀㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄
㪚㪜㪚㪆㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼䋨䋭䋩㪈㪅㪇㪈㪅㪉㪈㪅㪉㪈㪅㪉㪈㪅㪉
㪫㪿㪼㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫁㫌㪻㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪹㫐㩷㫆㫎㫅㪼㫉㩷䋨䋭䋩㪈㪅㪇㪇㪅㪏㪇㪅㪐㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪇
㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪍㪎㪏㪃㪊㪇㪇㪍㪃㪇㪇㪇㪍㪃㪇㪇㪇㪍㪃㪇㪇㪇㪍㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪟㫐㫇㫆㫋㪿㪼㫋㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫍㪼㫅㫋㫀㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫇㪼㫉㩷㫐㪼㪸㫉㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪍㪎㪏㪃㪊㪇㪇㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇
㪣㪩㪈㪆㪊㪅㪉㩷㪭㪼㫅㫋㫀㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪈㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪈㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪋㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪈㪅㪇
㫎㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㪇㪅㪈㪌㪇㪅㪈㪇㪇㪅㪈㪇㪇㪅㪈㪇㪇㪅㪈㪇
㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㫋㫐㫇㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪣㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪣㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪣㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪣㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪣㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼
㪚㪜㪚㪆㪣㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼䋨䋭䋩㪇㪅㪏㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌
㪫㪿㪼㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫁㫌㪻㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪹㫐㩷㫆㫎㫅㪼㫉㩷䋨䋭䋩㪈㪅㪇㪈㪅㪇㪈㪅㪇㪈㪅㪇㪈㪅㪇
㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪊㪃㪉㪊㪏㪃㪋㪇㪇㪋㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪟㫐㫇㫆㫋㪿㪼㫋㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫇㪼㫉㩷㫐㪼㪸㫉㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪋㪃㪇㪋㪏㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪈㪍㪇㪈㪍㪇㪈㪍㪇㪈㪍㪇㪈㪍㪇
㪣㪩㪈㪆㪊㪅㪊㩷㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪋㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪈㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪈㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪈㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪈㪅㪇
㫎㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㪇㪅㪊㪇㪇㪅㪉㪇㪇㪅㪊㪌㪇㪅㪊㪌㪇㪅㪊㪌
㪟㫆㫋㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㫋㫐㫇㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪟㪮㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪟㪮㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪟㪮㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪟㪮㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪟㪮㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼
㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪚㪜㪚㪆㪟㪮㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼䋨䋭䋩㪈㪅㪍㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌
㪠㫏㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪏㪉㪉㪉㪉
㪫㪿㪼㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫁㫌㪻㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪹㫐㩷㫆㫎㫅㪼㫉㩷䋨䋭䋩㪈㪅㪍㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌㪈㪅㪌
㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪊㪈㪉㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪟㫐㫇㫆㫋㪿㪼㫋㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㪿㫆㫋㩷㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㫊㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㫃㫆㪸㪻㩷㫇㪼㫉㩷㫐㪼㪸㫉㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪈㪐㪌㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪈㪍㪇㪈㪍㪇㪈㪍㪇㪈㪍㪇㪈㪍㪇
㪣㪩㪈㪆㪊㪅㪋㩷㪟㫆㫋㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪅㪇
㫎㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㪇㪅㪇㪌㪇㪅㪇㪌㪇㪅㪈㪌㪇㪅㪈㪌㪇㪅㪈㪌
㪜㫃㪼㫍㪸㫋㫆㫉㫊㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㫋㫐㫇㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪜㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪜㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪜㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪜㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪚㪜㪚㪆㪜㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼
㪚㪜㪚㪆㪜㪭㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼䋨䋭䋩㪇㪅㪎㪈㪅㪇㪈㪅㪇㪈㪅㪇㪈㪅㪇
㪫㪿㪼㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫁㫌㪻㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪹㫐㩷㫆㫎㫅㪼㫉㩷䋨䋭䋩㪈㪅㪇䋭䋭䋭䋭
㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪐㪋㪃㪋㪊㪇㪇㪇㪇㪇
㪟㫐㫇㫆㫋㪿㪼㫋㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪼㫃㪼㫍㪸㫋㫆㫉㩷㫇㪼㫉㩷㫐㪼㪸㫉㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪈㪊㪋㪃㪐㪇㪇㪈㪌㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪈㪌㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪈㪌㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪈㪌㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇㪈㪌㪇
㪫㪿㪼㩷㫊㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫁㫌㪻㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪹㫐㩷㫆㫎㫅㪼㫉㩷㪧㫆㫀㫅㫋㪈㪇㪇䋭䋭䋭䋭
㪣㪩㪈㪆㪊㪅㪌㩷㪜㫃㪼㫍㪸㫋㫆㫉㫊㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪌㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪇㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪇㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪇㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪇㪅㪇
㫎㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㪇㪅㪇㪌䋭䋭䋭䋭
㪜㫈㫌㫀㫇㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫆㪽㩷㪼㫅㪿㪸㫅㪺㪼㪻㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㫊㪸㫍㫀㫅㪾㩷㪹㫐㩷㪧㪭㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㫌㫊㪸㪾㪼㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㫊㪸㫍㫀㫅㪾㩷㪹㫐㩷㫆㫋㪿㪼㫉㫊㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪋㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪼㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㪺㫐㩷㩿㪁㪀㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪪㪸㫍㫀㫅㪾㩷㪭㫆㫃㫌㫄㪼㩷㪬㫊㫀㫅㪾㩷㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㩷㪜㫈㫌㫀㫇㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㩿㪘㪀㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪋㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇㪋㪊㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪪㪸㫍㫀㫅㪾㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪜㫅㫋㫀㫉㪼㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㩿㪙㪀㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪈㪈㪃㪏㪍㪐㪃㪇㪇㪇
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪪㪸㫍㫀㫅㪾㩷㫉㪸㫋㪼㩷㪢㩷㫍㪸㫃㫌㪼㩷㪘㪆㪙㪇㪅㪋㩼㪇㪅㪇㩼㪇㪅㪇㩼㪇㪅㪇㩼㪇㪅㪇㩼
㪜㪩㪩㪚㪿㫆㫀㪺㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㫄㪼㫋㪿㫆㪻㩷㩿㫊㫀㫅㪾㫃㪼㩷㫌㫊㪼㪀㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪹㫐㩷㪜㪩㪩
㪮㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㪼㪻㩷㫊㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㫊㪺㫆㫉㪼㫊㩷㫆㪽㩷㪸㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㪼㪻㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㫊㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪇㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪇㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪇㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪇㪅㪇㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪇㪅㪇
㪜㪩㪩㩷㪺㫆㫅㫍㪼㫉㫋㪼㪻㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫎㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㪼㪻㩷㫊㪺㫆㫉㪼㪇㩼㪇㩼㪇㩼㪇㩼㪇㩼
㪧㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪪㫌㪹㫁㪼㪺㫋㩷㪙㫃㪻㪾㪅㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪎㪃㪋㪉㪏㪃㪉㪏㪇㪇㪇㪇㪇
㪪㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㫇㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪏㪃㪐㪍㪈㪃㪊㪍㪇㪇㪇㪇㪇
㪁㪀㩷㪪㫌㪺㪿㩷㪸㫊㩷㫊㫆㫃㪸㫉㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪾㪼㫅㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㪾㪼㫅㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㩷
㪜㪩㪩㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪜㫅㫋㫀㫉㪼㩷㪹㫃㪻㪾㪅㪧㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪪㫌㪹㫁㪼㪺㫋㩷㪹㫃㪻㪾㪅㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪎㪃㪋㪉㪏㪃㪉㪏㪇

㩿㪼㫏㪺㫃㫌㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪘㫇㪸㫉㫋㫄㪼㫅㫋㫊㪀㪪㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㫇㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪤㪡㪆㫐㫉㪏㪃㪐㪍㪈㪃㪊㪍㪇
㪜㪩㪩㩷㩿㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪩㪸㫋㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪧㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪀㪈㪎㪅㪈㩼
Figure I.3.5 Energy Calculation Sheet (input examples, extracted)

Copyright٤
In evaluating LR1 Energy, the Energy Calculation Sheet for multi-use buildings has spaces for
transferring values from the Energy Saving Plan and the Housing Performance Assessment for each of
the nine building types, so the figures for each application can be input. For “1. Building Thermal Load,”
use an area-weighted average of the scoring levels for all building types. For “3. Efficiency in Building
Service System,” total the reference primary energy consumption values and the corresponding values
for the evaluated building, use them to calculate ERR for the building as a whole (an automatic
calculation), and evaluate according to the result.
3.4 Consideration record sheet

State points considered in the Design for Environment, so that it is easy for a third party to gain an
overview of environmental considerations in the evaluated building. The content of such statements is
indicated in “3. Design consideration” in the Assessment Results Sheet. Make statements (free content)
in each space for General, Q1~LR3 and Other in the Consideration Record Sheet. State the concept of
the building as a whole in the General space, and make any statements related to assessment items in
the relevant columns Q1~LR3. Use the Other column to describe other environment-oriented efforts not
evaluated under Q1~LR3.
Considerations in environmental design Building Name 㪯㪯㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾
Considerations in design
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㪹㪼㩷㪹㫉㫀㪼㪽㫃㫐㩷㪺㫆㫄㫇㫉㪼㪿㪼㫅㫊㫀㫍㪼㩷㪺㫆㫅㪺㪼㫇㫋㩷㫆㪽㩷㪼㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㩷㪻㪼㫊㫀㪾㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪅
㪞㪼㫅㪼㫉㪸㫃
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㪹㪼㩷㪹㫉㫀㪼㪽㫃㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪨㪈㩷㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪅
㪨㪈
㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㪹㪼㩷㪹㫉㫀㪼㪽㫃㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪨㪉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪅
㪨㪉
㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㪹㪼㩷㪹㫉㫀㪼㪽㫃㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪨㪊㩷㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫆㫅㩷㪪㫀㫋㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪅
㪨㪊
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋
㫆㫅㩷㪪㫀㫋㪼
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㪹㪼㩷㪹㫉㫀㪼㪽㫃㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪣㪩㪈㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪅
㪣㪩㪈
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㪹㪼㩷㪹㫉㫀㪼㪽㫃㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪣㪩㪉㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㩷㩽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪅
㪣㪩㪉
㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㩷㩽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㪹㪼㩷㪹㫉㫀㪼㪽㫃㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪣㪩㪊㩷㪦㪽㪽㪄㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪅
㪣㪩㪊
㪦㪽㪽㪄㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㪹㪼㩷㪹㫉㫀㪼㪽㫃㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫆㫋㪿㪼㫉㩷㫋㪿㪸㫅㩷㪍㩷㪺㪸㫋㪼㪾㫆㫉㫀㪼㫊㩷㪸㪹㫆㫍㪼㩷㫋㪿㪸㫋㩷㫀㫊㩷㫅㫆㫋㩷㪸㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㪼㪻㩷㫀㫅
㪚㪘㪪㪙㪜㪜㪄㪥㪚㪃㩷㫊㫌㪺㪿㩷㪸㫊㩷㫉㪼㪺㫐㪺㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㪸㪺㫋㫀㫍㫀㫋㫀㪼㫊㩷㪸㫋㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫀㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪿㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉㫀㪺
㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㫊㪅
㪦㫋㪿㪼㫉
Figure I.3.6 Consideration Record Sheet

Copyright٤
3.5 Lifecycle CO2 Calculation Sheet

Figure I.3.7 shows the Lifecycle CO2 (LCCO2) calculation sheet. This sheet illustrates the automatic
calculation process for LCCO2 (the standard calculation), following the content input to the Score Entry
Sheet and the Energy Calculation Sheet.
The reference value (for the standard building, which scores level 3 for all assessment items) and the
CO2 emission quantity for the evaluated building are displayed in kg-CO2/year-m2 for the construction
stage, maintenance/ demolition stages, and operation stage.
㪚㪘㪪㪙㪜㪜㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪥㪼㫎㩷㪚㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㩿㪉㪇㪇㪏㩷㪜㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㪀㪤㪸㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪑㪚㪘㪪㪙㪜㪜㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪥㪼㫎㩷㪚㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㩿㪉㪇㪇㪏㩷㪜㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㪀

㪯㪯㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㫊㫆㪽㫋㫎㪸㫉㪼㩷㪑㪚㪘㪪㪙㪜㪜㪄㪥㪚㪶㪉㪇㪇㪏㩿㫍㪅㪈㪅㪇㪈㪀
Life Cycle CO2 Calculation Sheet 䋨For Standard calculation䋩

㪪㫌㪹㫁㪼㪺㫋㪩㪼㪽㪼㫉㪼㫅㪺㪼
㪈㪅䇭㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫋㫆㩷㪚㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉
㪈㪄㪈㪅䇭㪚㫆㫅㫍㪼㫉㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪩㪼㫊㫌㫃㫋㫊㩷㫋㫆㩷㪚㪦㪉
㪸㫃㩷㪽㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㪸㫉㪼㪸㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪋㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪌㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫊㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫊
㪼㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅
㪨㪉㪆㪉㪅㪉㪅㪈㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪣㫀㪽㪼㩷㫆㪽㪦㪽㪽㫀㪺㪼㫊㪈㪅㪇㪇㪈㪊㪅㪌㪐㪈㪊㪅㪌㪐㪈㪊㪅㪌㪐㪊㪅㪇㪈㪊㪅㪌㪐㪊㪅㪇㪈㪊㪅㪍㪈
㪪㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪝㫉㪸㫄㪼㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㪪㪺㪿㫆㫆㫃㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪇㪅㪉㪊㪈㪇㪅㪉㪊㪈㪇㪅㪉㪊㪊㪅㪇㪈㪇㪅㪉㪊㪊㪅㪇㪈㪇㪅㪉㪋
㪩㪼㫋㪸㫀㫃㪼㫉㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪊
㪩㪼㫊㫋㪸㫌㫉㪸㫅㫋㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪍㪅㪈㪊
㪟㪸㫃㫃㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪇㪅㪐㪋㪈㪇㪅㪐㪋㪈㪇㪅㪐㪋㪊㪅㪇㪈㪇㪅㪐㪋㪊㪅㪇㪈㪇㪅㪐㪍
㪝㪸㪺㫋㫆㫉㫀㪼㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪏㪅㪈㪋㪈㪏㪅㪈㪋㪈㪏㪅㪈㪋㪊㪅㪇㪈㪏㪅㪈㪋㪊㪅㪇㪈㪏㪅㪈㪏
㪟㫆㫊㫇㫀㫋㪸㫃㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪇㪅㪊㪎㪈㪇㪅㪊㪎㪈㪇㪅㪊㪎㪊㪅㪇㪈㪇㪅㪊㪎㪊㪅㪇㪈㪇㪅㪊㪐
㪟㫆㫋㪼㫃㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪇㪅㪐㪇㪈㪇㪅㪐㪇㪈㪇㪅㪐㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪇㪅㪐㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪇㪅㪐㪉
㪘㫇㪸㫉㫋㫄㪼㫅㫋㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪊㪉㪅㪋㪋㪈㪍㪅㪊㪉㪈㪇㪅㪐㪎㪊㪅㪇㪊㪉㪅㪋㪋㪊㪅㪇㪊㪉㪅㪋㪎
㪪㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪼㪪
㪣㪩㪉㪆㪉㪅㪉㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫀㫅㫌㫀㫅㪾㩷㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪜㫏㫀㫊㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㫂㪼㫃㪼㫋㫆㫅㩷㪼㫋㪺㪅㪇㩼㪇㩼
㪣㪩㪉㪆㪉㪅㪊㩷㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪩㪼㪺㫐㪺㫃㪼㪻㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㪸㫊㩷㪪㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪝㫉㪸㫄㪼
㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊䋨㪙㫃㪸㫊㫋㩷㪽㫌㫉㫅㪸㪺㪼㩷㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㩿㪺㫆㫅㪺㫉㪼㫋㪼㪀䋩㪊㩼㪇㩼
㪈㪄㪉㪅䇭㪪㫌㪹㫋㫆㫋㪸㫃㪈㪊㪅㪌㪐㪈㪊㪅㪍㪈
㪉㪅㩷㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫋㫆㩷㪩㪼㫋㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫋㫆㩷㪩㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪛㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪉㪄㪈㪅䇭㪚㫆㫅㫍㪼㫉㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪘㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪩㪼㫊㫌㫃㫋㫊㩷㫋㫆㩷㪚㪦㪉㩷㪼㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉
㪩㪸㫋㫀㫆㩷㫆㪽㩷㪫㫆㫋㪸㫃㩷㪽㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㪸㫉㪼㪸㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪊㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪋㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㩷㪌㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫊㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫊
㪨㪉㪆㪉㪅㪉㪅㪈㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪣㫀㪽㪼㩷㫆㪽㪦㪽㪽㫀㪺㪼㫊㪈㪅㪇㪇㪉㪇㪅㪉㪊㪉㪇㪅㪉㪊㪉㪇㪅㪉㪊㪊㪅㪇㪉㪇㪅㪉㪊㪊㪅㪇㪉㪇㪅㪉㪊
㪪㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪝㫉㪸㫄㪼㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㪪㪺㪿㫆㫆㫃㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪍㪅㪍㪏㪈㪍㪅㪍㪏㪈㪍㪅㪍㪏㪊㪅㪇㪈㪍㪅㪍㪏㪊㪅㪇㪈㪍㪅㪍㪏
㪩㪼㫋㪸㫀㫃㪼㫉㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇
㪩㪼㫊㫋㪸㫌㫉㪸㫅㫋㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇㪊㪅㪇㪈㪉㪅㪉㪇
㪟㪸㫃㫃㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪎㪅㪊㪐㪈㪎㪅㪊㪐㪈㪎㪅㪊㪐㪊㪅㪇㪈㪎㪅㪊㪐㪊㪅㪇㪈㪎㪅㪊㪐
㪝㪸㪺㫋㫆㫉㫀㪼㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪊㪅㪍㪉㪈㪊㪅㪍㪉㪈㪊㪅㪍㪉㪊㪅㪇㪈㪊㪅㪍㪉㪊㪅㪇㪈㪊㪅㪍㪉
㪟㫆㫊㫇㫀㫋㪸㫃㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪉㪇㪅㪉㪋㪉㪇㪅㪉㪋㪉㪇㪅㪉㪋㪊㪅㪇㪉㪇㪅㪉㪋㪊㪅㪇㪉㪇㪅㪉㪋
㪟㫆㫋㪼㫃㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪏㪅㪈㪈㪈㪏㪅㪈㪈㪈㪏㪅㪈㪈㪊㪅㪇㪈㪏㪅㪈㪈㪊㪅㪇㪈㪏㪅㪈㪈
㪘㫇㪸㫉㫋㫄㪼㫅㫋㫊㪇㪅㪇㪇㪈㪊㪅㪏㪎㪈㪌㪅㪇㪏㪈㪍㪅㪊㪈㪊㪅㪇㪈㪊㪅㪏㪎㪊㪅㪇㪈㪊㪅㪏㪎
㪉㪄㪉㪅䇭㪪㫌㪹㫋㫆㫋㪸㫃㪉㪇㪅㪉㪊㪉㪇㪅㪉㪊
㪉
㪊㪅㩷㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㫋㫆㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪻㫌㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪄㫐㫉㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉
㪏㪐㪅㪌㪐㪈㪇㪏㪅㪐㪏
㪋㪅䇭㪚㪸㫃㪺㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㫀㪽㪼㩷㪚㫐㪺㫃㪼㩷㪚㪦㪉㩷䋨㪪㫋㪸㫅㪻㪸㫉㪻㩷㪺㪸㫃㪺㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅䋩㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉

㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫊㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㫊
Construction 㪈㪊㪅㪌㪐㪈㪊㪅㪍㪈
㪩㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪛㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㪉㪇㪅㪉㪊㪉㪇㪅㪉㪊
㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪏㪐㪅㪌㪐㪈㪇㪏㪅㪐㪏
㪫㫆㫋㪸㫃㪈㪉㪊㪅㪋㪈㪈㪋㪉㪅㪏㪉
Figure I.3.7 Lifecycle CO2 Calculation Sheet (output example)
- LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (standard calculation)

The LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (standard calculation) states the assessment conditions to
use in the LCCO2 calculation if assessment uses the standard calculation. The quantities and CO2
emission units for typical materials. CO2 emission coefficients for energy, and other base data for the
calculation are displayed.
Also, if existing structural skeletons are reused and blast furnace cement is used, input the usage rates
for each in this sheet. These values are reflected in the CO2 emission calculation for the construction
stage of the LCCO2 calculation sheet.

Copyright٤
LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (standard calculation) Building Name XX building

CASBEE-NC_2008(v.1.01)
Item Reference (Reference Building) Subject Building Comments
Building type Office, Office,

Building
Outline
Gross Floor Area 15,000m2 15,000m2
Structure S S
Lifecycle
Expected Service Life Offices section, 60years, Offices section, 60years,
Setting
CO2 Emission 13.61 13.59 kg-CO2/m2-yr
Average in Japan calculated by Estimated by subtracting reduced CO2
Calculation of Embodied CO2 Architectural Institute of Japan from the volume by resource-saving efforts from
1995 Industrial Input-Output Table reference value
Reference for CO2 Emission Architectural Institute of Japan from the
See reference
units 1995 Industrial Input-Output Table
Boundary 㫌㫇㩷㫋㫆㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪻㫆㫄㪼㫊㫋㫀㪺㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅 See reference

㪼㫏㫇㪼㫅㪻㫀㫋㫌㫉㪼
Quantities of Representative Materials
3
Regular concrete 0.57 0.55 䌭 /m2
Blast furnace cement 3
concrete
0.00 0.02 䌭 /m2
Steel frame 0.14 0.14 䌴/m2
Steel frame (electric furnace) 0.00 0.00 䌴/m2
Steel reinforcement 0.07 0.07 䌴/m2
㪫㫀㫄㪹㪼㫉 0.01 0.01 䌴/m2
㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯 kg/m2
Construction 㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㫊㩷㫆㪽㩷㪩㪼㫇㫉㪼㫊㪼㫅㫋㪸㫋㫀㫍㪼㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊
Stage Regular concrete 282.00 282.00 kg-CO2/m3
Blast furnace cement
206.00 206.00 kg-CO2/m3
concrete
Steel frame 0.90 0.90 kg-CO2/䌴
Steel frame (electric furnace) 0.90 0.90 kg-CO2/䌴
Steel reinforcement 0.70 0.70 kg-CO2/䌴

Formwork 7.20 7.20 kg-CO2/䌴
㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯㪯 kg-CO2/kg
㪤㪸㫁㫆㫉㩷㪩㪼㪺㫐㪺㫃㪼㪻㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫌㫊㪼㩷㫉㪸㫋㪼
Blast furnace cement
0% 3%
(% in entire main structure䋩
㪜㫏㫀㫊㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㫄㪼㫄㪹㪼㫉㫊 0% 0%
㩿㩼㩷㫀㫅㩷㪼㫅㫋㫀㫉㪼㩷㫄㪸㫀㫅㩷㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪼䋩
Electric furnace steel䋨Steel
0% 0%
reinforcement䋩
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㩷㪽㫌㫉㫅㪸㪺㪼㩷㫊㫋㪼㪼㫃䋨㪪㫋㪼㪼㫃 0% 0%
㪽㫉㪸㫄㪼䋩
CO2 Emission 20.23 20.23 kg-CO2/m2-yr
㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㫀㫅㫋㪼㫉㫍㪸㫃㫊㩷㩿㫐㪼㪸㫉㪀
Exterior 25 year 25 year
㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㪈㪏㩷㫐㪼㪸㫉㪈㪏㩷㫐㪼㪸㫉
Repair,
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㪈㪌㩷㫐㪼㪸㫉㪈㪌㩷㫐㪼㪸㫉
Renewal /
㪘㫍㪼㫉㪸㪾㪼㩷㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㩷㫉㪸㫋㪼䋨㩼㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉䋩
Demolition
Stage 㪜㫏㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㪈㩼㪈㩼
㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㪈㩼㪈㩼
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㪉㩼㪉㩼
㪛㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫄㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㩷㫈㫌㪸㫅㫋㫀㫋㫐㩷㫎㪸㫊
㪚㪸㫃㪺㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪚㪦㪉㩷㪼㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅
㪸㫊㫊㫌㫄㪼㪻㩷㫋㫆㩷㪹㪼㩷㪉㪃㪇㪇㪇㫂㪾㪆㫄㪉㪃㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫉㫆㪸㪻㪪㪼㪼㩷㫉㪼㪽㪼㫉㪼㫅㪺㪼
㪸㫋㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫊㫋㪸㪾㪼
㫋㫉㪸㫅㫊㫇㫆㫉㫋㩷㪻㫀㫊㫋㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㪸㫋㩷㪊㪇㫂㫄
㪚㪦㪉㩷㪜㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㪈㪇㪏㪅㪐㪏㪏㪐㪅㪌㪐㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫄㪉㪄㫐㫉
㪜㫊㫋㫀㫄㪸㫋㪼㪻㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪸㫍㪼㫉㪸㪾㪼㩷㫇㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐㪜㫊㫋㫀㫄㪸㫋㪼㩷㫉㪼㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫍㫆㫃㫌㫄㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㫇㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐
㪚㪸㫃㪺㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㫇㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐
㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫀㫅㩷㫊㫋㪸㫋㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㪸㫃㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪹㫐㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪼㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㫊
㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅
㫉㪼㪺㫆㫉㪻㫊㪸㫊㫊㪼㫊㫊㪼㪻㩷㫌㫅㪻㪼㫉㩷㩹㪣㪩㪈㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩹
㪧㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪉㪐㪃㪇㪋㪇㪃㪇㪇㪇㪉㪊㪃㪏㪎㪊㪃㪋㪍㪉㪤㪡㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉
㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪚㪦㪉㩷㪼㫄㫀㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㫆㪼㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫅㫍㪼㫉㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㪽㪸㪺㫋㫆㫉
㪪㫋㪸㪾㪼㪚㫆㫅㫍㪼㫉㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㪽㪸㪺㫋㫆㫉㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄
㪇㪅㪇㪌㪍㪊㪪㪼㪼㩷㫉㪼㪽㪼㫉㪼㫅㪺㪼㪚㪦㪉㪄㫂㪾㪆㪤㪡
㫇㫉㫀㫄㪸㫉㫐㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㫌㫄㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㫀㫋㫐㪇㪅㪌㪌㪌㪪㪼㪼㩷㫉㪼㪽㪼㫉㪼㫅㪺㪼㪚㪦㪉㪄㫂㪾㪆㫂㪮㪿
㪫㫆㫎㫅㩷㪾㪸㫊㪇㪅㪇㪌㪇㪍㪪㪼㪼㩷㫉㪼㪽㪼㫉㪼㫅㪺㪼㪚㪦㪉㪄㫂㪾㪆㪤㪡
㪦㫋㪿㪼㫉㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼
㪯㪯㪯㪪㪼㪼㩷㫉㪼㪽㪼㫉㪼㫅㪺㪼㪚㪦㪉㪄㫂㪾㪆㪤㪡
㩿㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪀
㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉
㪦㫋㪿㪼㫉
Figure I.3.8 LCCO㪉 Calculation Conditions Sheet (standard calculation)
3.6 Score Sheet

Figures I.3.9 and I.3.10 show Score Sheets. The Score Sheet tabulates the scoring results input on the
Score Entry Sheet. The corresponding weighting coefficient is applied to each item and the results are
combined sequentially. Total scores for major categories Q1~Q3 and LR1~LR3 are SQ1~SQ3 and
SLR1~SLR3. Furthermore, the total score for the categories under Q is SQ, and the total for categories
under LR is SLR. All scores are displayed automatically.
If the building under assessment is residential type building, the Score Sheet presents score results for
“Entire Building and Common Properties” and for “Residential and Accommodation Sections” in parallel.
The results are calculated as a weighted average according to the ratio of floor areas for each section to
produce a score for the building as a whole. The scores weighted on a pro-rata basis entered in ratio of
Residential and Accommodation Sections under 2) building outline entry on the Main Sheet are
displayed in the “Total” column as the final score for the evaluated building.
In the Summary of Environmental Conscious Efforts in Design Column, state the specific details of the
efforts on which the score is based, particularly of 3 points (level 3) or better is awarded.

Copyright٤
㪚㪘㪪㪙㪜㪜㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪥㪼㫎㩷㪚㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㩿㪉㪇㪇㪏㩷㪜㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㪀㪤㪸㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪑 CASBEE for New Construction (2008 Edition)

㪯㪯㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㪽㫀㪾㫌㫉㪼㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪺㫆㫄㫄㪼㫅㫋㫊㪅㫊㫆㪽㫋㫎㪸㫉㪼㩷㪑 CASBEE-NC_2008(v.1.01)
㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㪪㪿㪼㪼㫋㪜㫏㪼㪺㫌㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪻㪼㫊㫀㪾㫅㩷㫊㫋㪸㪾㪼
Entire Building and Residential and
Common Properties Accommodation sections
㪚㫆㫅㪺㪼㫉㫅㪼㪻㩷㫀㫋㪼㫄㫊㪪㫌㫄㫄㪸㫉㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪼㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㫃㫐㩷㪺㫆㫅㫊㪺㫀㫆㫌㫊㩷㪼㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㫊 Score
weighting
Score
weighting Total
㫀㫅㩷㪻㪼㫊㫀㪾㫅 coefficients coefficients
㪨㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾 3.3
㪨㪈㩷㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋 0.40 3.5
㪈㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㩽㩷㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊 3.0 0.15 - - 3.0
㪈㪅㪈㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼 3.0 0.40 - -
㪈㪙㪸㪺㫂㪾㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㫃㪼㫍㪼㫃 3.0 0.50 3.0 -
㪉㪜㫈㫌㫀㫇㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫅㫆㫀㫊㪼 3.0 0.50 - -
㪈㪅㪉㪪㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㪠㫅㫊㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.0 0.40 - -
㪈㪪㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㪠㫅㫊㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪦㫇㪼㫅㫀㫅㪾㫊 3.0 0.60 3.0 -
㪉㪪㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㪠㫅㫊㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪧㪸㫉㫋㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪮㪸㫃㫃㫊 3.0 0.40 3.0 -
㪊㪪㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㪠㫅㫊㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪧㪼㫉㪽㫆㫉㫄㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪝㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㪪㫃㪸㪹㫊㩷㩿㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㪄㫎㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㫀㫄㫇㪸㪺㫋㩷㫊㫆 3.0 - 3.0 -
㪋㪪㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㪠㫅㫊㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪧㪼㫉㪽㫆㫉㫄㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪝㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㪪㫃㪸㪹㫊㩷㩿㪿㪼㪸㫍㫐㪄㫎㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㫀㫄㫇㪸㪺㫋㩷 3.0 - 3.0 -
㪈㪅㪊㪪㫆㫌㫅㪻㩷㪘㪹㫊㫆㫉㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.0 0.20 3.0 -
㪉㩷㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋 3.9 0.35 - - 3.9
㪉㪅㪈㪩㫆㫆㫄㩷㪫㪼㫄㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫌㫉㪼㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃 3.7 0.50 - -
㪈㪩㫆㫆㫄㩷㪫㪼㫄㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫌㫉㪼㩷㪪㪼㫋㫋㫀㫅㪾㪸㫋㩷㪉㪌㩷㪻㪼㪾㫉㪼㪼㩷㫀㫅㩷㫊㫌㫄㫄㪼㫉㪃㩷㪉㪉㩷㪻㪼㪾㫉㪼㪼㩷㫀㫅㩷㫎㫀㫅㫋㪼㫉 4.0 0.30 3.0 -
㪉㪭㪸㫉㫀㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪝㫆㫃㫃㫆㫎㫀㫅㪾㪄㫌㫇㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃 3.0 - - -
㪊㪧㪼㫉㫀㫄㪼㫋㪼㫉㩷㪧㪼㫉㪽㫆㫉㫄㪸㫅㪺㪼㪻㫆㫌㪹㫃㪼㩷㫊㫂㫀㫅 5.0 0.20 3.0 -
㪋㪱㫆㫅㪼㪻㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃 3.0 0.30 - -
㪌㪫㪼㫄㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫌㫉㪼㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪟㫌㫄㫀㪻㫀㫋㫐㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃 3.0 0.10 3.0 -
㪍㪠㫅㪻㫀㫍㫀㪻㫌㪸㫃㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃 - - 3.0 -
㪎㪘㫃㫃㫆㫎㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪘㪽㫋㪼㫉㪄㪿㫆㫌㫉㫊㩷㪘㫀㫉㩷㪚㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㫀㫅㪾 3.0 0.10 - -
㪏㪤㫆㫅㫀㫋㫆㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㫊 3.0 - - -
㪉㪅㪉㪟㫌㫄㫀㪻㫀㫋㫐㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃 3.0 0.20 3.0 -
㪉㪅㪊㪫㫐㫇㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪘㫀㫉㩷㪚㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪽㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㫍㪼㫅㫋㪼㪻㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄 5.0 0.30 3.0 -
㪊㩷㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㩽㩷㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.6 0.25 - - 3.6
㪊㪅㪈㪛㪸㫐㩷㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾 5.0 0.30 - -
㪈㪛㪸㫐㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㪝㪸㪺㫋㫆㫉㪉㪌㩼 5.0 0.60 3.0 -
㪉㪦㫇㪼㫅㫀㫅㪾㫊㩷㪹㫐㩷㪦㫉㫀㪼㫅㫋㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅 - - 3.0 -
㪊㪛㪸㫐㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㪛㪼㫍㫀㪺㪼㫊㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㫊㪿㪼㫃㪽 5.0 0.40 3.0 -
㪊㪅㪉㪘㫅㫋㫀㪄㪾㫃㪸㫉㪼㩷㪤㪼㪸㫊㫌㫉㪼㫊 3.0 0.30 - -
㪈㪞㫃㪸㫉㪼㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㪝㫀㫏㫋㫌㫉㪼㫊 3.0 0.40 3.0 -
㪉㪛㪸㫐㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃 3.0 0.60 3.0 -
㪊㪅㪊㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃 3.0 0.15 - -
㪈㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫅㪺㪼 3.0 0.70 3.0 -
㪉㪬㫅㫀㪽㫆㫉㫄㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫅㪺㪼 3.0 0.30 3.0 -
㪊㪅㪋㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃㫃㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐 3.0 0.25 3.0 -
㪋㪘㫀㫉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐 3.4 0.25 - - 3.4
㪋㪅㪈㪪㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃 3.0 0.50 - -
㪈㪚㪿㪼㫄㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㪧㫆㫃㫃㫌㫋㪸㫅㫋㫊 3.0 0.33 3.0 -
㪉㪘㫊㪹㪼㫊㫋㫆㫊 - - - -
㪊㪤㫀㫋㪼㫊㪃㩷㪤㫆㫃㪻㩷㪼㫋㪺 3.0 0.33 3.0 -
㪋㪣㪼㪾㫀㫆㫅㪼㫃㫃㪸 3.0 0.33 3.0 -
㪋㪅㪉㪭㪼㫅㫋㫀㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.0 0.30 - -
㪈㪭㪼㫅㫋㫀㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪩㪸㫋㪼 3.0 0.25 3.0 -
㪉㪥㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪭㪼㫅㫋㫀㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪧㪼㫉㪽㫆㫉㫄㪸㫅㪺㪼 3.0 0.25 3.0 -
㪊㪚㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪦㫌㫋㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㪘㫀㫉㩷㪠㫅㫋㪸㫂㪼 3.0 0.25 3.0 -
㪋㪘㫀㫉㩷㪪㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㪧㫃㪸㫅㫅㫀㫅㪾 3.0 0.25 3.0 -
㪋㪅㪊㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪧㫃㪸㫅 5.0 0.20 - -
㪈㪚㪦㪉㩷㪤㫆㫅㫀㫋㫆㫉㫀㫅㪾㪚㪦㪉㩷㫄㫆㫅㫀㫋㫆㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㫊㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄 5.0 0.50 - -
㪉㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃㩷㫆㪽㩷㪪㫄㫆㫂㫀㫅㪾㪪㫄㫆㫂㫀㫅㪾㩷㫇㫉㫆㪿㫀㪹㫀㫋㪼㪻㩷㫀㫅㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪹㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾 5.0 0.50 - -
㪨㪉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼䋭 0.30 - - 3.0
㪈㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐 3.5 0.40 - - 3.5
㪈㪅㪈㩷㪝㫌㫅㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪬㫊㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐 3.6 0.40 - -
㪈㪧㫉㫆㫍㫀㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪪㫇㪸㪺㪼㩷㩽㩷㪪㫋㫆㫉㪸㪾㪼 3.0 0.33 3.0 -
㪉㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪘㪻㫍㪸㫅㪺㪼㪻㩷㪠㫅㪽㫆㫉㫄㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄 4.0 0.33 3.0 -
㪊㪙㪸㫉㫉㫀㪼㫉㪄㪽㫉㪼㪼㩷㪧㫃㪸㫅㫅㫀㫅㪾 4.0 0.33 - -
㪈㪅㪉㪘㫄㪼㫅㫀㫋㫐 4.0 0.30 - -
㪈㪧㪼㫉㪺㪼㫀㫍㪼㪻㩷㪪㫇㪸㪺㫀㫆㫌㫊㫅㪼㫊㫊㩷㩽㩷㪘㪺㪺㪼㫊㫊㩷㫋㫆㩷㪭㫀㪼㫎 3.0 0.33 3.0 -
㪉㪪㫇㪸㪺㪼㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪩㪼㪽㫉㪼㫊㪿㫄㪼㫅㫋㫇㫉㫆㫍㫀㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㫊㫇㪸㪺㪼㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㫉㪼㪽㫉㪼㫊㪿㫄㪼㫅㫋 5.0 0.33 - -
㪊㪛㬟㪺㫆㫉㩷㪧㫃㪸㫅㫅㫀㫅㪾 4.0 0.33 - -
㪈㪅㪊㪤㪸㫀㫅㫋㪼㫅㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㪤㪸㫅㪸㪾㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋 3.0 0.30 - -
㪈㪛㪼㫊㫀㪾㫅㩷㪮㪿㫀㪺㪿㩷㪚㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㫊㩷㪤㪸㫀㫅㫋㪼㫅㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㪤㪸㫅㪸㪾㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋 3.0 0.50 - -
㪉㪪㪼㪺㫌㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㪤㪸㫀㫅㫋㪼㫅㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㪤㪸㫅㪸㪾㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪝㫌㫅㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊 3.0 0.50 - -
㪉㪛㫌㫉㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐 2.9 0.31 - - 2.9
㪉㪅㪈㪜㪸㫉㫋㪿㫈㫌㪸㫂㪼㩷㪩㪼㫊㫀㫊㫋㪸㫅㪺㪼 3.2 0.48 - -
㪈㪜㪸㫉㫋㪿㫈㫌㪸㫂㪼㪄㫉㪼㫊㫀㫊㫋㪸㫅㪺㪼 3.0 0.80 - -
㪉㪪㪼㫀㫊㫄㫀㪺㩷㪠㫊㫆㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㩽㩷㪭㫀㪹㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪛㪸㫄㫇㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㫊㪭㫀㪹㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪛㪸㫄㫇㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㫊 4.0 0.20 - -
㪉㪅㪉㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪣㫀㪽㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪚㫆㫄㫇㫆㫅㪼㫅㫋㫊 3.0 0.33 - -
㪈㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪣㫀㪽㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪪㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪝㫉㪸㫄㪼㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊 3.0 0.23 - -
㪉㪥㪼㪺㪼㫊㫊㪸㫉㫐㩷㪩㪼㪽㫌㫉㪹㫀㫊㪿㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫍㪸㫃㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪜㫏㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㩷㪝㫀㫅㫀㫊㪿㪼㫊 3.0 0.23 - -
㪊㪥㪼㪺㪼㫊㫊㪸㫉㫐㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫍㪸㫃㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪤㪸㫀㫅㩷㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㩷㪝㫀㫅㫀㫊㪿㪼㫊 3.0 0.09 - -
㪋㪥㪼㪺㪼㫊㫊㪸㫉㫐㩷㪩㪼㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫍㪸㫃㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪘㫀㫉㩷㪚㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪭㪼㫅㫋㫀㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪛㫌㪺㫋㫊 3.0 0.08 - -
㪌㪥㪼㪺㪼㫊㫊㪸㫉㫐㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫍㪸㫃㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪟㪭㪘㪚㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪛㫉㪸㫀㫅㪸㪾㪼㩷㪧㫀㫇㪼㫊 3.0 0.15 - -
㪍㪥㪼㪺㪼㫊㫊㪸㫉㫐㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫍㪸㫃㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪤㪸㫁㫆㫉㩷㪜㫈㫌㫀㫇㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㫊 3.0 0.23 - -
Figure I.3.9 Score Sheet for CASBEE for New Construction (2008 edition) (Output examples 1/2)

Copyright٤
㪉㪅㪊㩷㪘㫇㫇㫉㫆㫇㫉㫀㪸㫋㪼㩷㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃 - - - -
㪉㪅㪋㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐 2.2 0.19 - -
㪈㪟㪭㪘㪚㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄 1.0 0.20 - -
㪉㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㩽㩷㪛㫉㪸㫀㫅㪸㪾㪼 1.0 0.20 - -
㪊㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㪜㫈㫌㫀㫇㫄㪼㫅㫋 3.0 0.20 - -
㪋㪪㫌㫇㫇㫆㫉㫋㩷㪤㪼㫋㪿㫆㪻㩷㫆㪽㩷㪤㪸㪺㪿㫀㫅㪼㫊㩷㩽㩷㪛㫌㪺㫋㫊 3.0 0.20 - -
㪌㪚㫆㫄㫄㫌㫅㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㩽㩷㪠㪫㩷㪜㫈㫌㫀㫇㫄㪼㫅㫋 3.0 0.20 - -
㪊㪝㫃㪼㫏㫀㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐 2.6 0.29 - - 2.6
㪊㪅㪈㪪㫇㪸㫋㫀㪸㫃㩷㪤㪸㫉㪾㫀㫅 3.0 0.31 - -
㪈㪘㫃㫃㫆㫎㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪝㫃㫆㫆㫉㪄㫋㫆㪄㪽㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㪟㪼㫀㪾㪿㫋 3.0 0.60 3.0 -
㪉㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪝㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㪣㪸㫐㫆㫌㫋 3.0 0.40 3.0 -
㪊㪅㪉㪝㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㩷㪤㪸㫉㪾㫀㫅 3.0 0.31 3.0 -
㪊㪅㪊㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪝㪸㪺㫀㫃㫀㫋㫀㪼㫊 2.0 0.38 - -
㪈㪜㪸㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪘㫀㫉㩷㪚㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㫀㫅㪾㩷㪛㫌㪺㫋㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃 2.0 0.17 - -
㪉㪜㪸㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪛㫉㪸㫀㫅㩷㪧㫀㫇㪼㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃 2.0 0.17 - -
㪊㪜㪸㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫀㪺㪸㫃㩷㪮㫀㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃 1.0 0.11 - -
㪋㪜㪸㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪚㫆㫄㫄㫌㫅㫀㪺㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫊㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃 3.0 0.11 - -
㪌㪜㪸㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪜㫈㫌㫀㫇㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃 1.0 0.22 - -
㪍㪧㫉㫆㫍㫀㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪙㪸㪺㫂㫌㫇㩷㪪㫇㪸㪺㪼 3.0 0.22 - -
㪨㪊㩷㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫆㫅㩷㪪㫀㫋㪼䋭 0.30 - - 3.4
㪈㪧㫉㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪙㫀㫆㫋㫆㫇㪼㪹㫀㫆㫋㫆㫇㪼 4.0 0.30 - - 4.0
㪉㪫㫆㫎㫅㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㩷㩽㩷㪣㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼 3.0 0.40 - - 3.0
㪊㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪘㫄㪼㫅㫀㫋㫐 3.5 0.30 - - 3.5
㪊㪅㪈㪘㫋㫋㪼㫅㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫋㫆㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㩷㩽㩷㪠㫄㫇㫉㫆㫍㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫆㪽㩷㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋 3.0 0.50 - -
㪊㪅㪉㪠㫄㫇㫉㫆㫍㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㫆㫅㩷㪪㫀㫋㪼㫇㫃㪸㫅㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㫅㩷㫊㫀㫋㪼 4.0 0.50 - -
㪣㪩㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㩷㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾䋭 - - - 3.3
㪣㪩㪈㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐䋭 0.40 - - 3.4
㪈㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻 3.0 0.30 - - 3.0
㪉㪥㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪬㫋㫀㫃㫀㫑㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.0 0.20 - - 3.0
㪉㪅㪈㪛㫀㫉㪼㪺㫋㩷㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪥㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐 - - - -
㪉㪅㪉㪚㫆㫅㫍㪼㫉㫋㪼㪻㩷㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐 3.0 - - -
㪊㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㪺㫐㩷㫀㫅㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪜㪩㪩㪔㪈㪎㪅㪈 4.0 0.30 - - 4.0
㪋㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㩷㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.5 0.20 - - 3.5
㪋㪅㪈㪤㫆㫅㫀㫋㫆㫉㫀㫅㪾㪠㫅㫋㫉㫆㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪙㪜㪤㪪 4.0 0.50 - -
㪋㪅㪉㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㩽㩷㪤㪸㫅㪸㪾㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄 3.0 0.50 - -
㪣㪩㪉㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㩷㩽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊䋭 0.30 - - 3.1
㪈㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㩷 3.4 0.15 - - 3.4
㪈㪅㪈㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㪸㫍㫀㫅㪾 3.0 0.40 - -
㪈㪅㪉㪩㪸㫀㫅㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㩽㩷㪞㫉㪸㫐㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉 3.6 0.60 - -
㪈㪩㪸㫀㫅㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪬㫊㪼㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪩㪸㫀㫅㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪬㫊㪼㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄 4.0 0.67 - -
㪉㪞㫉㪸㫐㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪩㪼㫌㫊㪼㩷㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄 3.0 0.33 - -
㪉㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫀㫅㪾㩷㪬㫊㪸㪾㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪥㫆㫅㪄㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊 3.2 0.63 - - 3.2
㪉㪅㪈㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫀㫅㪾㩷㪬㫊㪸㪾㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊 3.0 0.07 - -
㪉㪅㪉㪚㫆㫅㫋㫀㫅㫌㫀㫅㪾㩷㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪜㫏㫀㫊㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㫂㪼㫃㪼㫋㫆㫅㩷㪼㫋㪺 3.0 0.24 - -
㪉㪅㪊㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪩㪼㪺㫐㪺㫃㪼㪻㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㪸㫊㩷㪪㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪝㫉㪸㫄㪼㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㪙㫃㪸㫊㫋㩷㪽㫌㫉㫅㪸㪺㪼㩷㪺㪼㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㩿㪺㫆㫅㪺㫉㪼㫋㪼㪀 4.0 0.20 - -
㪉㪅㪋㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪩㪼㪺㫐㪺㫃㪼㪻㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㪸㫊㩷㪥㫆㫅㪄㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊䋭 3.0 0.20 - -
㪉㪅㪌㪫㫀㫄㪹㪼㫉㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㪪㫌㫊㫋㪸㫀㫅㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪝㫆㫉㪼㫊㫋㫉㫐 3.0 0.05 - -
㪉㪅㪍㪩㪼㫌㫊㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㩷㪚㫆㫄㫇㫆㫅㪼㫅㫋㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊 3.0 0.24 - -
㪊㪘㫍㫆㫀㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪧㫆㫃㫃㫌㫋㪸㫅㫋㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㪼㫅㫋 3.0 0.22 - - 3.0
㪊㪅㪈㪬㫊㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㫆㫌㫋㩷㪟㪸㫉㫄㪽㫌㫃㩷㪪㫌㪹㫊㫋㪸㫅㪺㪼㫊 3.0 0.32 - -
㪊㪅㪉㪘㫍㫆㫀㪻㪸㫅㪺㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪚㪝㪚㫊㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪟㪸㫃㫆㫅㫊 3.0 0.68 - -
㪈㪝㫀㫉㪼㩷㪩㪼㫋㪸㫉㪻㪸㫅㫋 3.0 0.33 - -
㪉㪠㫅㫊㫌㫃㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊 3.0 0.33 - -
㪊㪩㪼㪽㫉㫀㪾㪼㫉㪸㫅㫋㫊 3.0 0.33 - -
㪣㪩㪊㩷㪦㪽㪽㪄㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋䋭 0.30 - - 3.5
㪈㪚㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪞㫃㫆㪹㪸㫃㩷㪮㪸㫉㫄㫀㫅㪾㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪪㪸㫍㫀㫅㪾㩷㪼㪽㪽㫆㫉㫋㫊 4.0 0.33 - - 4.0
㪉㪚㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋 3.5 0.33 - - 3.5
㪉㪅㪈㪘㫀㫉㩷㪧㫆㫃㫃㫌㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.0 0.25 - -
㪉㪅㪉㪟㪼㪸㫋㩷㪠㫊㫃㪸㫅㪻㩷㪜㪽㪽㪼㪺㫋㫇㫃㪸㫅㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㫅㩷㫊㫀㫋㪼 4.0 0.50 - -
㪉㪅㪊㪣㫆㪸㪻㩷㫆㫅㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㪠㫅㪽㫉㪸㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫌㫉㪼 3.0 0.25 - -
㪈㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪩㪸㫀㫅㫎㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪛㫀㫊㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㫊 - - - -
㪉㪪㪼㫎㪸㪾㪼㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㩷㪪㫌㫇㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫀㫆㫅 3.0 0.33 - -
㪊㪫㫉㪸㪽㪽㫀㪺㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃 3.0 0.33 - -
㪋㪮㪸㫊㫋㪼㩷㪫㫉㪼㪸㫋㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㫊 3.0 0.33 - -
㪊㪚㫆㫅㫊㫀㪻㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪪㫌㫉㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋 3.0 0.33 - - 3.0
㪊㪅㪈㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼㪃㩷㪭㫀㪹㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㩽㩷㪦㪻㫆㫉 3.0 0.40 - -
㪈㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼 3.0 1.00 - -
㪉㪭㫀㪹㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅 - - - -
㪊㪦㪻㫆㫉 - - - -
㪊㪅㪉㪮㫀㫅㪻㩷㪛㪸㫄㪸㪾㪼㩷㩽㩷㪪㫌㫅㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㪦㪹㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.0 0.40 - -
㪈㪩㪼㫊㫋㫉㫀㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪮㫀㫅㪻㩷㪛㪸㫄㪸㪾㪼 3.0 0.70 -
㪉㪩㪼㫊㫋㫉㫀㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㫊㫌㫅㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㫆㪹㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.0 0.30 -
㪊㪅㪊㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㪧㫆㫃㫃㫌㫋㫀㫆㫅 3.0 0.20 - -
㪈㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㫋㪿㪸㫋㩷㪪㫇㫀㫃㫃㫊㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㪠㫅㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㫊 3.0 0.70 -
㪉㪤㪼㪸㫊㫌㫉㪼㫊㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪩㪼㪽㫃㪼㪺㫋㪼㪻㩷㪪㫆㫃㪸㫉㩷㪞㫃㪸㫉㪼㩷㪽㫉㫆㫄㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪮㪸㫃㫃㫊 3.0 0.30 -
Figure I.3.10 Score Sheet for CASBEE for New Construction (2008 edition) (Output examples 2/2)

Copyright٤
3.7 Assessment Results Sheet

Figure I.3.11 shows the Assessment Results Sheet. This sheet gives scoring results of Q
(Environmental quality of the building), LR (Environmental load reduction of the building) and BEE
(Building Environmental Efficiency). The results are presented in graphical and numerical format.
ᴾ
[Display contents]
Manual : CASBEE for New Construction (2008 Edition) software : CASBEE-NC_2008(v.1.01)
1. Building outline 1-1‫ޓ‬Building Outline 1-2䇭Appearance

Building Name XX building Number of Floors +XX F
Location XX city, XX pref. Structure S
Area / Zone Commercial Area Occupancy XX persons

Climate Zone Area Category V Annual Occupancy XXX hrs/yr
Building Type Office, Assessment phase Execution design stage 㪘㫇㫇㪼㪸㫉㪸㫅㪺㪼㪃㩷㫍㫀㪼㫎㫊㪃㩷㪼㫋㪺㪅
Completion 1-Dec-11 Scheduled Assessment date 8-Jul-08
Site Area XXX m2 Assessor XXXX
Construction Area XXX m2 Date of approval 10-Jul-08
Gross Floor Area 15,000 m2 Approved by XXXX
2. CASBEE
Assessment results 2-1 Building Environmental Efficiency (rank and chart) 2-2 Assessment results of Major Categories (radar chart) 2-3 Lifecycle CO2(Global warming impact chart㧕
Assessment results BEE = 1.4

Q2 Quality of
㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
Service
of BEEίQ὾Lὸ 㪂㪄
㪌㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㩷㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㪆㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪪㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪘㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨㩷㩷㪚㪑㩷䃨㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪋
㪊㪅㪇㪈㪅㪌㪙㪜㪜㪔㪈㪅㪇 Q1 Indoor
Q3 Outdoor
㪈㪇㪇㪊 Environment
S A B
+ Environment Reference 100%
on Site
Environmental Quality Q
㪉
2-2 Radar chart
2-3 Lifecycle CO2
㪌㪐㪈㪅㪋 B
- 㪈
Subjest 86%
㪌㪇
(Global Warming 㪇㪅㪌 LR1
LR3
Off-site 㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪉㪇㪈㪍㪇
Energy
Impact Chart) Environment
㪉
㪋㪈䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄䋩
C
LR2 Resources & This chart indicates rough estimate of lifecycle CO2 emission
㪇
Materials from subject building compared with that from reference
㪇㪌㪇㪈㪇㪇 building.
Environmental Load L
2-4 Bar Charts 2-4 Assessment results of Medium-level categories (bar charts)
Q Environmental Quality Score of Q= 3.3
ὉAssessment results of Q Q1 Indoor Environment Q2 Quality of Service Q3 Outdoor Environment on Site
Score of Q1= 3.5 Score of Q2= 3.0 Score of Q3= 3.4
㪌㪌㪌
ὉAssessment results of LR 㪋㪋㪋
㪊㪅㪐㪋㪅㪇
㪊㪊㪅㪍㪊㪅㪌㪊㪅㪌
㪊㪅㪋㪊㪊
㪊㪅㪇㪉㪅㪐㪊㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪉㪅㪍㪉
㪈㪈㪈
㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㩽㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㩽㪘㫀㫉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐䇭㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㩷㪛㫌㫉㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㪝㫃㪼㫏㫀㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㪧㫉㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪫㫆㫎㫅㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷
㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊䇭㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㩷㩽㩷㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㩷
㪙㫀㫆㫋㫆㫇㪼㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪘㫄㪼㫅㫀㫋㫐㩷㩷
LR Environmental Load Reduction Score of LR= 3.3
LR1 Energy LR2 Resources & Materials LR3 Off-site Environment
Score of LR1= 3.4 Score of LR2= 3.1 Score of LR3= 3.5
㪌㪌㪌
㪋㪋㪋
㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇
㪊㪊㪅㪌㪊㪊㪅㪋㪊㪊㪅㪌
㪊㪅㪉
㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪉
㪈㪈㪈
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪥㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㪺㫐㩷㫀㫅㩷㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㩷㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪣㫆㫎㪞㫃㫆㪹㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪪㫌㫉㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷
㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㪥㫆㫅㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㪹㫃㪼㪟㪼㪸㫃㫋㪿㩷㪩㫀㫊㫂㫊㪮㪸㫉㫄㫀㫅㪾㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪣㫆㪸㪻㪬㫋㫀㫃㫀㫑㪸㫋㫀㫆㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㩷㫌㫊㪼
3. Design Consideration 3. Design considerations

㪞㪼㫅㪼㫉㪸㫃㪦㫋㪿㪼㫉
Describe briefly comprehensive concept of environmental design of the building. Describe briefly considerations for other than 6 categories
above that is not assessed in CASBEE-NC, such as recycling
activities at constriction site and preservation of historic
buildings.
Q1 Indoor Environment Q2 Quality of Service Q3 Outdoor Environment on Site

Describe briefly considerations for Q1 Indoor Environment of Describe briefly considerations for Q2 Quality of Service of the Describe briefly considerations for Q3 Outdoor Environment on
the building. building. Site of the building.

Describe briefly considerations for LR1 Energy of the building. Describe briefly considerations for LR2 Resources & Materials Describe briefly considerations for LR3 Off-site Environment of
of the building. the building.
Figure I.3.11 Assessment Results Sheet for CASBEE for New Construction (2008 edition) (Output examples)

Copyright٤
The details of the Assessment Results Sheet are shown below.
Table I.3.4 Content of the Assessment Results Sheet

Item Content
1. Building outline Display content
2. CASBEE assessment results Graphical presentation of
assessment results
2-1 BEE: Building Environmental Efficiency Display of Q and L evaluation
(BEE Ranks and Charts) results and BEE
Rank indicated by stars
2-2 Assessment results of Major categories Radar chart of evaluation results in
(Radar charts) each major category
2-3 Lifecycle CO2 LCCO2 displays for the reference
(Global warming impact chart) building and the evaluated building
2-4 Assessment results of Medium-level
categories (Bar charts) Bar graph of evaluation results of
each medium-level items
Q: Environmental quality of the building
LR: Environmental load reduction of the
building
3. Design considerations
1. Building outline
Shows the project summary information from the (I) building outline entry of the Main Sheet, including
building name and type, location, scale and structure.
2. Assessment results of CASBEE

The assessment results for environmental performance assessment items on the building itself are
presented in this column. It shows graphs of the input results for the scoring items collated on the
Score Sheet.
The indicated score for each assessment item is the value rounded to two decimal places.
Unrounded values are used for calculating the score for each item.
2-1. BEE: Building Environmental Efficiency (BEE)

Building Environmental Efficiency (BEE), which is calculated from the assessment results of Q
(Building Environmental Quality) and L (Building Environmental Load), is shown here. The values for
Q and L are derived from SQ (the total score for the Q categories) and SLR (the total score for the LR
categories). The formula to calculate BEE using Q and L is displayed on the right of the graph. First
the numerator Q is defined as Q=25(SQ-1) to convert the SQ (1~5) for the building environmental
quality into the Q scale of 0~100. Then the denominator L is defined as L=25(5-SLR) to convert the
SLR (1~5) for load reduction into the L scale of 0~100.
BEE is presented as a graph on the left of the table, with Q on the Y axis and L on the X axis, so that
BEE is the gradient of the line joining the point with coordinates equal to the Q and L values to the
origin (Q=0, L=0). The higher the Q value and the lower the L value, the steeper the gradient and the
more sustainable the building is. CASBEE labels buildings with an overall environmental
- +
performance assessment rating ranging from C through B , B , A and S, corresponding to regions
divided according to the line gradient. The ranks correspond to the assessment expressions shown in
Figure I.3.12, using a number of stars for clarity.
2-2 Radar chart

The points for the six major categories from Q1 to LR3 are shown together in a radar chart (Figure
I.3.13) on the upper right of the second column, to give an immediately clear presentation of the
characteristics of environmental considerations in the target building.

Copyright٤
2-1 Building Environmental Efficiency (rank and chart)
BEE = 1.4
㪪㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪘㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪂㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪄㪑㩷䃨䃨㩷㩷㪚㪑㩷䃨
㪊㪅㪇㪈㪅㪌㪙㪜㪜㪔㪈㪅㪇
㪈㪇㪇
+
S A B
Environmental Quality Q
㪌㪐㪈㪅㪋 B-
㪌㪇
㪇㪅㪌
㪋㪈
C
㪇
㪇㪌㪇㪈㪇㪇
Environmental Load L
Figure I.3.12 Enlarged image of 2-1
(presented by BEE values and star marks)
2-2 Assessment results of Major Categories (radar chart)
Q2 Quality of
Service
㪌
㪋
Q3 Outdoor
Q1 Indoor
㪊 Environment
Environment
on Site
㪉
LR3
LR1
Off-site
Energy
Environment
LR2 Resources &

Materials

(presented in radar chart)
2-3 Lifecycle CO2 (Global warming impact chart)

The reference values and LCCO2 for the evaluated building are indicated on a bar graph. The
emission rate (%) for the assessment subject is displayed, relative to the reference value of LCCO2
emission as 100%
2-3 Lifecycle CO2(Global warming impact chart㧕
㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㩷㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㪆㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
Reference 100%
Subjest 86%
㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪉㪇㪈㪍㪇
㪉
䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄䋩
This chart indicates rough estimate of lifecycle CO2 emission

from subject building compared with that from reference
building.

(presents Lifecycle CO2)
2-4 Bar chart

Assessment results for Q (Environmental quality of the building) is presented as a bar graph per
medium-level categories on the upper column for each major category, Q1 Indoor Environment, Q2
Quality of Service for the designated area and Q3 Outdoor Environment on Site. And the
assessment results for LR (Environmental load reduction of the building) are presented likewise, for
LR1 Energy, LR2 Resources & Materials and LR3 Off-site Environment.

Copyright٤
2-4 Assessment results of Medium-level categories (bar charts)

Score of Q1= 3.5 Score of Q2= 3.0 Score of Q3= 3.4
㪌㪌㪌
㪋㪋㪋
㪊㪅㪐㪋㪅㪇
㪊㪊㪅㪍㪊㪅㪌㪊㪅㪌
㪊㪅㪋㪊㪊
㪊㪅㪇㪉㪅㪐㪊㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪉㪅㪍㪉
㪈㪈㪈
Score of LR1= 3.4 Score of LR2= 3.1 Score of LR3= 3.5
㪌㪌㪌
㪋㪋㪋
㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇
㪊㪊㪅㪌㪊㪊㪅㪋㪊㪊㪅㪌
㪊㪅㪉
㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪉
㪈㪈㪈
Figure I.3.15 Enlarged image of 2-4 (presented in bar charts)
3. Design consideration
Indicate items considered in the environmentally conscious design, so that it is easy for a third party
to gain an overview of environmental considerations in the evaluated building. The statements made
in each space for General, Q1~LR3 and Other in the Consideration Record Sheet are displayed as
they were input.
3. Design considerations
㪞㪼㫅㪼㫉㪸㫃㪦㫋㪿㪼㫉
Describe briefly comprehensive concept of environmental design of the building. Describe briefly considerations for other than 6 categories
above that is not assessed in CASBEE-NC, such as recycling
activities at constriction site and preservation of historic
buildings.

Describe briefly considerations for Q1 Indoor Environment of Describe briefly considerations for Q2 Quality of Service of the Describe briefly considerations for Q3 Outdoor Environment on
the building. building. Site of the building.

Describe briefly considerations for LR1 Energy of the building. Describe briefly considerations for LR2 Resources & Materials Describe briefly considerations for LR3 Off-site Environment of
of the building. the building.
Figure I.3.16 Design consideration
3.8 Points to Note Concerning the CASBEE for New Construction (2008 edition)
Assessment Software
In addition to the standard calculation, CASBEE for New Construction, more accurate LCCO2
calculations performed as individual calculations by the assessor, having gathered more detailed data,
can be included as part of the assessment results. Specifically, the calculation values are displayed
under “2-3 Lifecycle CO2 (Global warming impact chart)” on the Assessment Results Sheet. The results
of individual calculations are not reflected in “LR3 1. Consideration of Global Warming” and BEE.
Note the following points which apply if LCCO2 was found using an individual calculation.
1) On the Main Sheet, the assessor should select “Individual calculation” in the LCCO22 calculation
column under 1) Summary input [2] Assessment implementation.
2) LCCO2 calculation conditions must be clearly stated. In the 2008 edition software, calculation
conditions are input under “LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (individual calculation).”
3) Individual calculation values for LCCO2 are input by the assessor in the “LCCO2 Calculation
Conditions Sheet (individual calculation).” Input the reference value (for the standard building, which
scores level 3 for all assessment items) and the CO2 emission quantity for the evaluated building in
kg-CO2/year-m2 for the construction stage, maintenance and demolition stages, and operation
stage.
4) Lifecycle CO2 (Global Warming Impact Chart) based on individual calculation has a colored
background on the graph to indicate clearly that the result does not come from the standard
calculation.

Copyright٤
2-3 Lifecycle CO2(Global warming impact chart㧕 2-3 Lifecycle CO2(Global warming impact chart㧕
* Individual calculation
㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㩷㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㪆㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㩷㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㪆㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
Reference 100% Reference 100%
Subjest 86% Subjest 79%
㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪉㪇㪈㪍㪇㪇㪋㪇
㪉㪉
䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄䋩䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄䋩
This chart indicates rough estimate of lifecycle CO2 emission
This chart indicates rough estimate of lifecycle CO2 emission calculated by the assessor (individual calculation) from subject
from subject building compared with that from reference building compared with that from reference building. Refer
building. "LCCO2 calculation conditions sheet (individual calculation)" to
ᴾᴾᴾᴾ see the assumptions for the conditions
(a) Display of standard calculation resultsᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ (b) Display of individual calculation resultsᴾ
Figure I.3.17 Examples of LCCO2 (Global Warming Impact Chart) Display

Based on Individual Calculation

Copyright٤
Note: Many of the building evaluated here as examples embody highly active environmental consideration.
Therefore the reader should note that this is a concentration of relatively high rankings. Also, the buildings
presented here are all anonymous. The owners and other relevant parties should be contacted before
visiting any of these buildings
4. Case Studies
Case A Assessment Results: Rank S (BEE: 4.6)

ᴾ
Assessment Summary Building outline
As a company R&D center, this building was designed to Building type: Office
integrate internal researchers while facilitating collaboration (Laboratory)
with external colleagues, in a space that would foster creativity. Location:
At the same time, it was planned as a building to coexist with Shiojiri city, Nagano Pref.
the environment, by maximizing the benefits of the cool climate
Site area: 29,525 Ὦ
of the Shin-Etsu region.
The key features of the building plan are an open atrium space, Total floor area: 53,372 Ὦ
flexible experimental laboratories, comfortable research rooms Floors: +7
and innovative design. Completion: Feb. 2006
To realize these spaces and functions, the equipment plan
incorporated over 100 environment-oriented technologies with
the aim of reconciling a comfortable environment with achieving ᵪᵡᵡᵭᵐᴾᵆᵥᶊᶍᶀᵿᶊᴾᵵᵿᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵧᶋᶎᵿᶁᶒᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᵇᴾ
ᵣᶌᶔᶇᶐᶍᶌᶋᶃᶌᶒᵿᶊᴾᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᴾ an unprecedented level of energy saving. The building’s target ̪ Individual calculation
ᵿᶑᶑᶃᶑᶑᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᶑᴾᵆᶀᵿᶐᴾᶁᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᵇᴾ for the operation stage was extraordinarily high, at a 60% 㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪆㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
reduction in CO2 emissions relative to buildings of the same 㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪨㪉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼
building types. To reach the target values for the planning, Reference
100%
㪌 design, construction and operation stages, an Eco committee
㪋
㪨㪊㩷㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷
studied the design at the planning stage and monitored the
㪨㪈㩷㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪊㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷 construction stage, and follow-up meetings were held after Subjest 51%
㪉 completion. The targets were achieved.
㪈 ᴾ 㪇㪋㪇
ᴾ 䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄䋩
㪉
㪣㪩㪈㩷
㪣㪩㪊㩷 ᴾ
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐
㪦㪽㪽㪄㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋 Q Environmental Quality Score of Q= 4.0
㪣㪩㪉㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㩷㩽㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪈㪔 3.7 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪉㪔 4.6 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪊㪔 3.8
㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊
㪌㪌㪌
㪋㪋
㪋㪅㪎
㪋㪅㪋㪋㪅㪍㪋
㪋㪅㪇
㪋㪅㪌

㪊㪅㪏㪊㪅㪍㪊㪅㪏㪊㪅㪏
㪊㪊㪊
ᵠᵣᵣᴾᵰᵿᶌᶉᶑᴾᵄᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᴾ 㪊㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪉
BEE = 4.6
㪈㪈㪈

㪂㪄
㪪㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪘㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨㩷㩷㪚㪑㩷䃨㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊䇭㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㩷㩽㩷㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㩷
㪈㪇㪇
LR Environmental Load Reduction
㪙㫀㫆㫋㫆㫇㪼
Score of LR=
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪘㫄㪼㫅㫀㫋㫐㩷㩷
4.3
S A B
+
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㪨
㪋㪅㪍
㪎㪍
㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪈㪔 5.0 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪉㪔 3.7 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪊㪔 4.0
B
- 㪌
㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇
㪌㪌
㪌㪅㪇
㪌㪇
㪇㪅㪌
㪋㪋
㪊㪅㪏
㪋㪅㪊㪋
㪋㪅㪇
㪈㪍㪊㪊㪊㪅㪌㪊
㪊㪅㪉
㪉㪉㪉
㪇
C
㪈
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪥㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㪺㫐㩷㫀㫅㩷㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㩷
㪈
㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪣㫆㫎
㪈
㪞㫃㫆㪹㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪪㫌㫉㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷
㪇㪌㪇㪈㪇㪇㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㪥㫆㫅㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㪹㫃㪼㪟㪼㪸㫃㫋㪿㩷㪩㫀㫊㫂㫊㪮㪸㫉㫄㫀㫅㪾㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㩷㪣㪣㫆㪸㪻㪬㫋㫀㫃㫀㫑㪸㫋㫀㫆㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㩷㫌㫊㪼
ᴾ
Design Consideration
Assessment results obtained by CASBEE-NC_2008v1.0
Items considered in planning Main measures for the environment
This is a building coexisting with its environment, drawing maximum
benefit from the climatic advantages of the region. It was planned as
General
a highly functional research facility, to generate greater research
results by fostering integration and interaction between researchers.
- External insulation, airflow windows, eaves, climbing
A façade design with high insulative and shading performance,
blind control, Low-e glass
Q1 together with natural ventilation, were planned to create comfortable
- Individual on/off control of lighting
Indoor environment spaces. In the experimental research spaces, which require
- Sock filters, CO2 sensor ventilation volume control,
flexibility, sock filters are used to achieve both flexibility and comfort.
natural ventilation
- Floor-to-floor height 4.5m, 6.0m for special floors.
Spacious floor-to-floor height to heighten researchers’ creativity, and
- Shaft plan devised with flexibility in mind.
Q2 a unit configuration for flexibility were planned. Longevity and ease
- Seismic isolation structure.
Quality of Service of maintenance have been thoroughly considered, with materials
Dry-method construction with large tiles, photocatalytic
selected and equipment spaces laid out accordingly.
glass and tile surfaces.
Q3 A planting plan in line with the existing natural environment was
- Roof-concealing eaves chosen for the sake of scenery.
Outdoor Environment implemented, and the design is in harmony with the surrounding
- Planting plan modeled on the existing environment.
on Site environment and facilities.
- Natural ventilation, night purging, outside air cooling, cool
and heat tubes.
The plan adopts all kinds of energy-saving technology (use of
LR1 - High-efficiency equipment, high temperature-difference
natural energy and high-efficiency systems). BEMS construction
Energy pumped water systems.
allows detailed energy management.
- Light ducts, solar-heated water heating, photovoltaic
generation.
Use of environmental materials was strongly encouraged at the - Non-CFC insulation materials, wooden water sumps,
LR2
construction stage, and materials choices were based on HFC refrigeration.
Resources & Materials
consideration of both health and the environment. - Long-span CFT structure, use of blast furnace cement.
Roof planting and exterior paving materials were used out of - Treatment of experimental wastes, waste sorting, reuse
LR3 consideration for the outdoor thermal environment, waste is sorted, of rainwater.
Off-site Environment and experimental wastes are treated to an advanced level. - Reduction of greenhouses gas emissions through energy
saving.

Copyright٤
Case B Assessment Results: Rank S (BEE: 3.0)

ᴾ
Gray, heat-absorbing glass and Low-E glass are used in Building type: Office
double glazing for facade, helping to improve shading Location: Tokyo
coefficient, reduce air conditioning loads and improve the Site area: 2,337.41 Ὦ
window-side environment. Natural ventilation openings built Total floor area: 15,163 Ὦ
discretely into the bottom edges of the window sashes avoid Floors: +14, -2
the feeling of enclosure that comes from fixed glass, and Completion: Jul. 2007
conversely emphasize the feeling of openness from large glass
panes.
Office working spaces embody an integrated approach in all
aspects, to make sure they can flexibly accommodate ᵪᵡᵡᵭᵐᴾᵆᵥᶊᶍᶀᵿᶊᴾᵵᵿᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵧᶋᶎᵿᶁᶒᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᵇᴾ
organizational or layout changes. In addition to the external 㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
structural frame and core plan, the equipment plan also uses a 㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪆㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
3.6m module that matches the building grid, with one-room 㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
switchless workplaces, automatic control of lighting and air 100%
(Photo: Sadamu
conditioning, blinds and natural ventilation switches provided for Reference
ᵣᶌᶔᶇᶐᶍᶌᶋᶃᶌᶒᵿᶊᴾᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᴾ each window, to accommodate future organizational changes.
ᵿᶑᶑᶃᶑᶑᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᶑᴾᵆᶀᵿᶐᴾᶁᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᵇᴾ These function are controlled from occupants’ own seats and
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼 PCs for greater convenience. Subjest
81%
㪌
Real-time earthquake readiness systems are used in equipment
㪋
㪨㪊㩷㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷 control within the offices, to produce a building able to function 㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪉㪇㪈㪍㪇
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪊
as a center for rapid recovery in the event of a major 䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄㪉䋩
㪉 earthquake.
㪈
㪣㪩㪊㩷
Q Environmental Quality
㪣㪩㪈㩷
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐
㪦㪽㪽㪄㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷 Score of Q= 4.2
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪈㪔 4.4 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪉㪔 4.2 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪊㪔 3.8
㪣㪩㪉㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㩷㩽
㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㪌㪌㪌
㪋㪅㪎㪋㪅㪎
㪋㪋㪅㪋㪋㪋㪅㪊㪋㪅㪌㪋
㪋㪅㪇
㪋㪅㪌
㪊㪅㪏㪊㪅㪏
㪊㪊㪊
ᵠᵣᵣᴾᵰᵿᶌᶉᶑᴾᵄᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᴾ 㪊㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪉
㪈㪈㪈
BEE = 3.0
㪪㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪘㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪂㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪄㪑㩷䃨䃨㩷㩷㪚㪑㩷䃨㪙㫀㫆㫋㫆㫇㪼㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪘㫄㪼㫅㫀㫋㫐㩷㩷
㪊㪅㪇㪈㪅㪌㪙㪜㪜㪔㪈㪅㪇 LR Environmental Load Reduction Score of LR= 3.9

㪈㪇㪇
B+ LR1 Energy LR2 Resources & Materials LR3 Off-site Environment
㪏㪈S 㪊㪅㪇A

B-
㪌
㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇
㪌㪌
㪋㪋㪋㪋㪅㪌
㪌㪇㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇
㪇㪅㪌㪊㪅㪏
㪉㪍㪊㪊
㪊㪅㪈㪊㪅㪇
㪊㪊㪅㪊
㪉㪉㪉
㪇
C 㪈
㪈
㪈

Items considered in planningᴾ Main measures for the environmentᴾ
The aim was to create a new kind of office, offering “comfortable
General mental energy saving for working people,” with an environment
controlled by a sensing network.
- Exterior cladding with an external frame, heat-absorbent
glass + Low-e glass
With the concept of “a comfortable environment wherever there are - Air conditioning start, stop and temperature control by
Q1 people,” occupant sensors, brightness sensors and room occupant sensors, brightness sensors and wireless
Indoor environment temperature sensors detect where people are in the office and thermostats.
optimally control the lighting and temperature of occupied areas. - Natural ventilation system with provision of sufficient
outside air volume.
- Selection of materials with low chemical content.
The seismic isolation structure has 22 lead-laminated rubber units
Q2 to provide S-grade earthquake resistance performance, which will - OA floor 100mm high, power supply capacity 60VA/m2.
Quality of Service protect the building from damage in even an extremely large - Use of a seismic isolation system.
earthquake.
Q3 - Provision of piloti space.
Outdoor Environment Piloti, eaves and pergolas etc, are used to create shade. - Consideration of through air movement and waste heat
on Site discharge positions.
- Exterior cladding with an external frame, heat-absorbent
glass + Low-e glass (PAL value = 197.2).
A “hybrid heat storage system” combines building multi-package
LR1 - Hybrid heat storage air conditioning system (ice-based
systems for both ice-based and structural skeleton-based heat
Energy and structural skeleton-based heat storage).
storage.
- Natural ventilation, night purging, daylight control and
blind control.
LR2 - Use of water-saving fixtures.
Protect water resources by saving water and reusing rainwater.
Resources & Materials - Well water usage system.
LR3 Consideration of prevention of atmospheric pollution, vibration, wind - LCCO2 is 81% of the reference value.
Off-site Environment hazards, light pollution etc. - The air conditioning heat sources are fully electric.

Copyright٤
Case C Assessment Results: Rank S (BEE: 3.5)

ᴾ
Assessment Summary
The design concept was to build a headquarters in the Building outline
woods, as a new face for a company that develops precision Building type: Office
machinery. The new headquarters, in a residential area of the Location: Ota-ku, Tokyo
capital, is a low-rise building, with the floors terraced, and with Site area: 4,891 Ὦ
maximum use of vegetation. The ends of the building’s Total floor area: 10,237 Ὦ
east-west balconies are equipped with motorized louvers, Floors: +5, -1
which block out direct sunlight, according to the level of Completion: Aug. 2008
insolation, so that light taken into the interior is like the diffuse (the first stage)
sunshine through trees. Longitudinal paths through the
workplace weave through an atrium space and light wells, which ᵪᵡᵡᵭᵐᴾᵆᵥᶊᶍᶀᵿᶊᴾᵵᵿᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵧᶋᶎᵿᶁᶒᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᵇᴾ
ᵣᶌᶔᶇᶐᶍᶌᶋᶃᶌᶒᵿᶊᴾᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᴾ stimulate communication and bring in natural light and
ᵿᶑᶑᶃᶑᶑᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᶑᴾᵆᶀᵿᶐᴾᶁᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᵇᴾ ventilation. 㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪨㪉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪆㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
The hybrid air conditioning system uses radiant ceiling panels, a 㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪌 natural ventilation system, and underfloor air conditioning, with 100%
㪋
PMV control, to control each device to maintain the balance of Reference
㪨㪈㩷㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷 energy saving and comfort.
㪊㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋
㪉
㫆㫅㩷㪪㫀㫋㪼 Detailed energy-saving methods have been adopted, such as
㪈
high-efficiency heat sources with water heat storage, reuse of Subjest
75%
rainwater, automatic lighting adjustment that compensates
㪣㪩㪈㩷
㪣㪩㪊㩷 between initial brightness and natural light availability, and 㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪉㪇㪈㪍㪇
㪦㪽㪽㪄㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷 occupant-sensing light adjustment.
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄㪉䋩

Q1 Indoor Environment 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪈㪔 4.0 Q2 Quality of Service
㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪉㪔 3.9
㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪊㪔 3.7

㪌
㪋㪋㪅㪍
㪌
㪋㪅㪌
㪌
㪋㪅㪊㪋㪋
ᵠᵣᵣᴾᵰᵿᶌᶉᶑᴾᵄᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᴾ
㪊㪊㪅㪋
㪊㪅㪎
㪊
㪊㪅㪐
㪊㪅㪌㪊
㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇
㪊㪅㪇

㪉㪉㪉

BEE = 3.5 㪈㪈㪈
㪂㪄㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊䇭㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㩷㩽㩷㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㩷
㪪㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪘㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨㩷㩷㪚㪑㩷䃨
㪈㪇㪇 LR Environmental Load Reduction Score of LR= 4.1

S A B
+
㪎㪋㪊㪅㪌㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪈㪔 4.8 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪉㪔 3.2 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪊㪔 4.1

- 㪌㪌㪌
B 㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇
㪌㪇㪋㪋㪋㪅㪉㪋
㪇㪅㪌㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪈
㪉㪈㪊㪊㪊㪅㪉㪊㪊㪅㪊
㪊㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪉
C
㪈㪈㪈

㪇㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪥㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㪺㫐㩷㫀㫅㩷㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㩷㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪣㫆㫎㪞㫃㫆㪹㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪪㫌㫉㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷

- Motorized outer louvers for insolation control.
The glareless and perimeterless plan uses motorized outer louvers
- Radiant panels and PMV control.
Q1 and low-e double glazing. In the interior, the temperature
- Dehumidification control, CO2 control and
Indoor environment environment is under PMV control. Outside air volume is regulated
underfloor air conditioning.
by CO2 control. Natural ventilation windows can be opened by hand.
- Openable windows and natural ventilation.
Emergency generators, maintenance of water supply and drainage,
- OA floor 150mm high, power supply capacity 40VA/m2.
and maintenance of communications system functions ensure the
Q2 - Ceiling height 2.7m, floor-to-floor height 4.2m.
continuation of headquarters operations in an emergency.
Quality of Service - Allowable floor load 5,000N/m2.
Transformer equipment and heat sources are installed on the roof,
- Emergency generators and waste water sump.
so that they can be replaced easily by crane.
Q3
Balconies and outer louvers form intermediate space. Extensive - Vegetation on the site and on the roof.
Outdoor Environment
planting around the site and on the roof.
on Site
- Motorized outer louvers for insolation control + low-e
Motorized outer louvers and low-e double glazing achieve a PAL double glazing.
value of 214. Outside air is used to the full, with natural ventilation, a - Natural ventilation, night purging, and air conditioning
LR1
night purging system and underfloor air conditioning that can work that can operate entirely on outside air.
Energy
entirely on outside air. Introduction of radiant cooling to suit “cool - Radiant cooling.
biz” light business attire. - Control of lighting with daylight use, occupant sensor
control.
Use of treated rainwater to flush toilets. Selection of water-saving
LR2
fixtures. - Use of rainwater and water-saving fixtures.
No use of CFC fire-retardant materials.
25% reduction of Lifecycle CO2.
- Use of various energy-saving technologies.
LR3 Prevention of atmospheric pollution by non-use of combustion
- Water-permeable paving.
Off-site Environment equipment. Alleviation of heat island effect through use of various
energy-saving methods and water-permeable paving, etc.

Copyright٤
Case D Assessment Results: Rank S (BEE: 4.7)

ᴾ
Assessment Summary
This building was planned for a leafy district as a center for Building outline
advanced technological development. To stimulate the Building type: Office, Parking lot
creativity and imagination of the developers who work in the Location:
building, and invigorate their communication, the building Atsugi city, Kanagawa pref.
incorporates a “stepped workplace,” an innovative and Site area: 37,597.00 Ὦ
dramatic stepped space around a seven-story atrium with Total floor area: 69,471.00 Ὦ
toplights. This space draws pleasant stimulus from the sky and Floors: +7, -1
from the natural surroundings, encouraging creative activity Completion: May 2007
and stimulating communication between superiors and
subordinates, to nurture a sense of solidarity.ᴾ ᵪᵡᵡᵭᵐᴾᵆᵥᶊᶍᶀᵿᶊᴾᵵᵿᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵧᶋᶎᵿᶁᶒᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᵇᴾ
This characteristic space is combined with a range of
ᵣᶌᶔᶇᶐᶍᶌᶋᶃᶌᶒᵿᶊᴾᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᴾ environmental regulation technologies, such as natural 㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
ᵿᶑᶑᶃᶑᶑᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᶑᴾᵆᶀᵿᶐᴾᶁᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᵇᴾ ventilation, exterior blinds and glass roof sprinklers. Rooftop 㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪆㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪨㪉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽 planting, green cubes, earth mounds build on demolition rubble,
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼 100%
㪌 and other elements are used for harmony with the surrounding
㪋
environment. Reference
㪊㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷
㪉 75%
Subjest
㪈
㪣㪩㪊㩷㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪉㪇㪈㪍㪇
㪣㪩㪈㩷
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄㪉䋩
Q1 Indoor Environment
㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪈㪔 4.0
Q2 Quality of Service
㪌㪌㪌
㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇
㪋㪅㪌

㪋㪋㪅㪊㪋㪋㪅㪋㪋㪅㪌㪋㪅㪌㪋
㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇
ᵠᵣᵣᴾᵰᵿᶌᶉᶑᴾᵄᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᴾ 㪊㪊㪅㪊㪊㪊
㪉㪉㪉

BEE = 4.7 㪈㪈㪈
㪂㪄

㪪㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪘㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨㩷㩷㪚㪑㩷䃨㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊䇭㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㩷㩽㩷㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㩷
㪈㪇㪇 Score of LR= 4.2

LR Environmental Load Reduction
㪏㪌S 㪋㪅㪎 A B
+

B
- 㪌
㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇
㪌㪌
㪌㪅㪇
㪌㪇㪋㪋㪋
㪈㪏㪇㪅㪌㪋㪅㪉㪋㪅㪊

㪋㪅㪇㪊㪅㪏
㪊㪊㪊㪅㪋㪊㪊㪅㪊
㪉㪉㪉
C
㪇㪈
㪈
㪈
㪇㪌㪇㪈㪇㪇
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㩷㪣

ᴾ
The stepped workplace, a creative working space, is equipped with
Overall
a range of energy-saving and environment-friendly methods.
The north-facing glass toplights are equipped with outer louvers and - Natural lighting through north-facing toplights.
Q1
Low-E glass, to reduce thermal loads while making the most of the - Floor-vented air conditioning.
Indoor environment
view and natural lighting.
The exposed ceiling finish is over 3.0m high over a large expanse of - High-ceilinged office space with exposed ceiling finishes.
Q2 flat space, and the central core uses transparent elevators and an - Seismic isolation structure.
Quality of Service open air conditioning machine room to create an expansive image. - See-through core plan, including an open air conditioning
machine room.
Q3 Room planting and planted mounds for harmony with the natural - Roof planting (green cubes etc.)
Outdoor Environment surroundings. “Green cubes” bring nature into the work spaces. - Planting planned with consideration of natural vegetation.
on Site - Relocation of large-diameter trees.
This glass building, which draws in the natural environment, - Outside air cooling, cooling/ heating trenches, solar
LR1 employs an efficient combination of enhanced peripheral thermal chimneys.
Energy performance, floor-vented air conditioning in occupied areas, Daylight control and lighting compensation.
outside air cooling, and other measures. - BEMS.
Kitchen waste water and rainwater are used for toilet flushing, - Reuse of demolition rubble.
LR2
rubble from the previous building was reused to build green mounds - Reuse of rainwater and kitchen waste water.
outside the building, to make effective use of resources.
The building receives energy supplies from a power plant, and - Energy supply from a power plant.
LR3 Rainwater drainage and water quality management, composting of - Rainwater percolation facilities and water discharge
Off-site Environment kitchen waste, waste compaction and other measures are used to quality management facilities.
reduce the burden of waste imposed outside the site. - Composting of kitchen waste.

Copyright٤
Case E Assessment Results: Rank S (BEE: 3.4)

ᴾ
This is a composite building, combining disparate functions on Building type: Office,
the upper floors (residential) and lower floors (offices). The Apartments
office windows have maximum possible open area, after Location: Tokyo
raising the walls below the windows to 450mm high, out of Site area: 5,066.92 Ὦ
consideration for the surrounding residential area. Gray, Total floor area: 33,517 Ὦ
heat-absorbing glass and Low-E glass are used in double Floors: +15, -2
glazing, helping to improve shading coefficient, reduce air Completion: Jul. 2007
conditioning loads and improve the window-side environment.
Floors 10~15 are rental housing built around central corridors.
As city-center housing designed for efficiency, the residential
units were planned to match the structural spans of the office
ᵪᵡᵡᵭᵐᴾᵆᵥᶊᶍᶀᵿᶊᴾᵵᵿᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵧᶋᶎᵿᶁᶒᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᵇᴾ
floors, making them comfortably spacious. The PC frame is
extended to provide visual continuity in the façade, and deep 㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪆㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
balconies are arranged within the frame, extending round the 㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
ᵣᶌᶔᶇᶐᶍᶌᶋᶃᶌᶒᵿᶊᴾᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᴾ entire periphery. Full height and width openings provide bright 100%
ᵿᶑᶑᶃᶑᶑᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᶑᴾᵆᶀᵿᶐᴾᶁᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᵇᴾ and open living spaces. Reference
㪌
80%
㪋 Subjest
㪉㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪉㪇㪈㪍㪇
㪈䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄㪉䋩
㪣㪩㪈㩷
㪣㪩㪊㩷 ᴾ
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐
㪣㪩㪉㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㩷㩽 Q1 Indoor Environment 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪈㪔 3.8 Q2 Quality of Service


㪌㪅㪇
㪋㪋㪅㪊㪋㪋㪋㪅㪌
㪊
㪊㪅㪎
㪊㪅㪋
㪊㪅㪍
㪊
㪋㪅㪈㪋㪅㪇㪊㪅㪐
㪊
㪋㪅㪇
ᵠᵣᵣᴾᵰᵿᶌᶉᶑᴾᵄᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᴾ
㪉㪉㪉
BEE = 3.4
㪈
㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㩽㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㩽㪘㫀㫉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐䇭
㪈
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㩷㪛㫌㫉㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㪝㫃㪼㫏㫀㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷
㪈
㪧㫉㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪫㫆㫎㫅㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷

㪂㪄㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊䇭㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㩷㩽㩷㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㩷
㪊㪅㪇㪈㪅㪌㪙㪜㪜㪔㪈㪅㪇 LR Environmental Load Reduction Score of LR= 4.1
㪈㪇㪇
S A B
+ LR1 Energy LR2 Resources & Materials LR3 Off-site Environment
㪊㪅㪋
㪎㪏
B
- 㪌
㪌㪅㪇
㪌㪌
㪌㪇㪋㪋㪅㪌㪋㪋㪋㪅㪍
㪇㪅㪌㪋㪅㪉
㪊㪅㪏㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪊㪅㪎㪊㪅㪎
㪊㪊㪊
㪊㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪉
㪇
C
㪈㪈㪈
㪇㪌㪇㪈㪇㪇

The aim was to create a new kind of office, offering “comfortable
General mental energy-saving for working people,” with an environment
controlled by a sensing network.
With the concept of “a comfortable environment wherever there are - The external frame cladding, eaves and automatic blinds
people,” occupant sensors, brightness sensors and room control insolation and daylighting.
Q1 temperature sensors detect where people are in the office and - Heat-absorbing glass + Low-e glass.
Indoor environment optimally control the lighting and temperature of occupied areas. - Compound sensors (“free address hybrid sensors,” which
detect occupants and communicate with brightness
sensors and wireless thermostats).
Q2 Seismic damping structure used, for A-grade earthquake - OA floor 100mm high, power supply capacity 60VA/m2.
Quality of Service resistance. - Use of a seismic damping system.
Q3 The building plan is considerate of local residential neighborhoods. - Consideration for urban context and scenery.
Outdoor Environment - Provision of green space and consideration of through air
on Site movement and waste heat discharge positions.
Ambient air conditioning provides base conditioning, which is - Exterior cladding with an external frame, heat-absorbent
isolated from zoned task air conditioning, which handles heat glass + Low-e glass (PAL value = 216.9).
LR1 generation from internal sources and occupants, with the aim of - Task + ambient air conditioning system.
Energy achieving comfort while saving energy. Air flows from vents can be - Vents with switchable airflow.
switched on and off to accommodate “cool biz” practices. - Natural ventilation, night purging, daylight control and
blind control.
LR2 Protect water resources by saving water and reusing rainwater. - Use of water-saving fixtures.
Resources & Materials - Rainwater reuse system.
LR3 Consideration of prevention of atmospheric pollution, vibration, wind - LCCO2 is 81% of the reference value.
Off-site Environment hazards, light pollution etc. - All electrical services prevent atmospheric pollution.

Copyright٤
Case F Assessment Results: Rank A (BEE: 2.9)

ᴾ
This plan is one element in a large-scale urban development Building type:
project at the west exit of Morioka Station. As the central Library/ Hall, Office
component of a wide-area development, it has a pathfinding Location:
role for the new district. It is a compound building comprising Morioka city, Iwate pref.
Site area: 9,000.00 Ὦ
13 public facilities, of which the library is central. As an activity Total floor area: 46,134.31 Ὦ
center for the people of the prefecture, open to them and Floors: +9, -1
others from further field, the plans for the building and its Completion: Sep. 2005
facilities included concepts such as linking the district together
and giving it a face.
The architectural design of the building is characterized by glass ᵪᵡᵡᵭᵐᴾᵆᵥᶊᶍᶀᵿᶊᴾᵵᵿᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵧᶋᶎᵿᶁᶒᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᵇᴾ
construction, with a large multi-level atrium space and 㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
ᵣᶌᶔᶇᶐᶍᶌᶋᶃᶌᶒᵿᶊᴾᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᴾ 㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪆㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
expansive glazed face. The aim was to create a bright and open 㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
ᵿᶑᶑᶃᶑᶑᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᶑᴾᵆᶀᵿᶐᴾᶁᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᵇᴾ
space that would be bustling and lively, despite its cold climate 100%
Given the cold climate, the high-performance cladding design Reference
㪌 uses double skins and Low-E glass. The design also strives to
㪋
㪨㪊㩷㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷 enhance environmental performance and efficiency by using 74%
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪊㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷
natural ventilation, well water for snow melting, photovoltaic Subjest
㪉 generation integrated into building materials, and other
㪈 environmental design elements. 䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄㪉䋩
㪣㪩㪊㩷
ᴾ
㪣㪩㪈㩷
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐
㪦㪽㪽㪄㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷 ᴾQ Environmental Quality Score of Q= 4.0
ᴾ Q1 Indoor Environment Q2 Quality of Service Q3 Outdoor Environment on Site
ᴾ 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪈㪔 4.2 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪉㪔 4.2 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪊㪔 3.7
㪋
㪋㪅㪏
㪋㪅㪌
㪋㪅㪉㪋㪋㪅㪌
㪊㪅㪐㪋㪅㪇
㪋
㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇
ᵠᵣᵣᴾᵰᵿᶌᶉᶑᴾᵄᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᴾ 㪊㪊㪅㪌㪊㪊
㪊㪅㪇
㪉㪉㪉
BEE = 2.9 㪈㪈㪈

㪂㪄㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㩽
㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊䇭
㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷
㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋
㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㩽
㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪘㫀㫉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐䇭㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷
㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐
㩷㪛㫌㫉㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷
㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷
㪝㫃㪼㫏㫀㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷
㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐
㪧㫉㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷
㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㩷
㪫㫆㫎㫅㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㩷
㩽㩷㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼
㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷
㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㩷
㪈㪇㪇
S A B+
LR1 Energy
㪎㪎㪉㪅㪐㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪈㪔 4.2

㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪉㪔 3.4
㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪊㪔 4.0
B- 㪌㪌㪌
㪌㪇㪋
㪌㪅㪇
㪋㪋
㪌㪅㪇
㪇㪅㪌㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇

㪉㪍㪊㪅㪌㪊㪅㪌㪊㪅㪎
㪊㪊㪊㪊㪅㪌
㪉㪉
㪊㪅㪇
㪉
C
㪈㪈㪈
㪇
㪇㪌㪇㪈㪇㪇
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷
㪥㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷
㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㪺㫐㩷㫀㫅㩷
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼
㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㩷
㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷
㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊
㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷
㪥㫆㫅㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㪹㫃㪼
㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪣㫆㫎
㪟㪼㪸㫃㫋㪿㩷㪩㫀㫊㫂㫊
㪞㫃㫆㪹㪸㫃㩷
㪮㪸㫉㫄㫀㫅㪾
㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪪㫌㫉㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷

This building uses high-performance cladding and natural energy to
General realize a good environment in a building that also has lively, open
spaces in a cold region.
As this is a glass building in a cold region, the cladding plan calls for - High-performance cladding, using double skin and Low-E
extraordinarily high perimeter performance, with double skin and glass.
Low-E glass, creating a bright and open interior environment. - Radiant air conditioning in the atrium space.
Q1 - Double skin improves acoustic isolation performance in
Indoor environment the openings.
- Outside air conditioning equipment provides stable
supply of outside air and improves humidification
performance.
As a facility for Prefectural citizens, it improves service performance - Barrier-free compliance.
through exhaustive application of universal design. Reliability of all - Uninterruptible Power Supply equipment and private
Q2
functions, such as structure, electricity and information, is protected power generation.
Quality of Service
with measures including the intake of DHC (district heating and Reliability enhanced by the intake of DHC heating
cooling). supplies.
Planned as a station-front urban development on an axis linking the - Contribution to the scenery as a symbol of regional
Q3 old and new city centers. It exists as a symbolic presence in the city, development.
Outdoor Environment helping to enliven it. - Use of materials produced in the prefecture.
on Site
The glass architecture that supports the bustling space uses a - High perimeter performance from a double skin.
double skin to restrict loads, and makes full use of natural energy, - Photovoltaic generation, integrated into building
LR1 such as natural ventilation, photovoltaic generation and heat from materials (50kW).
Energy well water. After the start of the operation stage, system - Natural ventilation, routed through the atrium.
performance has been verified, and questionnaire surveys of users - Well water heat used to melt snow.
are performed.
Water-saving fixtures sound privacy equipment reduce resource - Use of water-saving fixtures and sound privacy
LR2
consumption. Rainwater and graywater are reused to make equipment.
effective use of resources. - Reuse of rainwater and graywater.
Intake of heating supplies from a DHC plant, out of consideration for - Intake of DHC supplies prevents atmospheric pollution
LR3 the surface environment of the surroundings of the site. As a and reduces noise and vibration.
Off-site Environment station-front development, it provides cycle parking space on the - Ample provision of cycle parking restricts traffic loads.
site, helping to restrict traffic loads in the area. -Thorough waste sorting and separate collection.

Copyright٤
Case G Assessment Results: Rank S (BEE: 3.4)

ᴾ
Assessment Summary
This school employs environmental technologies, with Building outline
particular emphasis on educational effects, and its efforts Building type: School
integrate software and hardware elements. The plan integrates Location: Ikuno-ku, Osaka city
the layout of the school buildings with the “stream,” and Site area: 12,639 Ὦ
combines technologies that are friendly to the environment and Total floor area: 18,170 Ὦ
the flow of water, achieving both the scenic use of water, Floors: +4
environmental education, and reduced environmental loads. Completion: Aug. 2008
Water runs through a biotope that is close to its natural state,
along the “stream” and is channeled over a waterfall in the
brick-paved courtyard. Weaving around the pupils’ everyday
movements, it lets them experience the changes of nature with
all their senses, even while they are in the city. Groundwater ᵪᵡᵡᵭᵐᴾᵆᵥᶊᶍᶀᵿᶊᴾᵵᵿᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵧᶋᶎᵿᶁᶒᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᵇᴾ
ᵣᶌᶔᶇᶐᶍᶌᶋᶃᶌᶒᵿᶊᴾᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᴾ
from a well and rainwater gathered from the rooftops is all 㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
ᵿᶑᶑᶃᶑᶑᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᶑᴾᵆᶀᵿᶐᴾᶁᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᵇᴾ
gathered into this water system, from which it is used for 㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪆㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
sprinkling, and passes through cool and hot tubes inside the
100%
rainwater sump to exploit ground heat.
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼 Reference
㪌
㪋
㪨㪈㩷㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷 84%
㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋 Subjest
㪉
㪈㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪉㪇㪈㪍㪇
䋨㫂㪾㪄㪚㪦㪉㪆㫐㪼㪸㫉㪄㫄㪉䋩
㪣㪩㪊㩷
㪣㪩㪈㩷
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐
Q Environmental Quality
Score of Q= 3.8
㪌
㪋㪅㪎
㪌㪌
㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇

㪋㪋㪋
㪊㪅㪐㪋㪅㪇
㪊㪅㪎
㪊㪊㪊㪅㪊㪊
㪊㪅㪉
ᵠᵣᵣᴾᵰᵿᶌᶉᶑᴾᵄᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᴾ
㪉㪉㪅㪋
㪉㪅㪐
㪉㪉
BEE = 3.4 㪈
㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㩽㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㩽㪘㫀㫉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐䇭
㪈
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㩷㪛㫌㫉㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㪝㫃㪼㫏㫀㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷
㪈
㪧㫉㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪫㫆㫎㫅㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷
㪪㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪘㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪑㩷䃨䃨㩷㩷㪚㪑㩷䃨㪂㪄㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊䇭㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㩷
㩽㩷㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㩷
Score of LR= 4.1
㪈㪇㪇
S
㪊㪅㪇
A
㪈㪅㪌
B
+
㪙㪜㪜㪔㪈㪅㪇
LRLR1
Environmental Load Reduction
Energy LR2 Resources & Materials LR3 Off-site Environment
㪎㪉㪊㪅㪋㪌
㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪈㪔 4.4
㪌
㪌
B- 㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇
㪋㪅㪏
㪋㪋㪋
㪌㪇
㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪉
㪇㪅㪌㪊㪅㪏㪊㪅㪐㪊㪅㪏
㪊㪊㪅㪌㪊㪊
㪉㪈㪊㪅㪈
㪉㪉㪉
㪇
C
㪈㪈㪈
ᴾ 㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪸㪻㩷㪣㪣㫆㪸㪻㪬㫋㫀㫃㫀㫑㪸㫋㫀㫆㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㩷㫌㫊㪼

The water-centered plan achieved both an environment close to
General
nature and reduced loads on the global environment.
Appropriate air conditioning and lighting planning achieves both - Natural light brought in through toplights and high side
comfort and energy saving. lights.
Q1
- Selection of materials with low chemical content.
Indoor environment
- Energy saving through control of lighting and air
conditioning.
Measures for longevity were applied to data systems, earthquake - Ceiling height 3.1m.
Q2
resistance and flexibility, while the interior plan provided spaces for - Creation of rest spaces for pupils to relax in.
Quality of Service
raising the quality of everyday living space. - Interior plan using natural materials.
Vegetation is planted around the site, on the rooftops, in biotopes - Establishment of biotopes.
Q3 and in basins, and opening the site to its surroundings makes a - Exterior design drawing on the image of old school
Outdoor Environment further contribution to greening the district. buildings.
on Site Cast iron fences and green space are elements in a
vegetation plan opened to the surroundings.
Thermal loads are reduced by appropriate horizontal layout - PAL value = 202.
LR1 planning and setting of air conditioning zones. Equipment systems - Cool and hot tubes run through the water.
Energy were made more efficient, while natural energy was also used to the - Daylight sensors, photovoltaic generation and
full. wind-powered generation are used.
Environmental materials are used with priority, and the plan saves - Use of water-saving fixtures and reuse of rainwater.
LR2
resources at the operation stage. - Temporary use was made of the existing structural
skeletons of the old school buildings.
All equipment is electric, and organic waste composters are used, - All-electric equipment.
LR3
together with other measures, to minimize environmental loads - Organic waste composting.
Off-site Environment
outside the site. - Recycling of recycled paper.

Copyright٤
Case H Assessment Results: Rank S (BEE: 3.0)

ᴾ
Assessment Summary
This building, which stands on a hill clustered with the Building outline
residences of daimyo nobles, was planned as a tower Building type: Apartments
residence carrying on the history and traditions of Akasaka. Location: Minato-ku, Tokyo
The exterior areas are planned as a rich forest linked to nearby Site area: 6,939 Ὦ
vegetation, and containing a formal Japanese garden that is Total floor area: 73,122 Ὦ
open to the public. The tower plan consists of a base section Floors: +45, -3
for the first 30m, which expresses the character of Akasaka Completion: Jul. 2008
and takes care of privacy, then a bottom section up to 100m ᴾ
that makes the most of the view, and a top section above 100m,
that becomes a landmark for the city. ᵪᵡᵡᵭᵐᴾᵆᵥᶊᶍᶀᵿᶊᴾᵵᵿᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵧᶋᶎᵿᶁᶒᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᵇᴾ
Consideration for the environment is exemplified by 㪺㫆㫅㫊㫋㫉㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪆㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
ᵣᶌᶔᶇᶐᶍᶌᶋᶃᶌᶒᵿᶊᴾᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᴾ energy-saving water heaters, extensive greening of exterior 㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
ᵿᶑᶑᶃᶑᶑᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᶑᴾᵆᶀᵿᶐᴾᶁᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᵇᴾ areas, high-grade interiors in the residential units, detailed 100%
interior environmental planning, and full home data facilities.
Reference
The skeleton infill plan allows for flexible positioning of drainage
㪌 points within the homes, together with a new type of drainage
㪋
header. 74%
㪨㪈㩷㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷 Subjest
㪉
㪈
㪣㪩㪊㩷
㪣㪩㪈㩷
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐

㪌㪅㪇
㪋㪅㪌㪋㪅㪎

㪋㪋㪋
㪋㪅㪇㪊㪅㪐㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇
㪊㪅㪎㪊㪅㪎
ᵠᵣᵣᴾᵰᵿᶌᶉᶑᴾᵄᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᴾ 㪊㪊㪊
㪉
㪉㪅㪏
㪉㪉
BEE = 3.0 㪈㪈㪈
㪪㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪘㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪂㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪄㪑㩷䃨䃨㩷㩷㪚㪑㩷䃨㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊䇭㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㩷㩽㩷㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㩷
㪈㪇㪇
+
S A B
㪎㪍㪊㪅㪇 LR1 Energy

㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪈㪔 3.8
- 㪌㪌㪌
B 㪌㪅㪇㪌㪅㪇
㪌㪇㪋㪋㪋
㪇㪅㪌㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇㪊㪅㪏
㪉㪌㪊㪊
㪊㪅㪍
㪊
㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇
㪉 N.A. 㪉㪉
C
㪇㪈㪈㪈
㪇㪌㪇㪈㪇㪇

General
Heating and cooling loads are reduced by high-performance - Acoustic isolation performance of openings: T-2.
insulation and perimeter configuration, while high acoustic isolation - Acoustic isolation performance of outer walls: Dr-50,
Q1
protects residents’ privacy. Lr-45, Lr-50
Indoor environment
- Multilayer glazing, Low-E multilayer glazing
-F materials.
Ample floor-to-floor height, high ceilings, provision of concealed - FTTH installed (four-core: LAN, TV, other).
spaces for improved flexibility, use of long-life materials, high-speed - Ceiling height 2.65m, floor-to-floor height 3.4m.
Q2 data communications systems, and other measures are used so Equipment movement routes are concentrated in the core.
Quality of Service that the building will have a long service life. Cell phones can be blocked.
- Double-walled water sumps, rainwater usage,
earthquake disaster readiness.
Planting inside the site, placement of water basins, pools and - Creation of an outdoor environment that is integrated with
Q3
waterfalls, conservation of existing trees, and other measures form development of the local area,
Outdoor Environment
a rich exterior space.
on Site
Efficiency is enhanced to reduce energy used. - Latent heat recovery water heaters.
LR1
- Energy saving grade class 3.
Energy
Water resources are protected by use of materials of low - Use of water-saving fixtures and use of rainwater.
LR2 environmental load, use of rainwater, and installation of - Use of existing underground structure.ᴾ
Resources & Materials water-saving fixtures.
Environmental assessment of the wind environment and other - Consideration of noise and vibration prevention.
LR3 aspects, and aggressive reduction of loads on the surrounding area. - Disposers.
Off-site Environment - Garbage collection area deodorizer equipment.

Copyright٤
Case I Assessment Results: Rank A (BEE: 2.5)

ᴾ
Assessment Summary
Waterside side characteristics are exploited to create Building outline
homes that are safe, comfortable and affluent while Building type: Apartments
harmonizing with a rich natural environment. The Location: Tokyo
design’s long-term perspective on environmental load is Site area: 9,500 Ὦ
seen in low-waste, resource saving housing Total floor area: 18,254 Ὦ
development, combined with design and equipment Floors: +14
techniques to support an energy-saving lifestyle. Rooftop Completion: Dec. 2006
planting and other measures are employed to improve
the natural environment.
ᵪᵡᵡᵭᵐᴾᵆᵥᶊᶍᶀᵿᶊᴾᵵᵿᶐᶋᶇᶌᶅᴾᵧᶋᶎᵿᶁᶒᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᵇᴾ
(Resource consumptions)
A skeleton infill approach was used to increase the 㫉㪼㫇㪸㫀㫉㪃㫉㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㫃㩷㪆㩷㪻㪼㫄㫆㫃㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
ᵣᶌᶔᶇᶐᶍᶌᶋᶃᶌᶒᵿᶊᴾᶎᶃᶐᶄᶍᶐᶋᵿᶌᶁᶃᴾ ᴾ durability of the structural frame and provide ample 㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
ᵿᶑᶑᶃᶑᶑᶋᶃᶌᶒᴾᶐᶃᶑᶓᶊᶒᶑᴾᵆᶀᵿᶐᴾᶁᶆᵿᶐᶒᶑᵇᴾ floor-to-floor height. 100%
㪨㪉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷㫆㪽 (Environmental loads ) Reference
㪌
Insulation meets the Next-Generation Energy Saving
Standard. Balconies and other elements control sunlight
㪋
㪨㪊㩷㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷 entry. 73%
㪊㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷 Subjest
㫆㫅㩷㪪㫀㫋㪼 Rooftop planting is also used to improve the thermal
㪉
environment of the district.
㪈㪇㪋㪇㪏㪇㪈㪉㪇㪈㪍㪇
㪣㪩㪊㩷
㪣㪩㪈㩷
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐
㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪈㪔 3.7 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪉㪔 3.0 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪨㪊㪔 4.4
㪌㪌㪌
㪌㪅㪇
㪋㪅㪎
㪋㪋㪋
㪋㪅㪇㪋㪅㪇
ᵠᵣᵣᴾᵰᵿᶌᶉᶑᴾᵄᴾᵡᶆᵿᶐᶒᴾ 㪊
㪊㪅㪎
㪊㪊
㪊㪅㪊
㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇

㪉㪅㪏
㪉㪉㪅㪋㪉㪉
BEE = 2.5
㪈㪈㪈
㪪㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪘㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪂㪑㩷䃨䃨䃨㩷㩷㪙㪄㪑㩷䃨䃨㩷㩷㪚㪑㩷䃨㪥㫆㫀㫊㪼㩷㩽

㪘㪺㫆㫌㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊䇭
㪚㫆㫄㪽㫆㫉㫋
㪣㫀㪾㪿㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㩽
㪠㫃㫃㫌㫄㫀㫅㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪘㫀㫉㩷㪨㫌㪸㫃㫀㫋㫐䇭㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷
㪘㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐
㩷㪛㫌㫉㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷
㩽㩷㪩㪼㫃㫀㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷
㪝㫃㪼㫏㫀㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐㩷
㩽㩷㪘㪻㪸㫇㫋㪸㪹㫀㫃㫀㫋㫐
㪧㫉㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷
㩽㩷㪚㫉㪼㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㩷
㪫㫆㫎㫅㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼㩷
㩽㩷㪸㫅㪻㫊㪺㪸㫇㪼
㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷
㪚㪿㪸㫉㪸㪺㫋㪼㫉㫀㫊㫋㫀㪺㫊㩷㩽㩷㩷
㪈㪇㪇
㪊㪅㪇㪈㪅㪌
+
㪙㪜㪜㪔㪈㪅㪇 Environmental Load Reduction
LR
Score of LR=
3.9
LR1 Energy
S A B
LR2 Resources & Materials LR3 Off-site Environment

㪍㪏㪉㪅㪌㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪈㪔 4.5 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪉㪔 3.3 㪪㪺㫆㫉㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪣㪩㪊㪔 3.7
B
- 㪌
㪌㪅㪇㪋㪅㪏
㪌㪌
㪌㪅㪇
㪌㪇
㪇㪅㪌
㪋
㪊
㪋
㪊㪊㪅㪋㪊㪅㪊
㪋
㪊
㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪇㪊㪅㪈
㪉㪎
C
㪉 N.A. 㪉㪉
㪈㪈㪈
㪇㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪥㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㪺㫐㩷㫀㫅㩷㪜㪽㪽㫀㪺㫀㪼㫅㫋㩷㩷㪮㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪩㪼㪻㫌㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫆㪽㩷㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㫊㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪣㫆㫎㪞㫃㫆㪹㪸㫃㩷㪣㫆㪺㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋㪪㫌㫉㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷
㪇㪌㪇㪈㪇㪇㪫㪿㪼㫉㫄㪸㫃㩷
㪣㫆㪸㪻
㪜㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷
㪬㫋㫀㫃㫀㫑㪸㫋㫀㫆
㪙㫌㫀㫃㪻㫀㫅㪾㩷㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼
㪪㫐㫊㫋㪼㫄
㪦㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪩㪼㫊㫆㫌㫉㪺㪼㫊㪥㫆㫅㩷㪩㪼㫅㪼㫎㪸㪹㫃㪼
㪤㪸㫋㪼㫉㫀㪸㫃㩷㫌㫊㪼
㪟㪼㪸㫃㫋㪿㩷㪩㫀㫊㫂㫊㪮㪸㫉㫄㫀㫅㪾㪜㫅㫍㫀㫉㫆㫅㫄㪼㫅㫋

Planning for environment- and health-friendly housing. High-durability structural skeletons.
General Reduction of long-term environmental loads.
Landscape plan for coexistence and harmony with the environment.
High insulation performance. Housing Quality Assurance Law energy-saving
Q1
grade 4.
Indoor environment
Use of Fṿṿṿṿ materials.
Improved adaptability to the future. Large floor-to-floor height
Q2
Easily maintained water supply and drainage
Quality of Service
facilities.
Formation of a pleasant outdoor environment, using greenery and water. Woods to create habitat.
Q3
Consideration for urban context and scenery. Shady foliage to create cool spots, and building
Outdoor Environment
layout, height and form techniques adapted to the
on Site
local environment.
Reduction of energy usage in an apartment complex. Housing Quality Assurance Act energy-saving
LR1
Use of natural energy grade 4.
Energy
Use of sunlight.
LR2 Improved resource reuse efficiency. Use of recycled materials for interior and exterior
Resources & Materials décor.
LR3 Reduction of thermal impact on the local environment. Roof planting
Off-site Environment

Copyright٤
Scoring Criteria
PART II. Scoring Criteria
For hospitals, hotels and apartments, it is important to note that there are assessment items that apply
to the building as a whole (Q3, LR1, LR2, LR3) and others (Q1, Q2) that are applied separately to the
common properties and to the residential and accommodation sections of the building. Thus for these
three building types the user must carry out both assessment (1) of the Entire Building and Common
Properties and assessment (2) of the Residential and Accommodation Sections, which are described
on the next and subsequent pages.
Where "no corresponding level" is written in a space in the scoring criteria table, it means that there is
no scoring for that item at the level concerned. When the space is blank, it means that scoring is
optional at intermediate levels.
When the symbols listed below appear on the scoring items in the table, they indicate the building type
and whether or not they are applicable.
Together with the symbols for the assessment stages, the details are presented below.
䃂 Examples㩷
Building type Applicable Not applicable

Offices Off Off
Schools Sch Sch
Retailers Rtl Rtl
Restaurants Rst Rst
Halls Hal Hal
Hospitals Hsp Hsp
Hotels Htl Htl
Apartments Apt Apt
Factories Fct Fct
Assessment stage Symbols
Preliminary Design PD
Execution Design ED
Construction Completion CC

Copyright٤
1. Q: Environmental Quality of the Building
Q1: Indoor Environment

When evaluating “Hospitals,” “Hotels” and residential buildings, evaluate the common properties
of each building (rooms in "Hospitals," such as outpatient waiting rooms, medical examining
rooms (these are rooms in the general environment for medical examination and treatment, not
operation or examination rooms requiring special environmental conditions), lobbies of “Hotels,”
entrance halls of “Apartments” etc.).
For private areas, (bedrooms of “Hospitals,” guest rooms of “Hotels” and housings of
“Apartments”), base the assessment on Residential and Accommodation Sections.
<Assessment of common areas of “Hospitals”>

Assessment may cover both outpatient waiting rooms and outpatient waiting rooms, or only one of the
two. For items which evaluate both, evaluate each and use the weighted average, based on floor areas,
as the assessment.
1. Sonic Environment
1.1 Noise
1.1.1 Background noise level

ṳAssessment stage Building type
PD OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlῒFctὉApt
ED and CC OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlῒFctὉApt
ὲ Application condition
For building types classified as “Halls,” evaluate building types that particularly require anti-noise
measures, such as “Halls,” theaters and movie theaters. Exclude other building types.
Evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common areas of the
“Hospitals.” Care is required, as assessment criteria differ between outpatient waiting rooms and
medical examining rooms.
UnitᾉdB(A)
Entire Building and Common Properties
Building type OffῒHspίWaiting RoomὸῒHtlῒAptῒFct SchῒHsp(Examining Roomὸ
Level 1 50ᾋ [Background noise level] 45ᾋ [Background noise level]
Level 2 47ᾋ [Background noise level] ṓ50 42ᾋ [Background noise level] ṓ45
Level 5 [Background noise level] ṓ40 [Background noise level] ṓ35
Building type RtlῒRst Hal

Copyright٤
Unit: dB(A)
Residential and Accommodation Sections
Building type Hsp HtlὉApt
Q1
ṳ Commentary
Evaluate noise level for background noise according to the level of air conditioning noise in the interior
and traffic noise penetrating from the exterior.
Evaluate the target background noise level at the Preliminary Design Stage and Execution Design
Stage, and evaluate from measured values on completion. The reference below indicates the noise
levels by their intrusiveness and their impact on conversation, both direct and via telephone.
ṲReference) Allowable interior noise levels
ṲBibliography 2ὸ, 3ὸ, 4ὸ

Copyright٤
1.1.2 Equipment Noise

PD Inapplicable
“Hospitals” (assessment criteria are common to both).

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlῒFct
No noise countermeasures. (No countermeasures at all among the efforts to be
Level 1
evaluated)
Some measures taken. (Two or more noise countermeasures used from among the
Level 2
efforts to be evaluated).
Noise countermeasures used. (Four or more noise countermeasures used from
Level 3
among the efforts to be evaluated).
Countermeasures at a moderately high level. (Six or more noise countermeasures
Level 4
used from among the efforts to be evaluated).
Countermeasures at an advanced level. (All noise countermeasures used from among
Level 5
the efforts to be evaluated).

Building type HspὉHtl
Level 1
evaluated)
Some measures taken. (Two or more noise countermeasures used from among the
Level 2
efforts to be evaluated).
Noise countermeasures used. (Four or more noise countermeasures used from
Level 3
among the efforts to be evaluated).
Countermeasures at a moderately high level. (Six or more noise countermeasures
Level 4
used from among the efforts to be evaluated).
Level 5
Apt
Level 1
evaluated)
Level 2
Noise countermeasures used. (Two or more noise countermeasures used from among
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
NOTE) When it is difficult to decide, choose an intermediate level (level 2 or 4).

Copyright٤
Efforts to be evaluated <Types of equipment noise and examples of countermeasures>

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlῒFct
No. Types of equipment noise Examples of countermeasures
Low-noise vents, low-noise intakes, positions,
1 Vents and intakes
air speed and volume, etc.
Q1
2 Interior air conditioning equipment Noise prevention covers, positions etc.
Noise prevention covers, sound absorption
Noise from the machine room
3 and Sound insulation for the machine room,
(penetrating noise)
position etc.
As above (noise transmitted through Anti-vibration platform, anti-vibration rubber
4
solids) elements, etc.
Sound absorber ducts, sound absorber
Noise from ducts and pipes (penetrating
5 elbows, sound absorber boxes, sound
noise)
insulating pipe cladding, position etc.
Anti-vibration suspension or supports, flexible
As above (noise transmitted through
6 joints, anti-vibration treatment of penetrating
solids)
parts.
7 (Exterior) Noise from cooling towers Baffles, anti-vibration supports, position etc.
(Exterior) Noise from intakes and vents Position, appropriate air volume and speed,
8
etc.
Building type Apt
No. Types of equipment noise Examples of countermeasures
Water supply and drainage noises from Anti-noise pipe cladding, anti-vibration rubber
1
toilets, bathrooms etc. support fittings, positioning, etc.
Use of appropriate water pressure, selection
2 Water hammer
of preventive fixtures, etc.
3 Noise from air conditioning room units Selection of low-noise equipment etc.
Anti-vibration rubber supports, anti-vibration
Noise from air conditioning external
4 mats, selection of low-noise equipment types,
units
etc.
5 Ventilation Selection of low-noise equipment etc.
ṳ Commentary
For equipment noise countermeasures, evaluate measures against noise generated by building
equipment and services, such as air conditioning equipment and drainage equipment. For example, air
conditioning equipment generates noise in its compressors, motors and fans, and that noise is carried
to building interiors through ducts, walls and structural elements to occupied areas inside the building.
Once noise has been generated and emitted into the building interior, it is often very difficult to control.
Therefore, it is important to start planning for noise source countermeasures and anti-noise design from
the design phase.
Evaluate whether adequate countermeasures were taken against each type of noise. There is no need
to use all the measures offered as examples of countermeasures. If the equipment does not generate
noise, noise countermeasures should be deemed to have been taken.
ṲBibliography 4ὸ

Copyright٤
1.2 Sound Insulation
1.2.1 Sound Insulation of Openings

PD, ED and CC OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlῒFctὉApt
Exclude if the evaluated room has absolutely no openings.
PD ED and CC
Building type OffὉSchὉRstὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt OffὉSchὉRstὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt

Noise from ordinary traffic causes
Level 1 Less than T-1
annoyance.
Level 2 (No corresponding level)
Noise from ordinary traffic does not cause
Level 3 T-1
annoyance.
Noise from loud means of transport, such as
Level 5 trunk roads and aircraft, does not cause T-2 or more
annoyance.
PD ED and CC
Building type HspὉHtlὉApt HspὉHtlὉApt

Noise from ordinary traffic causes
Level 1 Less than T-1
annoyance.
Noise from ordinary traffic does not cause
Level 3 T-1
annoyance.
Noise from loud means of transport, such as
Level 5 trunk roads and aircraft, does not cause T-2 or more
annoyance.

Copyright٤
ṳ Commentary 䂓Reference) Reference) Sound insulation

Evaluate the sound insulation performance of sash classification curves for sash windows etc. (JIS A 4706)
windows and other furniture on the building
openings. The higher the sound insulation
performance of the openings, the better external
noise from traffic and other sources can be blocked
from entering. Retail stores have few openings, so
they need not be evaluated. Where there are
Q1
multiple openings, evaluate the type with the lowest
performance. Perform a qualitative assessment at
the Preliminary Design Stage. Use the sound
insulation classification T as the assessment
indicator at the Execution Design Stage and
Construction Completion Stage. This is an indicator
for evaluation of sound insulation performance for
sash window and similar elements. The sound
insulation curves for sound transmission losses in
each frequency band, and their nomenclature, have
been standardized (see the diagram on the right).
Transmission losses for each frequency are plotted
on sound insulation curves. The sound insulation
classification is the classification for which values in
all frequency bands clear the corresponding curve.
1.2.2 Sound Insulation of Partition Walls

Evaluate only medical examining rooms as common areas of “Hospitals.”

PD ED and CC
Building type OffὉSchὉRstὉFct OffὉSchὉRstὉFct
Level 1 People's ordinary voices cause annoyance. Less than Dr-30
Level 2 Dr-30
People's ordinary voices do not cause
Level 3 Dr-35
annoyance.
Level 4 Dr-40
People's ordinary voices are almost
Level 5 Dr-45 or more
inaudible.
Building type Hsp(Examining Roomὸ Hsp (Examining Roomὸ
The content of conversation etc. can be
Level 1 Less than Dr-35
understood.
Level 2 Dr-35
The sounds of conversation and general
Level 3 Dr-40
sounds can be heard at low volume.
Level 4 Dr-45
The sounds of conversation and general
Level 5 Dr-50 or better
sounds can barely be heard.

Copyright٤
PD ED and CC
Building type Hsp Hsp
Level 1 The content of TV, radio and conversation can be understood. Less than Dr-35
Level 2 Dr-35
The sounds of TV, radio and conversation can be heard at low
Level 3 Dr-40
volume.
Level 4 Dr-45
Level 5 The sounds of TV, radio and conversation can barely be heard. Dr-50 or better
Building type Htl Apt HtlὉApt
Ordinary sounds such as TV, radio
Activities in the next home
Level 1 and conversation can be clearly Less than Dr-40
can be clearly heard.
heard.
Level 2 Dr-40
Ordinary sounds such as TV, radio Activities in the next home
Level 3 and conversation can barely be can be heard but are not Dr-45
heard faintly. intrusive.
Level 4 Dr-50
Ordinary sounds such as TV, radio
No sounds from the next
Level 5 and conversation cannot normally Dr-55 or better
home.
be heard.
ṳ Commentary
ṲReference) Sound insulation class
For the sound insulation performance of partition walls, use interior
sound pressure level as an indicator to evaluate sound insulation for sound pressure difference between
between rooms. Retail stores commonly have no partitions between roomsίJIS A 1419ὸ
sales areas, so they do not need to be evaluated for sound insulation
performance of partition walls. At the Preliminary Design Stage,
qualitatively evaluate the level of sound insulation performance of
partition walls between rooms. For partition walls at the design for the
Execution Design Stage and Construction Completion Stage, use the
sound insulation class Dr value for the difference in interior sound
pressure level as an indicator to evaluate sound insulation between
rooms. Dr is an indicator for assessment of sound insulation
performance for the building. The contour lines for sound pressure
difference between rooms in each frequency band, and their
nomenclature, have been standardized (see the diagram on the right). If
the Dr number is found from measured values, plot the level difference
value at each frequency band over the contours. The sound insulation
class is the highest curve for which the values in all frequency bands
clear the curve. For assessment, use sound pressure level differences
measured as described in "Method for Field Measurement of Sound
Pressure Level Difference," JIS A 1417, and calculated by substitution
into the building sound insulation class under the "Method for
Measurement of Sound Insulation of Buildings and Building Elements,"
JIS A 1419. Instead of using measured values, predictive methods such
as "Building Sound Insulation Design Documents," (Architectural
Institute of Japan, 1998) may also be used to find predicted values for
the sound insulation class D number for sound pressure difference
between rooms.

Copyright٤
1.2.3 Sound Insulation Performance of Floor Slabs (light-weight impact source)

Q1
PD ED and CC
Building type Sch Sch
Level 1 Noise of chair movement and falling objects is

Worse than Lr-65
intrusive.
Level 2 Lr-65
Level 3 Noise of chair movement and falling objects

Lr-60
causes annoyance.
Level 4 Lr-55
Noise of chair movement and falling objects is
Level 5 Lr-50 or better
just audible.

PD ED and CC
Building type HspὉHtlὉApt HspὉHtlὉApt
Level 1 Noise of chair movement and falling objects Worse than Lr-55
causes considerable annoyance.
Level 2 Lr-55
Level 3 Noise of chair movement and falling objects is Lr-50

audible but quiet.
Level 4 Lr-45
Level 5 Noise of chair movement and falling objects is

almost inaudible. Lr-40 or better
ṳ Commentary ṲReference) Sound insulation classification for

Light impact noise is the kind of noise generated by light sound pressure level difference. (JIS A1419)
impacts such as a chair being dragged on a hard floor.
The better the sound insulation performance of a floor
slab, the more floor impact sound slab impact noise it
blocks. At the Preliminary Design Stage, perform a
qualitative assessment of target values against light floor
impact noise. At the Execution Design Stage and
Construction Completion Stage, use sound insulation
class Lr for assessment of floor impact level. The contour
lines for floor impact sound level in each frequency band,
and their nomenclature, have been standardized (see the
diagram on the right). Impact level noise level differences
measured according to JIS A 1418 "Method for Field
Measurement of Impact Sound Level of Floors" should be
substituted into the building sound insulation class under
the JIS A 1419 "Method for Measurement of Sound
Insulation of Buildings and Building Elements," to find Lr
number. Alternatively, predictive methods such as
"Standards and Design Guidelines for Building Sound
Insulation Performance (the second edition),"
(Architectural Institute of Japan, 1998) may also be used.

Copyright٤
1.2.4 Sound Insulation Performance of Floor Slabs (heavy-weight impact source)


PD ED and CC
The noise of people jumping and running
Level 1 causes considerable annoyance. ίWorse Worse than Lr-65
than Lr-65ὸ
Level 2 ίLr-65ὸ Lr-65
Level 3 Lr-60
causes considerably audible ίLr-60ὸ
Level 4 Lr-55
The noise of people jumping and running is
audible but quiet.

PD ED and CC
Building type HspὉHtlὉApt Hsp䊶Htl䊶Apt
Level 1 Worse than Lr-60
causes annoyance. ίWorse than Lr-60ὸ
Level 2 ίLr-60ὸ Lr-60
Level 3 Lr-55
audible.ίLr-55ὸ
Level 4 Lr-50
audible but rarely noticed.
ṳCommentary
Heavy impact noise is the kind of noise generated by heavy impacts such as children jumping. The
better the sound insulation performance of a floor slab, the more floor impact sound slab impact noise it
blocks. At the Preliminary Design Stage, perform a qualitative assessment of target values against light
floor impact noise. At the Execution Design Stage and Construction Completion Stage, use sound
insulation class Lr for assessment of floor impact level. For this assessment, the Lr number may be
calculated from measured values in the same way as for light impact noise, or predictive methods such
as “Standards and Design Guidelines for Building Sound Insulation Performance (the second edition),"
(Architectural Institute of Japan, 1998) may also be used. Sound insulation performance for impact
noise, both heavy and light, varies with slab type, slab thickness, flooring materials, end restraint
conditions, and the area of the room receiving the noise, but the reference below presents guideline
values for the sound insulation class against heavy impact (reference 1) and the amount of
improvement in Lr (reference 2) number for each type of finish.

Copyright٤
ṲReference 1 Guideline figures for slab thickness, slab area sound insulation classification
against heavy impact
Q1
ṲBibliography 3ὸ, 6ὸ
ṲReference2) Improvement in Lr number for each type of finish

Copyright٤
1.3 Sound Absorption

Entire Building and Common Properties/ Residential and Accommodation Sections

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt
Level 1 Sound absorbent materials are not used.
Level 2
Level 3 Sound absorbent materials are in either the walls, floor or ceiling.
Level 4
Level 5 Sound absorbent materials are in the walls, floor and ceiling.
ṳ Commentary
Raising the sound absorption rate attenuates noise entering the interior or generated within it, thereby
reducing noise levels. The average sound absorption of the finishes in a room is found from absorption
rates, but this assessment simply evaluates whether materials for that purpose are used in the floor,
walls and ceiling.
The judgment criteria for whether or not sound absorbent materials are used are as stated below.
- For a ceiling, the area covered by sound absorbent materials must be at least 70% of the total.
- For a floor, the area covered by sound absorbent materials must be at least 80% of the total.
- For walls, the total area covered by sound absorbent materials on all four walls must be at least 80% of
the area of the largest of the four walls.
The sound absorbent materials shall be those stipulated under JIS A6301, or other construction
materials with the same or better sound absorption performance, but carpets or tatami matting are
permitted as sound absorbent materials for floors. The following are examples of sound absorbent
materials.
ṲReference 1) Examples of sound absorbent materials

Ceilings Walls Floors
Rockwool-type sound absorbent Rockwool-type sound Carpet, tatami matting
ceiling material absorbent wall material etc.
Glasswool-type sound absorbent Glasswool-type sound
ceiling material absorbent wall material
Gypsum board type sound absorbent etc.
ceiling material
etc.

Copyright٤
2. Thermal Comfort
2.1 Room Temperature Control
2.1.1 Room Temperature Setting

Q1
In the Residential and Accommodation Sections of “Apartments,” air conditioning equipment is excluded
from assessment if it is installed by occupants.
PD ED and CC
Building type OffὉHtlὉFctὉAptὉHsp(Waiting Roomὸ OffὉHtlὉFctὉAptὉHsp(Waiting Roomὸ
Temperature settings of 20C in winter The minimum equipment capacity is
and 28C in summer, which require provided to achieve temperatures of 20C
Level 1
tolerance of some discomfort. in winter and 28C in summer, which
require tolerance of some discomfort.
Level 2 㩷
Ordinary setting of 22C in winter and Equipment capacity is provided to achieve
Level 3 26C in summer. temperatures of 22C in winter and 26C in
summer, which are ordinary settings.
Level 4
By referring the ASHRAE1) Comfortable Equipment capacity is provided to achieve
Room Temperature Range and the temperatures of 24C in winter and 24C in
Level 5
POEM-O2), it is set ranges of 22~24C in summer.
winter and 24~26C in summer.
Building type Hsp(Examining Roomὸ Hsp(Examining Roomὸ
Level 1
Level 2
Level 4
By referring the ASHRAE1) Comfortable Equipment capacity is provided to achieve
Level 5
POEM-O2), it is set ranges of 22~24C in summer.
1) American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
2) POEM-O is an acronym for Post-Occupancy Assessment Method - Office, an indoor environment assessment
method developed for offices by the Indoor Environment Forum (a joint private-academic sector research group
sponsored by the former Architecture Research Institute).

Copyright٤

Temperature settings of 10C or more in The minimum equipment capacity is
winter and 30C or less in summer, provided to achieve temperatures of 10C
Level 1 which require tolerance of some or more in winter and 28C or less in
discomfort. summer, which require tolerance of some
discomfort
Level 2
Ordinary setting of 18῍20C in winter Equipment capacity is provided to achieve
and 25῍28C in summer. temperatures of 18῍20C in winter and 25
Level 3
῍28C in summer, which are ordinary
settings.
Level 4
By referring the ASHRAE Comfortable Equipment capacity is provided to achieve
Level 5
POEM-O, it is set ranges of 22~24C in summer.
Building type RtlὉRstὉHal RtlὉRstὉHal
Level 1
require tolerance of some discomfort
Level 2
Ordinary setting of 2὿C in winter and Equipment capacity is provided to achieve
Level 4
Level 5
POEM-O, it is set ranges of 20~22C in summer.

PD ED and CC
Building type HspὉHtl HspὉHtl
Level 1 tolerance of some discomfort. in winter and 28C in summer, which
Level 2 㩷
Level 4
Level 5 POEM-O, it is set ranges of 22~24C in summer.

Copyright٤
Building type Apt Apt
Setting to 18C in winter and 28C in The minimum equipment capacity is provided
summer are forced in each room. to achieve temperatures of 18C in winter and
Level 1
28C in summer, which require tolerance of
some discomfort.
Level 2 㩷
Q1
Level 3 26C in summer in each room. temperatures of 22C in winter and 26C in
Level 4
Setting ranges of 22~24C in winter Equipment capacity is provided to achieve
Level 5 and 24~26C in summer in each temperatures of 24C in winter and 24C in
room. summer.
ṳCommentary
At the Preliminary Design Stage, evaluate according to the set target value for room temperature. This
is the representative indicator of the thermal environment, as the thermal environment is broadly
determined by the temperature setting. In “Apartments,” room temperature settings should be evaluated
for one dwelling to represent the block as a whole. (Portions corresponding to standard floors in
“Offices”).
At the Execution Design Stage and Construction Completion Stage, evaluate the capacity of equipment
provided for realizing the set indoor temperature.
Level settings are based on the following sources.
Level 1: Legally stipulated level. For “Schools,” based on New School Sanitation Standards of the
Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology of Japan.
Level 3: Level for general society, or specification of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport of
Japan. For “School,” based on table of School Sanitation Standards for metropolitan schools, or
general recommended values.
Level 5: POEM-O (*note) optimum range
*Note: 22~24C in winter (20~22C in winter in “Retailers,” “Restaurants”), 24~26C in summer.
ṲBibliographyᾊᴾ 8ὸ, 9ὸ, 10ὸ, 11ὸ, 12ὸ, 13ὸ
2.1.2 Variable Loads and Following-up Control

PD Inapplicable

Building type Sch⊦Rtl⊦Rst⊦Hal
Level 1 No notable consideration has been given to sudden changes in loads.
Level 2
General load variations are considered, and the system affords some degree of
Level 3
control.
Level 4
Level 5 The control system allows advanced following-up control of load variations.

Copyright٤
Residential and Accommodation Sections: Inapplicable

ṳCommentary
Evaluate variable load following-up control used to realize room temperature setting values.
Even if the applicable system is not adequate, a high level can be evaluated if operation is managed
manually, and the internal environment is maintained with an adequate degree of success.
“Schools,” “Retailers” and similar buildings have large occupied room spaces, and experience wide
variations of internal loads, such as occupants and lighting. Therefore, even if the equipment capacity is
adequate, there is the risk of excessively long lags in the air conditioning system. If room temperature
control cannot keep up with variable loads, the room temperature will fluctuate. For example,
Level 1: On/ Off control.
Level 3: PID control (PI control, PD control etc.)
Level 5: Occupancy (load) prediction, scheduled changes in temperature setting, and scheduled
switching of the heat source off and on.
2.1.3 Perimeter Performance


PD ED and CC
Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt
Insufficient attention has been paid to the No attention has been paid to the
infiltration of heat to the interior through infiltration of heat through window systems,
windows, outside walls, roof and floor outside walls, roof and floor (particularly
Level 1 (particularly where piloti are used), and where piloti are used), and insulation
insulation blocking and insulation performance is poor. (Window system SC:
performance are poor. around 0.7, U=6.0(W/m2K), outer walls and
others: U=3.0(W/m2K))1)
Level 2
Attention has been paid to the infiltration of Attention has been paid to the infiltration of
heat to the interior through windows, outside heat to the interior through windows,
walls, roof and floor (particularly where piloti outside walls, roof and floor (particularly
are used), and there is no practical problem where piloti are used), and there is no
Level 3
with insulation blocking and insulation practical problem with insolation blocking
performance. and insulation performance. (Window
system SC: around 0.5, U=4.0(W/m2K),
outer walls and others: U=2.0(W/m2K))1)
Level 4
Close attention has been paid to the Close attention has been paid to the
infiltration of heat to the interior through infiltration of heat to the interior through
windows, outside walls, roof and floor windows systems, outside walls, roof and
(particularly where piloti are used), and the floor (particularly where piloti are used),
Level 5 building has the highest level of insulation and the building has the highest level of
blocking and insulation performance. insolation blocking and insulation
performance. (Window system SC: around
0.2, U=3.0(W/m2K), outer walls and others:
U=1.0(W/m2K))1)

Copyright٤
PD ED and CC
Insufficient attention has been paid to the
No attention has been paid to the infiltration of heat
infiltration of heat to the interior through
through window systems, outside walls, roof and floor
windows, outside walls, roof and floor
Q1
Level 1 (particularly where piloti are used), and insulation
(particularly where piloti are used), and
performance is poor. (Window system SC: around 0.7,
insulation blocking and insulation 2 2 1)
U=6.0(W/m K), outer walls and others: U=3.0(W/m K))
performance are poor.
Level 2
Attention has been paid to the infiltration of Attention has been paid to the infiltration of heat to the
heat to the interior through windows, interior through windows, outside walls, roof and floor
outside walls, roof and floor (particularly (particularly where piloti are used), and there is no
Level 3
where piloti are used), and there is no practical problem with insolation blocking and insulation
practical problem with insulation blocking performance. (Window system SC: around 0.5,
2 2 1)
and insulation performance. U=4.0(W/m K), outer walls and others: U=2.0(W/m K))
Level 4
Close attention has been paid to the Close attention has been paid to the infiltration of heat to
infiltration of heat to the interior through the interior through windows systems, outside walls, roof
windows, outside walls, roof and floor and floor (particularly where piloti are used), and the
Level 5
(particularly where piloti are used), and the building has the highest level of insolation blocking and
building has the highest level of insulation insulation performance. (Window system SC: around 0.2,
2 2 1)
blocking and insulation performance. U=3.0(W/m K), outer walls and others: U=1.0(W/m K))
PD
Building type Apt
Grade one-equivalent combinations of roof and exterior wall materials and opening specifications, as
Level 1 defined in the Japan Housing Performance Standards “5-1 Energy-saving countermeasure grades,”
have been set.
Grade two-equivalent combinations of roof and exterior wall materials and opening specifications, as
have been set.
Grade three-equivalent combinations of roof and exterior wall materials and opening specifications, as
have been set.
Grade four-equivalent combinations of roof and exterior wall materials and opening specifications, as
have been set.
ED and CC
Building type Apt (With annual heating and cooling load)
Annual heating and cooling load H (units: MJ/m2 year)
2)
Zone ḩ Zone Ḫ Zone ḫ Zone Ḭ Zone ḭ Zone Ḯ
Level 1 840ᾋᾪᾗᾬ 980ᾋᾪᾗᾬ 980ᾋᾪᾗᾬ 980ᾋᾪᾗᾬ 980ᾋᾪᾗᾬ 980ᾋᾪᾗᾬ
610ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ 640ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ 660ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ 510ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ

Level 2 470ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ840 420ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ980
940 980 980 980
390ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ 460ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ 460ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ 350ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ
Level 3 390ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ470 290ᾋᾪᾗᾬᴾ ṓ420
610 640 660 510
Level 4 ὼ ὼ ὼ ὼ ὼ ὼ
Level 5 ᾪᾗᾬṓ390 ᾪᾗᾬṓ390 ᾪᾗᾬṓ460 ᾪᾗᾬṓ460 ᾪᾗᾬṓ350 ᾪᾗᾬṓ290

Copyright٤
Building type Apt ίwith thermal transmission loss coefficient and summer insolation acquisition coefficientὸ
2
Thermal transmission loss coefficient Q (units W/m -K)
2)
Level 1 2.8ᾋ[ᾠ] 4.0ᾋ[ᾠ] 4.4ᾋ[ᾠ] 4.9ᾋ[ᾠ] 7.1ᾋ[ᾠ] 7.1ᾋ[ᾠ]
Level 2 1.8ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ2.8 2.7ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ4.0 3.1ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ4.4 3.6ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ4.9 3.9ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ7.1 6.2ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ7.1
Level 3 1.6ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ1.8 1.9ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ2.7 2.4ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ3.1 2.7ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ3.6 2.7ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ3.9 3.7ᾋ[ᾠ]ṓ6.2
Level 5 [ᾠ]ṓ1.6 [ᾠ]ṓ1.9 [ᾠ]ṓ2.4 [ᾠ]ṓ2.7 [ᾠ]ṓ2.7 [ᾠ]ṓ3.7
Summer insolation acquisition coefficient

2)
Level 2 ὼ ὼ 0.10ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬ 0.10ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬ 0.10ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬ 0.08ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬ
0.07ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬᴾ ṓ 0.06ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬᴾ ṓ
Level 3 0.08ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬ 0.08ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬ 0.07ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬ ṓ0.10 0.07ᾋᾪ᷈ᾬᴾ ṓ0.10
0.10 0.08
Level 5 ᾪ᷈ᾬṓ0.08 ᾪ᷈ᾬṓ0.08 ᾪ᷈ᾬṓ0.07 ᾪ᷈ᾬṓ0.07 ᾪ᷈ᾬṓ0.07 ᾪ᷈ᾬṓ0.06

1) SC: (Insolation) Shading Coefficient, U: Thermal conductivity, H: Annual heating and cooling load
2 2
(units: MJ/m -year), Q: Thermal transmission loss coefficient (units: W/m -K), summer
insolation acquisition coefficient
2) I-VI represent area categories. The area categories here correspond to those used in the “Standard
for Judgment by Owner Regarding the Rational Use of Energy for Housing Operation."
ṳCommentary
Evaluate ability to block thermal infiltration from the surroundings.
Evaluate whether window systems and exterior walls have been selected to exclude outside
disturbances as far as possible, in order to maintain room temperature. Even with inferior perimeter
performance, it is possible to meet the temperature setting at the thermostat position, provided the
temperature setting is not unreasonable and the equipment has sufficient capacity, but if there are
windows and walls that have extremely low or high surface temperatures there will be inconsistencies in
temperature within the room. Vertical temperature difference and radiation from exterior walls and
windows will cause localized discomfort to occupants.
Also, the use of internal blinds, air barriers, airflow windows, double skins and other window systems
should not be evaluated for their individual performance, but rather for the combined shading coefficient
and heat transfer coefficient of the systems they form.
At the preliminary design stage it is likely that specific values for building envelope performance will not
have been set, so the above content should be judged according to the designers' design intentions and
policies.
At the Execution Design Stage and Construction Completion Stage, assessments of level 3 or below may be
based on the set specification. Higher levels require confirmation of verified performance values by
measurement and experiment.
For “Apartments,” take the 1999 standards (next-generation energy saving standard).
At the Preliminary Design Stage, base assessment on the strength of measures, with reference to the
energy-saving countermeasure grades of the Housing Quality Assurance Act.
Assessment criteria at the Execution Design Stage and Construction Completion Stage should be either
the “annual heating and cooling load standard” or the “thermal transmission loss coefficient and summer
insolation acquisition coefficient standards.” When basing the assessment on the thermal transmission
loss coefficient and summer insolation acquisition coefficient standards, evaluate according to the one
which is at the lower level.

Copyright٤
ṲReference 1) Consideration of regional differences

- Window performance: Peak insolation varies by time and season, but there is little regional difference,
so shading coefficient (SC) can be used for assessment without consideration of regional differences.
- Outer wall performance: As values to indicate the impact of thermal loads on the interior, there is
effective temperature difference in summer and room interior-exterior temperature difference in winter,
but effective temperature difference depends on insolation and outer wall insulation performance, which
means it is independent of regional differences. The room interior-exterior temperature difference in
winter is influenced by differences in design outside air conditions, so it should be evaluated as below.
Q1
The scoring criteria consider the allowable values for uneven radiation and vertical temperature
distribution, which are assessment items for the interior environment, with the temperature differences
from the interior set temperature and the interior surface temperature of the outer wall substituted as
judgement standards. There are three levels of temperature difference ῃ, being level 5 (ῃ<=3C),
level 3 (ῃ<=6C) and level 1 (ῃ>6C). It is calculated from the overall heat transfer coefficient U,
interior temperature setting Tr, and winter design outdoor air temperature To for the region, in order to
determine the level.
Temperature difference ῃᾪḥᾬ= ίU὾ᶽiὸxίᾣrᾣoὸ i: interior heat transfer coefficient (around
2
9W/m K).
The perimeter normally comprises outer wall and window glass, so the level should be determined with
reference to the transfer coefficients and the ratio of areas between wall and window.
The content of the table is based on the assumption of a typical combination of 24C as the indoor
temperature setting of and outside air temperature of 0C.
ṲReference 2) Performance confirmation method

Exterior wall: If the existing material composition can be confirmed, allow calculation-based checking
and assessment of performance values (from set specifications).
Windows: If multilayer glass (low-E glass etc.) is used, the glass performance can be used as it stands
as the performance value, so the glass and blind specifications can be checked and the assessment
based on the manufacturer catalog values or the values used in the PAL calculation.(Windows in an
ordinary office can be evaluated on the set specification).
It is, however, difficult to evaluate window systems, such as airflow windows and double skins, which
function as systems and raise the performance of the building skin.ᴾ
[1] If the design has been checked by experiments etc. before completion of construction, it is possible
to base assessment at the operation stage on measurement to confirm that air flow volume is
appropriate and as designed.
[2] If there is no basis for assessment,
Thermal conductivity: It is possible to calculate thermal conductivity by measuring the airflow volume,
the difference between interior and exterior air temperatures, and the amount of heat conduction, using
heat flow meters.
Shading coefficient: It is difficult to measure shading coefficient accurately at the direct measurement
level (refer to “Standardization of Performance Measurement Systems for Building Services Systems,”:
ASHRAE), so if there is no assessment data and performance cannot be confirmed, it is not possible to
go beyond calculation of performance value (minimum performance value) using the specifications of
the components, excluding effects such as air movement

Copyright٤
ṲReference 3) Commentary on perimeter performance

Heat penetration from the outside must be minimized in order to maintain a comfortable internal
environment. The overall heat transfer coefficient U , which represents the level of heat flow for a given
temperature difference, and shading coefficient SC, which represents the entry of sunlight to the interior,
are of reference as indicators for perimeter performance. The smaller the values of overall heat transfer
coefficient U and shading coefficient SC, the better the entry of heat is being suppressed.
(1) Overall heat transfer coefficient U

Example values of overall heat transfer coefficient for exterior walls, roofs, floors and other elements are
presented below.
(Quoted from "Standards and Procedures for Building Equipment Design" (partially modified), Japanese
Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism.)
(2) Shading coefficient SC and heat transfer coefficient U for window systems
These are approximate values of shading coefficient and heat transfer coefficient, based on differences
in the glass used.
2
3mm glass: Shading coefficient SC=1.0, heat transfer coefficient around 6.0(W/ m K)
Transparent multi-pane glass, High-performance single-pane glass: Shading coefficient SC=0.8~0.6,

2
heat transfer coefficient around 4.0~5.0(W/m K)
High-performance multi-pane glass: Shading coefficient SC=0.5, heat transfer coefficient around
3.0(W/m2K).
ṲBibliographyᴾ 8ὸ, 9ὸ, 10ὸ, 11ὸ, 12ὸ, 13ὸ, 14ὸ, 15ὸ

Copyright٤
2.1.4 Zoned Control

Q1

Building type OffῒHspῒHtlῒFct
No distinction is made between orientation directions, or between perimeter and
Level 1 interior, and only one air conditioning system is planned1), which must be switched
between heating and cooling for each season
Level 2
1)
There are air conditioning zoning that differentiates between orientation directions,
Level 3 between perimeter and interior, and between internal load distributions. The air
conditioning system can provide either heating or cooling separately to each zone.
There is air conditioning zoning at around the standard of Level 31), and the system
Level 4
also allows selection between cooling and heating for each zone.
There are separate air conditioning systems for each orientation direction, and for
Level 5 perimeter and interior, allowing more detailed zoning (broadly, zones of 40m2 or less).
The air conditioning system can provide either heating or cooling separately to each
zone.
Building type RtlῒRstῒHal
There is no zoning of heating and cooling within a single floor, and a single-circuit air
Level 1 conditioning system is planned. Switching between heating and cooling is required for
the selection of air conditioning modes.
Level 2
Each floor is divided into multiple zones according to their thermal loads, and the air
Level 3
conditioning system is planned to allow either heating or cooling in each zone.
Level 4 There is air conditioning zoning at around the standard of Level 3, and the planned
system also allows selection between cooling and heating for each zone.
Level 5 Each floor is divided into many small zones for individual sales areas or tenants, and
the air conditioning system is planned to allow either heating or cooling in zone units.
1) In cases where airflow windows are used to make the space perimeterless, or in small offices with
little depth, the first half of the description, concerning the distinction between perimeter and interior,
may be ignored.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether a finely-zoned air conditioning system is used to eliminate temperature variations and
create a comfortable environment in the interior.
Furthermore, even if the applicable system is not adequate, a high level can be evaluated if operation is
managed manually, or receives planned consideration, and the internal environment is maintained with
an adequate degree of success.
The following are examples of air conditioning systems corresponding to each level.
Level 1: Single duct system, two-pipe FCU system (no zoning, switching between heating and cooling).
Level 3: Single duct system, two-pipe FCU system (zoning grade assessment, switching between
heating and cooling).

Copyright٤
Level 4: Double duct system (4 pipes for AHU), four-pipe FCU system, task/ambient air conditioning
system (evaluate both the zoning grade and simultaneous heating and cooling).
Level 5: Multi-unit heat pump system (simultaneous heating and cooling), double duct system (4 pipes
for AHU), four-pipe FCU system level with more detailed zoning than levels 3 and 4 (zones of
2
around 40m ).
2.1.5 Temperature and Humidity Control

PD Inapplicable

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt
Level 1 On/Off control of temperature and humidity.
Level 2 Proportional or multiposition control of temperature and humidity.
Level 3 PID control of temperature and humidity.
Level 4
Comfort sensors etc. can be used to control temperature and humidity (temperature
Level 5
control within the comfort range).
NOTE) When it is difficult to decide, choose an intermediate level (level 4).

Level 1 On/Off control of temperature and humidity.
Level 2 Proportional or multiposition control of temperature and humidity.
Level 3 PID control of temperature and humidity.
Level 4
Comfort sensors etc. can be used to control temperature and humidity (temperature
Level 5
control within the comfort range).
NOTE) When it is difficult to decide, choose an intermediate level (level 4).
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the grade of temperature and humidity control. Evaluate whether consideration has been
given to a control system able to create an environment with little fluctuation in temperature and
humidity and no discomfort.
The following are examples of control systems corresponding to the levels.
Level 1: Systems which create a variable temperature range (differential) relative to a set value, such as
by On/Off control.
Level 2: Proportional or multiposition control etc., which result in smaller ranges of variation in
temperature and humidity than level 1 (if some deviation remains after stabilization).
Level 3: PI or PID control etc., which stabilize the variation of temperature and humidity.
Level 5: Comfort control (rather than just controlling the physical quantities of temperature and humidity,
physiological parameters are incorporated with the aim of controlling human comfort).

Copyright٤
2.1.6 Individual Control

PD Inapplicable
Q1
Entire Building and Common Properties: Inapplicable

Building type HspὉHtl Apt
Occupants can manually switch air volume Not adequate for level 3.
Level 1
between low, middle and high.
Level 2
Occupants can manually change the direct Temperature can be set for each
temperature setting and adjust air volume individual room.
Level 3 between low, middle and high. However, the
heat source is switched between heating and
cooling on a seasonal basis.
Level 4
Occupants can directly adjust temperature The temperature for the whole
settings and airflow volumes with local dwelling can be set, and further
Level 5 controls. (Heat sources are for heating and settings can be made for each
cooling simultaneously.) individual room.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether the occupants of each room can set room temperature and wind volume to their
preference.
Buildings with large numbers of occupants, such as office buildings, should not be evaluated by
representative temperature and humidity settings. Instead, evaluate whether detailed, personal-level
settings can be made for each occupant, or for small numbers of occupants.
2.1.7 Allowance for After-hours Air Conditioning

PD Inapplicable

Copyright٤

Building type OffὉSchὉHspὉHtlὉFct
Level 1 Air conditioning does not operate after hours, or on holidays.
Level 2
The air conditioning system can operate for any whole floor that is occupied after
Level 3
hours and on holidays.
Level 4
The air conditioning system can operate for any zone that is occupied after hours
Level 5
and on holidays.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate how air conditioning after hours is handled. Even if the start time for air conditioning is the
same for a whole building, it must be rare for all air conditioning needs to stop simultaneously. Air
conditioning should be able to provide a comfortable environment for those in the building after hours.
Evaluate according to whether the design is reasonable, on the assumption that air conditioning will be
used after hours.
2.1.8 Monitoring Systems

PD Inapplicable

Building type RtlὉRst
There is no multiple zoning for separate loads on the same floor, but sensors or other
Level 1 monitoring systems are installed for monitoring a representative zone.
Level 2
There is multiple zoning for separate loads on the same floor, and multiple monitoring
Level 3 and measurement sensors or other monitoring systems are installed in a monitoring
system, apart from the control sensors for monitoring multiple zones.
Level 4
Each floor is zoned in detail for sales areas and tenants, and multiple monitoring and
Level 5 measurement sensors or other monitoring systems are installed in a monitoring
system, other than control sensors, for monitoring those zones in detail.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether there are detailed monitoring systems for maintenance and management purposes.
There are many zones with different load characteristics and building types, such as "Retailers" and
"Restaurants," in a mix of sales areas on each floor. Monitoring systems are needed that can tell the
temperature in each zone and control it closely.
Even if there is no monitoring system, level 4 can be awarded if there is detailed temperature control by
human operators. There should be multiple sensors for monitoring and measurement besides control
sensors, and it should be possible to check temperature biases within zones etc.

Copyright٤
2.2 Humidity Control

In the Residential and Accommodation Sections of “Hospitals,” air conditioning equipment is excluded
Q1
PD ED and CC
Building type OffὉRtlὉRstῒHalὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt OffὉRtlὉRstῒHalὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt
Level 1 The plan is for humidity to be free to vary Equipment capacity is sufficient to keep
within the 40~70% range set by the Building humidity to 70% in summer and 40% in
Environmental Health Law. winter.
Level 2
Humidification equipment is available, and
The system is planned to have humidification
equipment capacity is generally sufficient
Level 3 functions which will be generally set for 40%
1) to keep humidity to 50% in summer and
in winter and 50% in summer.
40% in winter.
Level 4
The system is planned to have humidification Humidification and dehumidification
and dehumidification functions, and to be set equipment is available, and equipment
Level 5
for a range of 45~55% with reference to the capacity is sufficient to keep humidity to be
2)
ASHRAE comfort zone and POEM-O. set for a range of 45~55%.
Sch Sch
Equipment capacity is sufficient to keep
Humidity is planned to be set in range set for
Level 1 humidity to 80% or below in summer and
a range of 30% or above and 80% or below.
30% or above in winter.
Level 2
Humidification equipment is available, and Humidification equipment is also available,

and equipment capacity is generally
Level 3 planned to keep humidity to 50῍65% in
sufficient to keep humidity to 40~70% in
summer and 40῍70% in winter.
winter and 50~65% in summer.
Level 4
The system is planned to have humidification Humidification and dehumidification
and dehumidification functions, and to be set equipment is available, and equipment
Level 5
for a range of 45~55% with reference to the capacity is sufficient to keep humidity to be
2)
ASHRAE comfort zone and POEM-O. set for a range of 45~55%.

Copyright٤

PD ED and CC

Humidity is planned to vary within the 40~70% Equipment capacity is sufficient to keep
Level 1 range set by the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation humidity to 70% in summer and 40% in
in Buildings Building Environmental Health Law. winter.
Level 2
Humidification equipment is available, and planned Humidification equipment is also available,
to keep humidity to 50% in summer and 40% in and equipment capacity is generally
Level 3 1)
winter. sufficient to keep humidity to 50% in
summer and 40% in winter.
Level 4
Humidification and dehumidification functions Humidification and dehumidification
equipment is available, and to be set for a range of equipment is available, and equipment
Level 5
45~55% with reference to the ASHRAE comfort capacity is sufficient to keep humidity in the
2)
zone and POEM-O. range 45~55%.
Level 1 No consideration given. No consideration given.
Level 2 (No corresponding level) (No corresponding level)
Appropriate ventilation functions are provided, and Appropriate ventilation functions are
anti-condensation measures have been taken on provided, and anti-condensation measures
Level 3 elements that can act as heat bridges, such as have been taken on elements that can act
insulation reinforcement, humidity barriers and as heat bridges, such as insulation
permeable layers. reinforcement, humidity barriers and
permeable layers.
Dehumidification functions are provided, and Dehumidification functions are provided,
anti-condensation measures have been taken on and anti-condensation measures have
Level 4 elements that can act as heat bridges, such as been taken on elements that can act as
insulation reinforcement, humidity barriers and heat bridges, such as insulation
permeable layers. reinforcement, humidity barriers and
permeable layers.
Dehumidification and humidification functions are Dehumidification and humidification
provided and set to a comfort range of 45~55%, functions are provided and set to a comfort
and anti-condensation measures have been taken range of 45~55%, and anti-condensation
Level 5 on elements that can act as heat bridges, such as measures have been taken on elements
insulation reinforcement, humidity barriers and that can act as heat bridges, such as
permeable layers. insulation reinforcement, humidity barriers
and permeable layers.
1) In winter it will be relieved somewhat from the maximum level.
2) Normal air conditioning equipment is assumed to provide dehumidification by refrigeration coil in summer,
and humidification by humidifier in winter.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate according to the set target value for humidity. Dehumidification and humidity control intended to
provide comfort in summer, and humidification for health reasons in winter are regarded as important
services. Level settings are based on the following sources.
Level 1: Satisfy 40~70% of standards stipulated in the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings (Building
Sanitation Law), based on “Sanitation Management Standards for Buildings” of the Ministry of Education,
Culture, Sports, Science and Technology of Japan.
Level 3: Level for general society, or specification of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism of
Japan. For “Schools,” based on table of School Sanitation Standards for metropolitan schools, or general
recommended values.
Level 5: POEM-O comfort zone: 45~55%.
ṲBibliographyᴾ 8ὸ, 9ὸ, 10ὸ, 11ὸ, 12ὸ, 13ὸ, 15ὸ, 16ὸᴾ

Copyright٤
2.3 Type of Air Conditioning System

Q1
“Hospitals.” Care is required, as assessment criteria differ between outpatient waiting rooms and medical
examining rooms.

PD ED and CC
OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHsp(Waiting Room) OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalῒHsp(Waiting Room)
Building type
ὉHtlὉFctὉApt ὉHtlὉFctὉApt
The air conditioning system was planned with The air conditioning system was planned with no
no particular consideration for the vertical particular consideration for the vertical
Level 1
temperature distribution and airflow speed in temperature distribution and airflow speed in
occupancy zone. occupancy zone.
Level 2
The air conditioning system is normal, but the air The air conditioning system is normal, but the air
supply and extraction plan considered the supply and extraction plan considered the vertical
vertical temperature distribution and airflow temperature distribution and airflow speed in the
Level 3
speed in occupancy zone. room. Targets for vertical temperature distribution
and airflow speed are set to within 5C and
0.35m/s, respectively.
Level 4
1) 1)
The air conditioning system was chosen to The air conditioning system was chosen to
mitigate the vertical temperature distribution and mitigate the vertical temperature distribution and
Level 5 airflow speed in occupancy zone. airflow speed in the room. Targets for vertical
temperature distribution and airflow speed are set
to within 2C and 0.15m/s, respectively.
Building type Hsp(Examining Roomὸ Hsp(Examining Roomὸ

Level 1
Level 2
The air conditioning system is normal, but the air The air conditioning system is normal, but the air
supply and extraction plan considered the supply and extraction plan considered the vertical
vertical temperature distribution and airflow temperature distribution and airflow speed in
Level 3 speed in occupancy zone, and the partitions in occupancy zone, and the partitions in the medical
the medical examing rooms. examining rooms. Targets for vertical temperature
distribution and airflow speed are set to within 5C
and 0.35m/s, respectively.
Level 4
1) 1)
mitigate the vertical temperature distribution and mitigate the vertical temperature distribution and
airflow speed in occupancy zone, and to airflow speed in occupancy zone, and to consider
Level 5 consider the partitions of the medical examining the partitions of the medical examining rooms.
rooms. Targets for vertical temperature distribution and
airflow speed are set to within 2C and 0.15m/s,
respectively.

Copyright٤

PD ED and CC
Level 1
Level 2
The air conditioning system is normal, but the The air conditioning system is normal, but the air
air supply and extraction plan considered the supply and extraction plan considered the
vertical temperature distribution and airflow vertical temperature distribution and airflow
Level 3
speed in occupancy zone. speed in the room. Targets for vertical
temperature distribution and airflow speed are
set to within 5C and 0.35m/s, respectively.
Level 4
1) 1)
mitigate the vertical temperature distribution mitigate the vertical temperature distribution and
Level 5 and airflow speed in occupancy zone. airflow speed in the room. Targets for vertical
temperature distribution and airflow speed are
set to within 2C and 0.15m/s, respectively.

The air conditioning system was chosen with The air conditioning system was chosen with no
Level 1
air-conditioned rooms, or for temperature air-conditioned rooms, or for temperature
distribution between air-conditioned and distribution between air-conditioned and
non-air-conditioned rooms. non-air-conditioned rooms.
Level 2
The air conditioning system was planned with Targets for vertical temperature distribution and
consideration for the vertical temperature airflow speed within rooms are set to within 4C
distribution and airflow speed in and 0.4m/s, respectively. Spot air conditioning is
Level 3
air-conditioned rooms, or for temperature available even in non-air-conditioned areas such
distribution between air-conditioned and as toilets and bathrooms, mitigating temperature
non-air-conditioned rooms. differences between rooms.
Level 4
1)
The air conditioning system was chosen to Targets for vertical temperature distribution and
mitigate the vertical temperature distribution airflow speed within rooms are set to within 2C
and airflow speed in air-conditioned rooms, or and 0.2m/s, respectively. Air conditioning is
Level 5 for temperature distribution between available in all rooms, including rooms such as
air-conditioned and non-air-conditioned toilets and bathrooms, making it possible to
rooms. eliminate temperature differences between
rooms.
1) This refers to, for example, ceiling and floor radiant heating and cooling systems, or floor-vented
systems etc.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether the air conditioning was chosen to mitigate the vertical temperature distribution and
airflow speed (residual wind speed) in the room.
The design stage of air conditioning equipment involves consideration of various air conditioning
methods to choose the system that will best avoid causing localized discomfort to room occupants.
Therefore it is not possible to name an air conditioning system that will always create a comfortable
environment, but the air conditioning system should be evaluated on the basis of past results existing
experience and design policies.
The space for which vertical temperature distribution and airflow speed are evaluated should be the
occupancy zone, and the evaluated points should be the vertical temperature distribution and airflow
speed in the space occupied by humans.

Copyright٤
The temperature difference evaluated should be that between heights of 0.1m and 1.7m (around 2.0m)
with zone of uniform temperature as the target standard.
Examples of air conditioning systems

The system types below are not categorized by air conditioning types, such as single-duct, but by the
venting methods.
Level 1: Methods which do not allow free design of airflow forms in the interior, such as cassette-type
interior units, extensive use of dampers with poor diffusion, such as line diffusers, etc.
Q1
Level 3: Diffusion methods which employ dampers with good diffusion, such as anemostat or pan types.
Level 5: Floor venting systems, ceiling-radiant heating and cooling systems, etc. which can easily create
conditions without wind and without vertical temperature differences.
ṲBibliography 8ὸ, 9ὸ, 10ὸ, 11ὸ, 13ὸ

Copyright٤
3. Lighting & Illumination
3.1 Daylighting
3.1.1 Daylight Factor


Building type OffὉSchὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt
Level 1 [Daylight factor] ᾋ1.0ή
Level 2 1.0ήṓ [Daylight factor] ᾋ1.5ή
Level 5 2.5ήṓ [Daylight factor]

Level 1 [Daylight factor] ᾋ0.5ή [Daylight factor] ᾋ0.5ή
Level 2 0.5% ṓ [Daylight factor] ᾋ0.75ή 0.5ήṓ [Daylight factor] ᾋ1.0ή
Level 3 0.75ήṓ [Daylight factor] ᾋ1.0ή 1.0ήṓ [Daylight factor] ᾋ1.5ή
Level 4 1.0ή ṓ [Daylight factor] ᾋ1.25ή 1.5ήṓ [Daylight factor] ᾋ2.0ή
Level 5 1.25ή ṓ [Daylight factor] 2.0ήṓ [Daylight factor]
ṳCommentary
Daylight factor is the ratio of outdoor illuminance (full-sky illuminance) to the illuminance of a
measurement point in the room, excluding direct sunlight. It is an indicator of the potential for use of
daylight. Daylight is always variable, but a stable value can be obtained for daylight factor, because it is
a ratio.
The calculation point is taken as the center of the floor surface in the room concerned, and the value is
derived using two calculation charts “Concerning wall windows” and “Concerning toplights.” Reference
1 is the chart for a window in a wall, and Reference 2 is for toplights and other forms. The types of
rooms for evaluation are expected to be standard administrative “Offices,” classrooms in "Schools," and
lobbies and other common areas in “Apartments,” “Hospitals” and “Hotels.”
The calculation of the daylight factors here uses direct daylight factors, to make the forecast as simple
as possible. Also, the three-dimensional angular projection factor is assumed to be equal to the daylight
factor. Window glass transmission rate and ceiling reflection rate are not considered. If other methods
(see “Daylight Lighting Calculation Methods” by the Architectural Institute of Japan) have been
employed for detailed examination, the resulting values may be used.

Copyright٤
Q1

Copyright٤
ṲReference 3) Calculation method for the daylight factor used in reference 1 and 2.
It is extremely difficult to find an accurate value of daylight factor by calculation, so here we have used a
method employing the three-dimensional angular projection factor, which is relatively easy to find. The
three-dimensional angular projection factor is the proportion occupied by the projected area S” on the
base circle of a face with a given three-dimensional angle within the area of that base circle. It can be
regarded as being broadly equal to daylight factor. The three-dimensional angular projection factor U
can be expressed by the following formula.
S''
U u 100 % 㩷
S r2 0.5m 0.8m
Where
UᾉThree-dimensional angular projection factor
Ṑ daylight factor (%) Window
r ᾉ Radius of the base circle (normally r=1)
ᾉ Pi 2.5m Room
S”ᾉ Area of S projected onto the base circle
Reference figures 1 and 2 are graphs from which values

for three-dimensional angular projection factor, which is an Measurement point
approximation for daylight factor, can be read directly. (Center of the roomὸ
They express the cases in which the light source and the 2.5m
illuminate surface are perpendicular and parallel to each
other. Thus the chart in Reference 1 can be used to find
the daylight factor on a horizontal surface such as a floor
or desk top when the light source is a window in a wall,
and the chart in Reference does the same for a toplight. 1m 1m
To find daylight factor, use b (window width), d (distance
from the window, and h (window height) to find b/d on the 䂥Plan㩷
horizontal axis, and h/d on the vertical axis, then read the
value at the intersection.
However, the calculation method varies according to the U4 U1
positional relationship between the window and the
measurement face. The diagrams next to the graph 1.55m
represent the differences in calculation method depending
on the measurement position. In the diagrams on the right,
U=U1+U4, and the daylight factor is the total of the two
areas. 0.75m
Calculating the daylight factor for area U1 in the diagram

on the right If calculated as
b1/d1=0.8/2.4 =0.32, and h1/d1=1.55/2.5 =0.62, Desktop (h=750mm)
so reading from the graph, U1Ṑ1.4.
Similarly for U4, b4/d4=0.5/2.5 =0.2, and h4/d4=0.62, so 䂥Elevation
U4 Ṑ0.9. 䋨Image view from inside the room䋩
Therefore, the calculated daylight factor is
U=1.4+0.9 =2.3.
Similarly, if the positional relationship between the window and the measurement plane differs, the
calculation method for the total value can understood from the diagrams.
Even when the window and the measurement plane are parallel, as in Reference 2, the method is the
same as above. The measurement plane is the height of the desk top, and the measurement position is
in the center of the room.
For a dwelling within “Apartments,” calculate for the room with the largest openings (the living room,
etc.).

Copyright٤
3.1.2 Openings by Orientation

Applicable to portions of “Apartments” other than dwellings.
Q1
Entire Building and Common Properties: Inapplicable

Building type Apt
Level 1 No south-facing windows.
Level 3 South-facing windows.
Level 5 South and east-facing windows.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether the positions (orientations) of openings make efficient use of daylight. For a dwelling
with the most common room layout on the standard floor, make a total assessment of the one dwelling.
The Housing Performance Indication System calculates numerical opening ratio in each direction, but
for this assessment it will be sufficient to say whether there are openings in each direction.
ṲBibliographyᾊ 16ὸ
3.1.3 Daylight Devices


Building type OffὉSchὉFct RtlὉRstὉHspὉHtlὉApt
Level 3 There are no daylight devices. There are no daylight devices.
Level 4 There is one type of daylight device. (No corresponding level)
There are two or more types of daylight
Level 5 There are some daylight devices.
device, or they have advanced functions.

Copyright٤

Building type HspὉHtlὉApt
Level 3 There are no daylight devices.
Level 5 There are some daylight devices.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the openings according to the planned installation of daylight devices.
Other than the windows normally installed in the exterior walls of the building, daylight devices are
equipment that is installed with the intent of making greater use of daylight, such as light shelves, light
ducts, gradation blinds, condensers and optical fibers. Devices with advanced functions, for example,
devices which have the two functions of collecting light and guiding it to the interior of a room, such as
those which combine light condensers and optical fibers.
For toplights, if they were provided with the deliberate intention of using daylight they can be considered
as daylight devices, but in the residential and accommodation portions of “Hospitals,” “Hotels” and
“Apartments,” the assessment applies to a representative private area of the standard floor, so toplights
cannot be evaluated when present only on the top floor. For the Entire Building and Common Properties,
toplights are evaluated if they were deliberately provided for the purpose of using daylight in common
portions.
3.2 Anti-glare Measures
3.2.1 Glare from Light Fixtures

PD Inapplicable
In the Residential and Accommodation Sections of “Apartments,” lighting equipment is excluded from
assessment if it is installed by occupants.

Building type OffὉHspὉHtlὉAptὉSchὉFct
The light source is exposed when viewed horizontally, and the light fixture does not
Level 1
restrict glare.G3 category fixtures.
The light source is not exposed when viewed horizontally, and the light fixture
Level 3
restricts glare.G2 category fixtures.
Use of reflective panel forms, louvers, transparent covers and other elements in
Level 5
light fixtures restrict glare.G1, G0 and V category fixtures.

Copyright٤

The light source is exposed when viewed horizontally, and the light fixture does not
Level 1
restrict glare.G3 category fixtures.
Q1
The light source is not exposed when viewed horizontally, and the light fixture
Level 3
restricts glare.G2 category fixtures.
Use of reflective panel forms, louvers, transparent covers and other elements in
Level 5
light fixtures restrict glare.G1, G0 and V category fixtures.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the level of control of light fixtures to avoid glare for occupants.
The more control is applied to glare, by preventing exposure of the light source and through measures
such as reflective panels, louvers and transparent covers, the higher the assessment should be.
Evaluate typical fluorescent light fixtures with reference to the fluorescent lamp glare classifications (G
and V categories) contained in the Technical Guideline for Office Illumination JIEC-001 (Illumination
Engineering Institute of Japan, 1992).
The glare classifications of typical fluorescent light fixtures are presented below for reference.
ṲReference) Glare classifications (Fluorescent light fixtures)
ṲBibliography 20ὸ, 21ὸᴾ

Copyright٤
3.2.2 Daylight Control

Entire Building and Common Propertiesᴾ

Building type OffὉSchὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt
Level 1 Nothing.
Level 2 Glare control using screens, awnings and eaves.
Glare is controlled with blinds, or by a combination of any two among screens,
Level 3
awnings and eaves.
Glare is controlled with blinds, together with any of one among screens, awnings
Level 4
and eaves.
Level 5 Glare is controlled by automatically-controlled blinds.

Level 1 Nothing.
Level 3 Glare control using curtains, screens, awnings and eaves.
Glare is controlled with blinds, or a combination of any two among curtains, screens,
Level 4
awnings and eaves.
Glare is controlled with blinds, together with any of one among curtains, screens,
Level 5
awnings and eaves.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate measures against glare produced by direct sunlight by whether or not there are eaves,
awnings (tends or shades against sunshine), screens, curtains, blinds, shades and similar elements
around openings. The more the control of direct insolation adjusts to changes in the sun’s position
(sunlight adjustment potential), the higher the evaluated level. Automatically-controlled blinds that
automatically control the angles of blind slates to match the changing position of the sun.
For evaluating housing portions of “Apartments,” most curtains, screens, awnings, blinds, shades and
similar elements are installed by the residents, but curtains, but curtains should be included in
assessment if there are installed curtain rails (boxes). For eaves (including balconies), a condition for
assessment is that they should be present on all floors.

Copyright٤
3.3 Illuminance Level
3.3.1 Illuminance
Q1

Building type OffὉHsp(Examining RoomὸὉFct Hsp(Waiting Roomὸ
Level 1 [Illuminance] ᾋ500lx [Illuminance] ᾋ150lx
Level 2 500lxṓ[Illuminance] ᾋ600lx (No corresponding level)
600lxṓ[Illuminance] ᾋ750lx, or
Level 3 150lxṓᴾ [Illuminance]
1500lxṓ[Illuminance]
Building type Sch HtlὉApt
Level 1 [Illuminance] ᾋ400lx [Illuminance] ᾋ100 lx
Level 2 400lxṓ[Illuminance] ᾋ 500lx (No corresponding level)
500lxṓ[Illuminance] ᾋ600lx, or
Level 3 100 lxṓᴾ [Illuminance]
1000lxṓ[Illuminance]

Building type Hsp HtlὉApt
Level 1 [Illuminance] ᾋ150 lx [Illuminance] ᾋ100 lx
Level 3 150 lxṓ[Illuminance] 100 lxṓ[Illuminance]
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the brightness on a desk top (around 80cm above the floor) in the room in daytime in terms of
illuminance (in lux).1,500lx or more (1,000lx or more in a “Schools”) is too bright and will result in a lower
evaluation, so caution is required. If the hours of usage of educational facilities etc. are limited to
daylight hours, the brightness used should take into account the minimum level of daylight. In
“Apartments,” evaluate the design illuminance of occupied rooms.
ṲBibliography 22ὸ, 23ὸᴾ

Copyright٤
3.3.2 Uniformity of Illuminance

PD Inapplicable
Evaluate only medical examining rooms as common areas of “Hospitals.”

Building type OffὉSchὉHsp(Examining RoomὸὉHtlὉFctὉApt
Level 1 Overall lighting may leave very dark areas in the interior which can feel uncomfortable.
Overall lighting may leave dark areas in the interior which can feel slightly
Level 2
uncomfortable.
Overall lighting may leave dark areas in the interior to an acceptable degree. With
Level 3 task/ambient lighting, the balance between work surface brightness and surrounding
brightness is inadequate.
Level 4 With overall lighting, there are almost no dark areas in the interior.
With overall lighting, there are no dark areas in the interior. With task/ambient lighting,
Level 5
the balance between work surface brightness and surrounding brightness is good.

Building type Hsp
Level 1 Overall lighting may leave very dark areas in the interior which can feel uncomfortable.
Overall lighting may leave dark areas in the interior which can feel slightly
Level 2
uncomfortable.
Overall lighting may leave dark areas in the interior to an acceptable degree. With
Level 3 task/ambient lighting, the balance between work surface brightness and surrounding
brightness is inadequate.
Level 4 With overall lighting, there are almost no dark areas in the interior.
With overall lighting, there are no dark areas in the interior. With task/ambient lighting,
Level 5
the balance between work surface brightness and surrounding brightness is good.
ṳCommentary
Illuminance uniformity qualitatively evaluates the balance of light and dark produced in the space by the
lighting method. Overall lighting methods attempt to delivery largely uniform brightness across the entire
working place within the room, while task/ambient methods deliver the necessary brightness in areas
where work is done, and lower brightness in other peripheral areas.

Copyright٤
3.4 Lighting Controllability

Q1
PD ED and CC
Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉHspὉHtlὉFctῒApt OffὉSchὉRtlὉHspὉHtlὉFctῒApt
No lighting control is possible. Control is not zoned and lighting cannot be
Level 1 adjusted from a control panel, from the
fixtures or elsewhere.
Crude lighting control is possible in Control is possible in units of 4 working
working rooms, sales areas etc. areas. Lighting can be adjusted from a
Level 3 control panel, from the fixtures or elsewhere,
and any of the conditions is met.
Detailed lighting control is possible in Control is possible in units of 1 working
individual working rooms, sales areas area, and adjustment is possible from
Level 5 etc. control terminals, remote controller similar
means.
PD ED and CC
Building type Hsp Hsp
Level 1 No lighting control is possible. No lighting control is possible.

Rough lighting control is possible for Controllable in units of several beds.
Level 3 multiple bed units. Lighting can be adjusted from a control
panel, from the fixtures or elsewhere.
Detailed lighting control is possible for Detailed lighting control is possible for
Level 5
individual bed units. individual bed units.
Building type HtlὉApt HtlὉApt
Level 1 No lighting control is possible. No lighting control is possible.

Rough lighting control is possible for There is a lighting control panel, device etc.
Level 3 interiors. for broadly controlling overall lighting in the
room.
Detailed lighting control is possible for There are terminals, remote control units or
Level 5 multiple areas of the interior. other means for detailed control of lighting
in several areas of the interior.

Copyright٤
ṳCommentary
Lighting controllability refers to the level of control which the room occupant can personally exercise by
switching lights on and off and adjusting their brightness and positions. The more detailed the control,
higher the level. "Working units" and "multiple portions within the room" in an office, for example, would
refer to one span in the building if it is not clear whether the working unit is a row of desks or a single
desk.
In houses and residential buildings, control refers to the ability to illuminate areas as required by the
positions and movements of occupants. Level 1 for “Hospitals” etc. means that lights can only be turned
on and off or adjusted for whole blocks, even though partial lighting is required.

Copyright٤
4. Air Quality
It is clearly important to maintain healthy indoor air in rooms, but achieving that aim requires careful
consideration of aspects such as materials selection, ventilation and construction methods. The level of
such consideration is evaluated here.
The basic approach to maintaining healthy indoor air in rooms is simple in itself, namely to first avoid the
emission of pollutants as far as possible, and then to use ventilation to expel those pollutants which
have been emitted. This approach is combined with operation and management aspects and divided
Q1
into three items (source control, ventilation and operation plan and management) for assessment.
4.1 Source Control

Cutting off pollutants at source is a sure and effective way of maintaining healthy indoor air. Thus, the
first consideration is to minimize the emission of pollutants from the building and its equipment. In that
sense, source control is more important than ventilation and operation plan and management.
Among the potential pollutants, chemical pollutants have attracted the most attention in recent years,
but for the purpose of maintaining healthy indoor air, the same level of consideration must be given to
measures against mineral fiber, mites, mold, legionella bacilli, cigarette smoke and other pollutants.
4.1.1 Chemical Pollutants


Level 3 Satisfies the Building Standards Law.
Satisfies the Building Standard Law and uses construction materials not subject to
regulation under the Building Standards Law (construction materials not covered by
Level 4
directives and having ᾕṿṿṿṿ JIS/JAS standard rating) throughout (at least 70%
by area of floors, walls, ceilings and ceiling voids).
Level 5 directives and having ᾕṿṿṿṿ JIS/JAS standard rating) throughout (at least 90%
by area of floors, walls, ceilings and ceiling voids). The materials must also have low
emission levels of VOCs other than formaldehyde.

Copyright٤

Level 3 Satisfies the Building Standards Law.
Level 4
directives and having Fṿṿṿṿ JIS/JAS standard rating) throughout (at least 70% by
area of floors, walls, ceilings and ceiling voids).
Level 5 directives and having Fṿṿṿṿ JIS/JAS standard rating) throughout (at least 90% by
area of floors, walls, ceilings and ceiling voids). The materials must also have low
emission levels of VOCs other than formaldehyde.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether adequate measures have been taken to avoid air pollution by chemical pollutants.
Since the 1980s, Sick Building Syndrome has become a major problem in Europe and North America. It
was triggered by changes in the materials used in buildings and a rapid reduction in the volume of air
ventilation, which was intended to save energy in offices. In Japan the existence of the Law for
Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings Building Environmental Health Law has prevented Sick Building
Syndrome from becoming such an extreme phenomenon. Instead, Sick House Syndrome has become
a major problem in houses which rely on natural ventilation, and the problem has even emerged in "sick
schools." The Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare of Japan has responded by publishing
concentration guideline values for chemical pollutants and pursuing various avenues of research,
leading to the revision of the Building Standards Law.
For this assessment, an ordinary level of design that satisfies the Building Standard Law, which is
mainly derived from consideration of chemical pollutants, receives a level 3 score. More strenuous
efforts will be awarded higher scores. Level 4 will be awarded in cases where nearly all construction
materials not subject to regulation under the Building Standards Law (construction materials not
covered by directives and having Fṿṿṿṿ JIS/JAS standard rating) throughout (at least 70% by area
of floors, walls, ceilings and ceiling voids) are used. Level 5 requires a level closer to perfection, using
construction materials not subject to regulation under the Building Standards Law (construction
materials not covered by directives and having Fṿṿṿṿ JIS/JAS standard rating) throughout (at least
90% by area of floors, walls, ceilings and ceiling voids). The materials must also have low emission
levels of VOCs other than formaldehyde.
Calculate ceiling void area as below.
Area of ceiling void = Area of wall surface facing the ceiling void
+ Area of ceiling material facing the ceiling void (doubled because the
ceiling material on the room interior side is also counted)
+ Area of the roof or underside of the next floor
ṲBibliographyᾊ 23ὸ, 24ὸ, 25ὸ, 26ὸ
4.1.2 Asbestos
This is excluded from assessment in CASBEE for New Construction.

Copyright٤
4.1.3 Mites, Mold etc.

PD Inapplicable
Q1

Level 1 Not adequate for level 3.
The décor on at least 50%, but less than 65% of the area of floors and external walls
Level 3 has been designed to restrict the growth of mites and mold, or to facilitate cleaning and
maintenance.
maintenance.
The décor on at least 80% of the area of floors and external walls has been designed
Level 5
to restrict the growth of mites and mold, or to facilitate cleaning and maintenance.

maintenance.
maintenance.
The décor on at least 80% of the area of floors and external walls has been designed
Level 5
to restrict the growth of mites and mold, or to facilitate cleaning and maintenance.
ṳCommentary
Mites and mold are allergens (substances that provoke allergies). Also, chemical agents are used to
remove mites and mold when they grow, which could indirectly harm indoor air quality.
Evaluate the degree to which interior materials have been selected to restrict the growth of mold and
mites, and to facilitate cleaning and maintenance. For the sake of hygiene it is desirable to use wood or
plastic floor coverings or tiles wherever possible, as they allow complete removal of dust and waste
through cleaning. If carpets are used, they should be short pile, allowing appropriate cleaning and
maintenance to remove dead mites and dust. Tiles that can be removed for cleaning are better than
wall-to-wall carpets. Materials that resist mites and mold are preferable to materials that rely on
chemical treatment. Of course, thorough measures must also be taken against condensation, which is
the root cause of mold.
ṲBibliography 27ὸ, 28ὸ, 29ὸ, 30ὸ, 31ὸ

Copyright٤
4.1.4 Legionella
PD Inapplicable

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉFctὉHsp
There is a minimum level of water processing in water cooling towers, and measures
Level 3
against dispersion, and a minimum level of measures for water heaters.
There is no water cooling tower, or there is thorough water processing in water
Level 4 cooling towers, thorough measures against dispersion, and a minimum level of
measures for water heaters.
There is no water cooling tower, or water processing in water cooling towers,
Level 5 measures against dispersion, and measures for water heaters are all thorough. There
is also a good design for the maintenance of this equipment.

There is a minimum level of water processing in water cooling towers, and measures
Level 3
against dispersion, and a minimum level of measures for water heaters.
There is no water cooling tower, or there is thorough water processing in water
Level 4 cooling towers, thorough measures against dispersion, and a minimum level of
measures for water heaters.
There is no water cooling tower, or water processing in water cooling towers,
Level 5 measures against dispersion, and measures for water heaters are all thorough. There
is also a good design for the maintenance of this equipment.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate measures for water cooling towers and hot water tanks.
Infection with legionella bacteria causes symptoms resembling pneumonia. Death can result in cases of
incorrect treatment. Water cooling towers and hot water tanks can easily become breeding grounds for
legionella bacteria. From cooling towers, the bacteria could move to the building interior through outside
air intakes. Water heater tanks can become breeding grounds if they stay at a low temperature.
The minimum level of countermeasures for water cooling towers is chemical injection and automatic
blowing to maintain water quality, with measures to prevent dispersion to the building's outside air
intakes. Water heaters must maintain temperature of at least 55C, even at peak times, to prevent
legionella bacteria from reproducing. Level 5 requires special measures, such as building a highly
reliable system capable of central monitoring of cooling tower water quality and hot water storage tank
water temperature, and with a two-stage hot water storage tank, and thorough planning based on
consideration of maintenance space, equipment storage etc. If there is no water cooling tower, thorough
consideration given to water heaters is sufficient for level 5.

Copyright٤
4.2 Ventilation
The most effective method for maintaining healthy indoor air is to totally minimize the emission of
pollutants from the building and its equipment, but in many cases that ideal must be balanced against
cost and design considerations to permit some level of emission. In such cases, adequate ventilation
can be planned to improve the air quality. Rather than conveniently relying on operation and
management or automatic control, it is important to give careful consideration to the baseline quality of
the outside air, the volume of outside air, zoning and other issues. It is also important to give the
Q1
occupants some degree of scope for controlling their own ventilation.
4.2.1 Ventilation Rate


Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt㩷
The ventilation volume is barely adequate to satisfy the requirements of the Building
Level 3 Standards Law (including sick house syndrome countermeasures) and the Law for
Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.
For occupied rooms equipped with centrally-managed air mixing equipment, the
SHASE-S102-2003 ventilation standard and commentary are satisfied. If there is no central
Level 4 control, the ventilation volume is 1.2 times the level required to satisfy the requirements of
the Building Standards Law (including sick house syndrome countermeasures) and the Law
for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.
SHASE-S102-2003 ventilation standard and commentary are satisfied with a margin of 1.2
Level 5 times. If there is no central control, the ventilation volume is 1.4 times the level required to
satisfy the requirements of the Building Standards Law (including sick house syndrome
countermeasures) and the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.
Residential and Accommodation Sectionsᴾ


The ventilation volume is barely adequate to satisfy the requirements of the Building
Level 3 Standards Law (including sick house syndrome countermeasures) and the Law for
Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.
SHASE-S102-2003 ventilation standard and commentary are satisfied. If there is no central
Level 4 control, the ventilation volume is 1.2 times the level required to satisfy the requirements of
the Building Standards Law (including sick house syndrome countermeasures) and the Law
for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.
SHASE-S102-2003 ventilation standard and commentary are satisfied with a margin of 1.2
Level 5 times. If there is no central control, the ventilation volume is 1.4 times the level required to
satisfy the requirements of the Building Standards Law (including sick house syndrome
countermeasures) and the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.

Copyright٤
ṳCommentary
Evaluate according to whether there is an adequate volume of ventilation.
Evaluate level 3 for the level which satisfies the Building Standards Law and Law for Maintenance of
Sanitation in Buildings (the law to ensure a healthy environment in buildings). Level 4 is awarded for a
level of ventilation that barely satisfies the SHASE-S102-2003 ventilation standard and commentary for
occupied rooms equipped with centrally-managed air mixing equipment. Higher levels are awarded for
conscious efforts to raise air quality to higher standards.
Ventilation rate volume is used as the indicator here, but in practice, planning for localized extraction at
pollution sources is also important. For example, in an office building, the zones which generate
pollutants, such as the cafeteria, graphics preparation spaces and print rooms, require measures such
as ventilation systems able to isolate them entirely from the offices.
4.2.2 Natural Ventilation Performance

PD, ED and CC OffὉSchὉ㪩㫋㫃Ὁ㪩㫊㫋Ὁ㪟㪸㫃ὉHspὉHtlῒFctὉApt

Building type OffὉSchὉFct

There is no effective opening for natural ventilation in occupied rooms with unopenable
Level 3 windows. Or, in rooms with openable windows, the area of effective opening for natural
ventilation is at least 1/20 of the occupied room floor area.
In rooms with unopenable windows, the area of effective opening for natural ventilation is at
2 2
Level 4 least 50cm /m . Or, in rooms with openable windows, the area of effective opening for
natural ventilation is at least 1/15 of the occupied room floor area.
In rooms with unopenable windows, the area of effective openings for natural ventilation is
2 2
Level 5 at least 100cm /m of floor area. Or, in rooms with openable windows, the area of effective
openings for natural ventilation is at least 1/10 the floor area of the room.

Level 1 Not adequate for level 3. Not adequate for level 3.

There is no effective opening for natural Openable windows are available for at
ventilation in occupied rooms with unopenable least 1/10 of the floor area.
windows. Or, in rooms with openable windows,
Level 3 the area of effective opening for natural
ventilation is at least 1/20 of the occupied room
floor area.
In rooms with unopenable windows, the area of Openable windows are available for at
effective opening for natural ventilation is at least least 1/8 of the floor area.
2 2
50cm /m . Or, in rooms with openable windows,
Level 4 the area of effective opening for natural
ventilation is at least 1/15 of the occupied room
floor area.
In rooms with unopenable windows, the area of Openable windows are available for at
effective openings for natural ventilation is at least 1/6 of the floor area.
2 2
least 100cm /m of floor area. Or, in rooms with
Level 5 openable windows, the area of effective openings
for natural ventilation is at least 1/10 the floor
area of the room.

Copyright٤
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether enough openable windows are provided.
It is basically a precondition that air conditioning and ventilation equipment should provide the
necessary volume of outside air. Nevertheless, there are still cases where the usage of a room causes
pollutant emission to temporarily exceed expectations, or where the pollutant concentration is no
problem, but occupants' physical condition or other factors make them want to temporarily improve air
quality by bringing in outside air. Opening windows to bring in natural ventilation is important, as it gives
occupants the power to control ventilation for their own needs at will. Smoke vents are designed to
Q1
operate on natural ventilation, so if they can be opened and shut easily and the occupants can use that
at will at any time, they can be regarded as natural ventilation openings for this purpose.
“Openable windows” for residential assessment means the area of window that is not fixed. Therefore,
there is no need to halve the area of sliding windows. The assessment subject shall be the
representative dwelling type for “Apartments” assessment, evaluating room units within that dwelling,
and taking the room with the worst value as the assessment. For other building types, evaluate the
whole of a standard floor or other representative floor.
ṲBibliographyᾊ 33ὸ, 34ὸ
4.2.3 Consideration for Outside Air Intake

Exclude from assessment if there is no ventilation equipment in the building.

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct
The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions in
Level 3 areas surrounding the site. They are also oriented away from extraction vents or
positioned at least 3m away.
Level 4 areas surrounding the site. They are also positioned at least 6m away from extraction
vents
Level 5 areas surrounding the site. They are also oriented away from extraction vents and
Building type Apt㩷
Level 3
areas surrounding the site.

Copyright٤
Residential and Accommodation Sectionsᴾ

Level 4 areas surrounding the site. They are also positioned at least 6m away from
extraction vents
Level 5 areas surrounding the site. They are also oriented away from extraction vents and
Level 3
areas surrounding the site.
ṳCommentary
Outside air intakes should be designed to take in the best outside air available.
Pollution sources should be taken to mean cars, factories, waste heat and air collected from adjacent
buildings or the subject building, cooling towers, garbage collection areas, and other sources based on
other circumstances specific to the site concerned. Consider also the positional relationships between
waste air vents and outside air intakes on each floor and in each dwelling of the subject building.
Exclude from assessment if there is no ventilation equipment in the building (window ventilation).
ṲBibliographyᾊ 35ὸᴾ

Copyright٤
4.2.4 Air Supply Planning

PD Inapplicable
ED and CCᴾ OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlῒFctὉApt
Q1

Outside air is mixed with return air in the air conditioning equipment and supplied to
each room in a volume determined by the thermal load in that room, so the system
Level 3
does not guarantee delivery of an adequate volume of outside air to all rooms in all
load conditions.
Outside air is not mixed with return air, and is supplied directly to each room in the
volume required for ventilation. Therefore, the system guarantees the necessary
Level 5
outside air, delivered to the places where it is needed, regardless of the load
conditions in each room.
Outside air is mixed with return air in the air conditioning equipment and supplied to
each room in a volume determined by the thermal load in that room, so the system
Level 3
does not guarantee delivery of an adequate volume of outside air to all rooms in all
load conditions.
Outside air is not mixed with return air, and is supplied directly to each room in the
volume required for ventilation. Therefore, the system guarantees the necessary
Level 5
outside air, delivered to the places where it is needed, regardless of the load
conditions in each room.
ṳCommentary
In a central air conditioning system, outside air is usually mixed with return air in the air conditioning
equipment and supplied to each room in a volume determined by the thermal load in that room.
Therefore, the total volume of outside air required in all rooms connected to the air conditioning
equipment may be provided, but there is still no guarantee that enough outside air will reach
everywhere that it is actually needed. A system that treats outside air in a separate system and supplies
it direct to the rooms, guarantees an adequate volume where needed.

Copyright٤
4.3 Operation Plan
4.3.1 CO2 Monitoring

Exclude from assessment if the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings does not apply to the
subject building.

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉFct
The system is based on manual measurement, with the minimum necessary level of
Level 3
recording.
The system is based on manual measurement, a management manual etc. has been
Level 4
provided for properly maintaining air quality, and it functions effectively.
The system has constant central monitoring of CO2. Also, a management manual etc.
Level 5
has been provided for properly maintaining air quality, and it functions effectively.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether a system has been instituted for properly maintaining air quality, and whether the
system functions effectively. Under the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings, CO2 monitoring
is to consist of regular manual monitoring, but that should be regarded as minimum management. There
are variations over time and between seasons in the quality of indoor and outside air, and temporary
malfunctions of the equipment can also occur. Therefore a constant monitoring system for CO2 is
desirable wherever possible.
4.3.2 Control of Smoking

Evaluate only outpatient waiting rooms as common areas of “Hospitals.”

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHsp(Waiting Room)ὉHtlὉFct
Level 3 There is a minimum level of measures, such as smoking booths, to avoid exposing
non-smokers to smoke.
Smoking is confirmed to be prohibited in the entire building. Alternatively, there is an
Level 5 adequate level of measures, such as smoking booths, to avoid exposing non-smokers
to smoke.

Copyright٤
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether thorough measures, such as a building-wide smoking ban or the installation of
smoking booths, have been taken to avoid passive smoking.
Tobacco smoke contains many pollutants, including nicotine, carbon monoxide and particulates,
causing the problem of passive smoking of smoke from smokers and their cigarettes. At the same time,
Q1
there is the problem of the odor of tobacco smoke. Therefore as a minimum measure there should be
smoking booths with direct extraction of smoke to the outside, with no recirculation to other indoor
spaces. For level 5, smoking must be prohibited in the entire building, or, if there are smoking booths,
they must be entirely isolated from other spaces, including via ceiling voids, to prevent any smoke
dispersion to other space, with a constant negative pressure maintained in them.

Copyright٤

When evaluating “Hospitals,” Hotels” and “Apartments” for Q2, evaluate the common properties of each
building (outpatient waiting rooms of “Hospitals,” lobbies of “Hotels”, entrance halls of “Hotels” etc.). For
private areas, (bedrooms of "Hospitals," guest rooms of "Hotels," housings of “Apartments”), base the
assessment on Q2 Assessment of Residential and Accommodation Sections.
1. Service Ability
Evaluate the service functions of the building for the functionality and usability of its spaces and, in a
more positive sense, how pleasant and comfortable it is. Also, evaluate the consideration for daily
maintenance management.
1.1 Functionality & Usability
1.1.1 Provision of Space & Storage


Building type OffὉFct
1) 2
Level 3 Working space per person is at least 6m .
Level 4 Working space1) per person is at least 9m2.
Level 5 Working space1) per person is at least 12m2.
1) Working space refers to floor area allocated within the effective floor area of the office for ordinary
workers to go about their daily duties. It does not include common spaces such as canteens, medical
rooms, conference rooms, meeting rooms, private executive offices, filing rooms, space for refreshment
(see 1.2.2) and similar spaces. Therefore the working space includes meeting spaces (spaces for
day-to-day discussions), OA equipment spaces, management spaces, circulation spaces etc.

Building type Hsp Htl
2 2
Private rooms at least 8m /bed, Single room at least 15m , twin room at
Level 3
multi-bed rooms at least 6m2/bed. least 22m2.
Single room at least 22m2, twin room at
least 32m2.
Private rooms at least 10m2/bed, Single room at least 30m2, twin room at
Level 5
multi-bed rooms at least 8m2/bed. least 40m2.
ṳCommentary
The primary aspect of interior service ability functionality and ease of use concerns spaciousness and
storage capacity. The spaciousness used here as an assessment indicator is not necessarily directly
linked to functionality and storage space, but its effects, such as giving more freedom in layout of
fixtures and allowing enough space for storage, can easily be imagined. Level 3 is the bare minimum
currently required by related regulations in normal circumstances, while level 5 is regarded as extremely
spacious, with reference to past examples.
Use the effective measurements (internal dimension) to calculate the area subject to assessment.
ṲBibliography 34ὸ, 37ὸ, 38ὸ, 39ὸ

Copyright٤
Tool-1 (2008 edition)
1.1.2 Use of Advanced Information System


1)
Measures such as OA floors accommodate layout changes, and electrical sockets
Q2
2
Level 2 for OA equipment have at least 30VA/ m socket capacity. In addition, optical fiber is
routed into the building for communications.
2
for OA equipment have at least 30VA/m socket capacity. Also, level 2 is satisfied
Level 3
for communications, and communications lines with capacity for one data
2
communications device per 8m (one phone, one PC) is routed onto each floor.
for OA equipment have at least 40VA/m2 socket capacity. Also, level 3 is satisfied
Level 4 for communications, lines for multiple communications carriers are routed into the
building, and space is provided for each communications carrier to lay cables onto
each floor.
2
for OA equipment have at least 50VA/m socket capacity. Also, level 4 is satisfied
Level 5
for communications, Gigabit communications lines are routed onto each floor, and
tenant EPS is ensured for communications between floors

Building type HtlὉApt
Communications lines able to carry telephone and broadcasting are routed into
Level 2
each dwelling or guest room.
Level 3 Level 2 is satisfied, and Internet services not adequate for level 4 are provided.
Each dwelling or guest room is equipped with a communications environment able
Level 4
to use 100Mbit-class broadband.
Each dwelling or guest room is equipped with a communications environment able
Level 5
to use Gbit-class broadband.ᴾ
1) OA floors etc. refers to overlay-type OA floors. Other thods having the same functions can also be
evaluated.
ṳCommentary
In a highly computerized society, the installation of IT equipment is essential for all functional space in
buildings. Measures in offices should go beyond just increasing the capacity of the sockets. As much
consideration as possible should be given to the building and its services to facilitate the addition of IT
equipment, and the relocation of such equipment for layout changes. Level 3 is the level currently
demanded in normal circumstances, while level 5 requires a more active approach. For
communications in office buildings, level 3 or better requires vertical cabling within the building, and
level 5 requires capacity for Gigabit communications. The communications media corresponding to
these levels are optical fiber and LAN cables. Guidelines for optical fibers have been written by the NPO
Optical Fiber Promotion Council.
Since June 2005, it has become permissible to install optical fiber cable within service shafts.
ṲBibliographyᾊ 37ὸ, 38ὸ, 40ὸ, 41ὸ

Copyright٤
1.1.3 Barrier-free Planning


Building type RtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtl OffὉSchὉFctὉApt
The building satisfies the standard for At least half of the building satisfies the
easing building use (the minimum level) standard for easing building use (the
Level 3
under the New Barrier-free Building minimum level) under the New Barrier-free
Law. Building Law
The building satisfies the standard for The building satisfies the standard for
easing building use (the preferred level) easing building use (the minimum level)
Level 4
under the New Barrier-free Building Law under the New Barrier-free Building Law
The building exceeds the standard for The building satisfies the standard for
easing and guiding building use (the easing building use (the desirable level)
Level 5 preferred level) under the New under the New Barrier-free Building Law
Barrier-free Building Law, achieving the
universal design level.
ṳCommentary
Functional building must be open to all people who have the possibility of using it.
The New Barrier-free Building Law (the Law for Promoting Mobility and Accessibility for the Aged and
the Disabled and Others) sets mandatory minimum standards for easing and guiding building use (the
preferred level) for all “Retailers,” “Restaurants,” "Halls," “Hospitals,” “Hotels,” and similar facilities of
2,000m2 or more that are used by the general public.
As a mandatory goal to work towards, there is also the standard for easing and guiding building use (the
preferred level), which is intended to allow the use of the building without significant impediment.
For this item, evaluate compliance with the New Barrier-free Building Law in the Entire Building and
Common Properties.

Copyright٤
1.2 Amenity
1.2.1 Perceived Spaciousness & Access to View

Q2
The ceiling height is at least 2.5m in offices, and the windows are arranged to give all
Level 3
workers an adequate awareness of the outside.
The ceiling height is at least 2.7m in offices, and the windows are placed to give all
Level 4
The ceiling height is at least 2.9m in offices, and the windows are placed to give all
Level 5
Building type Sch RtlὉRst
Level 3 Classroom ceiling height is at least 3m. Sales area ceiling height is at least 3m.
Level 4 Classroom ceiling height is at least 3.1m. Sales area ceiling height is at least 3.3m.
Level 5 Classroom ceiling height is at least 3.2m. Sales area ceiling height is at least 3.6m.

Level 3 Ceiling height at least 2.3m in Residential and Accommodation Sections.
ṳCommentary
Buildings should be evaluated from the point of view that spaces that are perceived as spacious by their
users and offer them good views are psychologically comfortable. Evaluate flat ceiling height, taking
beam shape into account. The ceiling height indicator used here is not necessarily directly explanatory
of comfort, but it appears to be effective in imparting various benefits, such as a sense of space and
openness. Level 3 is the bare minimum currently required by related regulations in normal
circumstances, while level 5 is regarded as extremely high, with reference to past examples.
ṲBibliography 34ὸ, 37ὸ, 38ὸ, 39ὸ

Copyright٤
1.2.2 Space for Refreshment


Building type OffὉFct Rtl
Smoking areas are provided. Rest space is at least 2% of the
Level 3
sales floor area.
Level 3 + refreshment areas. Rest space is at least 3% of the
Level 4
sales floor area.
Level 4 + installation of vending machines etc. Rest space is at least 4% of the
Level 5
sales floor area.
ṳCommentary
Office work is often highly stressful, and with the increasing use of IT there is more time spent
concentrating on the computer screen. The ability to go for relaxation and refreshment is essential for
comfortable office life. Space for refreshment in offices generate new vitality in occupants. Many users
spend extended periods in retail facilities, so a generous allowance of rest space for them would
enhance their comfort.
Level 3 can be awarded even if smoking areas are not provided, if building-wide prohibition of smoking
is assumed for offices
Note) When refreshment space is divided from working space by partitions, plants or other elements, it
must be excluded from the working space floor area evaluated in 1.1.1.
ṲBibliographyᾊ 37ὸ, 38ὸ, 45ὸᴾ
1.2.3 Décor Planning


Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlῒFctὉApt
Level 3 Applicable to two of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 4 Applicable to three of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 5 Applicable to four of the efforts to be evaluated.

Copyright٤

Level 3 Applicable to two of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 4 Applicable to three of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 5 Applicable to four of the efforts to be evaluated.
Q2
ᾝᾞ. Efforts to be evaluated
The concept of the building as a whole is well defined, and specific efforts to reflect
1 the concept are made at the décor planning stage.(For example, shifting to natural
and ecological materials in a building with an ecological theme).
The functions required of the building have been clarified, and specific measures to
encourage those functions are indicated at the décor planning stage.(For example, in
2 “Hotels” and similar facilities, the interior is perceived as living space, and natural
materials such as wood and stone are introduced in deliberate efforts to produce a
living room-like atmosphere.
The lighting planning and décor planning are integrated with specific measures at the
3
décor planning stage.
4 Mockups and interior perspectives are used to verify the décor planning in advance.
ṳCommentary
There is no general standard for interior planning, so it is very difficult to evaluate this item. However, it
is an essential assessment item for the creation of attractive and pleasant spaces. Evaluate whether or
not there are specific efforts here that consider the concept or functions of the entire building.
ṲBibliographyᴾ 37ὸ, 45ὸᴾ

Copyright٤
1.3 Maintenance Management

Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings stipulate Sanitation Management Standard for Building
for air conditioning management and mains water management etc., as necessary measures for
maintaining healthy environments in specific buildings. The term “maintenance management” as used
here encompasses cleaning management duties (cleaning inside and outside the building) and public
health management (air environment, water supply, drainage, insect pest eradication, waste disposal)
as they apply to Sanitation Management Standard for Building.
1.3.1 Design Which Considers Maintenance Management

PD, ED and CC OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉAptὉFct
Buildings to which the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings does not apply are excluded.
This assessment covers efforts on matters which should be considered in selecting structures and
materials at the building design stage for the sake of maintenance management.

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉHalὉHtl
Efforts to consider maintenance management at the design stage were
Level 2
inadequate. (0~2 Efforts to be evaluated)
Efforts to consider maintenance management at the design stage were standard.
Level 3
(3~5 Efforts to be evaluated)
Efforts to consider maintenance management at the design stage were above the
Level 4
standard level. (6~8 Efforts to be evaluated)
Efforts to consider maintenance management at the design stage were
Level 5
comprehensive. (9~ Efforts to be evaluated)
Efforts to be evaluated
Content
[1] Interior finishes: Interior walls use finish methods, materials, paints or coatings that are highly dirt
resistant.
[2] Interior finishes: Floors use finish methods, materials, paints or coatings that are highly dirt
resistant.
[3] Décor planning: The design and structure of floors enables washing with water.
[4] Décor design: Design of interior walls and floors avoids creating dust traps and places to leave
objects.
[5] Décor design: The first and second doors of windbreak lobbies are distanced so that they are not
open at the same time, or are otherwise designed to prevent the entry of dust etc.
[6] Décor design: Floor materials with very different maintenance management methods are not
placed close together.
[7] Exterior finishes: Exterior walls and glass are designed with highly dirt resistant construction
materials, or with finishes such as weather-resistant paint and hydrophilic properties.
[8] Facade design: Exterior walls are equipped with effective rain flashing, and the flow of water
down the walls has been considered, in order to avoid dirtying of the wall surfaces.
[9] Facade design: Measures have been applied to prevent damage from the droppings of pest
birds (pigeons, crows, starlings, etc.).

Copyright٤
[10] Facade design: Metal parts exposed on the exterior are plated or otherwise treated against
corrosion.
[11] Décor and exterior space design: Movement routes, including outdoor spaces and
management areas, are designed to eliminate steps as far as possible (steps not exceeding around
5mm).
[12] Other: Efforts have been made in areas other than the above, with consideration for
maintenance management.
ṳCommentary
[1] Judging from the design documents, choose at least one from 1. Toilets, 2. Elevator halls, 3.
Escalators, 4. Rest and smoking rooms, 5. Waste handling spaces, and count that as an effort if
Q2
consideration has clearly been given to it consistently throughout the building.
* Dirt-prone walls are generally finished in materials that are porous and water-absorbent or
water-soluble (for example, cloth wall coverings and water-based paints). However, even if
porous and water absorbent materials are used, effort can be judged to have been made if
structural measures have been taken to avoid dirt, or if a dirt-preventive coating is applied. Also,
avoid using construction materials that are extremely susceptible to deterioration, such as mud
walls, plaster and diatom earth, or, if such materials are used, make sure the structure allows
easy replacement.
[2] Judging from the design documents, choose at least one from 1. Toilets, 2. Rest and smoking rooms,
3. Food handling spaces, 4. Waste handling spaces, and count that as an effort if consideration has
clearly been given to it consistently throughout the building.
* Dirt-prone floors are generally finished in materials that are porous and water-absorbent or
water-soluble, mainly carpet, concrete and natural stone. However, even if these materials are
used, effort can be judged to have been made if the materials have a water-repellent treatment or
dirt-resistant coating. Also, avoid using construction materials that are extremely susceptible to
deterioration, such as wood and sandstone, or, if such materials are used, make sure the
structure allows easy replacement.
[3] Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if consideration has
clearly been given consistently throughout the building.
* Water-washable designs and structures are those with joint treatment to prevent gaps in the floor
surface in which water can remain. In the case of double floors, the materials must permit the use
of water, and wiring etc. must be waterproofed.
clearly been given consistently throughout the building.
* For design to avoid dust traps and placement of objects, evaluate avoidance of protrusions and
indentations wherever possible, and the use of curved finishing between walls and floor, and
wall-mounted or movable structures for toilets and other fixtures.
[5] Judging from the design documents, the basis for windbreak lobbies with primary and secondary
doors should be to provide a space of at least 1m in which the automatic doors will not detect
movement within the lobby. If the space is less than 1m, but the windbreak lobby has manual doors,
the placement of windbreak walls etc. can be counted as an effort.
[6] Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if such consideration
has clearly been given consistently throughout the building.
* The typical example of floor types of very different maintenance management methods is carpet,
which requires hours to dry if it gets wet, and wood flooring, which can warp and split when wet.
Different flooring materials have their own maintenance management systems, and designs which
mix multiple floor types closely together can easily cause trouble at the operation stage.
clearly been given consistently throughout the facade design of the building.
clearly been given consistently throughout the facade design of the building.

Copyright٤
clearly been given consistently throughout the cladding design for places where equipment
concerned with the Sanitation Management Standard for Building contacts the outside of the
building.
* For example, avoid the installation of structural elements above water tanks where bird pests could
shelter from rain, rest and make nests.
clearly been given consistently throughout the cladding design of the building.
* Metal elements such as external staircases, air conditioning equipment stands and ladders which
ῇare only painted are difficult to protect from corrosion in the long term. It is preferable to use
stainless steel, or to apply anti-corrosion treatments such as plating.
clearly been given consistently throughout the décor design and exterior space design within the
area under the management of the building.
* In designs which avoid level changes as far as possible, the JIS T9251 standard for guide blocks
for the blind sets the height of the bumps at 5mm.
[12] Unusual efforts not included in [1]~[11] above items should be evaluated as one point.
* When evaluating “Other” efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been
made, and attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.
1.3.2 Securing Maintenance Management Functions

Buildings to which the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings does not apply are excluded.
In this assessment, evaluate efforts related to basic functional items needed to achieve a high-quality
level of maintenance management.

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉHalὉHtl
Efforts to ensure maintenance management functions are inadequate.
Level 2
(0~3 Efforts to b evaluated)
Efforts to ensure maintenance management functions are standard
Level 3
Efforts to ensure maintenance management functions above the standard level.
Level 4
Extensive efforts are made to ensure maintenance management functions.
Level 5
(10 or more Efforts to b evaluated)
Content
[1] Adequate space has been used for cleaning staff rooms, relative to the floor area.
[2] Adequate space has been used for cleaning equipment rooms, relative to the floor area.
[3] The cleaning equipment rooms have washing areas with drainage channels to safe drainage
facilities.
[4] Space is planned for washing and drying mops and rags, for the sake of hygiene.
[5] Adequate space has been provided for sorting waste, materials for recycling, and bulky garbage

Copyright٤
items, relative to the floor area, and an easy way to move those materials outside has been planned.
[6] Cleaning sinks are installed for each toilet, or for each floor.
[7] Cleaning equipment for each type of floor material has been anticipated, and the layout of
electrical receptacles (numbers and spacings) for use in cleaning work has been planned
accordingly.
[8] Design ensures that maintenance management work can be performed safely on exterior glass
and walls, air supply and vent holes, light fixtures and other fixtures in high places.
[9] Suitable levels of lighting for cleaning purposes can be set.
[10] Valves and other devices requiring day-to-day adjustment are installed in positions which allow
convenient operation.
Q2
[11] Inspection access holes for equipment concealed in ceiling voids are at least 600x600mm.
[12] Equipment that is not in private areas can be accessed from common areas for maintenance
management.
[13] Other than the above, points related to securing maintenance management functions have been
identified and implemented.
ṳCommentary
[1] Judging from the design documents, judge an effort to have been made if the area is at least 0.2% of
the floor area.
* The list of management room areas surveyed in 56 buildings in “10 Rules of Design and
Construction for Better Maintenance,” published by the Building and Equipment Life Cycle
Association found the average area of cleaning staff rooms to be 0.15% of floor area.
the floor area.
* The list of management room areas surveyed in 56 buildings in “10 Rules of Design and
Construction for Better Maintenance,” published by the Building and Equipment Life Cycle
Association found the average area of cleaning equipment rooms to be 0.12% of floor area.
Cleaning equipment rooms are used to store cleaning chemicals and similar substances, so it is
preferable that they should be under negative pressure.
[3] Judge from design documents.

* Cleaning equipment rooms require a place to wash cleaning equipment after it has been used for
cleaning, and a drainage point with a drainage route that is reliably connected to mains drainage or
septic tank, for drainage of cleaning fluids after use.
[4] Judge from design documents whether space has been provided for washing machines.
the floor area.
* Calculate space requirements for waste, recyclable materials and bulky garbage based on the
amounts of such materials anticipated in guideline standards set independently by local authorities
on installation areas of storage facilities for garbage and recyclables. Taking the example of an
office building based on the guideline standards for Tokyo, the proportion of total floor area for
2
storage areas in a building of 50,000m or more is 0.29%.

* Performing cleaning work efficiently requires provision of cleaning sinks for every set unit of area,
to shorten movement times and distances. Judge whether a cleaning sink has been installed for
each toilet (meaning each group of male/female/multi-purpose toilets).

* Use of extension cables to compensate for lack of electrical receptacles increases hazards such as
cables melting from overheating and people tripping over cables. It is also important to provide
cleaning receptacles on a separate dedicated circuit, to avoid impeding the activities of other
building users. It is assumed here that motorized cleaning equipment powered by AC electricity will
be used, for which power cables are generally 8~15m long. Judge an effort to have been made if
dedicated cleaning receptacles on a separate circuit are installed at a rate of at least one within
each 30m radius in corridors in common areas.

Copyright٤

* Do not use designs that make work difficult, such as exterior glazing and walls with curves or
extreme setbacks from the parapet, and design for safe work by installing a rooftop gondola system
in buildings of 10 floors or more. Also judge whether design allows work from the ceiling down with
hoist equipment for cleaning and replacing the bulbs etc. in light fixtures in high places.
[9] Judge from lighting design documents.

* Lighting for cleaning should not use all lights, to save energy, but a minimum level is required to
enable safe work, and for checking the results of cleaning, so judge whether a suitable level of
lighting has been set for cleaning. According to JIS Z9110-1979, which sets recommended lighting
values, a lighting level of at least 75 lux is desirable. The figure is the same for buildings in all
industry types, and is equal to the minimum value in the standard range for corridors in normal use.

* For efficient maintenance management, valves and other adjustment devices should be
positioned where they are easy to operate.

* Adequate space must be provided for tasks such as replacing filters and adjusting humidifiers in
equipment installed in ceiling voids.

* For efficient maintenance management, a plan is required that allows the work to proceed without
impeding the activities of residents.
[13] Unusual efforts not included in items [1]~[12] above should be evaluated as one point.
When evaluating “Other” efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been
made, and attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.
* “10 Rules of Design and Construction for Better Maintenance,” published by the Building and
Equipment Life Cycle Association recommends that general construction and service engineers,
the management company and others should participate from the building concept planning and
basic design stages, providing advice on maintenance management aspects, to assist effective
maintenance management and energy saving after completion of the building.

Copyright٤
2. Durability & Reliability

2.1 Earthquake Resistance
2.1.1 Earthquake-resistance
Q2
The building's earthquake resistance meets the requirements of the Building
Level 3
Standards Law.
The building's earthquake resistance exceeds the requirements of the Building
Level 4
Standards Law by a 20% margin.
The building's earthquake resistance exceeds the requirements of the Building
Level 5
Standards Law by a 50% margin. Alternatively, damage control design has been used.
ṳCommentary
"Earthquake resistance meets the requirements of the Building Standards Law" is set as level 3.
Accordingly, levels 1 and 2 are not set, because they would represent violations and are not practically
available as design options. With the earthquake resistance stipulated by the Building Standards Law
as level 3, a 20% increase from that resistance earns level 4 and a 50% increase earns level 5. If
damage control design has been used, it is assigned level 5, as it is regarded as guaranteeing a high
level of earthquake resistance.
Consider the following points when judging the degree of increase in earthquake resistance.
[1] At the allowable stress design stage

Judge from importance factors and seismic story shear coefficient Ci etc. to check the degree of
increase above necessary horizontal strength.
[2] At the limit strength calculation stage

Judge from the level of increase in external force at the calculation stage.
When designers evaluate this item, they must refer to parts of the structural calculation records, so
consultation with the structural engineer is advised.
[3] At the time history response calculation stage

Consider the seismic motion input values of the inter-story deformation angles, and judge level 4 if the
values are 1.2 times higher, and level 5 if they are 1.5 times higher.
Level 5 may be awarded for the use of elastoplastic dampers or similar damping components if their
damping performance is equal to 50% above the Building Standard Law.
Under this item, there is no particular rule for the method by which earthquake resistance is increased.
As indicated above, there are various potential methods, using importance factors, increase of
horizontal strength, or other factors, so this item is not intended to be particularly consistent with the
importance factor standard values of 1.0, 1.25 and 1.5.

Copyright٤
2.1.2 Seismic Isolation & Vibration Damping Systems


Level 3 No seismic isolation or vibration damping system is used.
A vibration damping system is installed. Improved comfort in strong wind is
Level 4
considered.
Level 5 A seismic isolation system is used.
ṳCommentary
For this item, evaluate performance in preventing or reducing sway due to strong wind or earthquake.
Specifically, consider improved comfort in strong wind and protection of internal equipment and fixtures
in earthquakes.
If there is a seismic isolation system, the building is evaluated as level 5, because the protection of
internal equipment is almost completely assured. Vibration damping intended to improve comfort during
strong winds is rated level 4. Vibration damping elements, such as elastoplastic dampers, can help to
improve the earthquake resistance of any frame, but they should be evaluated under 2.1.1
Earthquake-resistance, as damage control design. (Systems that mainly target earthquakes are named
"earthquake damping" and others are named "vibration damping").
However, when a seismic damping system is used that also prevents sway in warm wind, it can be
judged to be an installed seismic damping system and evaluated at level 4.
When designers evaluate this item, they must refer to parts of the structural calculation records, so
consultation with the structural engineer is advised.
2.2 Service Life of Components

Assessment standards for necessary renewal intervals are set separately for exterior wall finishing
materials, main décor finishing materials, air conditioning and ventilation ducts, air conditioning water
supply and drainage pipes, main services equipment, and other categories, together with the types of
building infill renewal.
<Service life>
The service life evaluated here is not the social lifespan of construction materials (for example, the
service life of construction materials used in a project with a limited lifespan ends when the period of
use of the building expires), but rather, the service life until the building materials and equipment
become dilapidated or loses their required physical functions. Thus the "necessary renewal interval"
evaluated here refers to the interval before the physical durability of the materials and equipment is
exhausted, and replacement is required.
<Assessment method>
[1] Service life settings for components should ideally be determined by the assessor through
detailed consideration of the lifespan of materials in each category under the lifecycle plan for the
building project, but instead, the values in appendix 1 should be applied, in order to eliminate
inconsistency between assessors. Appendix 1 has two parts. BELCA and Government Buildings
Department values are used for assessment, but if no relevant value exists, values from the
Architectural Institute of Japan or other bodies, as shown in the reference table, may be used.

Copyright٤
*The values in Appendix 1 are for anticipated service life (the interval at which renewal is
required in practice), not legally-defined service life.
[2] If there are materials or special deteriorative external forces (such as location in a coastal region
with high likelihood of salt damage) that do not appear in Appendix 1, check individually with
manufacturers and other sources to make the assessment.
*When evaluating service equipment not included in Appendix 1, and there are no special
deteriorative external forces, evaluate using the necessary renewal intervals for a normal office
building (used for around 250h/month).
[3] If there are multiple subject materials, evaluate according to the one with the shortest necessary
renewal interval.
Q2
<Construction precision>
In assessment for 2.2 Service life of components, evaluate whether adequate precision has been
obtained, because construction precision is important for attaining design performance targets. The
assessment will be reduced at the completion stage if the intended performance has not been
realized.
2.2.1 Service Life of Structural Frame Materials

Entire Building and Common Properties㩷
Building type Off䊶Sch䊶Rtl䊶Rst䊶Hal䊶Hsp䊶Htl䊶Fct䊶Apt

This is grade 1 of the assessment standard for steel frame and concrete buildings
(Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism directive 380, 2006) in the
Level 3
Housing Quality Assurance Law (Japan Housing Performance Standards, 3. Matters
for relieving deterioration).
Level 4
Level 5
ṳCommentary
The boundary condition for the subject of assessment under this item is “structural frame materials,” not
“structural frame.” And the assessment criteria for judging the level should be the grade under the
Housing Quality Assurance Law. Japan Housing Performance System is limited in building type to
residential building types, but as no minimum standard for concrete cover has been stipulated for grade
1 under the Building Standards Law, we have judged that the system can also be applied to other
building types. The main purpose of fiber reinforcement is to prevent collapse due to explosion during a
fire, so it is not evaluated under this item.㩷㩷
㩷
㩷

Copyright٤
(Reference) Japan Housing Performance Standard “3.1 Deterioration Countermeasure Grades

(structural skeletons etc.)”
Deterioration The level of measures to prolong the period before replacement of materials
Countermeasure grade used in structural skeletons etc. or other large-scale refurbishment work is
(structural skeletons etc.) required.
Measures have been applied as necessary to extend the period before
large-scale refurbishment work is required to three generations (around
Grade 3
75~90), under normally-expected natural conditions and maintenance
management.
Measures have been applied as necessary to extend the period before
large-scale refurbishment work is required to two generations (around
Grade 2
50~60), under normally-expected natural conditions and maintenance
management.
Grade 1 Measures stipulated under the Building Standards Law have been applied.
For details of measures, refer to the assessment method standard (Ministry of Land, Infrastructure,
Transport and Tourism directive No.380, 2006) under the Japan Housing Performance Standard.
㩷
㩷
2.2.2 Necessary Refurbishment Interval for Exterior Finishes

Level 1 Less than 10 years
Level 2 10 years or more, less than 20 years
Level 3 20 years
Level 5 30 years or more
ṳCommentary
The "Necessary refurbishment interval for exterior finishes" referred to here is the interval at which
failure of exterior walls to fulfill their functions necessitates repair works, with the erection of scaffolding,
to maintain function.
Refer to “Exterior walls” and “Curtain walls” in Appendix 1 at the back of this manual.
ṲBibliography46)

Copyright٤
2.2.3 Necessary Renewal Interval for Main Interior Finishes


Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct Apt
Level 1 Less than 5 years Less than 10 years
Q2
Level 2 5 years or more, less than 10 years 10 years or more, less than 20 years
Level 3 10 years 15 years
Level 4 11 years or more, less than 20 years 16 years or more, less than 25 years
Level 5 20 year or more 25 years or more
ṳCommentary
The "Necessary refurbishment interval for main interior finishes" referred to here is the interval at which
internal surface finishes require re-covering or replacement of surface materials.
Refer to “Floors,” “Interior walls” and “Ceilings” in Appendix 1 at the back of this manual.
In “Hospitals,” “Hotels” and “Apartments,” evaluate for main occupied rooms in the entire building.
Specifically, hospital wards (or medical examination rooms, if those are larger), hotel guest rooms and
housings etc. occupy large areas, so they should be the subject of assessment.
2.2.4 Necessary Replacement Interval for Air Conditioning and Ventilation Ducts

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉAptὉFct
Level 3 Zinc-plated steel sheet used almost throughout.
Exposed exterior ducts, kitchen venting ducts, high-humidity venting ducts and
similar applications that would have shorter service lives than other applications
Level 4 when made from zinc-plated steel sheet are made from stainless steel or
Galvalume to extend service life. Alternatively, appropriate provision has been
made for drainage of internal condensation.
At least 90% of exposed exterior ducts, kitchen venting ducts, high-humidity venting
ducts and similar applications that would have shorter service lives than other
Level 5
applications when made from zinc-plated steel sheet are made from stainless steel
or Galvalume to extend service life.

Copyright٤
ṳCommentary
This item evaluates the longevity of air conditioning and ventilation ducts.
The assessment method is based on the countermeasures used in duct specifications to lengthen the
lifespan of ducts likely to have reduced service lives if they were built with standard specification
(zinc-plated steel etc.).
2.2.5 Necessary Renewal Interval for HVAC and Water Supply and Drainage Pipes

Level 3 D or better used in almost all the top three main building types.
Level 4 C or better used in at least two of the top three main building types.
B or better used in at least two of the top three main building types, and E is not
Level 5
used.
ṳCommentary
This item evaluates the longevity of HVAC and water pipes for water supply and drainage.
The method is to evaluate the materials and jointing methods used in the top three main building types,
and the degree of lifespan extension achieved.
The top three building types are the ones with the largest total weights of pipe in the building, and those
should be evaluated. In buildings with only water supply and drainage, apply the above with two building
types in place of three, and with one in place of two.
Refer to “Techniques to improve the Durability of Building Services” Building Maintenance &
Management Center (1986) to judge types B~D.
2.2.6 Necessary Renewal Interval for Major Equipment and Services


Level 1 Less than 7 years
Level 3 15 years
Level 5 30 years or more

Copyright٤
ṳCommentary
<Major equipment and services>
[1] For building types other than “Apartments,” this refers to major equipment and services necessary
for the building to function, specifically power receiver and transformer equipment, generators,
boilers, chillers, air conditioners, water tanks, pumps and other equipment.
[2] For “Apartments,” it refers to the devices necessary for people to live in the building, such as water
heaters, room air conditioning, water tank and pumps.
<Necessary renewal interval for major equipment and services>

This refers to “Necessary intervals for the renewal or replacement etc. of major equipment and
services.” Standard data are not fully developed for the necessary renewal interval of major
Q2
equipment and services, but level 3 is set with reference to the 15-year legal service life, with level 4
for service lives of 16~30 years, and level 5 for 30 years or more.
Considering the building functions and building types, take the one for which the equipment is likely to
have the shortest interval for renewal construction, and reference the number of years for that
application to the table. If it can be judged that the renewal of the equipment with the shortest service
life could be postponed until other construction work also becomes necessary, take the realistic
number of years until construction would be required as the representative value for assessment.
<Assessment procedure>
[1] Identify the necessary renewal interval for the most extensively used type of equipment, judging
from the number of units and their capacities for each type of equipment.
[2] Judge the level from the type that has the shortest necessary renewal interval.
[3] Refer to ḛElectrical equipmentḜ and ḛMechanical equipmentḜ in Appendix 1 at the back of this
manual.
ṲBibliography46)
2.3 Appropriate Renewal

(Inapplicable under CASBEE for New Construction)
2.4 Reliability
Reliability expresses the ability of the building to maintain its functions in the event of an earthquake,
other natural disaster or major accident. The following items 1)~5) are evaluated here for the extent to
which their functions can be maintained in the event of an earthquake or other disaster. 1) HVAC
system, 2) water supply and drainage, 3) electrical equipment, 4) support method of machines and
ducts, 5) communications and IT equipment.
The reliability levels are set according to the basic principles below, with reference to the characteristics
of the evaluated items.
Level 1: No efforts to maintain functions.

Level 3: The effects of measures taken will maintain a minimum level of equipment function in the event
of a disaster.
Level 4: The effects of measures taken will maintain a partial level of equipment function in the event of
a disaster.
Level 5: The effects of measures taken will maintain a largely normal level of equipment function in the
event of a disaster.
When evaluating by the number of efforts under “2.4 Reliability,” also count items which appear to be of
equivalent level to the items in the table.

Copyright٤
2.4.1 HVAC System


Building type OffὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct SchὉRtlὉRstὉApt
Level 1 No efforts to be evaluated. No efforts to be evaluated.
Applicable to one of the efforts to be Applicable to one of the efforts to be
Level 3 evaluated. Alternatively, there is no evaluated. Alternatively, there is no
centralized HVAC system. centralized HVAC system.
Applicable to two of the efforts to be
evaluated.
Applicable to three or more of the efforts Applicable to two or more of the
Level 5
to be evaluated. efforts to be evaluated.
Evaluate the efforts to improve the reliability of HVAC system.

Select from among the methods listed below, if the HVAC system has an operation control system for
multiple occupied rooms.
No. Efforts to be evaluated
Circuits are divided according to the importance of their ventilation equipment,
1 and more important circuits are given priority in operation after a disaster. Also,
ways of running the ventilation with reduced load capacity have been examined.
Dispersion and duplication of heat source types (electricity, gas etc.), with
2
backups.
Countermeasures (such as suspended pipes) have been taken to ensure that
3 overall function can continue even when the building is partially damaged by an
earthquake.
Circuits are divided according to the importance of their air conditioning
equipment, and more important circuits are given priority in operation after a
4
disaster. Also, ways of running the air conditioning with reduced load capacity
have been examined.
ṳCommentary
This assessment item concerns buildings operation management systems for air conditioning and
ventilation equipment that covers multiple occupied rooms. Buildings which do not have centrally
managed and operated systems are set at level 3.

Copyright٤
2.4.2 Water Supply & Drainage


Building type OffὉSchὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt RtlὉRst
Q2
Level 3
evaluated. evaluated.
Applicable to tow of the efforts to be
evaluated.
Applicable to three or more of the efforts Applicable to two or more of the
Level 5
to be evaluated. efforts to be evaluated.
Evaluate the efforts to improve the reliability of water supply and drainage.
Water-saving equipment is used.ᾀὸ
This is limited to cases where it is used on a majority of the installed equipment.
1 Water-saving devices are those approved as Eco Mark products, or those
equivalent to water-saving equipment that is the approval standard for Eco Mark
products.
Plumbing systems are separated as far as possible to reduce the portions that
2
become unserviceable in the event of a disaster.
The building has a pit for temporary waste water storage, in case mains sewerage
3
is unavailable after a disaster.
The building has two separate tanks, one for water reception and one elevated
4
tank.ᾁὸ
5 Planning enables the use of well water, gray water and etc.
The building is equipped with a simple filtration system allowing conversion of
6 rainwater to potable water in the event of a disaster. (Not applied to ”Retailers” and
“Restaurant.”)
1) In contrast to “LR2 1.1 Water Saving,” assessment of water-saving equipment takes the perspective
of effective use of mains water in case if disasters.
2) An intake sump with a central partition cannot be regarded as two sumps.

Copyright٤
2.4.3 Electrical Equipment


Building type OffὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct SchὉRtlὉRstὉApt
Level 3
Applicable to tow of the efforts to be (No corresponding level)
Level 4
evaluated.
Applicable to three or more of the efforts Applicable to two or more of the efforts to
Level 5
to be evaluated. be evaluated.
Evaluate the efforts to improve the reliability of electrical equipment.

The building is equipped with emergency generators. (Not applied to ”Schools,”
1
“Retailers,” “Restaurants” and “Apartments.”)
2 The building is equipped with uninterruptible power source systems.
Power input equipment for important equipment systems has redundancy. (Not applied
3
to ”Schools,” “Retailers,” “Restaurants” and “Apartments.”)
Countermeasures (i) and (ii) have been taken or (iii) applies, in order to avoid power
outages due to water percolation into power supply equipment or precision machinery,
and to avoid damage to data networks.
(i) Installation of power supply equipment and precision machinery below ground is
4 avoided.
(ii) Devices to prevent the groundwater percolation (waterproof doors, waterproof
panels, embankments, dry ditches) and drainage equipment (pumps etc.) are installed.
(iii) No danger of water percolation.

Copyright٤
2.4.4 Support Method of Machines & Ducts


Level 1 Not adequate for level 3
Q2
Earthquake resistance class*㩷B (Human safety is assured and secondary
Level 3
damage prevented after a major earthquake.ὸ
Earthquake resistance class A (In addition to Class B, important functions can be
Level 4
secured without major repairsὸ
Earthquake resistance class S (In addition to Class A, all functions can be
Level 5
secured without major repairsὸ
*Concept of “earthquake resistance class is quoted from “Design and Construction Guidelines for
Earthquake Resistance in Building Services, 1997 Edition.”
ṳCommentary
If mechanical equipment and plumbing support methods are sufficient to prevent any hazard to
occupants in the event of an earthquake, the required basic standard (earthquake resistance class B) is
set to level 3. Level 4 (earthquake resistance class A) ensures not only that occupant safety is secured,
but also that mechanical equipment and plumbing support prevents equipment important for the
building type from toppling and keeps it operable. The highest standard, level 5 (earthquake resistance
class S) applies if all mechanical equipment and plumbing is prevented from toppling and kept operable.
Refer to “Design and Construction Guidelines for Earthquake Resistance in Buildings Services,” The
Building Center of Japan, for specific methods to evaluate earthquake resistance classes B, A and S.
2.4.5 Communications & IT Equipment


Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct Apt㩷
Level 3
Applicable to tow of the efforts to be Applicable to tow of the efforts to be
Level 4
Applicable to three of the efforts to be Applicable to three of the efforts to be
Level 5

Copyright٤
Evaluate the efforts to improve the reliability of communications and IT equipment

Communications methods are diversified, using optical fiber cable, metal cable,
1
cellular telephone network, PHS network and others.
Connections are made from two telephone exchanges to secure two
2
communications links.
Countermeasures (i) and (ii) have been taken or (iii) applies, in order to avoid
damage to data networks due to water percolation into precision machinery.
(i) Installation of precision machinery below ground is avoided.
3 (ii) Devices to prevent the groundwater percolation (waterproof doors, waterproof
panels, embankments, dry ditches) and drainage equipment (pumps etc.) are
installed.
(iii) No danger of water percolation.

Copyright٤
3. Flexibility & Adaptability

3.1 Spatial Margin
The building floor-to-floor height, form and flexibility of spaces and surplus load capacity are evaluated
to consider the potential for future changes of building type.
In “Hospitals,” “Hotels” and “Apartments,” the most important rooms on the standard floors are
residential and accommodation sections, so this item should be evaluated under (2) Residential and
Accommodation Sections. For “Hospitals,” evaluate for both the main occupied rooms of the standard
floor of “Residential and Accommodation Sections” (mainly wards) and the main occupied rooms of the
standard floor of “Common Properties” (mainly examination rooms).
Q2
3.1.1 Allowance for Floor-to-floor Height

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHspὉFct
Level 1 Less than 3.3ᾼ
Level 2 3.3m or more, less than 3.5ᾼ

Level 5 3.9ᾼ or more

Building type HspὉHtl Apt㩷
Level 1 Less than 3.3ᾼ Less than 2.7ᾼ
Level 2 3.3m or more, less than 3.5ᾼ 2.7m or more, less than 2.8ᾼ
Level 5 3.9ᾼ or more 3.0ᾼ or more
ṳCommentary
Evaluate whether floor-to-floor height would pose an obstacle to changing or reinforcing building types
or equipment systems, and whether comfort is achieved.
For “Offices,” “Hospitals,” “Hotels” and “Apartments,” evaluate the floor-to-floor height of the standard
floor. For other building types, evaluate the average value. The setting of levels for floor-to-floor height
is based on the considerations below.
Level 1: Changing building types and equipment is extremely difficult.
Level 2: Changing building types and equipment is difficult.
Level 3: Changing building types and equipment is moderately difficult.
Level 4: Changing building types and equipment is relatively easy.
Level 5: Changing building types and equipment is easy.

Copyright٤
3.1.2 Adaptability of Floor Layout


Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉFctὉHsp
Level 1 0.7ṓ [Wall length/area ratio]
Level 2 0.5ṓ [Wall length/area ratio] ᾋ0.7

Level 5 [Wall length/area ratio] ᾋ0.1
4GUKFGPVKCNCPF#EEQOOQFCVKQP5GEVKQPU
Level 1 0.7ṓ [Wall length/area ratio]

Level 5 [Wall length/area ratio] ᾋ0.1
Wall length/area ratio is calculated by the following equation.

Length of perimeter walls (m) + length of bearing walls (m)
Wall length/area ratio 䋽
2
Exclusive area (m )
ṳCommentary
The setting of levels for spatial form and flexibility of space are based on the considerations below.
Level 1: Scope for planning equipment and spaces is extremely limited by the building
structure.
Level 2: Scope for planning equipment and spaces is limited by the building structure.
Level 3: There is freedom for planning equipment and spaces.
Level 4: There is ample freedom for planning equipment and spaces.
Level 5: There is a high level of freedom for planning equipment and spaces.
ṲPoints to consider concerning calculation subjects

If the calculation subject is a non-residential building type, calculate for one standard floor. For
residential building types, take the main occupied rooms.

Copyright٤
ṲCalculation method for non-residential building types

[1] Equipment spaces (PS, EPS, EV shafts) should be considered to be “areas for which room configuration
cannot be altered to accommodate future usage,” and excluded from the exclusive area.
[2] The walls of equipment spaces (PS, EPS, EV shafts) could become constraints on “areas for which room
configuration can be altered to accommodate future usage (exclusive area),” so enter the length of such
walls adjoining exclusive areas into the calculation as “length of load-bearing walls.”
[3] The walls around courtyards surrounded by the building should be entered in the calculation as exterior
walls.
(Example 1: For the center core)
- Deduct the center core portion from the exclusive area.
Q2
- If the center core is surrounded by load-bearing walls, count them as
load-bearing walls.
- Count other load-bearing walls, if there are any.
- The length of peripheral walls is the shaded area on the diagram on the left.
* The core is the portion containing staircases, elevators and other elements.
(Example 2: For a side core)
- Deduct the side core portion from the exclusive area.

- If there are load-bearing walls, count those in area A as load-bearing walls.
A - Count other load-bearing walls, if there are any.
- The length of peripheral walls is the shaded area on the diagram on the left.
ṲCalculation method for residential building types

[1] Columns with attached walls (regardless of whether they are load-bearing walls) or free-standing interior
columns should be added to the numerator as the long side x3 (a x 3).
[2] For “Apartments,” include water supply and drainage pipes in exclusive areas. The calculation method for
PS with attached walls or free-standing interior PS is to add the long side x3 (b x 3) for walls to conceal
pipes, or the diameter x3 (c x 3) of the fattest pipe if there is no concealing wall, to the numerator.
[3] If there is PS (or MB) facing outside, count the point of contact with the PS (or MB) as the end of the
load-bearing walls (d).
[4] In walls with braces installed, add the distance between centers (e) to the numerator as load-bearing wall.
Conversely, do not count party walls that are not load bearing.
[5] Judge the length of exterior walls by the center-to-center length (f).
[6] If there is an open corridor, add the length of the wall side of the corridor as length of exterior wall.
However, if there is PS (MB) facing the verandah, add the length of contact between the PS (MB) and the
exclusive area, and the lengths of walls of other areas on the verandah side, as shown in the diagram
below (g). If there is a middle corridor do not add the length on the corridor side to the length of exterior
wall.ᴾ ᴾ
ᴾ d
ᴾ Exterior wall side Load-bearing walls) Corridor
ᴾ b PS
Ṡ
ᴾ
Ṣᴾ PS, etc.
ᴾ ṟ
f
ᴾ
ᴾ (Exterior walls) Ṟa ṣᴾ
ᴾ Length g
ᴾ
(Braces installed) c= diameter
ᴾ
ᴾ e
ᴾ No concealing wall
Reference diagram for residential building types
(Example of an apartment with an open corridor)

Copyright٤
3.2 Floor Load Margin

The building floor-to-floor height, and form and flexibility of spaces are evaluated to consider the
potential for future changes of building type.
For “Hotels” and “Apartments,” the main areas that correspond to occupied rooms of standard floors are
the residential and accommodation sections, so evaluate this item under “Residential and
Accommodation Sections.” For “Hospitals,” evaluate for both the main occupied rooms of the standard
floor of “Residential and Accommodation Sections” (mainly wards) and the main occupied rooms of the
standard floor of “Common Properties” (mainly examination rooms).


OffὉRtlὉRstὉ
Building type Halίnon-fixed seatingsὸ Sch㩷
Halίfixed seatingsὸὉFctὉHsp
(No corresponding (No corresponding
level) level)
Level 2 Less than 2900N/Ὦ Less than 3500N/Ὦ Less than 2300N/Ὦ
Level 3 2900N/Ὦ or more 3500N/Ὦ or more 2300N/Ὦ or more


Level 2 Less than 1800N/Ὦ
Level 3 1800N/Ὦ or more

ṳCommentary
If the values specified in administrative ordinances for imposed loads are used, they provide a higher
margin of safety than other loads, even for abnormal and unevenly distributed loads, such as during
remodeling. Therefore, rather than considering ample allowance for such short-term situations, evaluate
whether there is potential for conversion to other building types in future.
The permissible load for the room concerned, as stated in article 85 of the enforcement regulations for
the Building Standards Law is set as level 3, a 20% higher value is level 4 and a 50% higher value is
level 5. In addition to offices, this assessment covers the sales areas of department stores and other
retailers, buildings which have halls with fixed seating as their standard rooms, and school buildings
which have classrooms as their standard rooms.
The permissible load for the room concerned, as stated for buildings incorporating residential and
accommodation sections (“Hospitals,” “Hotels,” “Apartments”) in article 85 of the enforcement
regulations for the Building Standards Law is set as level 2. One rank higher for offices is set as level 5.
This allowance for load leaves potential for conversion to other uses. In practice, level 2 or below will be
applicable to very few cases. Level 4 is a value interpolated between levels 3 and 5.

Copyright٤
3.3 Adaptability of Facilities

Consider potential for future changes of building type when evaluating the building’s ease of renewal.
3.3.1 Ease of Air Conditioning Duct Renewal

Q2
Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉFctὉHtlὉApt
Air conditioning ducts cannot be replaced or repaired without damaging structural
Level 1
elements.
In some cases the air conditioning ducts can be replaced or repaired without
Level 2 damaging structural elements, if spare sleeves are used, but that method cannot be
applied to all ducts.
Space and routes for future use (future replacement work) have been provided, so that
Level 3 nearly all air conditioning ducts can be replaced or repaired without damaging
structural elements. Alternatively, there is no central air conditioning equipment.
Exterior air conditioning ducts are used or ceiling space provided so that ducts can be
Level 4
replaced or repaired without damaging either structural elements or surface finishes.
*
ISS , equipment floor installation or other measures allow easy replacement or repair
Level 5
of air conditioning ducts without damaging surface finishes.
* ISS: Interstitial Space System. System that architecture and facilities are integrated.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the specifications for the parts which support the main functions corresponding to the
building’s function (main parts of the air conditioning pipes themselves).
Cases where there is no plan for renewal of air conditioning ducts, and ducts cannot be replaced or
repaired without partial demolition of structural elements such as beam, columns and bearing walls,
result in new repair works and generation of solid waste. Such cases are assigned level 1, the lowest
level.
Buildings where space and routes for future use (future replacement work) have been provided, so that
nearly all air conditioning ducts can be replaced or repaired without damaging structural elements, are
assigned level 3.
If replacement or repair work can be carried out without damage to surface finishes, level 4 or level 5 is
assigned, depending on the ease of the work. Buildings with no central air conditioning equipment are
assigned level 3.

Copyright٤
3.3.2 Ease of Water Supply and Drain Pipe Renewal


Repair and replacement are not possible without damaging structural elements and
Level 1
finishes.
Level 2 Repairs can be made without damaging structural elements, but replacements cannot.
Repairs can be made without damaging structural elements and finishes, but
Level 3
replacements cannot.
Level 4 Repairs and replacements can be made without damaging structural elements.
Repair and replacement are possible without damaging structural elements or
Level 5
finishes.
ṳCommentary
Cases where there is no plan for renewal of water supply and drainage pipes, and the pipes cannot be
repaired or replaced without partial demolition of structural elements such as beams, columns,
load-bearing walls, exterior walls and floor slabs result in new repair works and generation of solid
waste. Such cases are assigned level 1, the lowest level. In this case, repair means works to replace
water supply and drainage pipes with new pipes of the same dimensions and specifications, while
renewal means upgrades etc. to replace pipes with others of different specifications.
Award level 3 if repair is possible without damaging structural elements and finishes, but renewal is not.
Award level 4 or level 5 if spaces and routes have been provided for future use, facilitating renewal,
choosing between the two levels according to the amount of repair and waste generation from elements
other than water supply and drainage pipes. Refer to the table below for the water supply and drainage
pipe design method and plumbing specifications corresponding to each level. For exterior wall joints
from main vertical pipes, award the level corresponding to the one at which all the specifications are
satisfied. (If the levels of different parts differ, evaluate at the lowest level). Also, if special efforts have
been made in pipe specifications or other measures, the level can be judged from that effort alone.

Copyright٤
Level Level of repair and waste other than water Examples of water supply and drainage pipe installation
supply and drainage pipe methods and specifications
Repair Replacement Judge at the level for which all specifications Judge from
are satisfied this
specification
only
Structural Finishes Structural Finishes Main riser Other than Lateral Exterior Pipe
materials materials pipes main riser pipe wall joint specifications
pipes etc.
High High High High Through Embedded Embedded Sleeved ὼ
1 slab in wall (RC in frame
etc.) (slab)
Q2
Low High High High Inside PS Embedded Embedded Sleeved ὼ
2 in wall in cinder
(LGS etc.) concrete
Low Low High High Inside PS Inside PS Pipes in Sleeved ὼ
ceiling void
3 of floor
below
Low Low Low High Spare Spare Inside Spare ὼ
space space ceiling void sleeve
of own
floor
4 (Gyptone,
rock wool
acoustical
board)
Low Low Low Low Spare Spare Inside Spare Unit plumbing
space or space or system sleeve or system
mechanic mechanical ceiling of or WC
5 al void void own floor through
or ISS or panel
floor piping
pit
3.3.3 Ease of Electrical Wiring Renewal


Level 1 Wiring cannot be replaced or repaired without damaging structural elements.
Level 3 Wiring can be replaced or repaired without damaging structural elements.
Wiring can be replaced or repaired without damaging structural elements or surface
Level 5
finishes.
ṳCommentary
building’s function (main parts of the electrical wiring itself).
Level 3 is assigned where it is possible to replace wiring without damaging structural elements.

Copyright٤
3.3.4 Ease of Communications Cable Renewal


Communications cables cannot be replaced or repaired without damaging structural
Level 1
elements.
Communications cables can be replaced or repaired without damaging structural
Level 3
elements.
Communications cables can be replaced or repaired without damaging structural
Level 5
elements or surface finishes.
ṳCommentary
The reasons for assigning levels are the same as for "3.3.3 Ease of electrical wiring renewal."
3.3.5 Ease of Equipment Renewal


No machine hatches or routes to accommodate replacement of major service
Level 1 equipment are provided, and building functions cannot be maintained through
replacement and repair.
Machine hatches or routes to accommodate replacement of major service equipment
Level 3 are provided, but building functions cannot be maintained through replacement and
repair.
Machine hatches or routes to accommodate replacement of major service equipment

Level 5 are provided, and building functions can be maintained through replacement and
repair.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate for non-generation of solid wastes and new repair requirements, and the ability to maintain
building functions during renewal and repair, using backup equipment. The situation in which building
functions can be maintained during renewal and repair works is that where “other functions do not stop
when the routes or machine hatches are used, and there is equipment that can be used for backup

Copyright٤
during renewal and repair (including arrangements whereby the number of units of equipment can be
divided into groups, so that equipment that does not run under low loads can serve as backup).”
Evaluate level 3 if there are routes and machine hatches that accommodate renewal and repair, but
some destruction of simple partition walls etc. is required.
The term "major equipment" refers to the following equipment.
1) For building types other than “Apartments,” this refers to major equipment and services necessary for
the building to function, specifically power receiver and transformer equipment, generators, boilers,
chillers, air conditioners, water tanks, pumps and other equipment.
2) For “Apartments,” it refers to the devices necessary for people to live in the building, such as water
heaters, room air conditioning, water tank and pumps.
3.3.6㩷 Provision of Backup Space
Q2


Level 3 There is no planned provision of space for backup equipment.
Level 4 There is planned provision of space for backup equipment.
ṳCommentary
building’s function (main building service systems).
If the plan for equipment replacement or repair works secures space to install backup equipment, the
building's functions can be maintained while the replacement or repair takes place. Therefore, if plans
have been made for securing backup space, the assessment is level 4.

Copyright٤
Q3: Outdoor Environment on Site

In evaluating Q3, employ a point system for individual efforts indicated in the “efforts to be evaluated”
which are the scoring items, and derive a five-level assessment from the total score. As most of the
assessment items under Q3 are qualitative, therefore the content of the efforts made and comments
need to be described separately in the “Summary of environmentally conscious efforts in planning”
column prepared in the scoring software.
ṳScoring method
If the planned content actually applies to the content of each of the efforts to be evaluated, add the
corresponding points, and determine the level according to the point total.
* The “Other” column contains arbitrarily added items, which are special efforts that do not appear in the
scoring table. When scoring the “Other” column, describe the efforts in the “Summary of
environmentally conscious efforts in planning” column of the software.
1. Preservation & Creation of Biotope


No consideration has been give to the conservation and creation of habitat, and
Level 1
effort is inadequate. (0~3 assessment points)
Some consideration has been give to the conservation and creation of habitat, but
Level 2
effort is still somewhat inadequate. (4~6 assessment points)
Consideration has been give to the conservation and creation of habitat, and a
Level 3
standard level of effort has been made. (7~9 assessment points)
Consideration has been give to the conservation and creation of habitat, and a
Level 4
relatively large number of efforts have been made. (10~12 assessment points)
Thorough consideration has been give to the conservation and creation of habitat,
Level 5
and extensive efforts have been made. (13 or more assessment points)
Item Content Point
I. Identification 1) Site characteristics related to habitats including the site and its 1
of site surroundings have been identified.
characteristics
2) Planning policies related to conservation and creation of habitat 1
and setting of
on the basis of site characteristics have been stated.
planning
policies
II. Conservation 1) Biological resources such as flora and fauna, topsoil and 1
of biological waterside areas on the site have been conserved.
resources
2) Biological resources such as flora and fauna, topsoil and 1
waterside areas previously existing on the site have been
restored (regenerated).

Copyright٤
III. Securing 1) Greenery covers 10% or more, but less than 20% of exterior 1῍3
quantity of area, and medium and tall trees have been planted (1 point)
foliage Greenery covers 20% or more, but less than 50% of exterior area.
(2 points)
Greenery covers 50% or more of exterior area. (3 points)
2) Building planting brings the building planting index to 0.05 or 1῍2
more, but less than 0.2. (1 point)
Building planting brings the building planting index to 0.2 or
more. (2 point)
IV. Securing 1) Foliage has been generated that is appropriate for the planting 1
quality of conditions of the plot and the building.
foliage
2) Foliage has been generated that considers securing living 1
habitat for small wild animals.
Q3
3) Foliage has been generated that considers preservation of 2
local species.
V. Management 1) Equipment necessary for the maintenance management of 1
and use of green areas at the building operation stage have been
habitat installed, and management policies have been set.
2) An environment and facilities have been provided in which 1
building users and local people can encounter natural
organisms and get closer to nature.
VI. Other Independent efforts other than the above evaluated items have 1
been made to conserve and create habitat.
ṳCommentary
Under this item (Q3.1 Preservation & Creation of Biotope), evaluate the content of efforts made for each
of six assessment items (I~VI) for whether consideration has been given to conservation and creation of
habitat by the building (the plot as a whole, including the building and exterior areas), with a view to
conserving and regenerating the national natural environment and securing biodiversity. The term
“habitat” used here refers to spaces (biotopes) which promote the lives of small wild animals and
support the growth of plants.
I. Identification of site characteristics and setting of planning policies

Conservation of local habitat requires setting of conservation goals suitable for the site characteristics of
the plot, and the consideration of conservation policies and related efforts to achieve those goals. From
that perspective, evaluate this item for whether the habitat-related site characteristics of the area in
which the planned site is located have been identified, and whether planning policies for conservation
and creation of habitat suitable for the above characteristics have been stated.
Award one point if information on habitat was gathered and site characteristics clarified. Add a further
point if an appropriate planning policy, based on site characteristics, has been presented, for a total of
two points. Even if a planning policy has been presented, award no points if the site characteristics to
base it on have not been identified.
Furthermore, as it is not possible to uniformly define the spatial range of the site characteristics and the
range covered by the study, select content suitable for the plan site, with reference to the cases below.
Also, attach at least the following documents, so that the relationship between the site characteristics
and the planning policies can be checked by third parties.
[Appended documents]
Ὁ Aerial photographs, including the site and its surroundings.
Ὁ Topographic or land usage map covering the area of the above aerial photographs.
Ὁ Baseline information gathered on the existing habitat, with sources (statement of survey methods etc.
if an independent survey was performed).

Copyright٤
[Example of efforts]
ṺEco Village Matsudo
The site design was based on ecological
planning (water, vegetation, wind) drawn up
through wide-area environmental analysis,
and it reflected the characteristics of local
ecosystems and the wind environment. A
Landsat wide-area analysis of a 5km square
around the site, to identify the distribution of
green space, found “planar biotopes” formed
of large-scale green space and bodies of
water, while the wetlands of the Fuji river
formed a “linear biotope,” and “stepping-stone
biotopes” were formed by shrine and temple Analysis of nearby green space:
woods, green slopes and small parks. Among "Stepping-stone" green space
these biotopes, elements of the project, such with high levels of activity were
identified within a 5km square
as the tree sanctuary and dragonfly pond, are area.
expected to serve as a point biotope, (Photograph provided by Taisei
Corporation)
strengthening wide-area ecological networks
in future. Follow-up surveys continue after the
completion of construction, and confirm that
populations of birds, insects and other organisms are rising.
II. Conservation of biological resources

Trees and topsoil on the plot are biological resources of the local area, formed over long periods. As such,
the way they are handled should be given priority consideration in conservation and creation of habitat.
From that perspective, this item should be evaluated with reference to two aspects, preservation and
restoration, for efforts to conserve trees, topsoil, waterside areas, etc.
ḛPreservation” means efforts to leave biological resources on the plot in place. Assess relocation
(replanting) within the site as well as land left undisturbed. “Restoration” means efforts to regenerate within
the plot the biological resources which have been lost from it.
Award one point if efforts are made for either preservation or restoration. If multiple efforts have been
made between preservation and restoration, .award the point total.
If there are no existing biological resources on the plot, evaluate the efforts to restore local biological
resources. However, assessment is conditional on explanatory documents indicating the absence of
existing biological resources, with appended documentation that can be verified by third parties.
[Appended documents]
- Aerial photographs and topographical maps indicating past and present land use on the plot and in its
surroundings.
- On-site photographs of the area before development.
[Examples of efforts]
Case Studies of Preservation of Biological Resources
ṺAoyama Gakuin University, Sagamihara Campus
Zelkova and other existing tall trees were preserved or relocated to
achieve environmental conservation effects.
Case Study of Restoration (Regeneration) of Biological Resources
ṺThe Kansai-Kan of the National Diet Library
The hills and woods that form the original scenery have been
restored (regenerated) through rooftop planting and tree planting,
particularly of blue Japanese oak and quercus serrata.

Copyright٤
Case Study of Creation of Biological Resources
ṺMabuchi Motor headquarters
Exterior areas are fully planted, and natural elements have been
incorporated into the front garden, which forms the approach to the
building, to create a new bio-garden.
III. Securing quantity of foliage

Evaluate the efforts to green the site this item, which considers provision of foliage in quantity,
according to the area of greening on the site and the area of the building that has been covered with
foliage.
Refer to Appendix 6 “Details of the calculation method for green area” for the calculation methods for
tree crown area and building planting, etc.
Q3
1) For exterior planting, award one point for planting of medium and tall trees that brings the exterior
planting index, calculated as below, to 10% or more, but less than 20%, award two points for 20% or
more, but less than 50%, and three points for 50% or more.
Exterior planting index

(Horizontal projected area of medium and
tall trees + area planted with low trees and ground cover etc.)
Exterior planting index =ᾌ ḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘ ᶣ100ίήὸ
Exterior area*ᾀ
*1) Exterior area = Area of plot – building area (built area + areas of related facilities)
2) Building planting includes rooftop and wall planting. Award one point if the building planting index*2,
calculated by the formula below, is 0.05 or more, but less than 0.2, and two points if it is 0.2 or higher.
Rooftop and wall planting areas include the plantable areas (areas such as metals trellises which
support the growth of vine plants).
Building planting area (total roof planting + wall planting)

Building plantingᾌᴾ ḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘᴾ
*3
Building area
*2ὸ Building planting index = Ratio between the total of roof planting area and wall planting area and
the total area of the building.
*3ὸ Building area = Horizontal projected area of areas occupied by the building (legal construction
area)
IV. Securing quality of foliage

Under this item, evaluate the efforts to form green space that supports rich biota in the area by
considering the healthy growth of planted plants, with a view to securing the quality of green spaces that
contribute to conservation and creation of habitat.
Award one point each for efforts to create suitable green spaces for the planting conditions, to secure
habitat for small animals and birds, and to conserve local species. If more than one of the above are
applicable, evaluate according to the point total.
[1] Creation of green space appropriate for the planting conditions
- Adaptation to sunlight conditions (suitable layout of sun trees and shade trees, etc.).
- Adaptation to space available for growth (planting in spaces that can accommodate future tree
growth, etc.).
Ὁ Adaptation to growth infrastructure (provision of adequate soil or pots for plants to grow in, etc.).
Ὁ Adaptation to environmental pressures (introduction of plants able to resist wind, salt, etc.).
[2] Secure habitat for small animals and birds
- Layout of green space to provide continuity with surrounding habitat.
- Provision of nesting and hiding areas.

Copyright٤
- Design of green space with consideration for the introduction of feed plants.
- Provision of green space and water space that encourages natural behavior.
[3] Conservation of local species*4

- Introduction of trees and flowers by local authorities.
*5
- Introduction of species native to the area.
- Introduction of tree species with consideration of their natural distribution.
- Introduction of local seeds and seedlings.*6
*4) Local species:

Organisms which historically existed in the area (plant species, for the purposes of this item).
*5) Native species:

Organisms (plant species, for the purposes of this item) which have been distributed in limited
areas of sea, land, mountain ranges etc., and have adapted and evolved to suit the local
environment over long periods.
*6) Local seeds and seedlings:

Seeds and seedlings which are produced on the base of local ecosystems. For the time being,
only recognize seeds and seedlings for which the place of origin is defined on the district scale,
below the municipal scale, and for which the production process is clearly defined. What were
previously called “local seeds, locally produced” fit in that category.
Note 1) Definitions of “local seeds” and other such terms are now being studied, from the various
perspectives of fields of ecology, forestry and landscape gardening. Definitions for use with this item
are stated in the following documents:
Local species:
Assessment of Green Space for the Conservation and Creation of Corporate Green Spaces
(Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism, Regional Development Bureau).
Native species:
Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism website, glossary page
Local seeds and seedlings:
Proposals for the Handling of Green Space Plants for the Conservation of Biodiversity (The
Japanese Society of Revegetation Technology).
Note 2) Bibliography regarding wild species and local species

“Handbook for Landscape Architecture,” Japan Institute of Landscape Architecture 1978
“Garden Trees and Trees for Planting,” Ryo Iijimaa and Toshihiro Ahiru 1974
“Planting Dictionary for Environment,” the Japan Society of Reservation Technology 2005
Case Studies of Provision of Habitat for Small Wild Animals
ṺOsaka Gas experimental group housing – Next21
2
This project provides over 1,000m of three-dimensional space by
the deliberate greening of terraces, verandahs and common
walkways, as well as rooftops, to attract migrant birds from Osaka
castle park, which is approximately 1.5km to the north. Many wild
birds visit the site, and the habitat supports a large insect population.
Indigenous plants have also been observed there.
V. Management and use of habitat

Proper management of green space etc. at the building operation stage is essential for maintenance of
healthy habitat, and it is important to give thorough consideration in advance, at the planning and design
stages, to habitat management and related measures. From that perspective, this item evaluates the
efforts for the maintenance management of conserved or created habitat.
Award one point if facilities necessary for the maintenance management of green space, such as
irrigation facilities, and a plan is in place for maintenance of such facilities, and one point if facilities have
been provided for enjoying close contact with nature.

Copyright٤
[1] Setting up equipment and management policies for the maintenance management of green spaces etc.
- Appropriate installation of irrigation equipment.
- Provision of planting infrastructure, such as suitable soil volume
- Annual process plan for supervision patrols, tree pruning, grass cutting, etc.
- Policies for the implementation of countermeasures against insect pest damage
- Planning for organism monitoring etc., reflected in management
[2] Provision of facilities for enjoying close contact with nature
- Installation of nature observation trails for observing plants and animals, and exhibition facilities.
- Installation of flowerbeds and tree planting areas that can be used by building users.
- Installation of facilities providing information on nature, and provision of information about organisms etc.
through regular events or other channels.
Case Study of Management and Use of Habitat
ṺGlobe Court Omiya Minami-Nakano
Q3
Vegetable patches and fruit orchards were built with
a view to coexistence with nature and the
community, and dwellings are joined by wooden
planters, pergolas and other means. Residents
participate voluntarily in proposing ways of building
their environment, and in forming project teams for
maintaining and improving the environment in
biotopes and the central pond. Resident-led
environmental improvement efforts are still
continuing.
VI. Other
Unusual efforts not included in I~V above items should be evaluated as one point.
When evaluating “Other” efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been made, and
attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.

Copyright٤
2. Townscape & Landscape

Building type 㪦㪽㪽Ὁ㪪㪺㪿Ὁ㪩㫋㫃Ὁ㪩㫊㫋Ὁ㪟㪸㫃Ὁ㪟㫊㫇Ὁ㪟㫋㫃Ὁ㪘㫇㫋Ὁ㪝㪺㫋
The building impairs the scenery, blocks views, is too tall, or otherwise infringes scenic
Level 1 benefits* from scenery that is symbolic of the area, such as castles, mountains, sea or
street scenery.
Efforts for the benefit of the surrounding streets and scenery are lacking.
Level 2
(+1 or less assessment points)
Level 3 Efforts for the benefit of the surrounding streets and scenery are at a standard level.
(+2~3 assessment points)
Level 4 Efforts for the benefit of the surrounding streets and scenery are above the standard
level. (+4 assessment points)
Efforts for the benefit of the surrounding streets and scenery are thorough and
Level 5 extensive. (+5 or more assessment points, or the building has been awarded prizes
related to urban appearance and scenery).
Item Content Point
1) The building inhibits the scenery, blocks views, is too tall, or otherwise
infringes scenic benefits* from scenery that is symbolic of the area, such Level 1
as castles, mountains, sea or street scenery.
I. Infringing
scenic 2) Lack of harmony with surrounding streets and scenery
benefits
The building has an oppressive influence on part of the surrounding -2
urban context, or has a layout, height, visual volume, color, boundary
walls or other elements that clash with the scenery.
3) Formation of favorable scenery from the perspective of important
viewpoints in the surroundings.
Efforts have been made to form good scenery from important viewpoints +1
where the general public gather nearby, such as parks and station
plazas.
4) The positioning and form etc. of the building is in harmony with nearby
urban context.
The adjustment, height, coloration and other aspects of the roof, exterior +1
cladding, eaves, fences and walls reduce the sense of oppressiveness on
the surroundings, achieving a well-balanced harmony.
5) Use of green space to form good scenery
II. Formation +1
Green space has been provided in order to form good scenery.
of favorable
scenery 6) Formation of good scenery with materials of local character
Exterior cladding materials of local character are used to form good +1
scenery.
7) Continuation of historic scenery
Historic buildings and objects and existing plants, topography, springs +1
etc. are conserved, restored or regenerated to carry on the historic
character of local scenery.
8) Formation of a new symbol in the urban scenery
The building gives the urban scenery a new symbol, thereby helping to +1
stimulate it.
9) Other (State content) +1

Copyright٤
* “Scenic benefits” refers to enjoying the pleasures of good scenery. Judgments of infringement of
scenic benefits should be limited to cases in which disputes have arisen over scenery. In the appeal
judgment (2006.3.30) on the legal action brought by local residents against a 14-story condominium
(44m tall) on University Avenue, Kunitachi City, the Supreme Court stated that “it (scenery) has
objective value in cases where it forms an historic or cultural environment and is an element in a rich
way of life”, and that “those residing in areas adjoining favorable scenery have the advantage of
benefiting from good scenery (scenic benefits), which merits legal protection.” That was the first
judgment recognizing the scenic benefits of local residents.
ṳCommentary
Urban context and scenery has an expression composed of its nature, buildings and human activities
which has emotional effects on people, potentially inspiring empathy between people living or working in
the area, and exciting the interest of visitors. The more the times become global in character, the more
important scenery becomes as a cultural medium (social capital), expressing the character of a region
and its places. In that sense, this item evaluates whether the impact of the building (its entire site,
including exterior areas) on the surrounding urban context and scenery has been reduced, and what
kind of contribution it makes to improving them.
Q3
In general, assessment of scenery is a matter of examining who (residents, users, nearby pedestrians,
other general public) sees what (near, middle and distant scenery), but this item evaluates all the
general buildings that make up the urban context and scenery. As such, it mainly examines the near
scenery of the foot of the building as seen by nearby pedestrians, with addition of assessment items
related to middle and distant scenery.
Also, as CASBEE does not deal with aesthetic assessments, the assessment does not cover the beauty
or otherwise of the design.
Furthermore, this assessment is restricted to scenic aspects. Assessment of human bustle and activity
should be evaluated under Q3 3.1 Attention to Local Character & Improvement of Comfort.
< Approach to assessment>

[1] Evaluate level three if the building is almost entirely unseen from public spaces, or if there is no
way to give consideration to urban context and scenery.
[2] If there are independent rules for the area (urban context guidelines etc.), and efforts have been
made on that basis, evaluate the content of such efforts.
[3] Evaluate level five if scenery is clearly stated as a reason for winning a local scenery prize, or
any similar situation indicating the building has gained a certain level of positive assessment.
[4] State the specific content of the efforts to be evaluated, and append documents that will be
comprehensible to a third party.
[5] In particular, if it appears possible that scenic benefits could be infringed, evaluate as level 1
under 1) in the table, regardless of the content of 2) ~9),
The following are examples of matters that should generally be considered and specific measures
which could be used for forming good scenery.
3) Formation of favorable scenery from the perspective of important viewpoints in the surroundings.
[1] Consider how the building will appear when viewed from major viewpoints in the area.
4) Harmonize the positioning and form etc. of the building with nearby urban context.
[1] Consider the positions of wall lines of adjacent buildings with a view to consistency of wall lines in
the urban context.
[2] Consider how the building will look from roads, and take measures to avoid creating an oppressive
atmosphere, such as reducing the number of floors in roadside portions of the building.
[3] Bear in mind that low-rise portions have a more approachable “human scale” when composing the
form of the building.
[4] Consider roads and other public spaces, and take steps to create an impression of openness from
those areas.
[5] Consider the skyline formed with surrounding building groups.
[6] Make the esthetic design of building rooftops, openings, walls etc. harmonize with the urban
context.
[7] Consider the effect of the building's color on the surrounding scenery.
[8] Avoid harming the urban scenery with the size and coloration of the building itself, or with
billboards etc.
[9] If there is equipment on the roof or top of the building, consider how it is viewed from the
surroundings.

Copyright٤
Examples of building layouts and forms that harmonize with
urban context
ṺGlobe Court Omiya Minami-Nakano
Arranging blocks with visual depth when seen from the main
road reduces the oppressive atmosphere created on the
road.
Apartment blocks seen from the approach plaza

ṺShimonoseki, Ichinomiya prefectural housing (Photographer: Isao Saito)
Placing high-rise blocks on the north side and reducing height to
three floors on the east and southwest sides, adjacent to
existing residential areas, mitigated the oppressive effect on
those adjacent residential areas and restored the original
scenery of the natural skyline.
(Diagrams provided by Yamaguchi prefecture

Department of Civil Engineering, Housing
Section)
5) Use of green space to form good scenery
[1] Flat expanses of parking lots facing the public road are landscaped with trees etc.
[2] When choosing tree species, consider harmony with existing trees on adjoining plots and roads, and
symbolism of tree types.
Case Study of Use of Green Space to Form Good Scenery
ṺGreen space along roads in a commercial district (Shinjuku)
There is a mixed wood of sakura, quercus serrata and carpinus
tschonoskii in the middle of the business district. Together with
flagstones and undergrowth, it creates a refreshing scene in early
spring. (The Keio Plaza Hotel)
ṺGreen space along roads in a commercial district (Shirogane)

Small but vivid flowers and foliage of horse chestnut trees color the
street, creating a soothing atmosphere that signals the onset of
spring.

Copyright٤
Ṻ Green space along roads in an apartment (Yoyogi)

The blazing foliage of the maple trees, placed on corners as symbols
of the building, give a feeling of the seasons.
Q3
ṺMetropolitan Forest (Nagoya)
A scenic simulation was used to vary ratios of
evergreen to deciduous trees, forming a wide
range of forest scenery while maintaining a
set tree density. For areas such as parking
lots, where greenery even in winter is
important, the ratio was seven evergreen to ᴾᴾ ᴾ
three deciduous trees, while the ratio was Spring Summer
reversed in areas of bright forest comprising
mostly scrub trees.
(Noritake no Mori, Nagoya)
ᴾ
Autumn Winter
(Diagrams provided by Taisei Corporation)
6) Formation of good scenery with materials of local character

ḛMaterials of local character” are those that are traditionally used locally, or associated with the site.
There are examples of exterior wall materials traditionally available in a region being used to make
the design harmonize better with the existing urban context. Such materials have relaxed tones and
easily become familiar. It is preferable to choose colors that will harmonize with the surroundings. In
recent years there has been a trend away from primary colors, and more relaxed earth tones are
commonly selected.
[1] Locally-produced stone and tile are used in exteriors.
7) Continuation of historic scenery

[1] Historic structures which have contributed to forming the scenery of the region are partially
preserved.
[2] Existing trees on street corners are preserved for continuity in local scenery.
8) Formation of new symbols in the urban context

[1] The external appearance of the building creates a cultural buzz that stimulates central commercial
districts.
9) Miscellaneous
Award one point for independent measures other than the above assessment items.
When evaluating “Other” efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been made,
and attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.

Copyright٤
3. Local Characteristics & Outdoor Amenity

3.1 Attention to Local Character & Improvement of Comfort

No efforts have been made for local characteristics and outdoor amenity (0
Level 1
assessment points)
Efforts based on local characteristics and outdoor amenity are inadequate. (+1
Level 2
assessment point)
Efforts based on local characteristics and outdoor amenity are at a standard
Level 3
level.(+2~3 assessment points)
Efforts based on local characteristics and outdoor amenity are at a relatively
Level 4
high level.(+4 assessment points)
Efforts based on local characteristics and outdoor amenity are thorough and
Level 5
extensive.(+5 or more assessment points)
Item Content Point
I. Continuation 1) Conservation of historic built spaces etc.
of Historic interior and exterior spaces building remains preserved, restored 1
region-specific or regenerated, contributing to local culture. (Do not evaluate if measures
scenery, history here overlap with areas evaluated under urban context and scenery).
and culture
2) Use of materials with regional character
Materials of regional character are used for some of the building’s 1
structure, internal finishes or exterior spaces.
II. Local 3) Local contribution by provision of space

contribution Structural measures such as provision of alcoves, piloti and eaves are used
through to provide amenity for people using urban spaces, in the form of places to
provision of shelter from rain or wait for people. 1
functional Or,
spaces and
facilities Space is provided in plazas, paths and side streets to provide amenity for
people using the local area, in the form of rest areas and similar spaces.
4) Local contribution by provision of facilities and functions
Part of the building is equipped to provide public facilities and functions,
such as meeting rooms, community halls and exhibition spaces, 1
community centers, and community use of schools, contributing to greater
activity in the community.
III. Formation 5) Formation of rich intermediate zones linking the building interior and
of rich exterior
intermediate Open spaces that allow the passage of wind and light, such as courtyards,
zones linking terraces, balconies, sun rooms, roofed plazas, light and air voids, and atria
the building are skillfully linked to interior spaces.
interior and 1
Or,
exterior
In areas where private and public spaces intersect, such as around
entrances and balconies, light and air voids, flower beds, pergolas, deep
balconies and similar elements have been built to form rich intermediate
spaces which give a lived-in atmosphere.

Copyright٤
IV. 6) Consideration for crime prevention

Consideration Crime prevention performance is considered, so that in spaces outside the
for crime building, such as plazas, trees are placed to avoid blocking lines of sight,
prevention nocturnal lighting and security cameras are installed, windows are placed
where they will be useful for crime prevention, and other measures are
used.
Or,
If there are no plazas or pedestrian walkways, consideration is given to 1
crime prevention in the form of avoiding the creation of blind spots, such as
blind alleys and paths out of lines of sight, placing windows where they will
be useful for crime prevention, and other measures.
Or,
If there are boundary barriers around the site, crime and disaster
prevention are considered, in the form of fences or low hedges which
Q3
afford clear lines of sight, rather than continuous walls or similar barriers
which block lines of sight.
V. Participation 7) Participation of building users etc.
of building User satisfaction assessments (POE) are used to involve building users in
users etc. the design process for cooperative housing etc.
Or, 1
Residents and occupants work directly on plant management and cleaning
activities and formulate operation plans, and are otherwise participating in
the maintenance management of the building.
VI. Other 8) Other (State content) 1
ṳCommentary
The goal under this item is to evaluate efforts such as continuation of local history, contribution to city
and district amenities, activities and vitality, formation of rich intermediate spaces on the plot, local crime
prevention and participation by building users, for the sake of a living environment with a high level of
local amenity. Here we evaluate amenities for activity and vitality. Scenic amenity, in the form of visually
pleasing places, are handled under Q3 “2.Townscape & Landscape.”
I. Continuation of unique local character, history and culture

There are many historical and cultural resources which reflect the unique way of life of a region or
community. It is important that the building plan should discover such resources and reflect them in
various forms while building a modern environment. Local memory, which has been built up in the long
course of history on that land, is an important environmental asset, which should be passed down as it
is told between generations. Assess how that kind of local context is picked up and reflected in plans.
Examples include the preservation, restoration and regeneration of historic spaces inside and outside
existing building, and of building remains, and the use of materials with local character (locally-produced
materials, traditional materials of the region or district, other materials associated with the site). It is
difficult to judge the range within which locally-produced materials can still be called local, but if efforts
to use such materials are related to measures by local authorities to promote the use of
locally-produced materials, follow the definition employed by the local authority. Other measures
envisaged include use of exterior areas or designs which reflect aspects of local context, such as
character, history and culture, or serve to promote local industries by, for example, using local
personnel, skills and other resources for building construction and operation. If there are such efforts,
state their specific details in the “Other” column.

Copyright٤
Case Studies of Use of Materials with Local Character
ṺSetagaya ward, Fukazawa Symbiotic Housing Project
With replacement houses, the tiles from the old house can be used in the
exterior and old wells and trees preserved and reused.
II. Local contribution by provision of spaces, facilities and functions

This item evaluates diverse forms of amenity through use of the building, with the aim of creating a rich
local environment.
Case Studies of Local Contribution through Provision of Space
ṺPublic open space at Sumitomo Realty and Development’s
Shinjuku Oak Tower
This small square, which provides shade in summer, has benches
where people can wait for each other or take a lunchtime break.
III. Formation of rich intermediate zones linking the building interior and exterior
Rather than isolating the interior of the building from the exterior, and the site from its surroundings, they
can be joined attractively through intermediate and semi-outdoor spaces, with reference to the site's
orientation and surrounding environment. Providing such buffer zones alleviates psychological stress
for building users and thermal loads for the building, creating expansive and rich spaces.
Case Studies of Forming Rich Intermediate Spaces
Linking Building Interior and Exterior
ṺSetagaya ward, Fukazawa Symbiotic Housing Project
Deep balconies provide A Void brings both light and

space for ample vegetation air into the rooms on the
north side of the building.
IV. Consideration for crime prevention
The goal of considering crime prevention performance is to evaluate the ability of the building to exert
an influence to resist crime and disasters in public spaces, to create safe local environments where
people will not feel at risk.

Copyright٤
V. Ease of participation for building users etc.

Facility user satisfaction assessments accurately identify the needs of facility users and existing
problems, and examines those needs before the design stage begins, to evaluate them for use in
programming. POE (Pre/Post Occupancy Evaluation) is a kind of facility user satisfaction assessment
that evaluates facilities before and after they are occupied. It uses methods such as group interviews
and questionnaires to make a scientific investigation and assessment of how easy the facilities are to
use.
VI. Other
Unusual efforts not included in I~IV above items should be evaluated as one point.
When evaluating “Other” efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been made,
and attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.
3.2 Improvement of the Thermal Environment on Site
Q3
Building type 㪦㪽㪽Ὁ㪪㪺㪿Ὁ㪩㫋㫃Ὁ㪩㫊㫋Ὁ㪟㪸㫃Ὁ㪘㫇㫋Ὁ㪟㫊㫇Ὁ㪟㫋㫃Ὁ㪝㪺㫋

Level 1 0 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 2 1~4 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 3 5~9 points from the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 4 10~14 points from the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 5 15 points or more in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Item Content Point
Reduction of 1) Guide wind [1] The planned form and layout of buildings guides wind onto
the plot.
2
on-site into the site to
thermal relieve the
impact on thermal [2] Secure paths for air movement by providing green spaces
people environment of lawn, meadow and bushes etc., and suitable spaces and
paths within the plot.
ᴾ Open space ratio is 1῍3
ᴾ ᴾ 40% or more, less than 60% (1 point)
ᴾ ᴾ 60% or more, less than 80% (2 points)
ᴾ ᴾ 80% or more (3 points)
2) Provide green [1] Create of shade by the use of green space with medium
space, water and tall trees, piloti, eaves, pergolas and similar measures.
surfaces and ᴾ Share of projected horizontal area used for green space,
other elements piloti, etc.
within the site to
1῍3
alleviate the
thermal ᴾ ᴾ 20% or more, less than 30% (2 points)
environment. ᴾ ᴾ 30% or more (3 points)
[2] Provide green areas of lawn, meadow or shrubbery etc., or
open water, to limit the rise in ground temperature, and in air
temperature near the ground.
ᴾ Share of area for green space and water surface etc. 1῍3
ᴾ ᴾ 15% or more (3 points)

Copyright٤
[3] Endeavor to reduce the area of paving on the plot.

ᴾ Percentage of paved area is
ᴾ ᴾ Less than 10% (3 points)
3) Consider the [1] Prevent waste air and heat from affecting areas people 1῍3
positioning of air pass through and air intake areas.
and heat outlet
[2] Decide heat venting areas with consideration of air
from building
movement paths and heat dispersal on the site.
equipment to
relieve the
thermal
environment.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the efforts to alleviate the on-site thermal environment. Check whether or not any efforts have
been made, and evaluate them by assessment points. Efforts to improve the impact on the thermal
environment around the site (L category) are covered under LR-3 “2.2 Heat Island Effect.”
1) Guide wind into the site to relieve the thermal environment

For [1], evaluate any techniques used in the form and placement of buildings to guide wind
appropriately onto the site.
For [2], evaluate any techniques used in connection with the layout and other aspects of green space,
open space and paths etc. to secure paths for air movement. Award 1 point if the open space ratio is
40% or more, but less than 60%, 2 points if it is 60% or more, but less than 80%, and 3 points if it is
80% or more.
Open space ratio (%) = 100 – building coverage ratio (%)
Areas under piloti or eaves more than 1m high are included in the building coverage ratio, but for the
purposes of this assessment, they may be counted as open space.
Append wind analysis diagrams of areas near or on the plot, and diagrams which describe the
measures employed, such as building form and layout and use of green space, open space and
paths etc., to allow checking of the above content by a third party.
2) Provide green space, water surfaces and other elements within the site to alleviate the thermal
environment.
For [1], evaluate according to the share of horizontal projected area used for medium and tall trees,
piloti, eaves, pergolas and the like, with a view to creating shade, particularly on south and west
sides where sunshine has a strong impact, to relieve the heat environment in pedestrian parts of the
site. Shade from medium and tall trees is calculated as double the area, to take into account effects
other than the thermal environment.
Award 1 point if share of horizontal projected areas covered by green space, piloti etc. is 10% or
more, but less than 20%, 2 points if it is 20% or more, but less than 30%, and 3 points if it is 30% or
more.
Horizontal projected area ratio =
{W x (Horizontal projected area of medium and tall trees)

+ (Horizontal projected area of piloti, eaves and pergolas etc.)}
ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᶣ100ίήὸ
Total area of site
W: Weighting coefficient for the horizontal projected area of medium and tall trees (=2.0)
* Note that the value of W here differs from that in LR3 2.2.
Horizontal shaded area from medium and tall trees is taken as (area of crown of medium and
tall trees) x (No. of trees).

Copyright٤
* The calculation method for the crown area of medium and tall trees is as stated in Appendix
6 “Calculation method for crown area.”
The horizontal projected area of piloti, eaves, pergolas etc. is the total of the horizontal
projected areas of the above-ground portions of each part.
* Where the areas of medium and tall trees, eaves, pergolas and other elements overlap,
count one of the overlapping areas.
For [2], evaluate provision of green areas of lawn, meadow or shrubbery etc., or of open water, to
limit the rise in ground temperature, and in air temperature near the ground, with a view to relieving
the thermal environment in pedestrian areas and elsewhere on the site. The area ratio for green
space and open water is defined using the area of green space, including lawn, meadow and bushes,
etc., and the total area of open water.
Award 1 point if the green space and open water ratio is 5% or more, but less than 10%, 2 points if it
is 10% or more, but less than 15%, and 3 points if it is 15% or more.
Q3
Green space and open water ratioᾌ
(Area of green space, including lawn, meadow and bushes, etc.,

+ area of open water)
ᴾᴾᴾᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ X100ίήὸ
Site area
For [3], evaluate relief of the heat environment in pedestrian areas of the site by reduction of the
paved area of the site.
Award 1 point if the paved ratio is 20% or more, but less than 30%, 2 points if it is 10% or more, but
less than 20%, and 3 points if it is less than 10%.
Paved area
Paved area ratio =ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ X100ίήὸ
Total area of site
Exclude area paved with materials of high water retention used to alleviate the thermal environment,
and paving in areas that will never receive direct sunlight or under piloti, from the paved area.
3) Consider the positioning of air and heat venting from construction equipment to relieve the thermal
environment.
For [1], evaluate measures used to prevent waste air and heat from affecting areas people pass
through and air intake areas. Award 2 points if equipment which involves high-temperature waste
heat (incinerator equipment etc.), coolers and exterior air conditioning units are positioned so that
they do not face pedestrian spaces.
For [2], evaluate waste heat positioning measures that avoid forming hot spots on the site. Award 2
points if waste heat venting is positioned in parts of the site with strong air movement, upper parts of
building, and areas where heat can disperse easily.

Copyright٤
2. LR: Environmental Load Reduction of the Building
LR1: Energy
Assessment of energy is based on methods which apply current laws and regulations, such as the
Energy Saving Law, and the “5-1 Energy Saving Countermeasure Grade,” which is based on the Japan
Housing Performance Standard under the Housing Quality Assurance Law.
By whichever assessment method, level 3 should be equivalent to the "Standard for Judgment by
Owner Regarding the Rational Use of Energy Relating to Buildings” laid down in the Energy Saving Law.
Buildings falling short of the standard score 1 or 2, while those with energy-saving performance above
the standard score 4 or 5.
1. Building Thermal Load

Assessment for all building types, except “Apartments,” should be based on the performance standards
(PAL values) or the specification standards (Point values) regulated by the Energy Saving Law.
Also, at the Preliminary Design Stage, any types of new buildings, except “Apartments,” with total floor
area over 5,000m2 can be evaluated based on the specification standards (Point values)
Building type OffῒSchῒRtlῒRstῒHalῒHspῒHtl

Assessment using the specification
Assessment using the performance standards (Point value)
standards (PAL value) (new buildings with total floor area under
5,000m2)ᴾ
Compared to the standard valueᵊᴾ ᴾ
Level 1 [Point value] ᾋᴾ 80ptsᴾ
5%ᴾ ᾋᴾ ᵹPALᴾvalue]ᴾ ᴾ
Compared to the standard valueᵊᴾ
Level 2 80 pts ṓ [Point value] ᾋᴾ 100 ptsᴾ
0%ᴾ ᾋᴾ ᵹPALᴾᶔalue]ᴾ ṓᴾ 5%ᴾ
Compared to the standard valueᵊᴾ ᴾ ᴾ
Level 3 100 pts ṓ [Point value] ᾋᴾ 130 ptsᴾ
-10%ᴾ ᾋᴾ ᵹPALᴾvalue]ᴾ ṓ 0%ᴾ
Level 4 130 pts ṓᴾ [Point value] ᾋᴾ 160 ptsᴾ
-25%ᴾ ᾋᴾ ᵹPALᴾvalueᵻᴾ ṓᴾ -10%ᴾ
Level 5 160 pts ṓᴾ [Point value]ᴾ
ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᵹPAL valueᵻᴾ ṓᴾ -25%ᴾ
Building type Apt
Corresponding to grade 1 of the Japan Housing Performance Standard “5-1
Level 1
Energy-saving Countermeasure Grade.”
Level 2
Level 3
Level 5

Copyright٤
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the efforts to improve the reduction of thermal gains and losses due to insolation and
interior-exterior temperature gradients, and thermal load control as a means of reducing energy
consumed by cooling and heating.
The main assessment content is as indicated in [1]~[4].

[1] Measures in the building site plan, such as building form and core position, to reduce thermal loads.
[2] Level of use of highly insulative construction methods and materials in walls, roof and elsewhere.
[3] Level of use of louvers, eaves and other sun-shading methods on windows, which should take into
account seasonal variations in sun height between winter and summer.
[4] Use of measures such as highly insulative multipane glass windows, airflow windows and double
skins.
ᴾ
In “Offices,” “Schools,” “Restaurants,” “Halls,” “Hospitals” and “Hotels,” evaluate according to the
performance standard (PAL value) according to the Standard for Judgment by Owner Regarding the
Rational Use of Energy Relating to Buildings, or the specification standard (point value).
For “Apartments,” evaluate insulation performance and shading performance as before, according to
the current Energy Saving Law and the Japan Housing Performance Standard under the Housing
Quality Assurance Law which is based on it, and also the passive systems applied, such as outside air
LR1
loads and direct gains, under the Building Thermal Load items.
ᴾ
Under the energy conservation standard for residential buildings, assessment applies to each individual
dwelling, not to the entire residential block, so if the standard differs between individual dwellings,
evaluate according to proportions of the total number of dwellings. Under the April 2006 amendment to
the Energy Saving Law, grade 4 of the residential “Standard for Judgment by Owner Regarding the
Rational Use of Energy Relating to Buildings” is equivalent to level 3 (standard) under CASBEE, but for
the time being we will continue to take grade 3 as level 3.
ṲReference 1) The Standard for Judgment by Owner Regarding the Rational Use of Energy Relating to
Buildings
Building
type Hotels Hospitals Retailers Offices Schools Restaurants Halls Factories
Performance
420or 340 or 380 or 300 or 320 or 550 or
standard 550 or less
less less less less less less
MJ/Ὦ-yr ὼ
Specification
100 or more
standard
* The specification standard cannot handle "retails stores and similar buildings in hot regions," so the performance
standard should be used for calculation.
ṲReference 2) Energy Saving Countermeasure Grade under the Housing Quality Assurance Law.
Regional Annual heating and cooling load MJ/Ὦ-yr
categories
Housing
Quality ḩ Ḫ ḫ Ḭ ḭ Ḯ
Assurance Law
Grade 1 Ḙ ίBuildings that fall short of grade 2ὸ

Grade 2 840 or less 980 or less 980 or less 980 or less 980 or less 980 or less
*Other than the items above, the judgement standard contain corrected value standards for equivalent clearance
area, summer solar gain coefficient and passive solar housing. (Refer to the bibliography for details)

Copyright٤
ṲReference 3) Details of assessment items

Middle item Specific items Details
Insulation performance Heat loss coefficient
Solar-gain shading
Summer solar gain coefficient
Building thermal load performance Annual heating
control and cooling load Total enthalpy heat exchanger,
Outside air loads
etc.
Direct gains Load reduction by solar gain

Copyright٤
2. Natural Energy Utilization
Assessment at the Preliminary Design Stage should be qualitative, dividing between direct use and
converted use and based on the methods employed and their scale. However, assessment at the
Execution Design and Construction Completion Stages of “Apartments” should be based on the amount
of natural energy used per unit floor area, considering converted use only and converting to primary
energy units.
Use of Natural Energy is broadly divided between direct use and converted use. The definitions of each
are as shown below.
Form of use Definition

Direct use of natural Natural energy is used directly as energy, without the use of mechanical force,
energy as in the use of daylight and natural air movement and ventilation.
Photovoltaic generation*, solar heat use and other semi-mechanical means
Converted use of
are used to convert natural energy to electrical power, hot and cold water and
natural energy
other forms, before it is used as energy.
*Photovoltaic generation is also evaluated under 6 Equipment for Improving Energy Efficiency in
Efficiency in Building Service System, but multiple assessments are permissible.
LR1
PD Inapplicable
Apply to all types of building at the Execution Design and Construction Completion Stages other than
“Apartments.”

0MJ/Ὦ-yrṓᴾ [Natural energy usage]ᴾ ᾋ1MJ/Ὦ-yr

Level 3
*Include planned use for monumental purposes, as well as no natural energy usage.
Level 4 1MJ/Ὦ-yrṓᴾ [Natural energy usage]ᴾ ᾋ20MJ/Ὦ-yr
Level 5 20MJ/Ὦ-yrṓᴾ [Natural energy usage]
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the content of natural energy use, as appropriate for the scale and purpose of the building and
its surrounding conditions. The main element is quantitative assessment for the entire building, using
results of a forecast of annual usage, combining direct and converted use. Measures that have been
partially applied, or use for monumental purposes, should be evaluated as level 3, because they do not
lead to practical energy-saving effects. Higher levels of effort should receive level 4 or 5, depending on
the quantity of natural energy usage.
㪥㪸㫋㫌㫉㪸㫃㩷㪼㫅㪼㫉㪾㫐㩷㫌㫊㪸㪾㪼ίMJ/ὮὉyrὸᾌ
㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪻㫀㫉㪼㪺㫋㩷㫌㫊㪸㪾㪼䋨MJ/㫐㫉䋩䋫㪘㫅㫅㫌㪸㫃㩷㪺㫆㫅㫍㪼㫉㫋㪼㪻㩷㫌㫊㪸㪾㪼䋨MJ/㫐㫉䋩
ίFormula 1ὸ
㪫㫆㫋㪸㫃㩷㪽㫃㫆㫆㫉㩷㪸㫉㪼㪸䋨䋛䋩

Copyright٤
2.1 Direct Use of Natural Energy

Apply to all types of building at the Preliminary Design other than “Apartments” and to “Apartments” at
all assessment stages.
PD PD, ED and CC
Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct Apt
Level 2 Light intake and natural ventilation are not

(No corresponding level)
possible at level 3.
Of the efforts to be evaluated, any of the Nearly all dwellings (at least 80%) have
Level 3 methods is used, even if only partially. exterior walls on at least two sides,
ensuring effective light intake and natural
ventilation.
Of the efforts to be evaluated, any of the In addition to the above, building
methods is used in a majority of the measures, such as ventilation voids, have
Level 4 building. been used to enhance their efficacy. They
influence a majority (50% or more) of
residential blocks.
Of the efforts to be evaluated, two or more The building measures above cover at
Level 5 of the methods are used in a majority of least 80% of residential blocks.
the building.
NO. Content
Use of natural light: Planning for natural light systems that use sunlight in place of
1
lighting equipment. (E.g. Light shelves, top lights, high side lights*, etc.)
Use of natural ventilation: Planning for the use of natural ventilation and ventilation
systems that are effective in replacing the use of air conditioning equipment and
2
reducing cooling loads. (E.g. Automatic dampers, night purging, ventilation systems
linked to atria, solar chimney ventilation towers etc.)
Use of geothermal energy: Planning for the use of geothermal heat usage systems
3 that are effective in replacing the use of heat sources and air conditioning equipment
and reducing heating and cooling loads. (E.g. Cool and heat tubes and pits etc.)
4 Other: Planning for the effective use of nature in other systems.
*High side light; windows provided by design for the effective use of natural light, installed at high place
near ceiling.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the unconverted use of natural energy, such as light and ventilation. Solar cells, solar panels
and other methods for converting natural energy into electricity or heat should be evaluated under 2.2
Converted Use of Renewable Energy.
Evaluate efforts to make direct use of natural energy, as appropriate for the scale, type and surrounding
condition of building. Make a qualitative assessment of design efforts at the Preliminary Design Stage to
make use of natural energy, considering the methods used, the scale of their implementation in the
building and the way they are used.
If measures have been used partially, they should be evaluated as level 3, because they do not lead to
practical energy-saving effects. If they are applied to a majority of the building (50% or more of the total
floor area), and can be expected to yield real energy-saving effects, they should be evaluated as level 4
or 5.

Copyright٤
Assessment of the direct use of natural energy in “Apartments” mainly covers efforts targeting dwellings.
There are many examples of natural lighting and ventilation as basic energy-saving measures for
homes, so level 3 is set for dwellings where the majority is exposed to natural light and airflow on at
least two sides.
Furthermore, in contrast to detached houses, apartment designs are expected to choose block forms
and orientations to make use of natural light and ventilation, so efforts in these areas merit level 4 and
level 5. The assessment for this item at the Execution Design and Construction Completion stages is
equal to the assessment at the Preliminary Design Stage.
2.2 Converted Use of Renewable Energy

Apply to all types of building at the Preliminary Design other than “Apartments” and to “Apartments” at
all assessment stages.
LR1
PD ED and CC
Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFctὉApt Apt
2
0 MJ/ m Ὁyrᴾ ṓᵹRenewable energy usageᵻ
2
Of the efforts to be evaluated, any of the ᾋᴾ 1MJ/m Ὁyr
Level 3
methods is used, even if only partially. *Include planned use for monumental
purposes, as well as use as energy.
2
Of the efforts to be evaluated, any of the 1MJ/m Ὁyr ṓᵹRenewable energy usageᵻ
2
Level 4 methods is used in a majority of the ᾋᴾ 15 MJ/m Ὁyr
building.
Of the efforts to be evaluated, two or 15 MJ/m2Ὁyrᴾ ṓᵹRenewable energy
Level 5 more of the methods are used in a usageᵻ
majority of the building.
NO. Content
Use of sunlight: Planning for solar generation systems used in place of electrical
1 power equipment. (E.g. Solar panels etc.)
Use of solar heat: Planning for effective use of solar heat systems in heating
2 equipment to reduce heating loads. (E.g. Solar panels, vacuum-type water
heaters.)
Use of unused heat: Planning for effective use of unused-heat systems to improve
3 heat source efficiency in heating equipment. (E.g. Heat pumps using well water or
river water etc.)
4 Other: Planning for the effective use of nature in other systems.

Copyright٤
ṳCommentary
Solar cells, solar panels and other methods for converting natural energy into electricity or heat should
be evaluated as converted use of renewable energy.
Evaluate efforts to make use of converted natural energy, as appropriate for the scale and purpose of
the building and its surrounding conditions. Make a qualitative assessment of design efforts at the
Preliminary Design Stage to make effective use of natural energy, considering the scale of
implementation in the building and the way methods are used.
If measures have been used even partially, they should be evaluated as level 3. If they are applied to a
majority of the building (50% or more of the total floor area) and can be expected to yield impact and
real energy-saving effects, they should be evaluated as level 4 or 5.
For apartments in particular, assessment of converted use mainly considers measures taken for whole
blocks, while direct use of natural energy mainly considers measures in each dwelling. (The form of the
apartments means that it is practical to install centralized equipment on the common rooftops, and
individual systems for each dwelling are rare.)
Therefore at the Preliminary Design Stage, use the same assessment criteria as for building types other
than apartments.
Furthermore, assessment at the Execution Design and Construction Completion Stages of
“Apartments” should be based on the amount of natural energy used per unit floor area, considering
converted use only and converting to primary energy units.

Copyright٤
3. Efficiency in Building Service System
With the exception of “Apartments,” equipment and system efficiency enhancement in buildings should
use performance standards (CEC values) or specification standards (Point values) for each equipment
system regulated by the Energy Saving Law.
For “Apartments,” evaluate the equipment systems in common areas which became necessary with the
2006 Energy Saving Law, and the water heating equipment in private areas, for which independent
CASBEE criteria are set. Evaluate under 3a or 3b below.
Efficiency in Building Service System
Assessment of hot water supply for “Apartments”
Central hot water Individual hot

Is total floor area is over 5,000m2? Supply system Water supply
(Only at the Design Execution and Construction Completion stage) system
YES NO
LR1
NO
Evaluate all equipment systems by performance standards (CEC value)
YES
3a. Assessment by ERR 3b.Assessment other than 3a.(Including specification standard)
Assessment using Assessment using Assessment using the Assessment of

The performance the performance specification standard Individual hot water
Standard (CEC value) Standard (CEC value) (Point value) supply system
Assessment of energy saving rate k due to equipment and system efficiency improvement (3.6)
Restrictions on the range of applicability of specification Assessment based on weighting of assessment results
standards based on total floor area may arise at Execution on each item(3.1~3.6)
Design and Construction Completion stage.
3a. Assessment base on ERR: Apply when the subject is not apartment and everything is evaluated by
performance standards.
3b. System-by-system (3.1~3.6) assessment: Apply to assessment of “Apartments,” and to specification
standard assessment of building types other than apartments (some or all of the items under
3.1~3.5).

Copyright٤
CAssessment by ERR
Do not apply to “Apartments” (they are evaluated under 3b).
2
For buildings with total floor area above 5,000m , evaluate using ERR for all at the Execution Design
and Construction Completion Stages.
Building type OffῒSchῒRtlῒRstῒHalῒHspῒHtlῒFctᴾ

Level 1 ᴾ ᵹERRᴾValueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ -5ή
Level 2 -5%ᴾ ṓᴾ ᵹERR Valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 0ή
Level 3 0%ᴾ ṓᴾ ᵹERR Valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 10ή
Level 4 10%ᴾ ṓᴾ ᵹERR Valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 25ή
Level 5 25% ṓ ᵹERR Valueᵻ
ERR is a comprehensive indicator using the CEC calculation results under the Energy Saving Law. It
expresses the rate of reduction in primary energy consumption for equipment systems and is calculated
by the formula below.
Total amount of energy saved in the evaluated building
ERR㩷䋽㩷
Standard primary energy consumption for the evaluated building
ᴾ
(E0TL䋭 ECTL+ 䂦ECEE ) ECTL
㩷㩷㩷㩷䋽䋽 1䋭(1䋭k)㬍 ίFormula 2ὸ
0
E TL E0TL
Where,
C C C C C C C
E TL =E AC䋫E V䋫E L䋫E HW䋫E EV䋫E OT
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
E TL =E AC䋫E V䋫E L䋫E HW䋫E EV䋫E OT
In this case,
ECTL = Energy consumption in the whole building
ECAC = Energy consumption for air conditioning
C
E V = Energy consumption for ventilation
ECL = Energy consumption for lighting
C
E HW = Energy consumption for hot water supply
ECEV = Energy consumption for elevators
C
E OT = Other energy consumption (everything other than air conditioning, ventilation, lighting, hot water
C C
supply and elevators) = 0.4ᶣ(E ACὺE L )
C
ṵE EE = Actual amount of energy saved by the installation of equipment for improving energy
efficiency.
k =Energy saving rate by equipment for improving energy efficiency = ṵECEE / ECTL
Note) For the k value, refer to LR1 3.6 Equipment for Improving Energy Efficiency
0
E TL = The standard energy consumption for whole building
0 C 0
E AC = The standard energy consumption for air conditioning =L ACᶣCEC AC
0 C 0
E V = The standard energy consumption for air ventilation= L VᶣCEC V
E0L = The standard energy consumption for lighting = LCLᶣCEC0L
E0HW = The standard energy consumption for hot water supply = LCHWᶣCEC0HW
E0EV = The standard energy consumption for elevators = LCEVᶣCEC0EV
0
E OT =The Standard other energy consumption (everything other than air conditioning, ventilation,
lighting, hot water supply and elevators)

Copyright٤
Note) E0OT is assumed to equal E0OT= ECOT as no standard has been set for it.
0
CEC = The CEC judgment criterion value specified in the Energy Saving Standard (notification) for the
building.
C
L AC = Hypothetical air conditioning load
LCV =Energy consumption for the standard ventilation equipment
C
L L = Energy consumption for the standard lighting equipment
LCHW = Hypothetical hot water supply load
C
L EV = Energy consumption for the standard elevator equipment
Note) Symbol key

2
E = Primary energy consumption ίMJ/m -yrὸ
L = Annual load, or primary energy consumption from each of the standard equipment systems
ίMJ/m2-yrὸ
(superscripts)
0 = Standard (reference) value, C = Calculated values for the evaluated building
(subscripts) - Indicate energy applications;
AC = Air conditioning application, V = Ventilation application, L = Lighting application, HW = Hot water
supply application, EV = =Elevator application, EE = Equipment for improving energy efficiency, OT =
LR1
Other applications (electrical outlets, water supply and drainage, and other applications. Thus, it
includes all applications other than air conditioning, ventilation, lighting, hot water supply and elevators.),
TL = Total of all applicationsίᾌAC+V+L+HW+EV+OTὸ
ṳCommentary
The energy considered by this assessment is, in principle, all the energy consumed in the building.
Under the current Energy Saving Law (the Energy Conservation Law for buildings), the only five
applications considered are air conditioning, ventilation, lighting, hot water supply and elevators.
CASBEE, in contrast, considers all energy-consuming applications, in principle. However, no
assessment criteria exist for applications other than air conditioning, ventilation, lighting, hot water
supply and elevators. Therefore, other applications are not currently evaluated in practice. If the results
of all equipment systems are evaluated by performance standards (CEC values), evaluate the ERR
(Energy Reduction Ratio) value found by integrating all results from CEC.
The CEC as the Standard for Judgment by Owner Regarding the Rational Use of Energy Relating
under CEC are presented below.
ṲReference) CEC0 judgement standard values under notifications of the Energy Saving Law
㩷 Hotels Hospitals Retailers Offices Schools Restaurants Halls Factories
CEC/AC 2.5 2.5 1.7 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.2 ὼ

standards
Performance
CEC/V 1.0 1.0 0.9 1.0 0.8 1.5 1.0 ὼ

CEC/L 1.0
CEC/HW 1.5~1.9 (a value set according to pipe length/ hot water volume
CEC/EV 1.0 ὼ ὼ 1.0 ὼ ὼ ὼ ὼ
Specification
100 pts or more *Same for all equipment items
standard
ṲBibliographyᴾ 49ὸ
ṲReference) CEC0 judgement standard values under notifications of the Energy Saving Law for
apartments
㩷 Hot water
AC Ventilation Lighting Elevator Remarks
supply*
Performance CEC/Vṓ CEC/Lṓ CEC/EVṓ
standard No standard 1.0 1.0 No standard 1.0
Specification value 100 pts or value 100 pts or
None
standard more more
*Use independent CASBEE standards for assessment of hot water supply equipment in private
residential portions.

Copyright٤
3b. Assessment by means other than ERR

When using the specification standard (Point value) for buildings other than “Apartments,” evaluate
according to the weighting for each equipment system, evaluating each equipment type in 3.1~3.6
individually.
For “Apartments,” evaluate ventilation, lighting and elevator and escalator equipment in the same way
as other buildings, if it requires assessment under the Energy Saving Law, and also evaluate hot water
supply equipment. Take the weighted assessment results for ventilation, lighting and elevator and
escalator equipment in common portions, and the assessment results for hot water supply equipment in
private portions, and average them proportionally to the ratio of floor areas in common and private
portions, to derive the final assessment result for residential portions of apartments.
For all building types at the Preliminary Design Stage, the range of application under the Energy Saving
Law can be extended beyond the current regulations, enabling evaluation of buildings of 5,000m2 and
more under the specification standards (Point method). Therefore, either the performance standard
(CEC value) or the specification standard (Point value) can be used for the evaluation. The evaluation
method under the specification standard is not specified for some of the systems used. The
performance standard should be applied in such cases.
3.1 HVAC System

When the specification standard (Point value) is used for assessment, only the scoring criteria for
individual system has been set for heat pump cooling, so the performance standard (CEC-AC value)
should be used for central system.
Building type OffῒSchῒRtlῒRstῒHalῒHspῒHtl

Assessment by performance standardᴾ Assessment by specification
*
standardᴾ
ᵹCEC-AC ᶔᵿᶊᶓᶃᵻᴾ ᵹPoint valueᵻ ᴾ
Level 1 Compared to standard value,ᴾ Below the corrected points

5%ᴾ ṓ ᵹCEC valueᵻᴾ
Compared to standard value,ᴾ ᴾ Above the corrected point, andᴾ ᴾ
Level 2
0%ᴾ ᾋ ᵹCEC valueᵻ ᾋ5% ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 100 pts
Level 3 Compared to standard value, 100 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 130 pts
-10%ᴾ ᾋ ᵹCEC valueᵻ ṓ 0%
-25%ᴾ ᾋ ᵹCEC valueᵻ ṓ -10%
Level 5 Compared to standard value, 160 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻ

ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᴾ ᵹCEC valueᵻ ṓ-25%
* The specification standard for HVAC only evaluates gas heat pump heating and cooling in packaged
air conditioners etc., so the performance standard should be used for other equipment.
ṳCommentary
Assessment of efficiency enhancement for air conditioning systems should mainly follow [1]~[3] below.
[1] Restriction on the number of units, use of variable air volume systems, local load countermeasures,
waste heat recovery and large water temperature difference system etc. to enhance efficiency.
[2] Consideration of the use of high-efficiency heat source equipment and heat storage systems,
tailored to the air conditioning load characteristics of the building.
Introduction of methods for reducing air conditioning loads (such as total enthalpy heat exchange and
outside air cooling systems, minimum outside air volume control, and avoidance of re-heating by
dehumidification).
[3] Introduction of methods to reduce fan and pumping power (such as variable air volume system, large
air temperature difference system, task air conditioning, occupancy zone air conditioning, and radiant
heating and cooling).

Copyright٤
3.2 Ventilation System

Building typeᴾ OffῒSchῒRtlῒRstῒHalῒHspῒHtlῒApt

Assessment by performance standardᴾ Assessment by specification standardᴾ
ᴾ
ᵹCEC-V ᶔᵿᶊᶓᶃᵻᴾ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ
Level 1 Compared to standard value,ᴾ

ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 90 pts
Compared to standard value,ᴾ ᴾ
Level 2 90 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 100 pts
0%ᴾ ᾋ ᵹCEC valueᵻ ᾋ5%
Compared to standard value,
LR1
Level 5 140 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻ
ṳCommentary
Assessment of efficiency enhancement for ventilation systems should mainly follow [1]~ [2] below.
[1] Introduction of methods to reduce ventilation energy (such as methods for the reduction and
appropriate control of fan and pumping power).
[2] Introduction of control methods to avoid waste (such as reduced air volumes for equipment rooms
and car parking areas).
However, assessment only covers common properties of apartments.
3.3 Lighting System

Building type OffῒSchῒRtlῒRstῒHalῒHspῒHtlῒFctὉApt


ᵹCEC-L ᶔᵿᶊᶓᶃᵻᴾ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ
Level 1 Compared to standard value,ᴾ

ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 90 pts
Compared to standard value,ᴾ ᴾ
Level 5 140 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻ
ṳCommentary
Assessment of efficiency enhancement for lighting systems should mainly follow [1]~[2] below.
[1] Introduction of energy-saving methods for lighting equipment (such as high-efficiency light sources,
electricity-saving ballast, high-efficiency light fixtures, and lighting methods able to accommodate
flexible zoning).

Copyright٤
[2] Introduction of control methods to avoid waste (occupant sensor control, brightness sensor control,
appropriate illuminance adjustment, daylight-linked control).
However, assessment only covers common properties of “Apartments,” and only the performance
standard is used. For “Apartments,” the specification standard cannot be used for assessment, so use
the performance standard (CEC-L value).
3.4 Hot Water Supply System

Building type OffῒSchῒRtlῒRstῒHalῒHspῒHtlῒFct

ᵹCEC-HW ᶔᵿᶊᶓᶃᵻᴾ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ
Level 1 Compared to standard value,ᴾ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 90 pts

Level 2 Compared to standard value,ᴾ ᴾ 90 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 100 pts


Central supply system
Individual supply system (Assessment by specification standard
[Point value])ᴾ
Level 1 (No corresponding level) ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 90 pts
Level 2 Other than those listed below 90 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 100 pts
Level 3 Electric water heaters (electric control type) 100 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 130 pts
Level 4 Fuel-burning instant-supply water heaters 130 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 160 pts
Fuel-burning latent heat recovery
Level 5 instant-supply water heaters, electric CO2-
refrigerant water heater (late-night 160 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻ
electricity water storage heater)
The relationship between individual systems and equipment primary energy consumption
Score Standard Compliant devices*
2 pts Primary energy consumption 3.0KJ or Other than those listed below
more
Primary energy consumption 2.0KJ or Electric water heaters (electric control
3 pts more type)
4 pts Primary energy consumption 1.2KJ or Fuel-burning instant-supply water

more heaters
Primary energy consumption less than Fuel-burning latent heat recovery
1.2KJ instant-supply water heaters, electric
5 pts CO2- refrigerant water heater
(late-night electricity water storage
heater)

Copyright٤
*If the equipment used is not among the compliant devices listed in the table, it is sufficient to evaluate
on the basis of primary energy consumption calculated from the rated performance of the equipment
used.
ṳCommentary
Assessment of efficiency enhancement for hot water supply equipment should mainly follow [1]~[2]
below.
[1] Improved insulation for water pipes and hot water tanks.
[2] Introduction of appropriate control methods for hot water supply equipment and of high-efficiency
equipment.
For individual supply system, scoring criteria for “Apartments” of +2~+5 are set for the various hot water
supply systems used. The use of equipment of superior efficiency, and other measures that can be
expected to yield energy-saving effects, should be highly evaluated.
If central supply systems are adopted for “Apartments,” in the same way as for hotels etc., the general
rule is to use the same specification standard (Point value) assessment standards as for buildings other
than apartments.
3.5 Elevators
LR1
Exclude this item from assessment if there are no elevator or escalator systems.
Building type OffῒHtlὉApt

ᵹCEC-EV ᶔᵿᶊᶓᶃᵻᴾ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ
Level 1 Compared to standard value,ᴾ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 90 pts

Level 2 Compared to standard value,ᴾ ᴾ

90 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 100 pts
Level 3 Compared to standard value,

100 ptsᴾ ṓ ᵹPoint valueᵻᴾ ᾋᴾ 120 pts

ṳCommentary
Assessment of efficiency enhancement for elevator systems should mainly follow 1) below.
1) Control methods (such as AC feedback control1), Ward-Leonard systemᾁ), static Leonard controlᾂ),
VVVF and appropriate transport capacity control.
However, assessment only covers common properties of apartments.
1) Thyristors and diodes are used in combination to detect and feed back the difference between
command speed and actual speed, and the speed can be controlled by adjusting the firing angle,
enabling smooth speed control and high floor arrival precision.
2) This is one type of DC motor control, with a wide range of speed control and easy, smooth forward
and reverse control. The controlled DC motor and the motor generator which powers it are
connected as shown in the diagram, and speed is controlled by regulating the excitation of the
generator. The motor direction can be reversed by changing the orientation of the generator
excitation current.
3) This type uses a static power transformer In place of the motor generator. It is used to control the
speed of high-speed elevators. It does not use any rotary machine such as a motor generator.

Copyright٤
3.6 Equipments for Improving Energy Efficiency

Apply to all building types at all assessment stages.
ṳCommentary
Find the value of the energy saving rate k as below. The k value is a corrected value from the scores
gained for items 3.1~3.5. The higher the energy saving rate, the further the score for that item is
corrected upwards.
Equipment for improving energy efficiency is assumed to mean solar generation systems, cogeneration
systems and the like. Installation of such equipment is expected to save energy by making effective use
of energy in the entire building.
To evaluate the energy-saving effects, calculate the primary energy consumption that can be saved
through equipment for improving energy efficiency, and divide the saving by the annual primary energy
consumption for the whole building to find the energy saving rate k.
Finally, reflect the rate in the points scored for each building type.
Quantity of energy saved using equipment

for improving energy efficiency 䋨MJ/yr䋩
Energy saving rate k = Annual primary energy consumption of the entire building (Formula 3)
䋨MJ/yr䋩
If it is difficult to estimate annual primary energy consumption for the entire building in “3b. Assessment
by means other than ERR,” it is sufficient to calculate the energy saving rate k relative to a consumption
value estimated from standard energy consumption rates for each equipment application.
The designer should also find the quantity of energy saved by calculation.
This assessment should be reflected in score values as follows.
(However, the upper limit is +5 points)ὸ
Score value for scoring items in 3.1~3.5㩷

Score after correction 㪔㩷 (Formula ᾃ)
䋨㪈㪅㪇㪄㫂䋩㩷
If the performance standard (CEC value) is used for the assessment, energy saving rate k is built into
the ERR formula, so energy-saving efficiency is reflected in that assessment. (Refer to page 138.)
The assessment content for solar generation overlaps with LR1 2.2 Converted Use of Natural Energy,
but the gist of the evaluation differs, so the overlap can be permitted.
The amount of energy saved is, as a general rule, calculated according to the calculation method for
“Equipment for improving energy efficiency” stipulated in the Energy Saving Law.
ṲReference 1) Primary Energy Consumption rates for Standard Buildings (per unit floor area)
Hotels Hospitals Retailers Offices Schools Notes
Energy
consumption per
unit 3131 2798 2575 1870 1185 㩷
(MJ὾m2-yr)
ṲReference 2) Primary Energy consumption Rates for Standard Apartments (per household)
Cold region General region Hot region Notes
Energy consumption For heating, cooling
per unit 9.7 6.9 4.3 and hot water
(GJ὾household-yr) supply

Copyright٤
4. Efficient Operation
4.1 Monitoring
Exclude “Apartments” from assessment.
Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct㩷

It must be possible to identify the annual consumption of each kind of energy
Level 3 used in the building and use the base unit for energy consumption, or other
means, for benchmark comparison.
1
Beyond level 3, the breakdown of energy consumption ὸ for each major building
LR1
Level 4 type must be identified, trends in consumption identified and analyzed, and their
appropriateness confirmed.
2
Beyond level 4, the system efficiency ὸof major equipment systems must be
Level 5
evaluated in order to evaluate the performance of the systems.
1) Broadly, monitoring must be planned which will be able to identify the breakdown, by application,
of a majority of the total energy consumption.
2) Broadly, efficiency assessment must be performed on at least three of the types listed in table 1.
If there are many systems, such as air conditioning, lighting and ventilation, it is permissible to
estimate the whole from the assessment of representative systems.ᴾ
ṳCommentary
ḛMonitoring” evaluates ongoing monitoring of energy consumption quantities use in the operation
of the building in the Construction Completion Stage, and subsequent efforts to establish
measurement and quantification systems that would lead to more efficient operation.
In evaluating the level of these kinds of monitoring, award higher levels to systems that are
capable of more detailed assessment and analysis for the objectives [1]~[3] below.
[1] It must be possible to identify the annual consumption of each kind of energy used in the
3)
building and use the base unit for energy consumption, or other means, for benchmark
comparison.
4)
[2] Furthermore, the breakdown of energy consumption for each major building type must be
identified, trends in consumption identified and analyzed, and their appropriateness confirmed.
5)
[3] BEMS or a similar tool must be introduced so that the system efficiency of major equipment
systems can be evaluated in order to evaluate the performance of the systems. Assessment of
three or more systems, such as the examples in table 1, must be possible.
3) Primary energy consumption per unit floor area for each building type, based on statistical data.
4) Breakdown of primary energy consumption. The breakdown should include items that account
for particularly large shares of consumption, such as heat sources, air conditioning motor power,
lighting, receptacles and hot water supply.
5) It must be possible to compare the energy-saving effects of introducing various methods, using
the COP of heat source systems, system COP (of compound equipment), the WTF of pumped
conveyance and the ATF of air movement (see table 1).
However, if district heating and cooling has been introduced, it is possible to evaluate according
to a well-defined system COP, so evaluating efficiency is sufficient.

Copyright٤
Table 1 Efficiency Assessment Examples

Equipment
Assessment Items Assessment Summary Notes
items
Heat Heat source machine Amount of generated heat/ energy consumed by the
ᴾ
source COP assessment heat source (based on primary energy)
equipment COP assessment of Amount of generated heat/ energy consumed by the Includes
heat source systems heat source and related equipment (based on primary introduction of
1 energy) district
heating and
coolingᴾ
Heating medium Amount of heat carried/ energy consumed by pump
ᴾ
conveyance WTF (based on secondary energy)
Air Air conditioner Amount of heat carried/ energy consumed by fan
ᴾ
conditioning conveyance ATF (based on secondary energy)
equipment Total enthalpy heat Amount of heat reduced, amount of energy
2 ᴾ
exchange effect
Cooling effect by Amount of heat reduced, amount of energy
ᴾ
external air
Ventilation Assessment of ᴾ
3 equipment variable air volume ᴾ
control
Lighting Assessment of various Amount of energy saved by the use of daylight,
4 ᴾ
equipment types of control occupant sensors, etc.
Hot water Heat source machine Amount of generated heat/ energy consumed by the
ᴾ
supply COP assessment heat source (based on primary energy)
equipment COP assessment of Amount of generated heat/ energy consumed by the
5 heat source systems heat source and related equipment (based on primary ᴾ
energy)
Heating medium Amount of heat carried/ energy consumed by pump
transmission WTF (based on secondary energy)

Other CGS assessment Electricity generation efficiency, overall efficiency,
energy saving rate

6 Assessment of Energy saving rate
high-efficiency
transformers

Copyright٤
4.2 Operation & Management System

Exclude “Apartments” from assessment.
㪧㪛㩷㪜㪛㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪚㪚㩷
Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct㩷 OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct㩷
No operation and management has been
planned.
Organizations, systems or management
Level 2 (No corresponding level) policies have been planned for operation and
management.
No significant moves (proposals) have In addition to level 2, there must be an
Level 3 been made towards an operation and organized operation and management
LR1
management system. system, designated manager.
Basic guidelines for operation, In addition to level 3, target values for energy
maintenance and preservation have consumption in the whole buildings have been
Level 4 been planned. planned and presented to the building owner,
based on calculation of annual energy
consumption.
In addition to the above, target values In addition to level 4, there must be regular
have been planned for annual energy verification of equipment performance during
Level 5 consumption. building operation, with specific actions
planned for repair of malfunctions etc.
(commissioning system)
ṳCommentary
The operation and management system is not, in itself, design content, but rather a system that would be
applied by the building owner. Therefore, this assessment should examine how far the designer went in
preparing such a system, for cutting environment loads, and proposing it to the building owner.
The assessment should cover management systems and goal setting for planned and organized operation,
maintenance and preservation of the building, the setting of target values for annual energy consumption,
and the implementation of a target management plan to achieve the goals and targets. Level 5 is for
"target management is applied to energy consumption," with marks allocated for the anticipated final
targets.
Evaluate energy-saving efforts in the area of operation and management, such as the use of data gained
from various monitoring systems to reduce energy consumption through testing and verification of
equipment performance in operation, equipment diagnostics, and support for optimum operation.

Copyright٤
LR2: Resources & Materials
1. Water Resources
1.1 Water Saving

Level 1 No systems for saving water.
Level 3 Major faucets are equipped with water-saving valve.
In addition to water-saving valve, other water-saving equipment (such as
Level 4
flush-mimicking sound systems, water-saving toilets) is used.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the water-saving methods installed on the building's water supply equipment. In this context,
“major faucets” refers to faucets in everyday use. For example, in a home the term would refer to those
in the kitchen, bathroom, restrooms, etc. This also depends on the level of water-saving effect, but it is
generally necessary to have water-saving measures attached to a majority of faucets.
This item does not evaluate common use. Common use appears likely to contribute to the amount of
mains water saving, but we have decided not to evaluate it, as the use of large amounts of groundwater
can contribute to environmental problems other than water shortage.
ṲReference) Examples of water-saving equipment

Faucets [1] Save water by regulating water flow Water- saving valve
volume Fixed flow volume valves
Foaming faucets etc.
[2] Simplify operation of the equipment Automatic faucets
to save water by reducing wasteful flow. Fixed flow faucets (self-closing faucets)
Water-saving [1] Toilet bowls Water-saving appliances (Improvements to
toilets water supply routes and bowl and trap
shapes secure waste evacuation
performance while saving water.
Water-saving flush valves (Continuous flush
prevention mechanism, with regulatable
discharge volume)
[2] Urinals Flushing in response to usage, with user
sensor.
Fixed-time control system (Combination with
lighting, fan switch linkage and 24-hour
timers).
Other Privacy noise generators, etc.

Copyright٤
1.2 Rainwater & Gray Water
1.2.1 Rainwater Use System


Level 3 No systems for using rainwater.
Level 4 Rainwater is used.
Level 5 Rainwater usage brings the rainwater usage rate to at least 20%.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the level of rainwater use. The rainwater usage rate for level 5 is calculated by the formula
below.
LR2
Predicted rainwater usage volume
Rainwater usage rate ᾌ
Total predicted water usage (mains water + rainwater use)
Note) The formula was devised on the basis of the view that the denominator is "water outflow volume."
1.2.2 Gray Water Reuse System

Building type OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct㩷

Level 3 No systems for reusing gray water.
Level 4 Gray water is reused.
Level 5 In addition to gray water reuse, there is equipment to reuse sewage.
ṳCommentary
In CASBEE for New Construction, evaluate the level of gray water reuse. If equipment for sewage reuse
is installed, in addition to gray water reuse, the building is level 5.
If industrial water is used as miscellaneous water, reducing the use of mains water, judge that a
graywater reuse system is in place.
If the region concerned is equipped with reused water or miscellaneous water supplies as public
infrastructure, the use of such supplies can be evaluated under this item.
c 2008 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC

Copyright٤
2. Reducing Usage of Non-renewable Resources

2.1 Reducing Usage of Materials

Major structural elements are made of non-wood materials (RC/ SRC/ S), and earned
Level 2
0 points or more in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 3
1 point or more in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Level 4
Level 5
Point Content
<Concrete strength and main reinforcement bar strength in major structural elements>
2 2
1 point Fc= 36 or more, but less than 60 N/mm , and SD390 N/mm
2 2
2 points Fc= 60 or more, but less than 100 N/mm , and SD490 N/mm
2
3 points Fc= 100 or more, and SD590 N/mm or more
<Steel frame strength of major structural elements>
2
1 point 490 (N/mm )
2
2 points 520, 550(N/mm )
2
3 points 590 (N/mm ) or more
<Other measures related to major structural elements>
Use of pre-stressed concrete (which reduces material cross section, thereby
1 point
reducing materials used.
1point Equivalent measures.
ṳCommentary
[1] Judge the use of high-strength materials to reduce the amount of materials used, and evaluate the
measures used on each constituent material in RC, S and other structures.
[2] As it could be difficult to categorize some types of building, we have unified the assessment criteria.
[3] “Use of CFT structures” is not evaluated as it is not clearly able to reduce the amount of steel used.

Copyright٤
2.2 Continuing Use of Existing Structural Skeleton etc.


Level 3 The existing building skeleton is not reused, or there is no existing building on the
site to use.
Level 4 The existing building skeleton is partially reused.
Level 5 The existing building skeleton is completely reused.
ṳCommentary
The structure (skeleton) of a building, other than timber-framed buildings, generally accounts for
approximately 90% of its weight and 70% of its total embodied energy. Therefore, when construction is
to be carried out on a site with an existing building, the resource productivity of the new building will
differ greatly depending on whether the skeleton of the existing building is reused or entirely removed in
favor of a completely new building. This item evaluates the level of reuse of existing building structural
LR2
elements, such as reuse of existing piles and preservation of existing building perimeter walls, from the
point of view of resource productivity.
The term "building skeleton" as used here includes the existing piles and perimeter wall. This item is
intended to cover rebuilding or large-scale refurbishment works, with levels assigned according to the
extent to which the skeleton of the previous building on the site is reused. If a new building is built on a
green field site, level 3 should be assigned for this item.
It is natural that existing buildings cannot be reused unconditionally, considering their earthquake
resistance and state of deterioration, but if the existing building skeleton is not used for such reasons,
the new building should be able to achieve a high level on the Q (Quality) item. Therefore, this item will
only consider whether or not the existing building skeleton is used.
2.3 Use of Recycled Materials as Structural Frame Materials

䂔Assessment stage㩷 Building type
PD, ED and CC Off䊶Sch䊶Rtl䊶Rst䊶Hal䊶Hsp䊶Htl䍃Fct䊶Apt
㩷㩷
Level 3 Major structural elements are made of non-wood materials (RC/ SRC/ S), and no
recycled materials are used in major structural elements.
Level 4 Major structural elements are made of non-wood materials (RC/ SRC/ S), and one
type of recycled materials is used in major structural elements.
Level 5 Major structural elements are made of non-wood materials (RC/ SRC/ S), and two
or more types of recycled materials are used in major structural elements.
㩷
ṳCommentary
[1] Assessment covers the structural materials chosen from among Eco Mark products recognized by
the Japan Environment Association or “Specified Procurement Items” recognized under the Law on
Promoting Green Purchasing Law Concerning the Promotion of Procurement of Eco-Friendly Goods
and Services by the State and Other Entities) (enacted May 2000).

Copyright٤
[2] Assessment method

- Evaluate according to the number of types of such products.
- If the product is recognized as both an Eco Mark Product and a Specified Procurement Item, count
it as one type.
- Unless the quantity is extremely small, count a material as being used if it is used in even one
place.
Examples of recycled materials

Assessment subjects Material name
Green procurement items (public Blast furnace slag aggregate
works) Ferronickel slag aggregate
Copper slag aggregate
Electric furnace oxidized slag aggregate
Blast furnace cement (concrete)
FA cement (concrete)
Eco cement (concrete)
Construction products using recycled Cement
materials that have been awarded the
Eco Mark (Eco Mark product type 123)
㩷
The list of recognized recycled materials is constantly updated, so check the site below before
assessing.
- Law on Promoting Green Purchasing designated procurement item information system
䋨http://www.env.go.jp/policy/hozen/green/g-law/gpl-db/material.html䋩
- General information site for Eco Mark products (the Japan Environment Association)
䋨http://www.greenstation.net/䋩
㩷
Calculation example)
Products A and B, which are recognized as blast furnace slag aggregate (a Green Procurement Item),
and product C, which is FA cement (another Green Procurement Item), are used.
Blast furnace slag aggregate is one type, FA cement is one type, for a total of two types, earning level 5.㩷㩷
㩷
㩷
2.4 Use of Recycled Materials as Non-structural Materials
䂔Assessment stage㩷 Building type
Preliminary Design Inapplicable
Execution Design and Construction Completion Off䊶Sch䊶Rtl䊶Rst䊶Hal䊶Hsp䊶Htl䍃Fct䊶Apt
㩷
Level 1 No recycled materials are used.
Level 3 One type of recycled material used.
Level 4 Two types of recycled material used.
Level 5 Three or more types of recycled material used.
㩷
ṳCommentary
[1] Assessment covers the non-structural materials chosen from among Eco Mark products recognized
by the Japan Environment Association or “Specified procurement items” recognized under the Law on
Promoting Green Purchasing (enacted May 2000).
[2] Assessment method
- Evaluate according to the number of types of such products.
- If the product is recognized as both an Eco Mark Product and a Specified Procurement Item, count it
as one type.
- Unless the quantity is extremely small, count a material as being used if it is used in even one place.

Copyright٤
Examples of recycled materials

Assessment subjects Material name
Green procurement items Recycled soil processed from construction sludge
Granulated blast furnace slag for earthworks
Caisson filler using copper slag
Caisson filler using ferronickel
Steelmaking slag for ground improvement
Recycled heated asphalt mixtures (recycled by the user)
Recycled heated asphalt mixtures (other)
Asphalt mixtures with added ferrous slag (recycled by the user)
Asphalt mixtures with added ferrous slag (other)
Use of recycled structural skeletons as roadbed material
Use of recycled structural skeletons as embankment material
Roadbed material with added ferrous slag
Thinned lumber
Blast furnace cement (soil cement)
FA cement (soil cement)
Eco cement (soil cement)
Sprayed concrete using FA
Paving blocks (fired) using recycled materials
Paving blocks (precast, non-reinforced concrete) using recycled
materials
Dust shield sheets using recycled materials
Ceramic tile
Lumber
LR2
Laminated wood
Particle board
Wooden-type cement panels
Tiles and blocks that have been Tile
awarded the Eco Mark (Eco Block
Mark product type 109) Brick
Boards using wood materials
that have been awarded the Eco Fiber board
Mark (Eco Mark product type Particle board
111)
Products using thinned lumber, Outdoor materials (Civil engineering and construction materials:
reused and unused materials, Small logs)
etc. that have been awarded the Exterior materials (Civil engineering and construction materials:
Eco Mark (Eco Mark product Laminated wood)
type 115) Exterior materials (Civil engineering and construction materials:
Plywood)
Exterior materials (Exterior)
Interior materials (Floor materials)
Interior materials (Wall materials)
Interior materials (Sliding door frames)
Interior materials (Doors)
Outdoor materials (Columns)
Outdoor materials (Beams)
Outdoor materials (Foundations)
Activated carbon (for moisture regulation)
Activated carbon (for water purification)
Soil improvement materials
Construction products (for Wood flooring
interior decorating finishes) that Paper screens and sliding partitions
have been awarded the Eco Paper to cover paper screens and sliding partitions
Mark (Eco Mark product type Board
123) Tatami matting
Wallpaper
Thermal insulation
Acoustic absorption materials and anti-vibration mats
Vinyl floor covers
Staircase anti-slip treatment
Braille nails
Accordion doors

Copyright٤
Construction products (cladding Roofing

and exterior parts and materials) Roof materials
that have been awarded the Eco Cladding materials
Mark (Eco Mark product type Plastic decking materials
137) Composite materials of recycled wood and plastic
Rainwater storage tanks
Construction products Construction stone
(material-type parts and Hard PVC pipes for drainage and ventilation
materials) that have been Sumps for residential land
awarded the Eco Mark (Eco
Mark product type 138)
Construction products Residential bathroom units
(equipment) that have been Waterproof pans
awarded the Eco Mark (Eco
Mark product type 139)
The list of recognized recycled materials is constantly updated, so check the site below before
evaluating.
- Law on Promoting Green Purchasing designated procurement item information system
䋨http://www.env.go.jp/policy/hozen/green/g-law/gpl-db/material.html䋩
- General information site for Eco Mark products (the Japan Environment Association)
䋨http://www.greenstation.net/䋩
Calculation example)
Products A and B, which are recognized as bricks (Eco Mark Product type 109), and product C, which is
ceramic tile (a Green Procurement Item), are used.
ḵBrick is one type, ceramic tile is one type, for a total of two types, earning level 4.
2.5 Timber from Sustainable Forestry

Inapplicable if no timber is used.

Level 2 Timber from sustainably managed forests is not used.
Timber from sustainably managed forests supplied less than 10% of timber usage, or
Level 3
no timber is used, even in the structural skeleton.
Level 4 Timber from sustainably managed forests supplies 10~50% of timber usage.
Level 5 Timber from sustainably managed forests supplies 50% or more of timber usage.
Use the formula below to calculate the proportion of timber used.

3
Total quantity of timber used from sustainably managed forests (volume)m
Proportion of timber used 䋽
3
Total quantity of timber used in the building (volume)m
ṳCommentary
Timber is a material that should be renewable, and this item expresses the level of timber use in a
building. However, when timber comes from tropical rainforests or illegally logged forests, it cannot be
described as renewable. Therefore, the level of use of timber from sustainably managed forests is
evaluated here.

Copyright٤
The range of timber produced in sustainably managed forests is as stated below. (Formwork is not
included in this assessment).
1. From thinned trees.
2. Timber from a verified source where sustainable logging is practiced.
3. Coniferous timber produced in Japan.
Japan has a system, as seen in other countries, that verifies that timber comes from forests where
sustainable logging is practiced, but it is still in the early stages of expansion, and very little timber
clearly identified with stamps etc. is distributed in Japan.
Therefore, as a practical measure, coniferous woods such as cedar, which can be inferred to have been
produced from thinning and, usually, from sustainable forests, can be treated as timber from sustainable
forests. The coniferous wood listed in the Ministry of Construction's Notification 1452 (2000) on
“determination of the standard strength of timber” can largely be regarded as being logged from
sustainably managed forests. In addition, various foreign-produced conifers can also be regarded as
logged from sustainable forests.
< Examples of conifers produced in Japan>

Red pine, Japanese Larch, white cedar, hinoki (Japanese cypress), spruce, todo fir, cedar
The usage ratio for timber produced from sustainable forests can be calculated by the procedure below.
1. Identify building conditions
2. List the timber materials used, by position and tree type.
3. Identify the volumes of wood materials user, by position and type.
4. Calculate the total volume of timber used.
LR2
5. Use the formula below to calculate the proportion of timber used that is produced from sustainable
forests.
Total quantity of timber used from sustainably managed forests (volume)
Total quantity of timber used in the building (volume)

Copyright٤
2.6 Efforts to Enhance the Reusability of Components and Materials

No measures, as the efforts to be evaluated, to encourage recycling of materials on

Level 3
demolition has been used.
One point or more of measures, as the efforts to be evaluated, to encourage recycling
Level 4
of materials on demolition has been used.
Two points or more of measures, as the efforts to be evaluated, to encourage recycling
Level 5
of materials on demolition have been used.
Point Efforts to be evaluated

1 point The structure of finishing materials can be separated easily.
1 point Interior finishes and equipment are not entangled, and each can easily be removed
separately for demolition, refurbishment and remodeling.
1 point Reusable unit materials are used.
ṳCommentary
"2.3 Use of Recycled Materials as Structural Frame Materials” and “2.4 Use of Recycled Materials as
Non-structural Materials" expresses the degree of reused materials in the building at the time of its new
construction or refurbishment, as the starting point of its life cycle. This item evaluates measures such
as easier recycling which can promote recycling at the demolition and disposal stage, which is the end
of the building lifecycle.
Reusable unit materials include OA floors and movable partitions.
ḛThe structure and finishing materials can be separated easily” for this assessment means that
structural materials and internal finishes, including underlay materials, can be separated easily.
Therefore, S structures with cement panels, or RC structures with curtain walls, are not evaluated under
this item. The following are specific examples.
<Examples of easy separationᴾ >
[1] Structural skeletons with painted finishes
[2] Structural skeletons + light steel + finishing materials
* FP panels used for insulation.
<Examples of relatively easy separation>
[3] GL construction method
* Sprayed insulation (urethane etc.) used.
<Examples of difficult separation>
[4] Plastered walls
[5] Mortar and tile
ḛInterior finishes and equipment are not entangled” means cases designed for changing interior décor,
such as SI (skeleton/ infill) methods, and cases in which pipes and wires are no embedded in structural
skeletons and finishing materials, as with the GL method and others. Conversely, do not evaluate in
cases with mortar and tile or plastered walls on the structure.
ḛReusable unit materials” include OA floors and movable partitions.

Copyright٤
3. Avoiding the Use of Materials with Pollutant Content

3.1 Use of Materials without Harmful Substances

There is no building material category (indicated in Reference 1) without substances
Level 3 specified in the Pollutant Release and Transfer Register Law. Or the inspection has
not been carried out.
There is are 1~3 building material category (indicated in Reference 1) without
Level 4
substances specified in the Pollutant Release and Transfer Register Law.
There is are 4 or more building material category (indicated in Reference 1) without
Level 5
substances specified in the Pollutant Release and Transfer Register Law.
Category Building materials to be evaluated Category Building materials to be evaluated
LR2
For vinyl tile floors and seating For fittings (wooden and metal)
For tile Paints For wooden parts (frames for
Adhesives floor and ceiling)
For wallpaper For structural materials
For floor board For walls
Anti-corrosion
For sash For skeleton
treatment
For materials other than
For glass
Sealants skeleton
For tile joint Undercoats For materials for coated floors
Floor
For wall joint For finishing wax
coverings
Waterproofing Primer for waterproofing Preservatives For wooden parts

materials For paint (surface coating)
ṳCommentary
Under this item, evaluate reduction in use of chemicals which can affect not just interior air quality but
have the potential to harm the environment more widely. The substances concerned are those
designated in the Pollutant Release and Transfer Register Law (PRTR Law). Evaluate the level of use
of materials which do not contain hazardous substances by counting the number of construction
material types, of the eight listed above (sealants, waterproof construction materials, paints,
anti-corrosion treatments, poured flooring, floor finishes, preservatives) which do not contain
substances designated in the PRTR Law.
Buildings are made of numerous and diverse materials, each of which contain various chemical
substances. These chemicals can impact health in forms such as sick house syndrome and endocrine
disruption by environmental hormones. Under this item, materials which have a very low risk of causing
health damage other than sick house syndrome, which is due to VOCs, are treated as "materials which
do not contain harmful substances."
The PRTR Law (Full name "The law concerning, reporting and etc. of release to the environment of
specific chemical substances and promoting improvements in their management”) specifies the
following conditions for "type 1 designated chemical substances" which should be managed under the
law.

Copyright٤
1) The chemical substance concerned threatens to harm human health, or to impair the lives or growth
of animals.
2) Condition 1) is applicable to chemical substances which can easily be generated from the substance
concerned through the action of nature.
3) The chemical substance concerned depletes the ozone layer, harming human health through the
increased penetration of ultraviolet radiation to the surface.
In addition to any one of the above, the following condition must apply to designated substances.
4) The physical or chemical state of the chemical substance, and the conditions of its manufacture,
import, use and generation are recognized to result in its continuing presence in the environment
over a wide area.
ṲReference) Examples of “type one designated chemical substances” and “type two designated
chemical substances.”
Volatile organic compounds Benzene, toluene, xylene etc.
Organochlorines Dioxins, trichloroethylene etc.
Agrochemicals Methyl bromide, fenitrothion, chlorpyrifos etc.
Metallic compounds Lead and its compounds, organic tin compounds
Ozone-depleting substances CFCs, HCFCs etc.
In evaluating the level of usage of materials which do not contain harmful substances, it is logical to
indicate the total volumes of each substance type covered by the PRTR Law that are used in the
evaluated building. However, that is not practically possible, for the following reasons.
1) As of June 2003, (Japanese) government ordinances have designated 354 types under "Type one
designated chemical substances" alone.
2) The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) have not been written for the chemical substances used in
buildings that must be managed.
3) It would be a huge task to calculate the volumes of materials used in the building.
Instead, it is more practical to consider applications where there is a certain probability of these
substances appearing, and count the number of such categories of building materials that are free of
substances designated under the PRTR Law.
The categories of materials which have at least a certain probability of containing materials with health
risks are adhesives, resilient sealants, parting agents, waterproofing agents, anti-corrosion treatments,
paints and undercoats. For this assessment of the use of materials which do not contain harmful
substances, the number of those categories (Reference) which are free of chemical substances
designated under the PRTR Law should be counted. In principle, MSDS should be used for this
assessment, but in some cases it could be difficult to judge what is covered by the assessment in
practice. In such cases, check with the manufacturer and judge accordingly.

Copyright٤
3.2 Avoidance of CFCs and Halons

Atmospheric emission of CFCs and halons causes ozone depletion on a global scale. In the
construction field, CFCs and halons have been used in large quantities for flame retardant agents,
insulation materials and refrigerants. Legal restrictions now apply in Japan, so that only CFCs and
halons with very low potential for ozone depletion are used, but those gases must still be handled with
care, as they have a large impact on global warming.
3.2.1 Fire Retardant

Exclude from assessment if there is absolutely no fire-extinguishing equipment, or only sprinklers.

Halon fire retardant is used.
Level 1
Level 3 Only used in “Critical-uses.”
LR2
Level 4 No halon fire retardant is used.
ṳCommentary
Halon fire retardants have been banned in principle since 1994. However, there are some situations
(Critical-uses) where they must be used for public safety, due to restrictions in some facilities. Therefore,
the use of halon fire retardants has been permitted for the facilities, which have been designated as
critical uses (for both designated fire retardant materials and non-designated fire retardant materials) in
notice by Fire and Disaster Management Agency (Prevention Notification No.155, Hazard Notification
No.61, 16th May 2001). If halon fire retardant is used for Critical-uses, for the above reasons, the
building should be evaluated at level 3, and at level 4 if absolutely none is used. This item evaluates fire
retardants as chemicals (including those in fire extinguishers which must be installed by law), so
exclude from assessment if there is absolutely no fire-extinguishing equipment, or only sprinklers.
ṲReference) Critical-uses for which halon fire retardants may be used.

Types of facility Examples of facility
Communic Communications Communications equipment rooms, wireless equipment rooms,
ations equipment rooms etc. telephone exchange rooms, magnetic disk rooms, computer rooms,
equipment telex rooms, telephone exchange switching rooms, communications
etc. equipment control rooms, data print rooms
ᴾ Broadcasting studios etc. TV relay rooms, remote centers, studios, lighting control rooms, musical
equipment rooms, adjustment rooms, monitor rooms, broadcasting
equipment rooms
ᴾ Control rooms etc. Electrical power control rooms, operation rooms, control rooms,
management rooms, disaster prevention centers, dynamometer rooms
ᴾ Film storages etc Film storage rooms, lighting control rooms, relay desks, VTR rooms,
tape rooms, projector rooms, tape storerooms
ᴾ Measurement equipment Measurement equipment rooms in hazardous material handling facilities
rooms in hazardous
material handling facilities
Historical Exhibition rooms etc. Important cultural assets, artwork repositories, exhibition rooms,
assets showrooms
Other Workshops etc. Print rooms containing rotary presses
Prevention Notification No.155, Hazard Notification No.61, 16th May 2001 (Fire and Disaster Management
Agency)

Copyright٤
3.2.2 Insulation Materials


Level 1 Insulation foaming materials with OPD= 0.2 or above are used.
Level 2 Insulation foaming materials with OPD= 0.01~0.2 are used.
Level 3 Insulation foaming materials with OPD= 0.0~0.01 are used.
Insulation foaming materials with ODP=0 and low GWP (less than 50), or natural
Level 5
materials are used. Or, no expanded insulation materials are used.
ṳCommentary
ODP (Ozone Depletion Potential) is an ozone depletion coefficient, comparing the quantity of ozone
destroyed by a chemical substance as a multiple of the ozone destroyed by 1kg of CFC-11, which is set
as 1. Of course, a substance with absolutely no potential for ozone depletion has an ODP of zero.
GWP (Global Warming Potential) is a global warming coefficient, comparing the global warming effect
per unit quantity of a chemical substance as a multiple of the unit global warming effect of CO2, which is
set as 1.
Insulation materials can be classified into mineral fiber materials, such as glass wool, rock wool and
asbestos, expanded plastic materials, such as polyurethane, polystyrene and polyethylene, and natural
materials such as carbonized cork, cellulose fiber and wool. Of these, chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and
halons (HCFCs) are used in the expanded plastic insulation materials listed in Reference 1).
In Japan, only expanded insulation materials of extremely low ODP are on sale, so it is very normal to
use expanded insulation materials with ODP= 0~0.01, and those should be assigned level 3. However,
the GWP (Global Warming Potential) values for foaming gases used at present are not low, so if the
insulation used has ODP=0 and a very low GWP level, it should be rated level 5.
ṲReference 2) below shows the ODP and GWP values of various foaming gases.
ṲReference1 ) Foaming agents used in expanded plastic insulating materials

GWP
Types of expanded
Period of use Foaming agent name ODP (100-year
insulation materials
value)
Before 1995 CFC-11 1 4000
Urethane foam
Start of 2000s HCFC-141b 0.11 630
Next generation HFC-134a 0 1300
Urethane modified
HFC-245fa 0 560
isocyanurate foam
Cyclopentane C5H10 0 3
Before 1995 CFC-12 1 8500
Styrene Olefin foam Start of 2000s HCFC-142b 0.065 2000
Next generation HFC-134a 0 1300
Before 1995 CFC-113 0.8 5000
Phenol foam
Since 2000 Dichloromethane CH2Cl2 0 ᴾ

Copyright٤
ṲReference 2) ODP and GWP values of foaming gases

Persistence ODP GWP(CO2 standard)
Substance in
(CFC standard) 20 yrs. 100 yrs. 500 yrs.
atmosphere
CFCὼ11 50 1.0 5000 4000 1400
CFCὼ12 120 1.0 7900 8500 4200
CFCὼ113 85 0.8 5000 5000 2300
CFCὼ114 300 1.0 6900 9300 8300
CFCὼ115 1700 0.6 6200 9300 13000
HCFCὼ22 13.3 0.055 4300 1700 520
HCFCὼ123 1.4 0.02 300 93 29
HCFCὼ124 5.9 0.022 1500 480 150
HCFCὼ141b 9.4 0.11 1800 630 200
HCFCὼ142b 19.5 0.065 4200 2000 630
HCFCὼ225ca 2.5 0.25 550 170 52
HCFCὼ225cb 2.6 0.033 1700 530 170
HFCὼ23
264 9100 11700 9800
HFCὼ32 5.6 2100 650 200
HFCὼ125 32.6 4600 2800 920
HFCὼ134a 14.6 3400 1300 420
HFCὼ143a 48.3 0 5000 3800 1400
HFCὼ152a 1.5 460 140 42
LR2
HFCὼ227ea 36.5 4300 2900 950
HFCὼ236fa 209 5100 6300 4700
6.6 1800 560 170
HFCὼ245ca
FCὼ14 50000 4400 6500 10000
FCὼ116 10000 6200 9200 14000
0
FCὼ218 2600 4800 7000 10000
FCὼC318 3200 6000 8700 12000
Other than the above, check ODP and GWP with reference to the following documents.
Ὁ Ministry of the Environment ḛ2006 Annual Report on Ozone Layer Monitoring ResultsḜ,
volume 4 appendix, p129~130, September 2007.
ίhttp://www.env.go.jp/earth/report/h19-02/4_chapter4.pdfὸ
Ὁ Tokyo Metropolitan Government Environment Bureau ḛTokyo Metropolitan Government
Building Environmental Planning Regulations Manual (3rd ed., September 2005)Ḝ II Proper use
of resources, pages M-16~17, table 2-6-1 Ozone Depletion Potential and Global Warming
Potential of Main Fluorocarbon Gases (reference), September 2005.
ίhttp://www2.kankyo.metro.tokyo.jp/building/pdf/m_3.pdfὸ

Copyright٤
3.2.3 Refrigerants
Exclude from assessment if no refrigerant gases are used.

Level 2 HCFC is used as the refrigerant.
Level 3 Refrigerant of ODP=0 is used as the refrigerant.
Natural refrigerants and new chilling systems (ODP=0) with GWP less than 50 are
Level 4
used.
ṳCommentary
Exclude all specified CFC refrigerants, and evaluate the use of CFC substitutes.
For refrigerants that evaluate natural refrigerants and new chilling systems, the use of CFC substitutes
as refrigerant is now widespread, so refrigerants of ODP=0 are set as level 3. Level 4 is for natural
refrigerants and new chilling systems, which are as listed below.
[1] Natural refrigerants are CO2 and hydrocarbons such as ammonia, propane and butane.
[2] New chilling systems (MH chilling systems) are those using hydrogen-occluded alloy (MH alloy). MH
alloy is able to store up to 1,000 times its own volume of hydrogen. When it absorbs hydrogen, it
emits heat, and absorbs heat when it emits hydrogen, and these properties are used for refrigeration.
Exclude from assessment if no refrigerant is used.

Copyright٤

In evaluating LR3, employ a point system for individual efforts indicated in the “Efforts to be evaluated”
which are the scoring items, and derive a five-level assessment from the total score. As most of the
assessment items under LR3 are qualitative, the scoring software includes the “Summary of
environmentally conscious efforts in planning” column, which should be used to describe the content of
the efforts to be evaluated and make other comments.
[Scoring method]
If the planned content actually applies to the content of each of the efforts to be evaluated, add the
corresponding points, and determine the level according to the point total.
*Some points can be selected as “Excluded,” according to factors such as the building types and site
conditions. The cases which are to be excluded are stated in the commentary for each point.
Select “Exclude” on the scoring software, and the item concerned will be automatically excluded
from the scoring subjects.
*The “Other” column contains arbitrarily added items, which are special efforts that do not appear in
the scoring table. When scoring the “Other” column, describe the efforts in the “Summary of
environmentally conscious efforts in planning” column of the software.
1. Consideration of Global Warming

PD, ED and CC OffὉSchὉRtlὉRstὉHalὉHspὉHtlὉFct ὉApt
㩷
Building type Off䊶Sch䊶Rtl䊶Rst䊶Hal䊶Hsp䊶Htl䊶FctὉApt
The level for this item is expressed by the value of the lifecycle CO2 emission rate
LR3
converted to a 1~5 score (rounded to 1DP).
Level 1~5 Levels 1, 3 and 5 are defined by the following emission rates.
Level 1: Lifecycle CO2 emission rate is 125% or more of the reference value.
Level 3: Lifecycle CO2 emission rate is 100% of the reference value.
Level 5: Lifecycle CO2 emission rate is 75% or less of the reference value.
ṳCommentary
Use lifecycle CO2 as the index for evaluating the level of effort for consideration of global warming.
Among the global environmental problems, global warming causes the greatest concern. In general the
level of impact on global warming is expressed by converting to the equivalent amount of CO2, as the
representative greenhouse gas. Lifecycle CO2 is the total amount of that kind of CO2 emission
generated by the building in its entire lifespan.
Calculation of LCCO2 for a building is normally a very large task, but for CASBEE it can be found simply
through an approximate calculation (It is called the “standard calculation.” For details of the calculation
procedure, calculation conditions, etc, refer to Part III “2.3 Assessment Method”). Specifically, we have
set a base LCCO2 emission volume for each building type (the LCCO2 for a building that is rated “level
3” in every assessment item), so that it can be calculated almost automatically from the results (scoring
levels) of assessment items related to CO2 emissions at the construction, operation, maintenance and
demolition stages.
1) Construction stage
LR2 Resources and Materials evaluates “Continuing Use of Existing Building Skeleton etc.” and “Use of
Recycled Materials” are evaluated. The CO2 related to the manufacture of construction materials
(embodied CO2), which is considered in relation to these measures, is approximately calculated from
the usage rate of existing structural skeletons and the blast furnace cement usage rate.
2) Operation stage
Use ERR, the primary energy consumption reduction rate, which is evaluated under LR1 Energy, to
make a simple estimate of the CO2 emission at the operation stage.

Copyright٤
3) Maintenance and demolition

Extension of service life by improving longevity are evaluated under Q2 Quality of Service. However, it
is difficult to estimate the actual extension of service life with sufficient precision to use it as a calculation
condition for LCCO2. Therefore, take service life as a constant for all non-residential buildings for
LCCO2 estimation.
Offices, hospitals, hotels, schools and halls: Fixed 60 years.
Retailers, restaurants, factories: Fixed 30 years
Apartments: 30, 60 or 90 years, according to the deterioration countermeasure grades in the Japan
Housing Performance System.
There are many other measures that affect CO2 emission volume, but here we have focused on those
with relatively large impacts, which are also relatively easy to set assessment conditions for. Therefore,
narrow the assessment subjects to a certain range of efforts and do not evaluate others. Also, the
precision of the process may not be high, because the assessment results for other scoring items are
only calculated simply. However, for the promotion of global warming countermeasures, it is important
to widely publicize CO2 emission volumes, their values and reduction effects, so we have decided to
present approximate figures.
If the assessor personally makes more detailed calculations ("individual calculations"), they are not to
be reflected in the scores for this item.

Copyright٤
2. Consideration of Local Environment

2.1㩷㪘㫀㫉㩷㪧㫆㫃㫃㫌㫋㫀㫆㫅
ὲ㩷 Application condition㩷
Evaluate as level 5 if absolutely no atmospheric pollution is generated on the site.
Building type Off䊶Sch䊶Rtl䊶Rst䊶Hal䊶Hsp䊶Htl䊶Apt䊶Fct

Gas and dust concentrations at sources of NOx, SOx and dust exceeds the
emission standards set by the Air Pollution Control Law, the NOx emission
Level 1
guidelines for small combustion equipment (Ministry of the Environment) or local
ordinances.
Gas and dust concentrations at sources of NOx, SOx and dust are reduced to below
the emission standards1) set by the Air Pollution Control Law, the NOx emission
Level 3
guidelines for small combustion equipment (Ministry of the Environment) or local
ordinances.
Gas and dust concentrations at sources of NOx, SOx and dust are considerably
2)
reduced to below the emission standards set by the Air Pollution Control Law, the
Level 4
NOx emission guidelines for small combustion equipment (Ministry of the
Environment) or local ordinances.
LR3
No incineration equipment is used, and absolutely no atmospheric pollutants leave
Level 5
the hypothetical closed space of the building to the outside.
Note) The criterion for concentration level is the Air Pollution Control Law, the NOx emission guidelines
for small combustion equipment (Ministry of the Environment) or the local ordinance, whichever is more
stringent.
1) For level 3, the concentration level should be limited to below the standard value and over 90% of the
standard value.
2) For level 4, the emission concentration should be limited to below 90% of the standard value.
ṳCommentary
Evaluate according to the rate of reduction relative to emission standards (concentration at source)
stipulated by the Air Pollution Control Law or local ordinances for NOx, Sox and particulates. Use
equipment specifications to evaluate the reduction rate relative to emission standards in the gas
concentrations emitted by each device at the emission source. (Refer to Reference 2 for facilities
regulated under the Air Pollution Control Law, and to Reference 3 for smaller boilers etc.).
If specifications and performance values are unconfirmed, evaluate according to the planned equipment
or the target spec to work towards.
If absolutely no atmospheric pollutants are generated on site, level 5 should be awarded (evaluated as
no load is emitted from the hypothetical enclosed space to space outside). Therefore, fully elected
residents, and building with multi-HVAC systems or belonging to district heating and cooling systems,
which do not use combustion equipment, should be graded level 5.
If combustion equipment is used, evaluate at level 3 or 4, according to the reduction rate. In the above
scoring criteria, level 4 is for 90% or less of the standard value, but that figure will be revised as
appropriate in future, to take into account future trends in technical development and cost.
Emergency generation equipment and other devices which are not normally in operation are not
evaluated under this item.

Copyright٤
ṲReference 1) Calculation method for multiple devices

If there are multiple types of relevant devices, emitting differing concentrations of atmospheric pollutants,
take a weighted average of the standard outputs of each installed device.
Calculation method for multiple devices (with sample values)

[2]Combustion capacity of
[1]Specifications [3]Coefficient [4] ᾌ [1] x [3]
equipment (kW)
Concentration level 80% 300 300/450ᾌ0.67 0.536
Concentration level 85% 100 100/450ᾌ0.22 0.187
Concentration level100% 50 50/450ᾌ0.11 0.11
450 Total 0.833ί83%ὸ
ṲReference 2) Assessment of facilities regulated under the Air Pollution Control Law
1. Facilities regulated under the Air Pollution Control Law
The following facilities are regulated under the Air Pollution Control Law.
ᴾᴾ Building name Size conditions
1 Boilers - Heat transfer area at least 10m2
- Combustion capacity at least 50l/hr
2 Gas generator, heating furnace - Raw material processing capacity 20t/day
3 Garbage furnace, sintering furnace - Raw material processing capacity at least 1t/day
4 (For refining metals) Blast furnace, converter, open-hearth
furnace
5 (For refining and casting metals) Blast furnace - Grate area at least 1m2
2
6 (For metal casting, rolling and heat treatment) Heating furnace - Tuyere area at least 0.5m
7 (For the manufacture of petroleum products, petrochemical - Transformer rated capacity at least 200kVA
products, coal tar products) Heating furnace
8 (For oil refining) Catalyst regeneration tower of a fluid catalytic - Capacity for combustion of carbon with adhering catalyst, at least
cracking unit 200kg/hr
8-2 Combustion furnace of a sulfur recovery unit for an oil gas
cleaner
9 (For manufacture of ceramics) Sintering furnace, blast furnace - Grate area at least 1m
10 (For manufacture of inorganic chemical industrial products or - Transformer rated capacity at least 200kVA
foodstuffs) Reacting furnace (including fuel combustion
equipment for manufacturing carbon black) Direct heating
furnace
11 Dry kiln
12 (For the manufacture of iron, steel, ferrous alloys, carbide - Transformer rated capacity at least 1,000kVA
products) Electric furnace
13 Waste incinerator - Grate area at least 2m2
- Incineration capacity at least 200kg/hr
14 (For refining copper, lead, zinc) Roasting furnace, sintering - Raw material processing capacity 0.5t/hr or more
furnace (Including pellet sintering furnaces) Blast furnace, - Grate area at least 0.5m2
converter, melting furnace, dry kiln - Tuyere area at least 0.2m2
15 (For manufacturing cadmium-based pigments or cadmium - Volume at least 0.1m3
carbonate products), drying kiln
16 (For manufacturing ethylene chloride) Rapid chlorine freezing - Chlorine processing capacity at least 50kg/hr
equipment
17 (For manufacturing ferric chloride) Dissolution bath
18 (For manufacturing activated carbon (using zinc chloride)) - Combustion capacity at least 3l/hour
Reacting furnace
19 (For manufacturing chemical products) Chlorine reaction - Chlorine processing capacity at least 50kg/hr
facilities, chlorine – hydrogen reaction facilities, chlorine
hydrogen absorption facilities
20 (For aluminum refining) Electrolytic furnace - Current capacity at least 30kA
21 (For manufacturing phosphorus, phosphoric acid, phosphate - Phosphate ore processing capacity at least 80kg/hr
fertilizers, and compound fertilizers (using phosphate rock)) - Combustion capacity at least 50l/hr
Reaction facilities, concentration facilities, sintering furnaces, - Transformer rated capacity at least 200kVA
blast furnace
22 (For manufacturing hydrofluoric acid) Concentration facilities, - Heat transfer area at least 10m2
absorption facilities, distillation facilities - Pump power at least 1KW

Copyright٤
23 (For manufacturing sodium tripolyphosphate (using phosphate - Raw material processing capacity at least 80kg/hr
ore as raw material)) Reaction, drying and sintering facilities - Grate area at least 1m2
- Combustion capacity at least 50l/h
24 (Secondary refining of lead (including manufacture of lead - Combustion capacity at least 10l/h
alloys, lead pipe, sheet and wire)) Blast furnace - Transformer rated capacity at least 40kVA
25 (For manufacturing lead accumulator batteries) Blast furnace - Combustion capacity at least 4l/h
- Transformer rated capacity at least 20kVA
26 (Manufacturing lead-based pigments) Blast furnace, air - Volume at least 0.1m2
furnace, reaction furnace, drying facilities - Combustion capacity at least 4l/h
- Transformer rated capacity at least 20kVA
27 (Manufacturing nitric acid) Absorption facilities, bleaching - Nitric acid synthesis, bleaching, concentration capacity at least
facilities, concentration facilities 100kg/hr
28 Coke oven - Raw material processing capacity at least 20t/hr
29 Gas turbine - Combustion capacity at least 50l/hour
30 Diesel engines
31 Gas engine - Combustion capacity at least 35l/hour
32 ᵥᵿᶑᶍᶊᶇᶌᶃᴾᶃᶌᶅᶇᶌᶃᴾ
2. Standards set by the Air Pollution Control Law

The Air Pollution Control Law sets emission standards for "dust and smoke generating facilities" such as
boilers, specifying standards for emissions of NOx, SOx, dust and other substances, with separate values for
each type and size of facility. (Excerpted from the reference)
Category Atmospheric Main sources Environmental Emission standards etc.
pollutants standards
Soot and Sulfur oxides (SOx) Generation by combustion As sulfur dioxide. q=K×10-3×He2(m3N/h)
smoke in soot and smoke (1) Daily average of (weight restriction)
generating facilities such as one-hour values not
boilers. General emission standard:
exceeding 0.04 ppm.
K=3.0ޯ17.5
(2) One-hour value not
exceeding 0.1ppm. Special emission standard*
K=1.17ޯ2.34
LR3
Dust As suspended particles. General emission standard:
(1) Daily average of 0.05~0.7g/m3N (devices
one-hour values not pre-dating 31st May 1982),
exceeding 0.10mg/m2. 0.04~0.5g/m3N (devices since
1st June 1982). Includes waste
(2) One-hour value incinerators built after 1st July
Not exceeding 0.20mg/m3 1998.
Special emission standard:
0.03~0.3g/m2N (includes small
boilers installed between 10th
September 1985 and 9th
September 1990).
substances
Harmful
Nitrogen oxides (NOx) Generation by combustion, As NO2, daily average of New construction: 60~1,200ppm
synthesis, fractionation and one-hour values in the Existing building: 90~2,000ppm
pressurization etc., in soot 0.04~0.06ppm zone or
and smoke generating below.
facilities such as factories.
General dust General dust Generation of dust by As suspended particles. Installation of dust collection
crushing, sorting and other (1) Daily average of materials, anti-dust covers and
mechanical processes, or one-hour values not hoods, spraying of water from
by accumulation, in general exceeding 0.10mg/m3. sprinklers and other
dust-generating facilities. management of dust generating
(2) One-hour value facilities.
Not exceeding 0.20mg/m3
Specified Specified dusts Generation by breaking, Regulation standard (on the site
dusts (asbestos) mixing, cutting and other boundary) 10 fibers/ liter
processing of asbestos in
specified dust-generating
facilities.
ṲReference 3) Assessment of small boilers and other combustion equipment which is not subject to
regulation under the Air Pollution Control Law but does generate NOx, SOx and particulates
Small boilers, other combustion equipment which is not subject to regulation under the Air Pollution Control
Law but does generate NOx, SOx and particulates, and individual water heaters in apartments, are also
subject to assessment. The assessment criterion in such cases is to evaluate at level 3 if emission
concentrations meet the concentration guidelines stated in the "Guidelines for NOx Emissions From Small
Burners" from the Ministry of the Environment, and at level 4 if emissions are at 90% or less of the guideline
levels. Assessment should be judged on the performance of individual pieces of equipment, with the level
awarded if almost all such equipment satisfies the judgment criteria.

Copyright٤
Judgment criteria for combustion equipment which is not regulated under the Air Pollution Control Law
Small boilers Internal combustion
engines
Gas fuel Liquid fuel Gas heat pumps etc.
Level 3 Up to 60ppm Up to 100ppm Up to 100ppm
Up to 54ppm Up to 90ppm 90ppm

Level 4
*Up to (level 3 x 90%)
(Reference material) "Guidelines for NOx Emissions From Small Burners" (Ministry of the Environment,
2003 edition)
Combustion equipment covered Guideline value
(ppm, O2=0% conversion)
Types Scale Gas fuel Liquid fuel
Large gas water Gas-fueled forced combustion instant
heaters for domestic water heaters for outside installation, with
use water supply section gas consumption of Up to 60
35kW (No.16) or larger (including bath
heaters with hot water supply functions)
Unregulated boilers Fuel consumption capacity, converted to
heavy oil equivalent, is less than 50l/hr, and Up to 60 Up to 80
2
heat transfer area is less than 10m
Unregulated As above
absorption water Up to 60 Up to 80
chiller and heaters
Small gas heat pump Fuel consumption less than 10l/hr (heavy
Up to 100
oil equivalent)
Notes)
1. Units for guideline values are ppm (O2=0%).
2. Guideline values are set as superior recommended levels for each device covered, as a
countermeasure against NOx.
3. If the fuel for unregulated boilers and unregulated absorption water chiller and heaters is not
kerosene, take 80ppm as a future level and use up to100ppm as the level for the time being. The
level will be reviewed within a guideline period of three years.

Copyright٤
2.2 Heat Island Effect


Item Content Points
I. Preliminary 1) Preliminary [1] Existing data such as data from nearby

investigation of investigation of meteorological stations and regional meteorological
heat environment the local heat observation data (AMEDAS data) was used to identify
environment the wind environment, including directions, speeds
and prevailing direction.
1῍2
[2] In addition to [1] above, on-site measurements
were taken, or a supplementary detailed investigation
was performed using a wide-area environmental
LR3
forecasting system based on wide-area
meteorological data and topographical data. (2 points)
II 2) Consider wind [1] Reduce the elevation area of the building facing
Countermeasures movement to the prevailing summer wind direction (the most
to reduce thermal downwind areas, common wind direction)
impact beyond the and reduce If the elevation area is 1῍3
site thermal impact 50% or more, but less than 70% (1 point)
beyond the site
30% or more, less than 50% (2 points)
Less than 30% (3 points)
[2] Secure building setback distance and spacing

from adjacent buildings prevailing summer wind
direction (the most common wind direction)
The setback ratio from the site boundary, relative to
the building height (or the ratio between building
height and spacing between blocks if there are 1῍3
multiple blocks is
0.2 or more, but less than 0.3% (1 point)
0.3 or more, but less than 0.4% (2 points)
0.4 or more (3 points)
3) Create shade [1] Create shade by the use of green space with
to reduce thermal medium and tall trees, piloti, eaves, pergolas and
impact beyond the similar measures.
site horizontal projected area ratio of medium and tall
trees, piloti etc. is 1῍3
10% or more, but less than 20% (1 point)
20% or more, but less than 30% (2 points)
30% or more (3 points)

Copyright٤
4) Consider [1] Use surface covering materials of high water

ground surface retention or permeability, or of high solar reflectance,
coverage to on the ground surface (ground surface covering
reduce thermal materials: water-retentive or water-permeable paving,
impact beyond the or highly solar reflective)
site Area ratio of water-retentive or water-permeable 1῍3
paving is
5% or more, but less than 10% (1 point)
5) Consider the [1] Try rooftop planting. Alternatively, select roofing
building cladding materials of high solar reflectance or high emittance
materials to of long wavelengths (roofing materials)
reduce thermal Area ratio of roof planting etc. is
impact beyond the 1῍3
site Partially used, but less than 20% (1 point)
20% or more, less than 40% (2 points)
[2] Try wall planting. Alternatively, select exterior wall
materials of high solar reflectance or high emittance
of long wavelength (wall materials)
Area ratio of wall planting etc. is 1῍3
Partially used, but less than 20% (1 point)
6) Reduce [1] Devise suitable countermeasures, such as limiting
atmospheric building thermal loads, using energy efficiently, and
emission of heat making use of natural and unused energy (restriction
from building of thermal loads, energy use) 2
equipment If building thermal loads are restricted, energy is used
efficiently, and natural and unused energy are used,
etc. (2 points)
[2] Try to reduce air temperature rise through
measures such as keeping the temperature of waste
heat from building equipment low (reduction of waste
heat temperature) 2
Effective measures have been used to restrict air
temperature rise. (2 points)
III. Confirmation of 7) Use [1] Building form and positioning, relative to wind
effects simulations or direction, were considered at the desk plan stage
other means to (desktop prediction). (1 point)
confirm effects in
[2] Numerical simulation of fluid flow, or other 1῍2
mitigating
methods, were used on the current situation and the
deterioration of
planned building, considering topography of the site
the heat
area, the building and surrounding green space, to
environment
predict impact. (2 points)
ṳCommentary
Evaluate measures to assist in reducing the thermal load on areas outside the site. Check whether or
not efforts were made, and evaluate using assessment points. Efforts to improve the thermal
environment on site (the Q side) should be evaluated under “Q3 3.2 Improvement of the Thermal
Environment on Site.”
I. Preliminary investigation of heat environment

1) Preliminary investigation of the local heat environment

Copyright٤
Appropriate implementation of a preliminary survey is a necessary beginning to devising measures to

reduce thermal impact beyond the site. Evaluate according to the level of the preliminary survey.
[1] Award 1 point if existing data such as data from nearby meteorological stations and regional
meteorological observation data (AMEDAS data) was used to identify the wind environment,
including directions, speeds and prevailing direction.
[2] Award 2 points if, in addition to preliminary survey above, on-site measurements were taken of
wind direction, wind speed and prevailing wind, or a supplementary detailed investigation was
performed using a wide-area environmental forecasting system based on wide-area
meteorological data and topographical data.
Append documents, diagrams etc., so that a summary of the above content of the preliminary survey
can be confirmed by a third party.
II. Countermeasures to reduce thermal impact beyond the site

2) Consider wind movement to downwind areas, and reduce thermal impact beyond the site
Arrange the heights, forms, spaces between buildings, etc. to avoid blocking the flow of air to areas
downwind. Append wind analysis diagrams of areas near or on the plot, and diagrams which describe
the measures employed, such as building form and layout and use of green space, open space and
paths etc., to allow checking of the following content by a third party.
[1] Evaluate the orientation (elevation area) of the building facing the prevailing summer wind
direction (the most common wind direction).
Elevation area of the building from the direction of the summer

prevailing wind (most common wind direction)
Building elevation area ratioᾌ
Width of the site from that direction x height of the building
Award 1 point if the elevation area ratio is 50% or more, but less than 70%, 2 points if it is 30% or
more, but less than 50%, and 3 points if it is less than 30%.
LR3
[Calculation method for building elevation area ratio]
Boundary wall etc. blocking

Ws
the prevailing wind
Site boundary
Building
Plan view
Prevailing wind
Boundary wall etc. blocking the

5D prevailing wind direction
Hb
Cross section
Ws
Sb: Elevation area against the prevailing wind direction
(Including area of boundary walls blocking the prevailing window)
Hb: Height of the building

Ws: Side of the site transverse to the prevailing
wind directi on
In this c ase, the elevation area ratio of the building is defined as follows:
Sb䋯(Ws×Hb)×100䋨%䋩

Copyright٤
[2] Evaluate the setback of the building from the direction of the summer prevailing wind, and the
spacing between blocks (if there are 2 or more blocks).

Follow the method below to calculate the building setback ratio (or spacing between blocks, if there are
two or more).
Award one point if the ratio of setback from the plot boundary relative to building height (or ratio of
spacing between blocks relative to building height, if there are two or more blocks), is 0.2 or more, but
less than 0.3, two points if it is 0.3 or more, but less than 0.4, and 3 points if it is 0.4 or more.
[Method for calculating building setback distance and block spacing]

A. For a single-block building, take the direction of the setback as that transverse to the prevailing wind,
and evaluate the portion with the largest value of W/H.
*W: Setback distance from the plot boundary line, H: Building height
Hypothetical closed space
㩷
㩷
W2 W1 H1
W2 W1 㩷
Prevailing 㩷
Plan view wind Elevation against the
direction prevailing wind direction
㩷
Take W as the direction transverse to the summer prevailing wind. W1 and W2 can be found for the two
sides of the building, but W1/H1 and W2/H2 should both be calculated, and the assessment based on
the larger value.
(In the diagram above, the value to find is W1/H1. Normally, consider the side with the larger setback).
B. If there are multiple buildings, consider the positions at which the spaces between blocks and
setbacks from plot boundaries are shortest, and evaluate according to the one which produces the
largest W/H value.
W2 W3 W1 㩷
H1
H2 㩷
W2 W3 W1
㩷
Plan view Elevation against the
prevailing wind direction 㩷
If there are two or more blocks, the distances to the boundaries of adjacent plots, distances between
buildings, and distances between blocks are all used as W values.
In the case of the diagram above, calculate the values of W1/H1, W2/H2 and W3/Hm (Hm is the larger
of H1 and H2), then evaluate according to the largest value.
* If two or more buildings are built on the same plot, the method is as described above, but there is no
need to consider small, low-rise structures (bicycle sheds, garbage stores, etc.) as buildings.

Copyright٤
C. The direction of the prevailing wind can be made the shortest distance in combination with
the orientation of the buildings.
Actual Prevailing wind direction

㩷
prevailing 㩷for calculation
㩷
If the actual prevailing wind is inclined relative to the axial directions of the building, the
calculation can take the wind as axial, for the sake of simplicity.
D. If the building is set back, evaluate for the position where the calculated W/H value is largest.
W2
LR3
H2
W3 W1
H1
If part of the building is set back, take the W value for that part as well, and evaluate on the basis
of the part of the building which yields the highest W/H value. (The largest value between W1/H1,
W2/H2 and W3/H3 in the above diagram)
3) Create shade to reduce thermal impact beyond the site

For [1], evaluate on the basis of the ratio between the horizontal projected area of shade formed
by medium and tall trees, piloti, eaves, pergolas etc. and the area of the plot.
Horizontal shaded area ratio ᾌ

W x <horizontal shaded area from medium and tall trees> +
<horizontal shaded area from piloti, eaves, pergolas etc.>
x 100%
Total area of designated area
W: Weighting coefficient for the horizontal projected area of medium and tall trees (=1.0)
*Note that the value of W here differs from that in Q-3 3.2.
Horizontal shaded area from medium and tall trees is taken as <area of crown of medium and tall
trees> x <No. of trees>.
* The calculation method for the crown area of medium and tall trees is as stated in Appendix 6
“How to Calculate Tree Crown Area.”
The horizontal projected area of piloti, eaves, pergolas etc. is the total of the horizontal projected areas
of the above-ground portions of each part.
* Where the areas of medium and tall trees, eaves, pergolas and other elements overlap, count
one of the overlapping areas.

Copyright٤
Award 1 point if the share of horizontal projected area covered by medium and tall trees, piloti etc. is
10% or more, but less than 20%, 2 points if it is 20% or more, but less than 30%, and 3 points if it is 30%
or more.
4) Consider ground surface coverage to reduce thermal impact beyond the site
Evaluate according to the ratio between the total of area under highly water retentive or permeable
paving or paving of low solar absorption rate and the total area of the plot.
Area ratio of water-retentive or water-permeable paving =
Area of water-retentive or water-permeable paving or highly-reflective paving

(low solar absorption rate)
ḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘḘ x100(%)
Total area of site
Award 1 point if the area ratio of water-retentive or water-permeable paving is 5% or more, but less than
10%, 2 points if it is 10% or more, but less than 15%, and 3 points if it is 15% or more.
5) Consider the building cladding materials to reduce thermal impact beyond the site
For [1], evaluate according to the ratio between the area covered by countermeasures (the total area of
roof planting plus the area of roofing materials with high solar reflectance and high long-wavelength
emittance) and the total area of the roof.
Area ratio of roof planting etc. ᾌ
Area of roof planting or use of roofing materials of high solar reflectance

or high long-wavelength emittance
Roof area
Award 1 point if the area ratio of roof planting etc. is less than 20%, but there is some partial use, 2
points if it is 20% or more, but less than 40%, and 3 points if it is 40% or more.
For [2], evaluate according to the ratio between the area of exterior wall covered by countermeasures
(the total area of wall planting plus the area of wall cladding materials with high solar reflectance and
high long-wavelength emittance) and the total exterior wall area.
Area ratio of exterior wall planting etc. ᾌ
Area of wall planting or use of wall cladding materials of high solar reflectance
or high long-wavelength emittance
Exterior wall area
Award 1 point if the area ratio of wall planting etc. is less than 20%, but there is some partial use, 2
points if it is 20% or more, but less than 40%, and 3 points if it is 40% or more.
6) Reduce atmospheric emission of heat from building equipment

For [1], award 2 points if the measures below are used effectively to reduce artificial waste heat
emission.
<Building thermal load control>

Better insulation performance
Shading measures (medium and tall trees, eaves, louvers, etc.)
<Equipment and system efficiency enhancement>
Introduction of energy-saving air conditioning, lighting, ventilation, elevator and escalator equipment.
<Use of natural energy>
Use natural air movement to reduce heating and cooling loads
Use passive solar energy to reduce heating loads

Copyright٤
<Use of unused energy>

Use urban waste heat from sources such as garbage incineration
Use waste heat from cooling
Use temperature difference energy from seawater, river water, groundwater, etc.
<Introduction of high-efficiency infrastructure>
Use district heating and cooling
For [2], award 2 points if effective efforts have been made to reduce the release of sensible heat within
the waste heat released by building equipment.
- Measures have been applied to minimize the temperature of waste heat (e.g. placing equipment so
that equipment waste heat does not short circuit to heat exchangers).
- Water misting, water cooling (absorption-type chiller, water-cooled chiller, etc.) and similar means
are used to convert emitted heat to latent heat.
- River water, groundwater, sewage water etc. are used as coolant water. Waste heat recovery is
used to reduce sensible heat emission.
Append documents describing the nature and effects of the above measures, so that they can be
checked by a third party.
III. Confirmation of effects

7) Use simulations or other means to confirm effects in mitigating deterioration of the heat environment
Evaluate if simulations or similar means are used to confirm the effects of various measures. Evaluate
according to the level of the confirmation method used.
[1] Award 1 point if a desktop study (desktop forecast) has been made on the form and layout of the
building relative to the wind direction, and the study found that thermal impact beyond the site is
LR3
being thoroughly reduced.
[2] Award 2 points if numerical simulation of fluid flow, or other methods, were used on the current
situation and the planned building, considering topography of the site area, the building and
surrounding green space, to predict impact, and the study found that thermal impact beyond the site
is being thoroughly reduced.
Append documents and diagrams so that the above effects can be confirmed by a third party.

Copyright٤

2.3.1 Reduction of Rainwater Discharge Loads
PD, ED and CC㩷㪦㪽㪽Ὁ㪪㪺㪿Ὁ㪩㫋㫃Ὁ㪩㫊㫋Ὁ㪟㪸㫃Ὁ㪟㫊㫇Ὁ㪟㫋㫃Ὁ㪘㫇㫋Ὁ㪝㪺㫋
Exclude from assessment if the region concerned has no administrative guidelines for rain water flow
suppression..

If there are no administrative
If there are administrative guidelines
guidelines
Rain water flow suppression measures are
Level 3
implemented at the instructed scale. Inapplicable
The instructed scale is satisfied, and other rain water
Level 4
treatment measures have been implemented.
ṳCommentary
Under this item, evaluate groundwater permeation measures and temporary storage measures, in order
to evaluate performance in limiting rainwater runoff flow. The assessment of rain flow control measures
follows the scale of measures specified in administrative instructions concerning the methods and sizes
of countermeasures, which have been set by local authorities with reference to the state of urbanization
in the area, and conditions in rivers and sewers. Areas which do not have administrative instructions
should be excluded from assessment.
If administrative instructions exist in the region concerning rain water flow suppression measures,
award level 3 if the specified scale of measures has been met, and level 4 if he specified scale has been
met and further measures have also been implemented. (If rainwater percolation and similar measures
were implemented voluntarily)
2.3.2 Sewage Load Suppression

PD, ED and CC㩷 Off Ὁ Sch Ὁ Rtl Ὁ Rst Ὁ Hal Ὁ Hsp Ὁ Htl Ὁ Apt Ὁ Fct

The Water Pollution Control Law, the Sewerage Law or the discharge standards set
Level 3
by local authorities etc., whichever is the most stringent, is satisfied.
Discharge standards are satisfied, and further special measures have been used for
Level 4
better control of sewage loads.

Copyright٤
Note) Emission standards used for this assessment on facilities subject to the Water Pollution Control
Law, should be the most stringent, between the values stipulated by the Water Pollution Control Law
and by local authority discharge standards. For facilities subject to the Sewerage Law, apply the most
stringent, between the values stipulated by the Sewerage Law and by local authority discharge
standards.
ṳCommentary
Award level 3 if the discharge standards of the Water Pollution Control Law, the Sewerage Law or
standards specified by local authorities are satisfied. Award level 4 if the discharge standards are
satisfied, and special measures or targets have been adopted for more advanced efforts.
ṲReference 1) Standards for discharge to public sewers under the Sewerage Law
1. Ordinance standards for the building of exempted facilities
The standards are stipulated for sewerage water within the following water quality ranges.
Standard Range of standard values stipulated in ordinances

Temperature Discharges at 45°C or above
pH 5 and below, or 9 and above
n-hexane extracts
Mineral oils Discharges exceeding 5mg/l
Vegetables oils and fats Discharges exceeding 30mg/l
Iodine consumption Discharges at or exceeding 220mg/l
2. Water quality standards for restriction of sewerage discharge from specific places of business
Substance Standard value
LR3
Cadmium Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Cyanide Not exceeding 1 mg/l
Organophosphate Not exceeding 1 mg/l
Lead Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Hexavalent chromium Not exceeding 0.5 mg/l
Arsenic Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Total mercury Not exceeding 0.005 mg/l
Alkyl mercury Must not be detected
PCB Not exceeding 0.003 mg/l
Trichloroethylene Not exceeding 0.3 mg/l
Tetrachloroethylene Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Dichloromethane Not exceeding 0.2 mg/l
Carbon tetrachloride Not exceeding 0.02 mg/l
1,2-dichloroethane Not exceeding 0.04 mg/l
1,1-dichloroethylene Not exceeding 0.2 mg/l
Cis-1,2-dichloroethylene Not exceeding 0.4 mg/l
1,1,1-trichloroethane Not exceeding 3 mg/l
1,1,2-trichloroethane Not exceeding 0.06 mg/l
1,3-dichloropropene Not exceeding 0.02 mg/l
Thiuram Not exceeding 0.06 mg/l
Simazine Not exceeding 0.03 mg/l
Thiobencarb Not exceeding 0.2 mg/l
Benzene Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Selenium Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Phenols Not exceeding 5 mg/l
Copper Not exceeding 3 mg/l
Zinc Not exceeding 5 mg/l
Soluble iron Not exceeding 10 mg/l
Soluble manganese Not exceeding 10 mg/l
Chromium Not exceeding 2 mg/l
Fluorine (non-marine area) Not exceeding 8 mg/l
㩷㩷㩷㩷 (marine area) Not exceeding 15 mg/l
Boron (non-marine area) Not exceeding 10 mg/l
㩷㩷㩷㩷 (marine area) Not exceeding 230 mg/l
Dioxins Not exceeding 10 pg-TEQ/l

Copyright٤
3. Ordinance standards which stipulate water quality standards for restriction of sewerage discharge
from specific places of business
Standards are set by ordinances for the following items. The standards are more lax than the figures
below.㩷㩷
Range of standard values Range of standard values
Substance
stipulated in ordinances stipulated in ordinances
pH Exceeding 5, less than 9
BOD Less than 600mg/l
SS Less than 600mg/l
n-hexane extracts Not exceeding 5mg/l
Mineral oils Not exceeding 30mg/l
Vegetables oils and fats
Ammoniac nitrogen Less than 380mg/l If discharge standards are set
Nitrite nitrogen under ordinances applicable to
the water discharged from the
and nitrate nitrogen sewer concerned, take 3.8 times
the discharged water standard
value.
Nitrogen Less than 240mg/l If discharge standards are set
Phosphorous Less than 32mg/l under ordinances applicable to
the water discharged from the
sewer concerned, take 2 times
the discharged water standard
value.
Administrative ordinances for the Sewerage Law
(Ordinance No.147, 22nd April 1959, final revision ordinance No. 27, 8th February 2002)

Copyright٤
2.3.3 Traffic Load Control

PD, ED and CC㩷 Off Ὁ Sch Ὁ Rtl Ὁ Rst Ὁ Hal Ὁ Hsp Ὁ Htl Ὁ Apt Ὁ Fct

Level 2 1 point in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Item Content Point
I. Efforts related to use 1) Provision of an appropriate number of cycle parking
of bicycles (use of spaces (including motorcycle spaces) for building users,
alternative means of and consideration for the convenience of cycle park users 1
transport) (ease of entry and egress, placement in a convenient
location, etc.).
2) Other (state content) 1
II .Efforts to provide 1) Provision of an appropriate number of car parking
car parking space spaces (as a measure to avoid parking on roads, and 1
LR3
congestion of nearby roads).
2) Provision of parking facilities for unloading goods
1
vehicles (residential buildings are not applicable).
3) Consideration of the position, form and number of
parking lot approach roads (entry and exit) (to contribute 1
to relieving congestion of local roads).
4) Other (state content) 1
ṳCommentary
Evaluate the content of efforts made to control traffic loads (congestion etc.) caused by automobile
traffic generated by the building's operation.
I. Efforts related to use of bicycles (use of alternative means of transport)

Under 1), evaluate measures to encourage use of bicycles, as a means of restricting the use of cars by
building users.
Under 2), evaluate efforts other than those for bicycles, such as creation of new circulating bus routes.
II. Efforts to provide car parking space.

Under 1), evaluate the provision of appropriate numbers of parking spaces, to avoid building users
parking on roads outside the site.
Under 2), evaluate the provision of appropriate numbers of car parking spaces for service vehicles
involved in the operation of the building (maintenance management and service vehicles, delivery and
pickup vehicles, package delivery vehicles, garbage collection vehicles, etc.) to avoid parking outside
the site for service visits.
Under 3), evaluate efforts to facilitate smooth vehicle movement in and out of the building parking lots,
avoiding vehicle congestion around the entrances and exits.

Copyright٤
2.3.4 Waste Treatment Loads

PD, ED and CC Off Ὁ Sch Ὁ Rtl Ὁ Rst Ὁ Hal Ὁ Hsp Ὁ Htl Ὁ Apt Ὁ Fct

Level 1 1 point or less in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Item Content Point
I. Estimation of types 1) The types and quantities of waste generated on the site (interior
and quantities of and exterior) on a day-to-day basis have been estimated to assist in 1
waste
planning measures to reduce the waste processing load.
II. Provision of space 2) Interior and exterior stock space has been planned that will allow
and equipment to 1
sorted collection of many varieties of waste.
encourage separate
3) Interior and exterior waste sorting and collection containers and
collection 1
boxes has been planned.
III. Installation of 4) Planned collection of valuable materials has been planned (group
equipment for waste 1
collections, etc.)
reduction, compaction
5) Measures are planned to reduce, compact and compost organic
or composting 1
garbage (home processing and composting etc. of organic waste).
6) Reduction and compaction of bottles, cans etc. are planned. 1
ṳCommentary
Evaluate efforts to reduce the generation of waste when the building is in operation, and to sort, reduce
and compact that waste.
I. Measurement of types and quantities of waste

1) It is important to keep track of the actual garbage output situation and manage it in order to reduce
the amount of waste output from inside the building. Evaluate whether the types and quantities of waste
produced on a day-to-day basis have been investigated and identified.
II. Provision of space and equipment to encourage separate collection

2) Various types and quantities of waste are generated inside the building. Evaluate provision of
adequate space for proper sorting and stocking under 2), provision of containers, boxes, racks etc. for
sorting and stocking under 3), and planning for regular planned collections for valuable materials under
4).
III. Installation of equipment for waste reduction, compaction or composting

5) For organic waste generated in the course of building operation, evaluate planning for reduction,
compaction and composting by disposers composters and similar equipment.
6) For bottles, cans and other non-organic wastes, evaluate planning for equipment to reduce and
compact waste.

Copyright٤
3. Consideration of Surrounding Environment

3.1 Noise, Vibration & Odor
3.1.1 Noise
PD, ED and CC㩷㪦㪽㪽Ὁ㪪㪺㪿Ὁ㪩㫋㫃Ὁ㪩㫊㫋Ὁ㪟㪸㫃Ὁ㪟㫊㫇Ὁ㪟㫋㫃Ὁ㪘㫇㫋Ὁ㪝㪺㫋
ὲApplication condition㩷
Award level 3 if there are no designated facilities subject to regulation under the Noise Regulation Law.

Level 1 The current regulation standardᾀὸ set by the Noise Regulation Law is exceeded.
Noise is kept below the current regulation standardᾀὸ set by the Noise Regulation
Level 3
Law.
2
Noise is kept substantially ὸ below the current regulation standardᾀὸ set by the Noise
Level 5
Regulation Law.
1) Take the current values of the regulation standard, and evaluate facilities accordingly, even if they
were installed before the current values came into effect (evaluate for day, morning, evening and
night).
LR3
2) For level 5, noise should be limited to below [current standard value -5dB] (for day, morning, evening
and night).
ṳCommentary
Assessment under this item covers buildings which include designated facilities subject to regulation
under the Noise Regulation Law (see reference 2) and buildings subject to regulation under the
Large-Scale Retail Stores Location Law. All other buildings should receive a flat level 3. If, however,
more active measures have been used in buildings other than the above, they may be evaluated
according to their level.
When using CASBEE for New Construction, it is sufficient to evaluate according to the design
specification. However, a condition of assessment is that the standards must be satisfied for all the
measurement times stipulated in the Noise Regulation Law and the Large-Scale Retail Stores Location
Law, namely day (8am ~ 7pm), morning and evening (6am ~ 8am, 7pm ~ 10pm) and night (10pm ~
6am).
If this item is evaluated as level 5, attach documents which can be checked by a third party indicating
that noise is substantially below the current regulation standards.
ṲReference 1) Standard Values from the Noise Regulation Law

Follow zone categories and standards stipulated by the Prefectural governor. The following examples
take the noise regulation standard for factories and designated workshops under Tokyo municipal
environmental standards ordinances as level 3.

Copyright٤
[1] Type 1 zones (Dedicated type 1 low-rise residential zone, Dedicated type 2 low-rise residential zone,
AA zone, etc.)
Zones in which it is particularly important to preserve tranquility, for the sake of maintaining a good
residential environment.
Day Morning and evening Night
Level 1 Not adequate for level 3 Not adequate for level 3 Not adequate for level 3
Level 2
Level 3 Not exceeding 45dB Not exceeding 40dB Not exceeding 40dB
Level 4
[2] Type 2 zones (Dedicated type 1 medium-and-high-rise residential zone, Dedicated type 2
medium-and-high-rise residential zone, Type 1 residential zone, Type 2 residential zone,
quasi-residential zone, etc.)
Zones in which tranquility must be preserved because the land was provided for residential use.
Level 2
Level 4
[3] Type 3 zones (adjacent commercial zones, commercial zones, quasi-industrial zones, etc.)
Zones provided for commercial, industrial and other use, as well as for residential use, in which it is
important to prevent noise, to secure the living environment for local residents.
Level 2
Level 4
[4] Type 4 zones (industrial zones, etc.)

Zones in which extreme noise must be prevented, to avoid degrading the living environment for local
residents.
Level 2
Level 4

Copyright٤
ṲReference 2) Facilities subject to regulation under the Noise Regulation Law

The designated facilities under the Noise Regulation Law, which are subject to quantitative assessment
under this item, are stated below.
1 Metal machining machinery
ᴾ a Rolling equipment (limited to that with power plant rated output of 22.5kW or more).
ᴾ b Pipe-making machinery
ᴾ c Bending machines (limited to roller-type machines with rated motor output of 3.75kW or more).
ᴾ d Hydraulic presses (excluding correction presses).
ᴾ e Mechanical presses (limited to those with nominal press capacity of at least 294kN).
ᴾ f Shear cutters (limited those with rated motor output of 3.75kW or more).
ᴾ g Forging machines
ᴾ h Wire forming machines
ᴾ i Blasting equipment (other than {ton?} blasting equipment, and excluding sealed types).
ᴾ j Tumblers
ᴾ k Cutters (only those using grind wheels).
2 Pneumatic compressors and blowers (limited those with rated motor output of 7.5kW or more).
3 Stone or ore crushers, grinders, sieving and grading equipment (limited those with rated motor output of 7.5kW
or more).
4 Looms (only those with motors)
5 Construction material manufacturing machinery
LR3
ᴾ a Concrete plant (excluding aerated concrete plants, and limited to those with mixer mixing capacity of at least
0.45m3).
ᴾ b Asphalt plants ( limited to those with mixer mixing weight of at least 200kg)
6 Grain milling machines (limited to roller-type machines with motor rated output of 7.5kW or more).
7 Timber cutting machinery

ᴾ a Drum barkers
ᴾ b Chippers (limited those with motor rated output of 2.25kW or more).
ᴾ c Wood grinders
ᴾ d Belt saws (used for cutting lumber, with rated motor output of at least 15kW, or for carpentry, with rated motor
output of at least 2.25kW)
ᴾ e Circular saws (used for cutting lumber, with rated motor output of at least 15kW, or for carpentry, with rated
motor output of at least 2.25kW)
ᴾ f Planers (limited those with rated motor output of 2.25kW or more)
8 Paper machines
9 Printing presses (only those with motors).
10 Plastic injection molding machinery
11 Casting foundry equipment (only jolt-type equipment).

Copyright٤
ṲReference 3) Examples of noise prevention measures

Acoustical
Content insulation
effect
Estimate on
Prevention
pressure
variation
of direct
the basis of
Technical measures against sound
The source of the sound must be
Prevention of vortices, flow disturbances, explosions etc. experience and

experiments
etc.
Reduction of Eliminate impact, collision, friction and imbalance. Ẉ
removed
sources
agitative force Put in balance.

Reduction of object
Vibration isolation Place anti-vibration devices between the vibrating Ẉ

body and the stationary body to put the vibration
vibration
transfer rate below 1.

Damping Paint or affix damping materials to raise the loss Estimate on
processes coefficient to 5% or more. the basis of
Use anti-vibration steel plates. experiments
normally at
around 10dB.
Sound absorption Apply sound absorbent material to locations struck Determined by
treatment by sound to give the necessary absorption rate. design
Reduction of sound
Surround the sound source with materials having the Ẉ

Acoustic isolation
Sealed
transmission
necessary transmission losses (covers, hoods,

type
structures).
Reduction of the transmission of sound that has been generated
Physical methods
Ẉ
Partial Erect barriers (walls, building) sound reduction index
25dB is the
of at least 10dB from the source volume.
limit.
Open Attach mufflers along the sound route with the Determined by
type necessary sound reduction index. design
Distance Move the sound source as far as possible away from 0~6dB double
attenuation the problem point. distance
Transmission reduction
Use of phenomena which reduce sound transmission
Attenuation by Do not orient directions of strong sound radiation Normally

directionality towards the problem point. around 10dB
0.6dB/100m (at
1kHz)
Attenuation by Effective with long distances and high-frequency
Around
absorption in air sources.
5dB/100m (at
8kHz)
Differs with
Attenuation by air wind speed
temperature and Place the sound source downwind. and air
wind temperature
distribution
Attenuation by 0.7dB/10m for
absorption in Make the ground surface sound absorbent. grass 30cm
ground surfaces high (at 1kHz)
Around
Attenuation by 10dB/50m for
A row of trees will have no effect.
trees trees with high
leaf density
methods
Sensory
Generate a noise to mask the offending noise.

Masking
Effective against low noise levels.
methods
Psychological
Greetings,
Consider psychology in dealing with the situations of the offended and
compensation etc.
offending parties.
Source: “Technology and Regulations Pollution Prevention – Noise,” Ministry of Economy, Trade and
Industry.

Copyright٤
3.1.2 Vibration
Buildings with no designated facilities under the Vibration Regulation Law (reference 2) are excluded.

Level 1 The current regulation standard1ὸ set by the Vibration Regulation Law is exceeded.
Vibration is kept below the current regulation standard*1ὸset by the Vibration
Level 3
Regulation Law.
Vibration is kept substantially2ὸ below the current regulation standard1ὸset by the
Level 5
Vibration Regulation Law.
1) Take the current values of the regulation standard, and evaluate facilities accordingly, even if they
were installed before the current values came into effect (evaluate for both day and night).
2) For level 5, vibration should be limited to below [current standard value -5dB] (for both day and night).
ṳCommentary
For this item, evaluate the impact of vibration generated within the site on adjacent sites and the
surrounding area.
LR3
Assessment under this item covers buildings which include designated facilities subject to regulation
under the Vibration Regulation Law (see reference 2) and buildings subject to regulation under the
Large-Scale Retail Stores Location Law. All other buildings are excluded from assessment.
When using CASBEE for New Construction, it is sufficient to evaluate according to the design
specification. However, a condition of assessment is that the standards must be satisfied for all the
measurement times stipulated in the Vibration Regulation Law and the Large-Scale Retail Stores
Location Law, namely day (8am ~ 7pm), morning and evening (6am ~ 8am, 7pm ~ 10pm) and night
(10pm ~ 6am).
If this item is evaluated as level 5, attach documents which can be checked by a third party indicating
that vibration is substantially below the current regulation standards.
ṲReference 1) Standard Values from the Vibration Regulation Law

The following are standard values for each zone type under the Vibration Regulation Law. Follow zone
categories and standards stipulated by the Prefectural governor. The following examples take the
vibration regulation standard for factories and designated workshops under Tokyo municipal
environmental standards ordinances as level 3.
[1] Type 1 zones (type 1 low-rise residential exclusive zone, type 2 low-rise residential exclusive zone,
AA zone, type 1 medium-to-high-rise residential exclusive zone, type 2 medium-to-high-rise
residential exclusive zone, type 1 residential zone, type 2 residential zone, sub-residential zone and
unspecified zone)
- Zones in which it is particularly important to preserve tranquility, for the sake of maintaining a good
residential environment.
Day Nigh
Level 1 Not adequate for level 3 Not adequate for level 3
Level 2
Level 3 Not exceeding 60dB Not exceeding 55dB
Level 4

Copyright٤
[2] Type 2 zones (adjacent commercial zones, commercial zones, quasi-industrial zones, industrial
zones, etc).
- Zones provided for residential, commercial, industrial and other use.
- Zones which are mainly provided for industrial and similar use, in which the residents’ living
environment is conserved.
Day Nigh
Level 1 Not adequate for level 3 Not adequate for level 3
Level 2
Level 4
ṲReference 2) Designated facilities under the Vibration Regulation Law

1 Metal machining machinery
ᴾ a Hydraulic presses (excluding correction presses)

ᴾ b Mechanical presses
ᴾ c Shear cutters (limited to those with rated motor output of 1kW or more)
ᴾ d Forging machines
ᴾ e Wire forming machines (limited those with motor rated output of 37.5kW or more)
2 Compressors (limited to those with motor rated output of 7.5kW or more)
3 Stone or ore crushers, grinders, sieving and grading equipment (limited to those with power plant rated output of
7.5kW or more).
4 Looms (only those with motors)
5 Concrete block machines (limited to those with power plant rated output of 2.95kW or more), concrete pipe
manufacturing machinery, and concrete column manufacturing machinery (limited to those with power plant rated
output of 10kW or moreὸ
6 Timber cutting machinery
ᴾ a Drum barkers
ᴾ b Chippers (limited those with motor rated output of 2.2kW or more)
7 Printing presses (limited those with motor rated output of 2.2kW or more)
8 Rollers for rubber mixing and plastic mixing (limited to those other than calendar rollers having motor rated output
of 30kW or more).
9 Plastic injection molding machinery
10 Casting foundry equipment (only jolt-type equipment)

Copyright٤
3.1.3 Odor
Buildings which do not handle any designated malodorous substances under the Offensive Odor
Control Law are excluded.
Odor level is below the allowable limit for odor index, and for the concentrations of
Level 1
currently designated malodorous substances under the Offensive Odor Control Law.
Odor level satisfies the allowable limit for odor index, and for the concentrations of
Level 3
currently designated malodorous substances under the Offensive Odor Control Law.
ṳCommentary
For this item, evaluate whether the allowable limit values under the Offensive Odor Control Law are
satisfied.
For CASBEE for New Construction, evaluate whether the design specification has the performance
necessary to adequately clear standard values under the Offensive Odor Control Law. As it is difficult to
set threshold values for odor below the regulation value, the scoring criterion for the time being is to
LR3
evaluate at level 1 or 3.
Assessment under this item covers buildings in zones regulated under the Offensive Odor Control Law,
which handle designated malodorous substances. All other buildings are excluded.
ṲReference 1) Regulation standards under the Offensive Odor Control Law

The regulation standard is set under article 2, table 1 of the Enforcement Regulations to the Offensive Odor Control
Law, and elsewhere, but Prefectural governors can classify regulated zones as necessary, based on their natural
and social conditions, and set regulation standards for each type of designated malodorous substance. Follow the
standard values set for each zone when evaluating.
Chimney or other gas outlet
Outlet height less than 15m Outlet height 15m or more
Discharged
Site Outlet height is Outlet height is at
water
boundary Outlet diameter
less than 2.5 least 2.5 times
line Outlet diameter 0.6m or more, Outlet diameter
times the height the height of the
less than 0.6m but less than 0.9m or more
of the tallest tallest nearby
0.9m
nearby building building
index 26
Odor
Type 1 Odor index

Odor indexᾂᾀ Odor indexᾁᾄ Odor index 22 ῀ῃᾌ275ᶣᾗ02 ῀ῃᾌ357὾Fmax
Zone 10
index 28
Odor
Type 2 Odor index

Odor indexᾂᾂ Odor indexᾁᾆ Odor indexᾁᾃ ῀ῃᾌ436×ᾗ02 ῀ῃᾌ566὾Fmax
zone 12
index 29
Odor
Type 3 Odor index

Odor indexᾂᾄ Odor indexᾂ὿ Odor indexᾁᾆ ῀ῃᾌ549×ᾗ02 ῀ῃᾌ712὾Fmax
zone 13
Enforced from 1st July 2002

Note)
1) Odor index is the common logarithm for the odor concentration (the number of times the odor in the
air would have to be diluted before becoming imperceptible, found using the triangle odor bag
method), multiplied by ten. (Odor index = 10xlog odor concentration)

Copyright٤
2) qt indicates the odor discharge intensity of the gas emission (unit: m3N/min).
qt = (odor concentration) x (dry weight of gas emission)
3) H0 is the actual height of the outlet (unit: m).
4) Fmax is the maximum value of ground level odor concentration per unit odor emission intensity (in
3
sec/m N), calculated by the method stipulated in article six, clause 2-1 of the Enforcement
Regulations to the Offensive Odor Control Law.
5) The largest nearby building is the tallest of the buildings within a distance equal to ten times the
building’s height from the outlet within the site of the place of business concerned.

3.2.1 Restriction of Wind Damage
In the absence of a mandate based on law, regulation of administrative instruction, or of demands from
the local area, building which apply no particular measures should be awarded level 3.
㩷
No preliminary study or was performed about the creation of strong wind spots1) and
Level 1
no countermeasures2) were taken against wind hazard.
A preliminary study has been performed and measures taken to avoid or reduce wind
hazard, but there has been no assessment. Alternatively, wind strength grade has
Level 2 been evaluated on the basis of a desktop forecast3), and wind strength has been
worsened in some areas, or there are measurement points at which the wind
environment rank for the sight has been lowered.
A preliminary study has been performed and measures taken to avoid or reduce wind
hazard4). Then, the wind strength grade has been evaluated on the basis of a desktop
3)
forecast , and the results show that wind strength has not worsened. Alternatively,
Level 3
rank assessment has been performed on the basis of wind environment assessment
indices5), and the results indicate that a wind environment with suitable rank for the
location has been achieved.
A preliminary study or prevention planning has been performed and measures taken to
5)
avoid or reduce wind hazard, followed by a rank assessment has been performed on
Level 4
the basis of wind environment assessment indices. Results indicate that the wind
environment in some parts is better than usual for the location.
A preliminary study or prevention planning has been performed and measures taken
to avoid or reduce wind hazard, followed by a rank assessment5) has been performed
Level 5
on the basis of wind environment assessment indices. Results indicate that the wind
environment is better than usual for the location.
1) Preliminary study: See Reference 1.
2) Wind hazard reduction measures: See Reference 1.
3) Desktop forecast: See Reference 2.
4) Prevention plan and reduction and avoidance countermeasures.
5) Rank assessment on the basis of wind environment assessment indices: See Reference 3.
ṳCommentary
Under this item, evaluate measures against wind hazard. When evaluating, append the following
documents, to allow a third party to confirm the content of the measures.
Appended documents
- Wind environment data, such as wind directions, speeds, and prevailing winds, based on the
preliminary study.
- Assessment documents using wind strength grades, based on the desktop forecast.
- Rank assessment documents, based on the wind environment assessment indices.

Copyright٤
As Reference 1 shows, the wind hazard control process generally works through a preliminary study,
wind hazard control countermeasures and wind hazard assessment, but for this item, evaluate whether
there was a preliminary study, whether there was a preventive plan addressing building layout and form,
whether reduction and avoidance measures such as tree planting and windbreak fences were used,
whether there was an assessment, and its accuracy, and results for the level of impact from strong wind
(ranking by wind strength grade or wind environment assessment indices)
ṲReference 1) Wind Hazard Control Process

Item Content
I. Preliminary Identify aspects of the wind environment, such as wind speed, wind direction and
study prevailing winds to predict wind hazard. Existing data, such local meteorological
data and regional meteorological observation data (AMEDAS data) are generally
used. To improve accuracy, take on-site measurements and use a wide-area
atmospheric environment forecasting system based on wide-area meteorological
data and topographic data.
II. Wind hazard 1) Prevention plan using building layout and form
control The prevention plan using building layout and form is a plan for making a broad
countermeasures assessment at the initial design stage, as a planned way of preemptively
preventing the generation of wind hazards. It follows a process of examining
wind directions and speeds on the site and studying various alternative
proposals for the building layout and form. It is very important, because it can
prevent potential wind hazards, and is the starting point for countermeasures.
2) Reduction and avoidance countermeasures using tree planting, windbreak

fences, etc.
These are countermeasures to reduce or avoid wind hazards generated by the
building through the use of tree planting, windbreak fences, eaves, arcades and
LR3
similar elements.
Predictions and assessments for studying 1) and 2) use predictive methods such
as desktop forecasting, numerical fluid flow simulation and wind tunnel tests, and
assessment methods such as using wind strength grades and wind environment
assessment indices.
III. Assessment of 1) Assessment using wind strength grade
wind hazard Assessment using wind strength grade evaluates the impact of wind strength
from the usual main wind directions on the site. It is less accurate than
assessment using wind environment assessment indices. Wind strength grades
use the Meteorological Agency Beaufort Scale.
2) Rank assessment using the wind environment assessment indices

Assessment using the wind environment assessment indices predicts the impact
of strong wind from 16 directions, analyzing the incidence of strong winds. It is
more accurate than assessment using wind strength grade.
There are the following wind environment assessment indices.
- The assessment yardstick based on wind environment assessment index
produced by Murakami et al.
- The assessment yardstick produced by the Wind Engineering Institute.
Assessment using wind environment assessment indices requires topography of
the area around the site, the current state of buildings and green space, and
numerical fluid simulations and wind tunnel tests for the planned building, to
produce a forecast assessment.
ṲReference 2) Desktop forecast method

1. Ascertain the meteorological situation.
[1] Calculate the incidence for each wind direction and wind strength grade
Find the annual number of occurrences for each wind direction, and identify characteristics of the
region, such as prevailing wind.
[2] Calculate annual average wind speed for each wind direction
Find the average wind speed for each wind direction in the area, and identify what strength of wind
blows.

Copyright٤
2. Selection of the forecast wind direction

[1] Deciding the forecast wind direction
Identify the wind direction that causes the highest incidence (select the wind direction for which
building wind impact occurs most often)
3. Forecast
[1] Select data that matches the planned building form from basic model experiment data (Appendix
documents with the Building Wind Handbook from the Building Contractors Society).
[2] Draw up an increased wind area plan for each forecast wind direction
4. Assessment
(Note that assessment using desktop forecasting judges the amount of change caused by changes of
wind speed at a given location, it does not produce absolute assessments).
[1] Forecast results are collated in the table below
Before construction After construction

Forecast wind Convert to wind
direction Beaufort wind Rate of Wind speed Beaufort wind
speed at 10m
strength grade increase (b) (a)×(b) strength grade
above ground (a)
Wind speed from
North (example) 1.3 (example)
1.2
NNW (example)
South (example)
[2] Evaluate by comparing wind strength grades before and after construction
If the rate of wind speed increase between before and after construction is around 1.1~1.2, the range of
change is likely to fall within the same Beaufort scale grade, so evaluate increase rates of 1.3 or more.
Also, according to {Penwarden}, a wind strength grade of 5 represents “the allowable limit on land”, so it
is necessary to make sure wind strength does not exceed that grade.
ṲReference 3) Rank assessment using wind environment assessment index

Rank assessment using wind environment assessment index judges whether a building plan will cause
wind impact. It starts with a preliminary study to investigate wind directions, speeds and incidence rates,
and then uses either “The assessment yardstick based on wind environment assessment index by
Murakami et al.” or “ The assessment yardstick by the Wind Engineering Institute” for the assessment.
Either one defines relationships between wind speeds and incidences, tailored to the site. The former
categorizes subjects as rank 1 ~ unranked and the latter uses Range A to Range D.
Once the category (rank or range) corresponding to the location of the assessment subject has been
confirmed, the next step is to check which category (rank or range) the wind speed and incidence
belongs to, and evaluate according to the result.
If the result is lower than the category (rank or range) corresponding to the location, which means the
wind speed has got substantially worse, award level 2. Award level 3 it is the same as the category for
the location, and level 4 or level 5 if it is better (meaning the environment is good, with a reduced wind
speed).
1. The assessment yardstick based on wind environment assessment index produced

by Murakami et al.
The subject is categorized into ranks 1~3 according to the purpose the space is used for, in order of
increasing vulnerability to wind impact, and peak daily gust speeds of 10m/sec, 15m/sec and
20m/sec are used as the evaluated levels of strong winds, to give the probability of the allowable
wind speed being exceeded by each combination. (See the table below).
For example, in a residential district, which is a rank 2 application, it is permissible for the daily gusts
to exceed 10m/sec on 22% of days (approximately 80 days per year). Even if the incidence of peak
daily gust speed exceeding 10m/sec is below 22%, the situation is still unacceptable if 15m/sec is
exceeded for 3.6% or more of days (approximately 13 days per year) Thus, each rank has three
allowable incidence rates, and if even one of those is not satisfied, the situation is unsuitable for the
rank.
The incidence of wind speeds (probability of a speed being exceeded) can be calculated using a
Weibull distribution formula. In this case, the Weibull coefficient is based on not the average wind
speed but the peak daily gust speed. if the peak daily gust speed is not obtained, the gust factor can
be used to convert to the peak daily gust speed as a yardstick for the assessment, but in that case
the Weibull coefficient based on the peak daily gust speed is used to calculate the excess wind
probability. The gust factor value used is in the range 1.5 to 3.0, based on the surroundings of the site,

Copyright٤
specifically whether it is a built-up area and near to high-rise buildings. The common range for a
built-up area is between 2.0 and 2.5.
For details, refer to “New Knowledge of Building Winds,” edited by the Wind Engineering Institute and
published by Kajima Institute Publishing.
Permissible strong wind level and permissible

incidence of gusts surpassing that level
Examples of
Peak daily gust speed (m/s)
Degree of strong wind impact corresponding
10 15 20
uses of space Peak daily average speed (m/s)
10὾G.F. 15὾G.F. 20὾G.F.
Shopping street in
Places with applications 10% 0.9% 0.08%
Rank 1 residential are
most easily affected by wind ί37 daysὸ ί3 daysὸ ί0.3 daysὸ
Outdoor restaurant
Places with applications Parks in residential 22% 3.6% 0.6%
Rank 2
easily affected by wind areas ί80 daysὸ ί13 daysὸ ί2 daysὸ
Places with applications less 35% 7% 1.5%
Rank 3 Office district
likely to be affected by wind ί128 daysὸ ί26 daysὸ ί5 daysὸ
Unranked Wind environment in excess of rank 3 ὼ
Source: “Knowledge of Building Winds – New Edition,” edited by the Wind Engineering Institute and
published by Kajima Institute Publishing.
ṲBibliography: 54ὸ
Note 1) Peak daily gust speed: Assessment time 2~3s. Peak daily average speed: Average wind speed
over ten minutes. The wind speeds defined here are at 1.5m above ground level.
Note 2) Peak daily gust speed
LR3
10m/s Ḡ Garbage flies in the wind. Laundry is blown down.
15m/s Ḡ Freestanding street signs and bicycles etc. blow over. Difficult to walk.
20m/s: Phenomena such as people close to being blown away are certain to occur.
Note 3) G.F.: Gust factor (1.5m above ground, assessment duration 2-3s).
Dense urban districts 2.5~3.0 (Wind disturbance is strong, but average speed is not high):
Normal urban district 2.0~2.5
Places of particularly high wind speed 1.5~2.0 (areas of increased wind near high-rise buildings,
etc.)
Note 4) How to use this table
E.g. In a rank 1 application, the wind environment is permissible if the incidence of daily peak
gusts above 10m/2 does not exceed 10% (approximately 37 days per year).
2. The assessment yardstick produced by the Wind Engineering Institute.

Rather than calculating cumulative incidence for all wind speeds, find the wind speed corresponding
to cumulative incidence values of 55% and 85%.
Use the table below to determine the index wind speed for each area. The wind speed with a
cumulative incidence of 55% is the average wind speed in each wind environment, and the wind
speed with a cumulative incidence of 95% is largely equivalent to the annual average value of daily
peak wind speed (a relatively high wind speed that blows around once a week). If this assessment
method is used, the subject is reduced to the next range if either of the assessment index wind
speeds is not satisfied. That means that if the 55% cumulative incidence wind speed is 1.7m/sec, and
the 95% cumulative incidence wind speed is 4.5m/sec, the wind environment of that place would be
evaluated as range C.
Cumulative incidence means the incidence of a given wind speed, added to the incidences of all
lower wind speeds.
Assessment height: 5m above ground

Copyright٤
Wind speed with 55% Wind speed with 95%

cumulative incidence cumulative incidence
Range A Equivalent to residential district ṓ1.2m/s ṓ2.9m/s
Equivalent to low and
Range B ṓ1.8m/s ṓ4.3m/s
medium-rise built-up area
Equivalent to medium and
Range C ṓ2.3m/s ṓ5.6m/s
high-rise built-up area
Range D Equivalent to area of strong wind ᾍ2.3m/s ᾍ5.6m/s
Notes) Range A: Wind environment seen in residential districts

Range B: Wind environment seen in districts in between ranges A and C.
Range C: Wind environment seen in office districts.
Range D: Undesirable wind environment.
ṲBibliographyᾉᴾ 54ὸ
ṲReference 4ὸ Conduct a preliminary survey of wind sped and direction and related factors in the
area.
<Saitama Super Arena>
The building roof configuration and its plan form were determined on the basis of the results of a
wide-area atmospheric simulation, as countermeasures against the north wind, which is the
prevailing wind in winter. The wind from the sea in summer is deliberately drawn in through the front
opening of the arena, to vent through the opening on the north side, making efficient use of natural
airflow and securing pleasant airflow through the streets of the area.

Results of analysis of wind conditions due to Results of analysis of wind conditions due to
prevailing winter wind (cross section) prevailing summer winds (cross section)
ᴾᴾ ᴾ
Results of analysis of wind conditions due to Results of analysis of wind conditions due to
prevailing winter wind (plan) prevailing summer winds (plan)
Saitama Super Arena

Design: MAS2000 Design Team
(Leader: Nikken Sekkei)
In association with: Ellerbe Becket, Flack+Kurtz Consulting
Engineers
Technical cooperation: Taisei Corporation
(Documentation provided by Taisei Corporation)
ṲBibliographyᾊ 54ὸẆ55ὸ

Copyright٤
3.2.2 Restriction of Sunlight Obstruction

Evaluate level 3 if there are no shade regulations in the region.
Shade regulations are satisfied, or there are no shade regulations applicable to the
Level 3
site.
Level 4 A standard one rank* above the shade regulations is satisfied.
ṳCommentary
Under this item, evaluate measures against sunlight obstruction.
* “One rank above” for sunlight obstruction means that, for example, in an area where the shade
regulation limits shade on adjacent commercial areas to 5 hours/ 3 hours (at 5m, 10m), the next higher
standard is for residential areas, set at 4/ 2.5 hours.
If the strictest level or regulation is already applied, one rank above should be taken to mean one hour/
0.5 hours (5m, 10m) higher than the regulation standard.
LR3
3.3 Light Pollution
3.3.1 Outdoor Illumination and Light that Spills from Interiors


Level 2 1 point in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.
Content Point
1) Outdoor illumination and light that spills from interiors
Only some of the checklist points of the “Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines” are
satisfied. (1 point) 1῍2
A majority of the checklist points of the “Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines” are
satisfied. (2 points)
2) Countermeasures against light pollution from billboard lighting.

Billboard lighting satisfies some of the considerations in “Considerations for Billboard
Illumination.” (1 point) 1῍2
A majority of the considerations in “Considerations for Billboard Illumination” are
satisfied, or there is no billboard lighting. (2 points)

Copyright٤
ṳCommentary
Evaluate light pollution caused by buildings includes exterior lighting at night, light spill from the interior,
lighting for advertising displays, and glare reflecting from the building.
The Ministry of the Environment of Japan published its Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines in
March 1998; and local governments are adopting their own Local Illumination Environment Plan in
accordance with the guidelines. For this item, the basic approach should be to use the level of
compliance with the Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines or Local Illumination Environment Plan
as the judgment criterion.
*The Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines set by the Ministry of the Environment of Japan were
revised in February 2007, and this manual reflects the content of that revision. If a Local Illumination
Environment Plan has been adopted by a local authority, the level of compliance with that plan may also
be used as the judgment standard.
ᾀὸOutdoor illumination and light that spills from interiors

Evaluate according to the level of compliance with the “Checklist (check sheet) on exterior illumination
and similar fixtures” in the Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines or Local Illumination Environment
Plans (of one has been adopted for the region concerned,
0 points: Almost no points satisfy the checklist

1 point: Only some of the checklist points are satisfied.
2 points: A majority of the checklist point are satisfied.
ṲReference 1) ḛChecklist for a good lighting environmentḜ in the Light Pollution Countermeasure
Guidelines
Check item Approach and examples of measures
0. Was the examination system appropriate? ᴾ
- Did any lighting specialist participate in the examination ψAdd a person with specialist knowledge of light and
system?ᴾ illumination to the examination system.
ψ If it is difficult to put such a person into the
examination system, get the expert’s advice as an
advisor.ᴾ
1. Is energy used effectively? ᴾ
- Are illumination levels set appropriately for purposes? ψSet brightness to match the purpose of the lighting,
Is the brightness too high or too low, relative to the JIS with reference to the JIS brightness standard or
brightness standard or other lighting-related other lighting-related standards. If brightness is too
standards? high, change to a lower-wattage light source.
- Is the illuminated range appropriate? Is it wider than ψReconsider the illuminated range.
necessary?
- Does the chosen light source have high overall ψReference 2) Choose overall efficiency higher than
efficiency? that in the Guide to outdoor lighting equipment.
- Was the installation of lighting equipment with high ψ Reconsider the lighting patterns and installation
coefficient of utilization, or of equipment for increasing positions of the lighting equipment.
coefficient of utilization, considered?
2. Have measures been devised to diminish the impact ᴾ
on human activities? ᴾ
- Has lighting equipment been chosen that leaks little ψSelect lighting equipment which satisfies upward
light upwards or towards the surroundings? Also, have light output ratio in the “Guide to outdoor lighting
measures been considered to reduce light leakage? Is equipment” reference 2). Alternatively, consider
reference 2), upward light output ratio in the “Guide to installation of the following.
outdoor lighting equipment” satisfied.
- Have glare and extreme contrast been restricted?
Have target values been considered for restriction of ψReconsider the selection of lighting equipment and
luminosity and luminance from lighting equipment in the direction of light projection. If necessary, use
directions that cause problems? louvers and hoods etc. for shading.
- Could lighting that is excessive in brightness, brilliance,
hue or other changes over time causes discomfort or ψReconsider the settings for brightness (luminance)
impede daily activities? Have target values been and operation methods. Lower the set brightness
considered for luminance of illuminated surfaces or (luminance) if necessary. Alternatively, use louvers
the brightness of windows due to leaked light been and hoods etc. to shade lighting equipment.
considered?

Copyright٤
3. Have measures been devised to diminish the impact ᴾ

on flora and fauna (ecosystems)? ᴾ
- Was harmony with the surroundings considered? Does ψReconsider the set brightness. If brightness is too
the lighting plan involve lighting that is far brighter than high, change to a lower-wattage light source.
the surrounding environment?
- Has a survey been conducted of flora and fauna that ψReinvestigate impact on the surrounding
should be protected in the environment surrounding environment, and reconsider whether lighting
the lighting equipment? Have measures been equipment should be installed, and the
considered to avoid impact on flora and fauna that appropriateness of the set brightness, the lighting
should be protected? equipment used, the operating methods and other
aspects.
4. Have operation and management methods been ᴾ
considered?
- Is there an operating plan with specifications for each ψConsider adjustable brightness, or turning off some
time bracket, tailored to the surrounding environment? or all lights, at night.
- Have periodic cleaning and lamp replacement been ψConsider performing periodic inspection, cleaning
considered? and lamp replacement.
5. Has care been taken over application to district ᴾ
development?
- Was there overall coordination? ψ Have a district development coordinator check
impact on cooling loads, scenic appearance, and
- Was lighting design considered that incorporated other aspects.
public, semi-public and private spaces? ψLighting design should address lighting of plots on
- Were the targets of measures selected appropriately? both sides of roads, and spaces that face the street.
ψConsideration of parking lots, used car lots and
outdoor golf driving ranges, which can be expected
- Were safety and peace of mind considered? to have a strong impact.
ψConsideration of lighting that is suitable for crime
prevention, etc.
LR3
ṲReference 2) "Guide to outdoor lighting equipment" in the Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines
Regulations Assessment Content
Evaluate for overall If lamp input power is 200W or more, we
efficiency. recommend at least 60lm/W, and at least
Overall efficiency Lamp output/ (lamp power 50lm/W for lamps below 200W.
+ power losses in the
lighting circuit)
Coefficient of utilization = Coefficient of utilization is the proportion of the
effective used output/ total light generated by the lamp which reaches
Coefficient of utilization lamp output = (lit area x areas or objects which require illumination.
average brightness)/ total
lamp output.
Evaluate according to Lighting environment I*: 0%
ULOR (upward light Lighting environment II*: 0~5%ᴾ
Upward light output ratio
output/ lamp output) Lighting environment III*: 0~15%ᴾ
Lighting environment IV*: 0~20%ᴾ
Following the points under "Glare restriction" in the "Standard for Exterior
Glare and impact on human Public Illumination for Pedestrians" by the Illumination Engineering Institute of
activities Japan.
Basically, follow existing JIS and technical guidance.ᴾ
Improve the light distribution characteristics and mounting of lighting
Impact on flora and fauna equipment, or place light screens etc. in the environment to limit, as far as
possible, the artificial light shining into the natural environment.
*Reference 3 shows the classifications of lighting environments I~IV.

Copyright٤
ṲReference 3) "4 types of lighting environment" in the Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines
These are natural parks or rural communities, in which the density of installation of
[1] Lighting environment I
outdoor lighting equipment is relatively low. Such areas are basically dark.
These are residential areas in villages or suburbs, with the main lighting behind
[2] Lighting environment II
street lamps and anti-crime lamps, etc., with low brightness in surrounding areas.
These are urban residential areas, with road and street lighting and some
[3] Lighting environment III distribution of objects such as billboards, with moderate brightness in surrounding
areas.
These are busy urban districts and the centers of major cities, with a high density
[4] Lighting environment IV of outdoor illumination and billboards, and with high brightness in surrounding
areas.
2) Light pollution from billboard lighting

Evaluate lighting used on all outdoor advertising (spotlights, neon lights and other lighting of advertising
surfaces) and outdoor advertising activities (moving signs, vending machines, searchlights, etc.).
Evaluate according to the proportion of the considerations that have been implemented among those
listed in “Reference 4 Matters to consider in billboard illumination” in the Light Pollution Countermeasure
Guidelines.
0 points: Almost none of the considerations in “Matters to consider in billboard illumination” are satisfied.
1 point: Some of the considerations in “Matters to consider in billboard illumination” are satisfied.
2 points: A majority of the considerations in “Matters to consider in billboard illumination” are satisfied.
ṲReference 4) "Matters to consider in billboard illumination" in the Light Pollution Countermeasure

Guidelines
Main matters to consider Content
(1) Consideration of light leakage
- Set the range receiving brightness and luminance to a ψIn particular, do not use searchlights, lasers
suitable extent. and other equipment that leaks light in a wide
area and has a strong impact.
- Select the shining directions appropriately. ψTake care when placing internally-illuminated
signs and exposed fluorescent tubes.
- Apply detailed measures to reduce the total usage of artificial ψApply design measures for contrast, in order
lighting. to reduce the total usage of artificial light.
(2) Considerations related to the quality of light
- Light must not flash. ψDo not allow flashing light sources.
- Light must not move. ψDo not move the range illuminated by the
light source.
- Projected light must not be colored. ψDo not pass the light of floodlights through
filters, or otherwise tint it. (Excluding the use
of filters out of consideration for the
environment).
(3) Considerations related to energy conservation
- Encourage the use of light sources of high efficiency.
- Manage lighting times appropriately.
ṲBibliographyᾉᴾ 56)

Copyright٤
3.3.2 Measures for Reflected Solar Glare from Building Walls


Level 1 Reflected glare from building walls (including glazing) is observed to cause any
major impact on the surroundings.
Level 3 Reflected glare from building walls (including glazing) is not observed to cause any
major impact on the surroundings.
Level 5 Reflected glare from building walls (including glazing) is not observed to cause any
reflected glare on the surroundings.
ṳCommentary
For this item, as the countermeasures for light pollution caused by buildings, evaluate measures to
mitigate the glare cast on the surround area by reflection of daylight from walls. Glare caused by
reflection of daylight from buildings can cause unanticipated impact, particularly in office buildings with
large areas of glass. Therefore, this is a matter that must be considered with great care.
ṲReference 1) Countermeasures against light pollution by reflected glare from buildings

It is particularly important to consider light reflecting on the surrounding area if the building has a glass
LR3
facade. If the facade is curved or inclined, it can extend light pollution effects in a surprisingly wide
range, so light pollution must be thoroughly considered in advance. Recently, computers have been
able to run simulations as shown below, so it is easy to identify the impact of reflected light.
(Documentation provided by Nihon Sekkei)
The following are the main countermeasures against reflected light.

Side of
countermeasure Method Content
work
Reduced Application of anti-reflection film on the inner side of the reflecting
reflectance surface, or a coating applied to the glass, can cut reflectance.
Diffuse reflection Measures such as surface treatments and template glass can make
Reflecting side
the reflection more diffuse.
Adjusted reflection The angle at which the glass is mounted can be adjusted to reduce
angle the impact of reflections.
(Caution)
Glass may become prone to thermal cracking due to higher solar absorbance rate. Glass with surface
treatment is limited by wind pressure strength consideration.

Copyright٤
Bibliography
Q1: Indoor Environment
1) Indoor Environment Forum, Post-Occupancy Evaluation Method for Office (popular edition), 1994,
Former Ministry of Construction, Building Research Institute
2) Indoor Environment Forum, Post-Occupancy Evaluation Method for Office(POEM-O popular Edition),
1994
3) Architectural Institute of Japan, Standards and Design Guidelines for Building Sound Insulation
Performance. 1998
4) Architectural Institute of Japan, Handbook of Building Environmental Design 1 – Environment, 1978
5) The Society of Heating, Air-conditioning and Sanitary Engineers of Japan, Handbook of
Air-conditioning and Sanitary Engineering, Volume 3 Air-conditioning Equipment Design, 1995
6) Architectural Institute of Japan, Design Guidelines for Sound Insulation of Building, 1998
7) Sakamoto et.al., Sound Reduction Design for Air-Conditioning Equipment, 1976
8) “Sanitation Management Standard for Buildings” under the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in
Buildings (Building Sanitation Law)
9) The Healthcare Engineering Association of Japan, Guidelines for Design and Control of Hospital Air
Control Facilities (HEAS-02-1998)
10) Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology, “School Sanitation Standards”
under the School Health Law
11) Tokyo Metropolitan Government, “Table of sanitation standards for metropolitan schools”
12) Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport, Standards and Procedures for Building
Equipment
13)ANSI὾ASHRAEὼ55ὼ1992 ASHRAE STANDARD
14) The Society of Heating, Air-conditioning and Sanitary Engineers of Japan, Handbook of
Air-Conditioning and Sanitary Engineering
15) “Japan Housing Performance Standard” under Housing Quality Assurance Law
16) “Japan Housing Performance Standard” under Housing Quality Assurance Law
17) Architectural Institute of Japan, Daylight Illuminance Calculation Method
18) Yukiko Yamada, “Architectural Environmental Engineering” 1997
19) Kazuaki Yamagata, ḛPractical Teaching Materials for Architectural Environmental Engineering”
20) Illumination Engineering Institute of Japan, “technical Guidelines for Office Illumination,” 2001
21) Illumination Engineering Institute of Japan, “technical Guidelines for Office Illumination JIIEG-008,”
2002
22) Illumination Engineering Institute of Japan, “Lighting of Indoor Work Places JIES-008,” 1999
23) Japan Industrial Standard, ”JIS (Japan Industrial Standards) Z9110,”1979
24) “The Draft of Technical Standard (ordinance, notification)” under revised Building Standard Law
25) New School Sanitation Standards of the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and
Technology
26) Shinichi Tanabe, Indoor Chemical Pollution
27) Building Management Education Center, Building Environmental Health Management
28) Kouchi Ikeda, Mechanisms of Indoor Atmospheric Pollution
29) Midori Yoshikawa et. al., Indoor Pollution and Allergies
30) “Special Edition –The Complete Bible of Sick House Countermeasures,” Monthly Architecture
Magazine – Kenchiku Chisheki, March 2001
31) Midori Yoshikawa et. al., Mite, mold and condensation
32) Society of Heating, Air-conditioning and Sanity Engineering of Japan, SHASE 102 Ventilation
Standard and the Commentary
33) Raymond J Cole, Nils Larsson,GBC’98ᾉBuilding Assessment Manualύ1998
34) “Check Points on Architectural Regulations for Building Design,” Toshiyuki Nomura, Kengo Nomura
35) Cole, R.J., Rousseau, D., and Theaker, I, T., Building Environment Performance Assessment
Criteria: Version 1,-Office Buildings, The BEPAC Foundation, Vancouver, December 1993
36) US Green Building Council, LEED (Buildings: Leadership in Energy and Environmental
Design),Rating System Version 2.0,Jun 2001

37) Indoor Environment Forum, Post-Occupancy Evaluation Method for Office (POEM-O popular
edition), 1994
38) New office Promotion Association and Research Committee on Office Standard and System, New
Office Minimum, May 1994
39) Sano Inoue and Yamada, Architectural Planning – Basics and Application to Building Design

Copyright٤
40) The Optical Fiber Promotion Council (NPO), May 2005 ḛInstalling High-Speed Data
Communications Equipment”
41) “The Optical Fiber Promotion Council (NPO), Jul. 2006 ḛPlumbing and Wiring Services Guidebook
for Condominiums and Office Buildings in the Broadband Age
42) Nobuko Ogawa, Midori Nomura, Yoko Abe and Yoshihiko Kawauchi, “The Trend in Barrier – free
Environment”
43) Website of Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
http://www.mlit.go.jp/jutakukentiku/build/hbl.htm
44) Hisao kajimoto, The approach to Universal Design – Architecture, Urban and Product Design
45) Architectural Institute of Japan, We need comfortable office environment; the assessment method
for occupancy environment
46) Building and Equipment Life Cycle Association, Survey Report on Service Lives of Building
Structural Elements, Components and other Element
47) The Building Center of Japan, Design and Construction Guidelines for Earthquake Resistance in
Building Service – 1997 Edition
48) The Society of Heating, Air-conditioning and sanitary Engineers, Design and Construction Method
for Earthquake Resistance in Building Services
LR1: Energy
49) Institute of Building Environment and Energy Conservation, Energy Saving Standards and
Calculation Methods for Buildings
50) Institute of Building Environment and Energy Conservation, “Training in Residential Energy Saving
for Construction Under the Revised Energy Conservation Law” Feb. 2006
51) Institute of Building Environment and Energy Conservation, “Text for the building Environment And
Energy Conservation Workshop 2002,” p169
52) Sawachi, et.al. “Calculation and Estimation of Energy Consumption Supply Unit by Building
Applications, No.1.” Journal of Architecture, Planning and Environmental Engineering
(Transactions of AIJ), Vol.462, P41-48, August 1994

53) Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry, Technology and Regulations on Pollution Prevention –
Noise
Bibliography
54) The wind Engineering Institute, Knowledge of Building Winds – new edition
55) Shuzo Murakami and Yoshiteru Iwasa et al., “Wind Environment Survey and Research into
Evaluation Yardsticks Based on Residents’ Logs,” Transactions of AIJ, 1983
56) Ministry of the Environment, Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines

Copyright٤
Appendix Documents
1. Table of durability (years) of building elements (Use values in table below for the assessment.)
Service
Classification By construction type Specifications etc. Source Notes
life
Structural skeleton Steel reinforced concrete 65 Slump 18 Gov.Bld.Dept. Planned years to renewal
Roof Asphalt Counterweight concrete Gov.Bld.Dept.
Building Exterior
30
Waterproofing (thickness 80)
30 Counterweight concrete BELCA
Waterproof sheet 15 Exposed,silver coating BELCA Ronloop or equivalent, T=20
Tile Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life is 10 years -10%
30 repair for the waterproof
course, mortar bed and tiles.
BELCA Service life is 10 years -10%
30 repair for the waterproof
course, mortar bed and tiles.
Aluminum coping 40 Gov.Bld.Dept.
40 BELCA
Outer walls Stones Granite Gov.Bld.Dept. Inada type or equivalent
65
Polished finish
Granite BELCA Inada type or equivalent
60 Polished finish
Tiling 40 Embedded porcelain tile Gov.Bld.Dept.

Embedded porcelain tile BELCA 40 years for floating method
60
construction
Synthetic resin spraying 15 Mortar setting bed Gov.Bld.Dept. Emulsion finish
30 Mortar setting bed BELCA Acrylic lysin
Epoxy-type sprayed tile 15 Concrete setting bed BELCA
Curtain wall Aluminum 40 BELCA Panel mounting
PC sheet 65 Embedded mosaic tiles Gov.Bld.Dept.
60 Small embedded tiles BELCA
Exterior Aluminum 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
ceilings Moulding 40 BELCA
(eaves) Stainless steel 40 Gov.Bld.Dept.
Moulding 40 BELCA
Boarding 20 Flexible board Gov.Bld.Dept. Ep Finish
25 Flexible board BELCA EP Finish
Exterior Steel fittings 30 Gov.Bld.Dept. OP coating
fittings BELCA Ready-mixed synthetic resin
35
paint
Aluminum fixtures 40 Gov.Bld.Dept.
40 BELCA
Stainless steel entry/ 4,400 x 2,500 Gov.Bld.Dept. Automatic staineless steel
40
exit doors double-opening doors
4,334 x 2,800 BELCA Stainless steel
60
entrance unit
Synthetic resin on steel 5 Gov.Bld.Dept.
(Painting) 3 BELCA
Exterior Roof railings (steel) 30 Gov.Bld.Dept. Painted every 5 years
Misc 25 BELCA Painted every 3 years
Roof railings 65 H = 1,100 Gov.Bld.Dept.
≋Stainless steel≌ 60 H = 1,100 BELCA
Roof railings 40 H = 1,100 Gov.Bld.Dept.
≋Aluminum≌ 40 H = 1,100 BELCA
Floors Granite 65 Inada type or equivalent Gov.Bld.Dept.
Building Interior
60 Inada type or equivalent BELCA

Marble 65 Gov.Bld.Dept.
60 BELCA
Terrazo block 65 Gov.Bld.Dept.
50 BELCA

Copyright٤
Service
life
Tiling 65 Ceramic tile Gov.Bld.Dept.
50 Ceramic tile BELCA
Mortar finish 30 Mortarboard Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 Mortarboard BELCA
PVC tiling 20 Mortar setting bed Gov.Bld.Dept. Semi-hardened
30 Mortar setting bed BELCA Semi-hardened
Vinyl flooring sheet Mortarboard Gov.Bld.Dept. Polyvinyl chloride sheet
20
(LONLEUM) or equivalent
Mortarboard BELCA Polyvinyl chloride sheet
30
(LONLEUM) or equivalent
Carpet 20 Mortar setting bed Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 Mortar setting bed BELCA Tile carpet
Inner walls Granite 65 Inada type or equivalent Gov.Bld.Dept.
60 Inada type or equivalent BELCA
Marble 65 Gov.Bld.Dept.
60 BELCA
Terrazo block 65 Gov.Bld.Dept.
50 BELCA
Tiling 65 Porcelain tile Gov.Bld.Dept.
50 Porcelain tile BELCA
Mortar finish 65 EP coating Gov.Bld.Dept. Repainted every 10 years
30 EP coating BELCA Repainted every 5 years
Multi-layer painted finish Mortar setting bed Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life, including
20 undercoat (repainted every
10 years (60%))
Mortar setting bed BELCA Service life, including
30 undercoat (repainted every
10 years (90%))
Vinyl wallpaper Plywood underlay Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life of underlays
20
(replaced every 10 years)
Plywood underlay BELCA Service life of underlays
30
Vinyl wallpaper GL construction method, Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life of underlays
20 (replaced every 10 years)
PB T=12
GL construction method, BELCA Service life of underlays
20 (replaced every 10 years)
PB T=12
Walnut veneering 20 T=9, with furrring strips Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 T=9, with furring strips BELCA
Appendix documents
Melamine-faced board 30 T=9, with furring strips Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 T=9, with furring strips BELCA
Ceilings Aluminum 30 Light steel underlay Gov.Bld.Dept.
Moulding 60 Light steel underlay BELCA
Boards 30 Faced plasterboard Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 Faced plasterboard BELCA
Vinyl wallpaper PB underlay, T=9 Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life of underlays
30
PB underlay, T=10 BELCA Service life of underlays
30
Synthetic resin spraying 20 Concrete underlay Gov.Bld.Dept.
60 Concrete underlay BELCA
Interior Aluminum fixtures 40 Gov.Bld.Dept.
fixtures 50 BELCA
Steel fixtures 30 Op Coating Gov.Bld.Dept.
40 Op Coating BELCA
Wooden fixtures 30 Gov.Bld.Dept. Flush door
30 BELCA Flush door
Misc. other Toilet screens 65 Terrazo block panel Gov.Bld.Dept.
Terrazo block panel BELCA However, related finishes
30
have a large influence
Toilet screens 30 Faced sheet steel panel Gov.Bld.Dept.
40 Faced sheet steel panel BELCA

Copyright٤
Service
life
Suspended shelves 20 Faced sheet steel panel BELCA
Sinks Gov.Bld.Dept. From documents calculating
(30) refurbishment costs for
government buildings.
20 BELCA
FRP bathtubs 15 Gov.Bld.Dept.
Stainles steel bathtubs 25 Gov.Bld.Dept.
High High-voltage power input 25 Interior cubicles Gov.Bld.Dept.
Electrical Equipment
-pressure equipment 30 Interior cubicles BELCA

devices High-voltage power input 25 Exterior cubicles Gov.Bld.Dept.
equipment 20 Exterior cubicles BELCA
Distribution board 25 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA
Transformer 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA Interior
Condenser 25 BELCA
Home Private generators 30 Gov.Bld.Dept. 25 years for the engine
electrical (Diesel-engined) For emergency use BELCA
appliances 30
equipment
DC power Storage batteries (lead) 7 Sealed lead (HS] Gov.Bld.Dept.
supply 7 Sealed lead (HS] BELCA
devices Storage batteries 25 Sealed, AHH Gov.Bld.Dept.
(alkaline) 15 Pocket alkaline BELCA
Boards Power control board 25 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA
Lighting distribution board 25 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA
Terminal board 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
60 BELCA
Lighting Fluorescent light fixtures 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
fixtures 30 BELCA
Incandescent light fixtures 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA
Guide lamps 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA
Light Telephone switchboard Electronic pushbutton Gov.Bld.Dept.
15
electrical telephone
appliances 30 BELCA
Amplifier 20 Rack type Gov.Bld.Dept.
25 Rack type BELCA Broadcasting amplifier
Speakers 20 Embedded in ceiling Gov.Bld.Dept.
25 Embedded in ceiling BELCA
Intercom 20 Base and satellite system Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 Base and satellite system BELCA
Electric clocks 20 Base and satellite system Gov.Bld.Dept.
25 Base and satellite system BELCA
TV antennae 10 Gov.Bld.Dept. 20 years for masts
15 With mast BELCA
TV amplifiers 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
15 BELCA
Mergers and splitters 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 BELCA
Automatic fire Sensors 20 Differential type Gov.Bld.Dept.
detection 20 Differential type BELCA
Receivers 20 50L Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 P-1 grade, 50L BELCA
Wiring Switches Tumbler switch Gov.Bld.Dept. From documents calculating
Appliances (30) refurbishment costs for

Copyright٤
Service
life
20 With P BELCA
Sockets Gov.Bld.Dept. From documents calculating
(30) refurbishment costs for
20 With P BELCA
Wiring Electrical wiring 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
and 40 With P BELCA
plumbing Pipes 65 Thin steel cable duct Gov.Bld.Dept.
60 Thin steel cable duct BELCA
Cable racks 65 Steel Gov.Bld.Dept.
60 Steel BELCA
Heating Steel plate boilers 15 Gov.Bld.Dept.
Mechanical Equipment
and 15 BELCA
cooling Cast iron boilers 30 Steam Gov.Bld.Dept.
sources 25 Steam BELCA
Equipment Smoke tube boilers 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
Turbo chillers 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 BELCA
Reciprocating chillers 15 Gov.Bld.Dept.
15 BELCA
Absorption chillers 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 BELCA
Hot air heating 15 Gov.Bld.Dept.
Pump chillers 15 BELCA
Cooling tower 13 FRP counterflow Gov.Bld.Dept.
15 FRP BELCA
Air Compressed air 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
conditioning handling unit 15 BELCA
equipment Packaged air 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
conditioning system BELCA
(water-cooled type) 15
Packaged air 15 Gov.Bld.Dept.
conditioning system BELCA
(hot air heat pump) 15
Heating Fan coil unit 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
and cooling 15 Exposed, floor mounted BELCA
Fan convector 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
15 Exposed, floor mounted BELCA
Total Total enthalpy heat 20 Rotating Gov.Bld.Dept.
enthalpy exchanger 15 Rotating BELCA
heat Heat exchanger unit 20 Embedded in ceiling Gov.Bld.Dept.
exchanger 15 Embedded in ceiling BELCA
Air supply Blower 20 Centrifugal Gov.Bld.Dept.
and venting 20 Forward curved fan BELCA
equipment Smoke extractor 25 Gov.Bld.Dept.
25 Forward curved fan BELCA
Pumps Lifting pump 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
15 Multi-level BELCA
Hot and cold water pump 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
15 BELCA
Hot water supply 20 Gov.Bld.Dept. 20 years for the motor
and recirculating pump 15 Line pump BELCA
Cooling water pump 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
15 Volute BELCA
Misc. waste water pump 15 Gov.Bld.Dept.
10 Submerged BELCA
Fire extinguishing pump 20 Unit-type Gov.Bld.Dept.
27 Unit-type BELCA
Water tanks Water intake tanks, Panel-type Gov.Bld.Dept.
elevated water tanks 20
(made of steel plate)

Copyright٤
Service
life
Water intake tanks, 25 Panel-type Gov.Bld.Dept.
elevated water tanks Panel-type BELCA
(made of FRP) 20
Water intake tanks, 30 Panel-type Gov.Bld.Dept.
elevated water tanks Panel-type BELCA
made of stainless steel≌ 20
Tanks, Oil tanks 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
(Underground) 25 BELCA
Hot water tank 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
(made of stainless steel) 15 BELCA
Hot water tank 25 Gov.Bld.Dept.
(made of stainless steel) 15 BELCA
Pipes Carbon steel pipes (white) BELCA
12
(Water supply)
Carbon steel pipes (white) 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
(water drainage and BELCA
ventilation) 20
(Firefighting) 25 BELCA
(Coolant water) 20 BELCA
Carbon steel pipes (black) 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
(Steam) 20 BELCA
PVC-lined steel pipes 25 Gov.Bld.Dept.
(Water supply)≌ 30 BELCA
Copper pipes (hot water) 30 M Gov.Bld.Dept.
15 M BELCA
Copper pipes (coolant) 30 L Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 L BELCA
Stainless steel pipes 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
(Cold and hot water BELCA
supply) 30
Vinyl pipes (water supply) 20 HIVP Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 HIVP BELCA
Vinyl pipes 30 VP Gov.Bld.Dept.
(water drainage) 25 VP BELCA
Cast iron pipes (drainage) 40 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA
Fume pipes 28 AIJ
(water drainage) 40 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA
Air ducts Air conditioning ducts 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA
Pan-type air vent 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 BELCA
Universal-type air vents 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 VHS BELCA
Water boilers Gas water heaters 10 Gov.Bld.Dept.
10 BELCA
Electric water heaters 10 Gov.Bld.Dept.
10 BELCA
Fire Indoor fire hydrants 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
extinguishers 20 BELCA
Siamese connection 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 BELCA
Halogen fire extinguisher 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
spray head 25 BELCA
Halogen fire extinguisher 20 Gov.Bld.Dept.
trigger system 25 BELCA
Hygienic Toilet bowl 30 Japanese-style Gov.Bld.Dept.
equipment 25 Japanese-style BELCA

Copyright٤
Service
life
Urinal 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
30 BELCA
Wash basins 30 Gov.Bld.Dept.
25 BELCA
Vanity wash basin 15 Gov.Bld.Dept.
Faucets 15 Gov.Bld.Dept.
20 BELCA
Amc Sensors 15 Electronic, temperature Gov.Bld.Dept.
Control 10 Electronic, temperature BELCA
equipment Regulators 15 Electronic, temperature Gov.Bld.Dept.
10 Electronic, temperature BELCA
Controllers 12 Electronic Gov.Bld.Dept.
10 Electronic BELCA
Control panels 10 Gov.Bld.Dept.
Central monitoring board 10 Gov.Bld.Dept.
Elevat Elevators Elevators 30 General Gov.Bld.Dept.
ors 25 Standard type BELCA
Source for the table: Values of BELCA and Government Building Department contained in the service life table of “Building’s
th st
LC Assessment database, 4 Revised Edition (the first edition published March 1 2008),” Building and Equipment Life
Cycle Association.

Copyright٤
[Reference table] (Only use the value from this table if there is no applicable value in the previous table.)
Service
life
Structural skeleton Steel reinforced concrete At least From a 1969 survey of the Yokohama
75 Yoda Mitsui & Co. Building
years (construction completed in 1969)
Estimated from a survey of wear
117 reduction in telephone exchange
Iizuka buildings
years
(building maintenance management).
At least Survey of reinforced concrete structures
aged approximately 50 years
50 Shinozaki (AIJ anthology of convention
years speeches '74)
Durability can be secured in ordinary
At least concrete design when the progress of
60 Kasino neutralization is used as an indicator
years (Basic Observations on Long-Life
Construction)
Roof Asphalt Counterwight AIJ
Building Exterior
20
Waterproofing concrete
Counterwight NTT
25
cinders
25 With protective layer Kobayashi
Waterproof sheet 20 Kobayashi Polymer waterproof sheet
Exposed NTT Synthetic polymer waterproof
20
roofing sheet
Painted waterproofing 15 Kobayashi Polymer coating waterproofing
20 NTT Urethane-type x1
Mortar finish 15 Double coating AIJ Mortar service life
15 Double coating NTT Mortar service life
15 Kobayashi Mortar service life
Tile 10 AIJ Tile service life
10 NTT Tile service life
10 Kobayashi Tile service life
Outer walls Stones 25 Granite AIJ
25 Granite NTT
25 Granite Kobayashi
Tiling Dry, AIJ Including partial terracotta finish
50 rectangular,
biscuit fired
60 4.7cm square tiles NTT
50 Porcelain Kobayashi
Synthetic resin spraying 25 AIJ Lysin finish
25 Mortar setting bed NTT Lysin finish
25 Kobayashi Lysin finish
Curtain wall Aluminum 40 Kobayashi
Exterior Boarding Plasterboard AIJ
ceilings 25
(eaves)
Exterior Steel fittings 35 AIJ
fittings 50 NTT
30 Kobayashi
Aluminum fixtures 40 Kobayashi
Synthetic resin on steel 5 NTT
Painting 6 Kobayashi
Exterior Roof railings 25 Wire mesh AIJ Steel columns
Misc (made of steel) 25 Wire mesh Kobayashi
Steel fire escape Aluminum Kobayashi
30
staircase
Floors Terrazo block 30 AIJ
Interior
Building
30 NTT
30 Kobayashi
Tiling 30 Hard AIJ

Copyright٤
Service
life
30 NTT
30 Kobayashi
Mortar finish 20 Mortarboard AIJ
25 Mortarboard NTT
20 Mortarboard Kobayashi
PVC tiling 20 Mortar setting bed NTT Semi-hardened
20 Mortar setting bed Kobayashi
Vinyl flooring sheet 18 Mortarboard AIJ
20 Mortarboard NTT
Carpet 15 Mortar setting bed Kobayashi Needle-punched carpet
Inner walls Terrazo block 40 AIJ
Tiling 30 White narrow tile AIJ
10 NTT
50 Kobayashi
Mortar finish 20 AIJ
36 NTT
Multi-layer NTT Service life for paint only
10
painted finish
Vinyl wallpaper 10 NTT Service life for wallpaper only
Ceilings Boards 25 Plasterboard AIJ
25 NTT
25 Kobayashi
Interior Aluminum fixtures 50 Kobayashi
fixtures Steel fixtures 45 AIJ
Wooden fixtures 28 AIJ Flush door
30 NTT
28 Kobayashi
Misc. other Toilet screens Terrazo block AIJ
40
panel
Bath units Kobayashi From refurbishment costs for apartments
20
(equipment and management No.8804)
High- High-voltage power 25 AIJ
Electrical Equipment
pressure input equipment 25 Kobayashi

devices Distribution board 25 AIJ
25 Kobayashi
Transformer 25 AIJ
25 Kobayashi
30 Kuboi
Condenser 20 AIJ
20 Kobayashi
25 Kuboi
Breaker 20 Kuboi
25 BCS
Home Private generators 30 For emergency use AIJ 25 years for the engine
electrical (Diesel-engined) 30 For emergency use Kobayashi
appliances For emergency use Kuboi
20
equipment
DC power Storage batteries (lead) 10 AIJ
supply 10 Kobayashi
devices 7 Kuboi
13 Sealed lead (HS) BCS
Storage batteries 15 Kuboi
(alkaline) 15 Pocket alkaline BCS
Boards Power control board 25 AIJ
25 Kobayashi
20 Kuboi
Lighting Fluorescent light fixtures 10 AIJ
fixtures 10 Kobayashi
Incandescent light 15 AIJ
fixtures 15 Kobayashi

Copyright٤
Service
life
Light Amplifier 17 AIJ
electrical Speakers 18 AIJ
appliances Intercom 20 Base unit AIJ
20 Base unit Kobayashi
Electric clocks 20 Base unit AIJ
Base and satellite Kobayashi
20
system
Base and satellite Kuboi
15
system
Automatic Sensors 20 Distributed AIJ
fire 20 Differential type Kobayashi
detection Receivers 20 Distributed AIJ
20 Kobayashi
Wiring Switches 5 AIJ
Appliances 6 Kobayashi
17 BCS
Sockets 6 AIJ
6 Kobayashi
16 BCS
Wiring Electrical wiring 20 AIJ
and 20 Kobayashi
plumbing Pipes 20 AIJ
20 Kobayashi
Heating Steel plate boilers 25 AIJ
Mechanical Equipment
and 15 BCS
cooling Cast iron boilers 10 Sectional boiler Kobayashi
sources 20 Kuboi
Equipment 21.1 Sectional boiler BCS
Smoke tube boilers 15 Kuboi
18.9 BCS
Turbo chillers 25 Kobayashi
20 Kuboi
21.1 BCS
Reciprocating chillers 15 Kuboi
15 BCS
Absorption chillers 15 Kuboi
17.5 BCS
Cooling tower 20 Kobayashi
13 FRP Kuboi
14.4 BCS
Air Compressed air 15 Kobayashi
conditioning handling unit 18 Kuboi
equipment 17.5 BCS
Packaged 15 Semi-sealed Kuboi
airconditioning system BCS
13.4
(Water-cooled type)
Heating Fan coil unit 20 Kobayashi
and 18 Kuboi
cooling 15.8 BCS
Fan convector 13.6 BCS
Cast-iron radiator 30 AIJ
20.8 BCS
Air supply Blower 20 AIJ
and venting 20 Kobayashi
equipment 18 Kuboi
18.6 Sirocco fan BCS
Pumps Lifting pump 15 Turbine pump AIJ 20 years for the motor
15 Turbine pump Kobayashi 20 years for the motor
15 Kuboi

Copyright٤
Service
life
17 Sirocco fan BCS
Hot and cold water pump 17 BCS
Hot water supply and 15 AIJ 20 years for the motor
recirculating pump 15 Kobayashi 20 years for the motor
Misc. waste water pump 15 AIJ 20 years for the motor
15 Kobayashi 20 years for the motor
15 Submerged Kuboi
12.9 Submerged BCS
Fire extinguishing pump 27 Turbine AIJ 20 years for the motor, 25 for the engine
27 Kobayashi 20 years for the motor, 25 for the engine
Water Water intake tanks, AIJ
tanks elevated water tanks 20
(Steel plate)
Water intake tanks, Kobayashi
elevated water tanks 20
(made of FRP)
Tanks Hot water tank 15 AIJ
(made of steel plate) 15 Kobayashi
17.1 BCS
Hot water tank BCS
18.7
(made of stainless steel)
Pipes Carbon steel pipes 20 AIJ
(white) 20 Kobayashi
(Water supply) 18.1 BCS
Carbon steel pipes 18 AIJ
(Water supply) 14.9 BCS
(water drainage and BCS
ventilation) 18.4
(white) Kobayashi
(Firefighting) 25
Carbon steel pipes BCS
(white) 18
(Coolant water)
(black) BCS
(Steam) 17.8
PVC-lined steel pipes BCS
18.3
(Water supply)
Cast iron pipes 28 AIJ
(drainage) 28 Kobayashi
Fume pipes (water AIJ
28
drainage)
Air ducts Air conditioning ducts 20 AIJ
20 Kobayashi
Water Gas water heaters 8.2 BCS
boilers
Hygienic Toilet bowl 25 Japanese-style AIJ
equipment 25 Japanese-style Kobayashi
Urinal 30 AIJ
30 Kobayashi
Wash basins 25 AIJ
25 Kobayashi
Elevators Elevators Elevators 20 AIJ
20 Kobayashi
25 Kuboi
Source for the table: Values of AIJ, NTT, Kobayashi, Kuboi and BCS contained in the service life table of “Building’s LC
Assessment database, 4th Revised Edition (the first edition published March 1st, 2008),” Building and Equipment Life Cycle
Association.

Copyright٤
2. Details of the calculation method for green area
[1] Ground-level green area

Green area produced by trees (high, medium and low trees) is taken as the projected area of the crown when
grown. Area of ground-covering plants is taken as the area covered when the plants are grown (the horizontal
projected area of the planned boundary to be filled in by ground-covering plants.
*Calculation method for crown area

Greening plans adopted by local authorities employ diverse calculation methods for green area, and there is
no universal crown area calculation method or database applicable to tree species. In many cases, local
authorities set their own definitions of what are tall, medium and low trees.
The following is a green area calculation method unique to CASBEE, applying to both planned and existing
trees.
(a) Calculation of tree crown area at the planning stage (Reference: Metropolitan Tokyo, “Vegetation Planning
Handbook”).
The calculation method for crown area is modeled on the Metropolitan Tokyo “Vegetation Planning Handbook,”
which calculates crown area corresponding to the heights of growing trees. Growing trees of medium height are
handled as tall trees once their height reaches 3m.
Table: Definitions of crown area

Tree type Tree height when planted Tree height when grown Crown area
3.0m or more. x ίH×0.7/2ὸ2
Tall trees 2.0m or more. 2
Less than 3.0m. 3m
Medium trees 1.2m or more. 2.0m or more. 2m2
(b) Calculation of tree crown area of existing trees (Partial reference: Hiratsuka City, “Planting Handbook for
Places of Business etc.”).
When the calculation is for existing trees, measure the actual horizontal projected area of the tree crowns. In that
case, when multiple trees stand together, with their trunks overlapping, use the following method to find crown
area.
If crowns do not overlap: If the crowns overlap:

Total the crown areas of the trees Area of the crown peripheries bounded by
straight lines
[2] Rooftop green area

Take the area of planting beds in which trees and ground-covering plants are planted as the green area. However,
if the crowns of trees extend beyond the planting bed as they grow, the green area can also include the parts of
the trees projecting beyond the beds.
[3] Green area of walls

For a vertical wall, take the green area as the horizontal
length of the portion to be covered with vegetation, multiplied
by 1m. For a sloping wall, use the horizontal projected area of
the portion to be covered with vegetation. The above
calculation for green area also applies to vegetation growing
up a slope above ground, hanging down from a roof or the top
of a wall, or growing from planting beds installed on walls. If
more than one of the above methods is applied to the same
wall to grow vegetation on it, the overlapping areas cannot be
calculated in this way. The same is true of the walls of
verandahs and pergolas.

Copyright٤
[4] Green area of movable planting beds (planters etc.)

If movable planting beds are used, on the ground or on
the roof, take the area of the planting beds, if their
volumes are around 100 liters or more, as green area.
However, if the crowns of trees extend beyond the
planting bed as they grow, the green area can also
include the parts of the trees projecting beyond the beds.
If movable planting beds are used for wall planting, apply
the calculation method for wall planting.
[5] Green area of frames

If frames are used for planting, on the ground or on the
roof, take the area of frame covered by climbing plants as
they grow (the horizontal projected area of the boundary
planned to be covered by climbing plants).
[6] Green area of hedges

Take the product of the length and width of the hedge as the green area. However, the width of a hedge can be
taken as 0.6m for the green area calculation.

Copyright٤
<Explanation of terms>
[Trees]
Trees are tall and low trees, including bamboo varieties.
Tall trees usually have a single, thick trunk, are clearly distinct from branching trees, and grow to greater heights.
There are no clear standards for what height constitutes a tall tree, but we have set the threshold at 2m, for either
then height when planted or when grown.
Medium trees are generally between 2m and 3m tall, but for this definition they are taken to be at least 1.2m tall
when planted and around 2m tall when grown (they should be handled as tall trees if they exceed 2m tall).
Low trees are those that will not become tall even when fully grown. Many are bushy forms that do not develop
trunks, but some have single trunks and do not become bushy. Trees defined as low trees here generally do not
reach 2m high.
[Ground-covering plants]
Ground-covering plants are those that spread across the ground surface, such as lawn, dwarf lilyturf, ivy varieties,
shrubby bamboo and ferns.
[Racks]
Frames are stands that arrange plants such as wisteria, grape and gourd on shelf-like shapes. They include
arched shapes.
[Planting beds]
This refers to beds with a certain thickness of soil, sufficient for trees and ground-covering plants to grow in.
[Movable planting beds]

Movable planting beds are planters and other containers of soil etc., used as planting beds that can be moved
around. The term refers to those which can be placed stably, with volumes of around 100 liters or more.
[Crowns and crown projected area]

Crowns are the branches and leaves that form the upper parts of a tree, and crown projected area is the horizontal
projected area of the anticipated crown of the grown tree (the crown once the tree has grown).
[Grown tree crown]

The growth boundary of the tree crown, as envisaged by the planner for approximately 10 years after planting.
[Ground, roof, wall]

Ground includes artificial ground that is continuous with the ground surface.
Roof means the roof of the building, and includes the floors of balconies and verandahs.
Wall is he outer wall of the building, and includes the outer walls of balconies and verandahs.
[Open water]
Ponds, streams, etc.

Copyright٤
3. Commentary on water-retentive paving and water-permeable paving
Water-retentive paving refers to tiles, blocks, bricks and similar materials fired from coal ash, slag and similar
materials. There are voids in the material itself which retain moisture from rainwater and sprinkling, which
evaporates to the atmosphere over a number of days. As it does so, the heat of vaporization converts sensible
heat radiated from the paving and elsewhere into latent heat, to mitigate radiant heat. Other than paving materials,
similar materials are also being developed as construction materials.
Water-permeable paving has a cross-sectional structure in which pores or holes continue through the interior, so
that rainwater can percolate through in the same way as it would through natural ground. This contributes to
restoring water circulation in ground that it lost under normal asphalt paving. In fine weather, water in the soil
evaporates from the ground surface, taking heat of vaporization with it and lowering the surface temperature in the
same way as sprinkling water on paved surfaces does. However, the cross-section specification must be
permeable in its lower layers, not just in its surface finish, to be effective.
Planted paving, using grass or other plants, is also evaluated as the efforts for ensuring water permeability.
The URL below provides related information. (As of March 2007)
Measures to Address Climate Change - Tokyo Metropolitan Government

Website of Bureau of the Environment, Tokyo Metropolitan Government :
http://www2.kankyo.metro.tokyo.jp/heat/ὸ
Handbook for Environment-Oriented Building Technologies - Aiming for Environment-Friendly Buildings

(Website of Department of Housing and Urban Development, Osaka Prefectural Government:
http://www.pref.osaka.jp/koken/keikaku/kankyo/index.html)
Reference) Water Retention and Permeability Performance of Main Paving Materials
Specific Absorption Water retention Permeability

Material Application Notes
gravity rate (%) performance (l/m2) function
Ceramic Balcony 1.6 12-16 6.0-12.9
tiles
1.6 12-15 6.0-10.5
Verandah Together with
- - 2.0 Ṻᴾ
plastic base
Roof 1.6 12-16 6.0-12.9 ᴾ
Garage 1.6 12-18 10.0-18.5 ᴾ
Square 1.6 15 12.0 ᴾ
Sidewalk 1.6 13 14.8-19.8 Ṻᴾ
Ceramic Parking lots 1.6-1.9 12-16 6.0-12.9 ᴾ
blocks
Greenhouse Reusing waste
1.9 12-15 10.0-12.0 ᴾ
floors glass
Square 1.6 12-16 6.0-12.9 ᴾ
Sidewalk 1.6-1.9 12-18 10.0-18.5
Roadway 1.9 17.5 22.2-29.6
* Absorption rate (%) = Amount of water absorbed/ absolute dry weight =
Water retention (l/m2)/ (thickness (m) x specific gravity x 1,000) x 100

Copyright٤
4. Commentary on paints and construction materials of high solar reflectance and long-wavelength
emittance
One of the major contributing factors of the heat island effect is that buildings and paved surfaces absorb heat
from sunlight, which raises the temperatures of structural elements and paved surfaces. That heat is released into
the atmosphere during the day, or stored in the interior until it increases the nocturnal release of heat. Therefore,
the use of paints and construction materials with high solar reflectance and with high long-wavelength emittance is
recommended as a technique to prevent solar heat from building up inside building walls and paved surfaces.
Construction materials of high solar reflectance effectively reflect infrared wavelengths within sunlight, limiting the
buildup of heat in building cladding and exterior materials during the day. Colors and special pigments included in
highly reflective paints strongly scatter the sunlight, limiting the rise in rooftop surface temperature and preventing
the transmission of heat to the structure and interior. Solar reflectance varies with the color of the paint, and the
efficacy of the material also differs.
Materials of high long-wavelength emittance emit large quantities of heat to the atmosphere from rooftops that
have been heated by the sun. High-emittance materials emit larger amounts of heat to the atmosphere from hot
roofing materials, making them cool sooner.
The URL below provides related information. (As of March 2007)
Measures to Address Climate Change - Tokyo Metropolitan Government

(Website of Bureau of the Environment, Tokyo Metropolitan Government :
http://www2.kankyo.metro.tokyo.jp/heat/ὸ
Handbook for Environment-Oriented Building Technologies - Aiming for Environment-Friendly Buildings

(Website of Department of Housing and Urban Development, Osaka Prefectural Government:
http://www.pref.osaka.jp/koken/keikaku/kankyo/index.html)
(Website of the Committee to Promote Coolroof: http://www.coolroof.jp/)
Reference) Solar reflectance and long-wavelength emittance of roof and wall materials
Solar Long-wavelength
Materials and finishes reflectance emittance
ᵆ᷍ᵇᴾ ᵆ᷁ᵇᴾ
Non-metallic Black asphalt, slate, paint, etc. 0.02~0.15 0.90~0.98
Bricks, tiles, concrete, stone etc. in red tones 0.2~0.35 0.85~0.95
Bricks, tiles, concrete, stone etc. in yellow tones 0.3~0.5 0.85~0.95
Bricks, tiles, concrete, stone etc. in white tones 0.5~0.8 0.85~0.95
Metallic Galvanized sheet metal, polished steel sheet, dull brass,
0.35~0.6 0.20~0.30
copper, aluminum, etc.
Polished brass, copper etc. 0.5~0.7 0.02~0.05
Highly-polished aluminum sheet, tinned sheet iron, etc. 0.6~0.9 0.02~0.04
Paint White paint 0.8 0.6
Aluminum pigment 0.4 0.5
Black EPDM 0.06 0.86
Bibliography
1) Jun Tanimoto, Toshiya Ogishima, et al: The Development of Highly Water-Retentive Passive Cooling Bricks, Architectural
Institute of Japan Technical Reports, No.11, 2000
2) Yasunobu Ashie et al: 2) Development of urban heat environment planning methods using water-retentive materials,
Technical Papers Presented to The Society of Heating, Air-Conditioning and Sanitary Engineers of Japan, 1996.
3) Yukio Ishikawa: Research into the evaporative cooling effects of a cool roof using heat-sensitive hydrogel – Measurement of
the thermal properties of a cool roof, Japan Solar Energy Society - Japan Wind Energy Association Joint Research Preview of
Joint Research Announcements, 2004.
4) Kazuhiro Mitsumoto: An Investigation of the Efficacy of Highly Reflective Paints and Water-Retentive Building Materials in
Mitigating the Heat Island Effect, Tokyo Metropolitan Government Heat Island Countermeasures Symposium, 2004.7.
5) ASHRAE guide bookẆ1969
6) Pacific Gas and Electric Company, High Albedo Roofs (Codes and Standards Enhancement Study), 2000

Copyright٤
5. LR1 Energy assessment in multi-purpose buildings
1. Our approach to evaluating multi-purpose buildings

In previous CASBEE versions, assessment of LR1 Energy for multi-purpose buildings followed the same method
as other assessment items, applying scoring results in proportion with floor areas to derive the overall assessment.
However, energy consumption and the like are not necessarily proportional to floor area, so assessment should
be based on total energy consumption. For building services systems in particular, there are different types of
installed equipment, depending on the building type, so depending on the building type, the energy consumption
may not be proportional to floor area.
Therefore, we have reorganized the assessment system for LR1 as shown in Table 5-1, classifying it into things
that can use the proportional area approach and things that should not, to produce an assessment method for
“Efficiency in Building Service System” that is based on energy consumption.
Supplementary Table 5-1) Assessment policy for LR1 Energy in multi-purpose buildings
Assessment policy for compound buildings Notes
Even if only the performance
standard (PAL) is used for
assessment, periodic loads are in a
Building Thermal Take assessments results proportionally to area for
substantially proportional
Load each building type.
relationship to floor area. Therefore,
results tend to follow area
proportionality, so it may be used.
Use of Natural Energy was
Natural Energy Take assessments results proportionally to area for originally evaluated according to the
Utilization each building type. amount used for unit floor area, so
area proportionality may be used.
If specification standard (Point method) is included:
Convert assessment results (level 1 to 5) to ERR,
then evaluate the total against the primary energy
consumption of a standard building (equivalent to For apartments, evaluate “Efficiency
Efficiency in level 3). in Building Service System” in each
Building Service If the performance standard (ERR) alone is used for building type as before, and
System assessment: combine proportionally to floor
Calculate and evaluate ERR for the entire building areas.
according to the total values of primary energy
consumption for the evaluated building and the
reference value.
Efficient Take assessments results proportionally to area for
Operation each building type.
2. Assessment Method for “LR1/3. Efficiency in Building Service System”

As a general rule, evaluate according to the total energy consumption. If qualitative assessments other than ERR
are used, evaluate according to the amount of energy consumption.
(1) If assessment is based on the CAC value, replace the scoring level with the ERR value for the assessment.
Level 1 ERR = -10%
Level 2 ERR = -5%
Level 3 ERR = 0%
Level 4 ERR = 10%
Level 5 ERR = 25%
(2) According to [1] above, use the primary energy consumption basic units (ERR = 0%) indicated in Table 5-2 for
each building type as the reference levels of primary energy consumption, and then calculate the primary energy
consumption (ET) for the evaluated building.
ET=(1-ERR)×ETs×Ar
ETs: Standard consumption basic unit
Ar: Floor area

Copyright٤
Supplementary table 5-2) Standard basic units of primary energy consumption for each building type
Offices Retailers Restaurants Hotels Hospitals Schools Halls Factories

1936 3225 2923 2918 2399 1209 2212 330
(3) Calculate ERR for the whole building
ERR of multi-purpose building =

1 - k1 x energy consumption for building type [1] + k2 x energy consumption for building type [2]
Standard energy consumption for building type [1] + Standard energy consumption for building type [2]
* k1 and k2 are reduction rates due to equipment for improving energy efficiency in each building type

Copyright٤
PART III. Commentary
1. An Overview of CASBEE
1.1 Measures to Promote Sustainability
Buildings, which consume and discard resources and energy in enormous quantities, are one of architectural
category which we must act urgently to develop and promote techniques and policies able to assist the drive
towards sustainability.
There has been a growing movement towards sustainable construction since the second half of the 1980s,
leading to the development of various methods for evaluating the environmental performance of buildings.
Methods developed overseas include BREEAM (Building Research Establishment Environmental
Assessment Method*1) in the UK, LEEDTM (Leadership in Energy and Environment Design*2) in the USA,
and SB Tool (Sustainable Building Tool*3) as an international project. These methods have attracted interest
around the world. This kind of assessment, with the publication of the results, is one of the best methods now
available to provide an incentive for clients, owners, designers and users to develop and promote highly
sustainable construction practices.
CASBEE was developed according to the following policies:
1) The system should be structured to award high assessments to superior buildings, thereby enhancing
incentives to designers and others.
2) The assessment system should be as simple as possible.
3) The system should be applicable to buildings in a wide range of building types.
4) The system should take into consideration issues and problems peculiar to Japan and Asia.
1. 2 Framework of CASBEE: CASBEE Family
1.2.1 Building Lifecycle and Four Assessment Tools

As shown in figure III 1.1, CASBEE was developed in the suite of architectural design process*4, starting from
the pre-design stage and continuing through design and post design stages.
Pre-design㩷
This is the stage at which the preconditions that form the background to the plan, such as natural, social,
cultural and business environment, are subjected to a multi-faceted, three-dimensional investigation and
analysis. In the process, the parties involved identify design themes and build shared concepts and
policies.㩷

Design
The concept and policies distilled in the pre-design stage are examined further at the design stage to
define their ecological, technical, social, cultural, esthetic and economic aspects. The design also passes
through a self-evaluation process at this stage to integrate the design as best practice.
Post-design
When a design that has been integrated through the design stage is put into practice, it is subjected to an
overall verifica tion followed by ongoing retrospective verification through its life cycle, to evaluate
sustainability. The results of the verification are constantly reflected in improvements to the implemented
design and concept.
Commentary
Figure III 1.1 The cyclical process of building design
Corresponding to the building lifecycle, CASBEE is composed of four assessment tools, CASBEE for
1
Building Research Establishment (UK), 1990
2
US Green Building Council, 1997
3
“Green Building Challenge” National Resource Canada, 1998 (Name of the organization has changed from GT Tools ( Green Building
Tools) 2007.
4
Architectural Institute of Japan, Sub Committee on National and International Trend Research and Proposal to Promote Sustainable
Buildings, 2001

Copyright٤
Pre-design, CASBEE for New Construction, CASBEE for Existing Building and CASBEE for Renovation, and
to serve at each stage of the design process (figure III 2.2). “CASBEE Family” is the collective name for these
four tools and the expanded tools for specific purposes, which are listed below. Each tool is intended for a
separate purpose and target user, and is designed to accommodate a wide range of uses (offices, schools,
apartments, etc.) in the evaluated buildings.
Design process Pre-design Design Post-design

New Construction Renovation
Building life cycle Planning Preliminary Execution Construction Operation Operation
Design Construction
design design completion
Pre-design
Tool-0
assessment of
CASBEE for
building planning,
Pre-design site selection etc. 㪣㪸㪹㪼㫃㫀㫅㪾
Tool-1 Assessment of new construction

CASBEE for (Assessment of design specification 㪣㪸㪹㪼㫃㫀㫅㪾㪣㪸㪹㪼㫃㫀㫅㪾
New Construction and anticipated performance)
Assessment of existing buildings Assessment of

(Evaluate the actual specification renovation
Tool-2 and performance realized at the (Evaluate improvement
CASBEE for time of assessment) of specification and
Existing Building performance)
Assessment of existing buildings

Tool-3 (Evaluate the actual specification 㪣㪸㪹㪼㫃㫀㫅㪾
CASBEE for and performance realized at the
time of assessment)
Renovation
Names of the four basic tools

Names Abbreviation Tool #
CASBEE for Pre-design CASBEE-PD Tool-0
CASBEE for New Construction CASBEE-NC Tool-1
CASBEE for Existing Building CASBEE-EB Tool-2
CASBEE for Renovation CASBEE-RN Tool-3
Figure III 1.2 Building Lifecycle and Four Assessment Tools
CASBEE for Pre-design

This tool aims to assist the owner, planner and others involved at the planning (pre-design) stage of the
project. It has two main roles:
1) To assist in grasping issues such as the basic environmental impact of the project and selecting a
suitable site.
2) To evaluate the environmental performance of the project at the Pre-design stage.
CASBEE for New Construction*
This is a self-assessment check system that allows architects and engineers to raise the BEE value of the
building under consideration during its design process. It makes assessments based on the design
specification and the anticipated performance. It can also serve as a labeling tool when the building is
subjected to expert third-party assessment.
CASBEE for Existing Building
This assessment tool targets existing building stock, based on operation records for at least one year after
completion. It was developed to be applicable to asset assessment as well.
CASBEE for Renovation
There is growing demand for building stock renovation, especially in Japanese market. In the same way as
“CASBEE for Existing Building,” this tool targets existing buildings. It can be used to generate proposals for
building operation monitoring, commissioning and upgrade design with a view to ESCO (Energy Service
Company) projects, which will be increasingly important in future, and for building stock renovation.

Copyright٤
1.2.2 CASBEE for Specific Purposes

The basic CASBEE tool suite is applicable to a diverse range of individual applications.
(1) Application to buildings for short-term use
The tool “CASBEE for Temporary Construction,” was developed as an extension to CASBEE for New
Construction for evaluating temporary buildings constructed specifically for short-term use.
(2) Simple assessment

Assessment using CASBEE for New Construction may take 3~7 days, including the time required to prepare
documents necessary as the basis for scoring. CASBEE for New Construction (Brief version) was developed
to meet the growing need for a tool to handle objectives such as those below. It makes a simplified,
provisional assessment possible in around two hours (excluding time for the preparation of an Energy Saving
Plan).
1) The need for simplified setting of the Building Environmental Efficiency level (as a tool for consensus
forming between owners, designers and builders, etc.).
2) The need for setting environmental design targets and evaluating attainment (as a proposal
management tool etc. under ISO14001).
3) The need for preparation of documents for submission to government agencies, etc. (Environmental
measures under construction administration, such as CASBEE-Nagoya and CASBEE-Osaka).
(3) Consideration for regional character

As noted above, CASBEE for New Construction (Brief version) can be used by local authorities in
construction administration. Local authorities that use this tool can tailor it to local conditions, such as climate
and prioritized policies. Changes are generally made by modifying the weighting coefficients. Such
assessment can be made mandatory in the same way as an Energy Saving Plan, to be submitted to the
authorities together with the building approval application, as a way to improve the environmental efficiency
of buildings in the region. One example is “CASBEE-Nagoya,” which began on April 2004 under building
environmental consideration system of Nagoya city.
Flexible response to regional character is a common feature of all elements of the CASBEE family.
(4) Detailed assessment of heat island impact

The heat island effect is becoming a critical issue in major urban areas, such as Tokyo and Osaka.
CASBEE-HI was developed to evaluate efforts in buildings to alleviate the heat island effect. Its role is to
make a more detailed and quantitative assessment of the heat island-related assessment items included in
the basic tools.
(5) Expansion to the urban

The basic CASBEE tools evaluate individual buildings, but it is also important to evaluate environmental
performance when buildings form groups. Many recent city-center redevelopment projects have been
planned for integration with their surrounding districts, and in such cases they should deliver positive effects
for the surrounding environment, such as promoting the use of dispersed energy over the entire area. In
short, they should raise environmental quality (Q). Even if each individual building has a different owner, the
application of common restrictions on buildings within a district can raise environmental quality and
performance throughout the area. CASBEE for Urban Development was devised to make broader
assessments, encompassing measures delivered through urban renewal and district-wide efforts covering
multiple buildings.
(6) Detached houses

The CASBEE Basic Tools covered assessment of apartment complexes, but not detached houses. CASBEE
for Home (detached houses) was developed as an assessment tool for detached houses.

Copyright٤
Table III 1.1 Expansion of CASBEE for specific purposes (as of July 2008)
Application Name Outline

CASBEE for Temporary
Short-term use Adapted to all building types
Construction
Simple preliminary CASBEE for New Brief version of CASBEE for New
assessment Construction (Brief version) Construction.
CASBEE for New Construction (Brief
For individual areas Ḙ
version), tailored to regional characteristics
Assessment on the efforts in Detailed assessment of the heat island

CASBEE for Heat Island effect using CASBEE
alleviating the heat island
phenomenon
Relaxation
Assessment on building CASBEE for Urban

groups (urban scale) Development
Assessment on detached CASBEE for Home

houses (Detached Houses)
1.3 The Background to CASBEE Development
1.3.1 Past development of environmental performance assessment

(1) Stage 1
The oldest form of environmental assessment of buildings in Japan is the performance assessment of building
environments, mainly indoor environments, which is basically aimed at improving living amenities or
enhancing convenience for occupants. This can be thought of as Stage 1 in the evolution of the environmental
assessment of buildings. At this stage, since the local environment surrounding the building concerned and
the global environment were generally considered as open systems, environmental assessments paid no
attention to the fact that buildings simply discharged their environmental loadings into their surroundings. In
this sense, the philosophy behind environmental assessments was very clear, but opposite to today’s
approach.
(2) Stage 2
The growth of public concern over air pollution problems or the effects of wind on pedestrians etc. in urban
areas such as Tokyo in the 1960s led to the establishment of environmental impact assessments. This was
the time when the concept of environmental loadings was initiated and incorporated into building
environmental assessments, and this is thought of as Stage 2. Here, only the negative effects that buildings
have on their surrounding environments, such as urban air pollution, wind damage, and daylight obstruction
etc., are considered as environmental impacts, i.e. environmental loads. In Stage 1, the environment usually
suggests a private space or property, whereas in Stage 2 it is a public (or non-private) space.
(3) Stage 3
Stage 3 in the evolution of the environmental assessment of buildings began after the increase in the
consciousness of global environmental problems in the 1990's. A number of specific methods have already
been proposed, based on extensive research experience, including BREEAM, LEEDTM and GB Tool. In recent
years, building environmental performance assessment methods such as these have spread rapidly in society,
particularly in developed countries, and they have also come to be used for "Design for Environment" and
building environmental labeling (rating). The main issue in assessment at this stage is the negative impacts; in
other words, the environmental loadings that the buildings have on the environment. That is to say, it
considers Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), evaluating the environmental loads of a building throughout its life. In
addition, building performance was also included as an object in some assessments, as in Stage 1. Notably,
none of the above assessment tools clearly distinguish between these two basic assessment objects (in Stage
1 and Stage 2). Also, the scope (or boundary) of the assessment objects is not clearly stated. In this sense,
the concept of environmental assessment in Stage 3 lacks the clear underlying philosophy found in Stage 1

Copyright٤
and Stage 2, while the framework of assessment has expanded in Stage 3. The assessment framework,
relative to the first and second stages, but conversely, the framework of assumptions on which the
environmental performance evaluation is based has become unclear.
1.3.2 Stage 4: New Stage in the Environmental Assessment of Buildings

Development of CASBEE started from perception that the above situation required a reconstruction
of the current environmental performance assessment framework into a new system clearly based
on the perspective of sustainability. Stage 3 in environmental assessment began when it was
recognized that the capacities of local environments, and the world as a whole, were reaching a
limit. As a result, the concept of closed ecosystems became essential for determining
environmental capacities when conducting environmental assessments. Therefore a hypothetical
enclosed space bounded by the borders of the building site, as shown in Figure III 1.3, is proposed
here in making environmental assessments of buildings. The on-site space bounded by these
hypothetical boundaries can be controlled by the parties involved in the building, including the
owner and planner, but the space beyond is public (non-private) space, which is largely beyond
control.
The environmental loadings can thus be defined as "the negative environmental impact that extends outside
to the public environment beyond the hypothetical enclosed space." The improvement of environmental
performance within the hypothetical enclosed space is defined as "the improvement in living amenities for
building users." Dealing with both factors, the stage 4 environmental assessment clearly defines these two
factors, and distinguishes one from the other as defined by BEE in Equation 1 of the following section. This
makes the philosophy of assessment at stage 4 much clearer, and it has been used to form the framework for
CASBEE, and it is the basis of the CASBEE framework.
Hypothetical
boundary
Hypothetical enclosed space
Site boundary
Figure III 1.3 Hypothetical enclosed space divided by the site boundary
1.3.3 From Eco-efficiency to Building Environmental Efficiency (BEE)

The concept of Eco-efficiency has been introduced for CASBEE to enable the integrated assessment of two
factors, inside and outside the building site. Eco-Efficiency is normally defined as "Value of products and
5
services per unit environmental load."* Efficiency is commonly defined in terms of input and output
quantities, so a new model can be proposed for an expanded definition of Eco-Efficiency, as "(beneficial
output)/ (input + non-beneficial output)." As Figure III 3.1 shows, this new model of environmental efficiency
can be extended to define Building Environmental Efficiency (BEE), which CASBEE uses as its assessment
indicator.
5
From the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD)

Copyright٤
Original definition Values of products or services

(WBSDC)
Environmental load
Beneficial output
Modeled definition
Input + Non-benefical output
Building Environmental Quality

Definition of BEE
In CASBEE Building Environmental Loadings
Figure III 1.4 Development from the Eco-efficiency concept to BEE
1.4 Assessment using CASBEE
1.4.1 Two Categories of Assessment: Q and L

Under CASBEE there are two spaces, internal and external, divided by the hypothetical boundary, which is
defined by the site boundary and other elements, with two factors related to the two spaces. Thus we have put
forward CASBEE in which the "negative aspects of environmental impact which go beyond the hypothetical l
enclosed space to the outside (the public property)" and "improving living amenity for the building users" are
considered side by side. Under CASBEE, these two factors are defined below as Q and L, the main
assessment categories, and evaluated separately.
ὉQ (Quality): Building Environmental Quality :

Evaluates "improvement in living amenity for the building users, within the hypothetical enclosed space
(the private property).”
ὉL (Load): Building Environmental Load:
Evaluates "negative aspects of environmental impact which go beyond the hypothetical enclosed space to
the outside (the public property).”
Hypothetical Boundary
Insidethe
Inside the boundary
boundary
Outside
Outside the
the boundary
boundary
evaluated by
Evaluated by Q:
Q: Building
Building
evaluated
Evaluated by
byL:
L:Building
Building
Environmental Quality
Environmental Environmental
Environmental Loadings
Load
Quality & Performance
Resource Emission of
consumption, air pollutants, noise,
embodied CO2 heat, etc.
emission, etc.
Neighboring Neighboring
Building Building
Figure III 1.5 Division of the assessment categories for Q: Building Environmental Quality
and L: Building Environmental Load based on the hypothetical boundary
1.4.2 Four Target Fields of CASBEE and Its Rearrangement

CASBEE covers the following four assessment fields: (1) Energy efficiency (2) Resource efficiency (3) Local
environment (4) Indoor environment These four fields are largely the same as the target fields for the existing

Copyright٤
assessment tools described above in Japan and abroad, but they do not necessarily represent the same
concepts, so it is difficult to deal with them on the same basis. Therefore the assessment categories contained
within these four fields had to be examined and reorganized. As a result, the assessment categories were
classified as shown in Figure III 1.6 into BEE numerator Q (Building environmental quality) and BEE
denominator L (Building environmental load). Q is further divided into three items for assessment: Q1 Indoor
environment, Q2 Quality of services and Q3 Outdoor environment on site. Similarly, L is divided into L1
Energy, L2 Resources & Materials and L3 Off-site Environment.
Q-1 Indoor environment

(1) Energy efficiency
Q-2 Quality of service Numerator
Recategorized of BEE
Recategorized Q-3 Outdoor environment on site
(2) Resource efficiency into
into
Q (Quality)
Q (Quality)
and
and
L (Load)
(3) Local environment L (Loadings) L-1 Energy
Denominator
L-2 Resources and materials
of BEE
(4) Indoor environment
L-3 Off-site environment
(Approx. 80 sub-items in total)
Figure III 1.6 Classification and rearrangement of assessment items into Q (Building
environmental quality) and L (Building environmental load)
1.4.3 Environmental Labeling Using Building Environmental Efficiency (BEE)

As explained above, BEE (Building Environmental Efficiency), using Q and L as the two assessment
categories, is the core concept of CASBEE. BEE, as used here, is an indicator calculated from Q (building
environmental quality) as the numerator and L (building environmental load) as the denominator.
Q (Building environmental quality)

Building Environmental Efficiency (BEE) =
L (building environmental load)
The use of BEE enabled simpler and clearer presentation of building environmental performance
assessment results. BEE values are represented on the graph by plotting L on the x axis and Q on the y axis.
The BEE value assessment result is expressed as the gradient of the straight line passing through the origin
(0,0). The higher the Q value and the lower the L value, the steeper the gradient and the more sustainable
the building is. Using this approach, it becomes possible to graphically present the results of building
environmental assessments using areas bounded by these gradients. The figure shows how the assessment
results for buildings can be ranked on a diagram as class C (poor), class B-, class B+, class A, and class S
(excellent), in order of increasing BEE value.
Q: Building Environmental Quality
: Ordinary building
: Sustainable building
(Example)
L: Building Environmental Load
Figure III 1.7 Environmental Labeling Based on Building Environmental Efficiency (BEE)

Copyright٤
1.5 Basic Approach to Subjects for Assessment by CASBEE
CASBEE is a comprehensive tool focused on evaluating the environmental performance of buildings. Therefore
it is not intended to evaluate all aspects of building performance and quality. In particular, specialized
assessment systems already exist for fields such as aesthetic and economic performance, so they are excluded
from consideration by CASBEE.
1) Aesthetic assessment
CASBEE emphasizes living amenity and working convenience for building users as the key aspects of the
environmental quality of buildings. Scenic consideration in matters such as building position, form and exterior
materials, and efforts to adapt to regional character are considered here, but we have decided not to evaluate
aesthetic design characteristics, such as building beauty, which are difficult to evaluate objectively.
2) Assessment of Cost and Profitability

CASBEE is intended to be an assessment tool applicable to a wide range of building types in both the public
and private sectors. As such we have decided that assessment of cost-effectiveness should be left for building
owners to judge according to their individual business situations. The market value of the completed building,
the profitability of business conducted in the building and other aspects less related to global environmental
problems play a large part in the project client's judgment of how much to invest in improving a building's
environmental performance.
CASBEE serves as an indicator for considering the “best balance of quality and the environment,” based on the
assumption of broadly economic buildings, and its assessment items include social perspectives such as
consideration for regional character.
1.6 Application of CASBEE
CASBEE, which has been developed as one such evaluation system, is intended to serve applications such as
those listed below.
1.6.1 Application to Building Administration

Under the Environmental Protection Ordinance (enacted December 2000), Metropolitan Tokyo obliges all
2
building owners intending to newly build or remodel a building with floor area over 10,000m to submit a planning
document evaluating the overall environmental efficiency of the building (but not using CASBEE) at least 30
days before the building approval application, and to submit a notification of completion within 15 days of the
completion of construction. The content of these submissions is published on the Internet. This system began
operating in June 2002. The city of Nagoya has been running its building environmental consideration system
under the Environmental Conservation Ordinance. The threshold for application of the ordinance is reduced to
2
2,000m , and CASBEE Nagoya is used for the assessment in April 2004. Osaka adopted guidelines in May 2004
for Osaka Municipal Comprehensive Assessment System for Building Environmental Efficiency (CASBEE
Osaka), and the system has been implemented since October 2004. One condition for approval of buildings is
that the rating under Comprehensive Assessment System for Building Environmental Efficiency, which reduces
or increases floor-area ratios, should reach at least the third of CASBEE’s five grades (B+ class). As Nagoya city,
under the Environmental Conservation Ordinance, Yokohama city started its own CASBEE, which applies for a
2.
building floor area over 5,000 m in July 2005. Other regional public bodies are considering using CASBEE or
have been using CASBEE.
1.6.2 Use in the Private Sector
(1) For designers to employ in designing for the environment (DfE)

CASBEE can serve as an assessment tool that designers can use to check the environmental performance
of buildings at the design stage and provide their clients and others with objective information on
environmental considerations. It can also be used as an indicator for the indirect setting of targets that clients,
designers and others can use to evaluate their own environmental management activities under ISO14001
and other systems.
(2) Environmental labeling that can be used in the asset valuation of buildings
CASBEE can be used by third-party agencies as an environmental performance assessment tool for labeling
buildings when they are valued as assets. The aim is to make assessment by CASBEE for Existing Building
a tool that can be used in realty appraisal.

Copyright٤
(3) Environmental performance diagnosis and upgrade design with a view to ESCO projects and building stock
refurbishment
CASBEE can be used as a tool to generate proposals for building operation monitoring, commissioning and
upgrade design with a view to ESCO (Energy Service Company) projects and building stock refurbishment.
Assessment under CASBEE for Renovation is a tool that can be applied to energy-saving remodeling etc.
(4) Use in selection of design competition proposals, and PFI project operators
Tools such as the US LEED have already been used for public buildings ordered by states and cities, and
their use is spreading to private sector building owners. Presently, we have been seeing such tools used in
Japan for scoring design competition proposals, selecting PFI project operators and checking environmental
performance at the design stage. Overall environmental efficiency labeling for buildings can also be used
between building clients and designer, or between owners and occupants, to determine environmental
targets. Overall Environmental Efficiency Labeling could be specified to designers as a design condition by
private-sector project clients, as well as by local authorities, and designers could use it to raise their scores in
pursuit of the maximum level of environmental performance that can be achieved within a given budget.
(5) Use as an international tool

The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is also working towards an international standard
method of environmental impact assessment for buildings, under TC59/SC17, but provided a system meets
international standards, it should be usable internationally, in forms such as multinational certification of
environment labels. For example, if a foreign company getting established in Japan wants to lease or buy a
building, or if a Japanese company established a factory abroad, CASBEE should be fully applicable abroad,
provided it meets the ISO standard as an assessment system. In China, the GOBAS system (Green Olympic
Building Assessment System), which is applied to the design, construction and operation of sports facilities
for the 2008 Beijing Olympics, was developed by a group at Tsinghua University under Professor Jiang and
published in August 2003. It will not be long before a Comprehensive Environmental Efficiency Labeling
system is used at international competitions in China and Asia, in which Japan has increasing chances to
participate.
1.6.3 Application to Education

Use of CASBEE is also progressing in construction-related education in universities and elsewhere. At present,
it is used for environmental planning training in most universities with faculties of architecture. We hope that
construction-related professional bodies and academic bodies will use CASBEE in continuing professional
development (CPD) for construction professionals who are already in practice.
1.7 CASBEE Assessment Certification System and Accredited Professional Registration System
1.7.1 Assessment Certification System
The applications for CASBEE were indicated above, but when the assessment results produced by CASBEE are
provide to third parties, it becomes increasingly important to ensure their reliability and transparency. The
assessment certification system is a system established to ensure reliability in information provided to third
parties in order to confirm the accuracy of results generated by CASBEE, and thereby promote its proper and
more widespread use. This is a system used to ensure the reliability of asset appraisal and labeling for evaluated
buildings by designers, owners and builders. A wide range of buildings are subject to certification, including
those covered by existing buildings, renovation, urban development and home (detached houses), not just new
construction.
1.7.2 Accredited Professional Registration System

CASBEE is based on making assessment as quantitative as possible, but it includes assessment items that are
qualitative in nature. As such, it requires a specialized engineer with expertise and knowledge in the
comprehensive environmental performance evaluation of buildings. That is why the CASBEE Accredited
Professional Registration System was established. Those aiming to become accredited professionals must
attend an accredited professional training course, pass the accredited professional examination and complete
registration. The current categories are CASBEE Building Accredited Professionals, who are specialist
engineers and use CASBEE for New Construction, for Existing Buildings, for Renovation, and New Construction
(brief version), and CASBEE Detached House Accredited Professionals, who use CASBEE for Home (detached
houses). The qualification for sitting the examination as a CASBEE Building Accredited Professional is that the
examinee must be a first-class architect.

Copyright٤
The CASBEE Assessment Certification System and the Accredited Professional Registration System are
implemented by the Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation. From March 2008, four bodies,
in addition to the Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation, have been recognized as
CASBEE Assessment Certification Agencies for the CASBEE Assessment Certification System.
1.8 Correspondence with ISO/TS21931-1 Technical Specification

Since 1997, ISO (International Standard Organization) has been deliberating on an international standard for
sustainability in building construction, and in March 2006 it published ISO/TS21931-12 (TS stands for Technical
Specification), which sets a framework for building environmental performance evaluation methods.
Under the ISO rules, this technical specification will remain in effect for two years after publication. The TS is an
official document, but it is not binding as an ISO standard, and compliance with it is based on voluntary
measures. On the other hand, the TS has the advantages that if CASBEE is compliant with it, its credibility would
be raised, and the foundation would be laid for mutual recognition with other assessment systems around the
world. It is particularly significant for third-party certification systems. Therefore, we decided to make CASBEE
for New Construction compliant with the technical specification, which is designed for application within
third-party certification systems.
<Reference> A summary of the technical specification ISO/TS21931-12
Official name: Sustainability in building construction - Framework for methods of assessment for
environmental performance of construction works - Part 1: Buildings
Period of validity: Two years from 2006.03.01 (first publication)
Purpose: To consider the extensive environmental impacts of buildings, and to state principles and an
underlying framework for evaluating the environmental performance of both new and existing buildings.
(1) CASBEE and the requirements of the technical specification

Table III.1.2 indicates the requirements of the technical specification, the relevant portions of CASBEE, and
the corresponding descriptions in other assessment manuals etc.
The content under “Corresponding points elsewhere” indicates corresponding items in third-party certification.
(Corresponding items indicated here are not required in self-scored CASBEE assessments) This
corresponding content is based on rules of the CASBEE Assessment Certification System.
Table III.1.2 Correspondence between Technical Specification (TS21931-1) Requirements

and CASBEE for New Construction
Documentation requirements Corresponding parts in the assessment Correspondin Corresponding parts elsewhere
under TS21931-1 manual g parts in the
(Figures in ( ) are TS section assessment
numbers) software
(1) Organization-related “Introduction”, “Afterword”, Part III. “1.6
items Application of CASBEE”
(2) Assessment
method-related items
Intended use of method (5.2) Part I “1.4 How CASBEE for New
Construction” is used.”
System boundary (5.3) Part I “1.3 Assessment Subjects for
CASBEE for New Construction”
Part III “1.4.1 Two Categories of
Assessment: Q and L”
Statement of assumptions Part I “1.5 Points to Note About CASBEE Main sheet Statement of assumed
(5.4) for New Construction” Score sheet conditions by the accredited
Part II. Scoring Criteria professional
Structured list of issues for Part I “2. Assessment Method” Score sheet
environmental assessment Part II. Scoring Criteria
(5.5)
Methods for quantification of Part I “2. Assessment Method” Weighting
environmental performance Part II. Scoring Criteria coefficients,
(5.6) score sheet
Sources of information (5.7) Part II. Scoring Criteria (commentary Score sheet Documents about the building
section) as the basis for its assessment
Evaluation and interpretation Part I “3. Assessment Procedure”
(5.8) Part III “1.4 Assessment using CASBEE”
Assessment report (5.9) - All Indicate of compliance with the
technical specification

Copyright٤
(2) CASBEE and the mandatory assessment items of the technical specification
As items that should be included in assessment, the technical specification includes lifecycle-oriented
assessments of items related to environmental impact, environmental aspects, maintenance management,
and interior environment. Of these items, the ones held to be mandatory items are indicated in Table III.1.3. If
any of these essential items cannot be included in an assessment, the reason must be stated. However,
assessment based on quantitative indicators is not necessarily required for all these items. For CASBEE, the
following text has been added to this manual.
- Soil and groundwater (environmental aspects b), impact on the regional environment)
With strict observance of the law there is little risk of such pollution by the building, and assessment is based
on the assumption that laws and regulations are strictly observed.
Table III.1.3 Mandatory assessment items in Technical Specification (TS21931-1)

and the assessment items in CASBEE
CASBEE
Mandatory assessment items under the TS assessment Notes
items
Environmental - Climate change LR3/ 1 Adapted to climate change since
impact - Ozone depletion LR2/ 2.6 2007 (provisional edition)
Environmental a) The flow off energy and materials in the

aspects lifecycle
1) Use of raw materials
- Reduction of non-renewable raw material LR2/ 2
resources
- Use of non-renewable raw material
resources LR2/ 3
- Use of harmful or poisonous substances.
2) Use of primary energy LR1
- Reduction of non-renewable primary energy
- Use of non-renewable primary energy
3) Use of water LR2/ 1
4) Use of land Q3
5) The following categories
- Reuse/ recycling, energy recovery LR2/2
- Production of wastes for final disposal LR3/2.3
b) Impact on the regional environment Assessment is based on the
1) Soil LR3/ 2 assumption that laws and
2) Groundwater regulations are strictly observed,
3) Noise so soil and groundwater are not
4) Odor evaluated.

Copyright٤
2. Lifecycle CO2
2.1 What is LCCO2
When evaluating impact on the global environment, it is important to evaluate the entire existence of the
building from construction to demolition (called its “lifecycle”). Among impacts on the global environment, the
one currently regarded as the most important is global warming, and the method generally used when gauging
impact on global warming is to convert impact to an equivalent total emission of CO2, as the representative
greenhouse gas, for comparison. Lifecycle CO2 (LCCO2) is the total amount of CO2 emission generated by the
building in its entire lifespan.
The lifecycle of a building is divided into stages, including construction, operation, renewal, demolition and
disposal, and the building impacts global warming at each stage, so it is necessary to evaluate the total impact.
For example, at the construction stage, there is the manufacture of the materials used on the construction site,
transportation of those materials to the site, and the use of materials and energy by heavy machinery on site.
At the operation stage, there is energy consumption, such as for heating and cooling, hot water supply,
lighting, and OA equipment, and refurbishment work performed once a decade or so uses energy for the
manufacture of newly added materials, and for the disposal of removed materials. At the final demolition stage,
energy is used for the demolition work, and for disposal of the demolished materials. The materials and
energy used in these ways are converted to an equivalent CO2 emissions for the purpose of gauging impact
on global warming, and the total of all such emissions is the lifecycle CO2.
Energy, resources, water
Building lifecycle
Design and construction Operation Maintenance Demolition
Waste heat, water and materials
Figure III.2.1 Impact on the global environment generated from buildings
2.2 Basic Approach to Lifecycle CO2 Assessment Using CASBEE for New Construction
In general, the task of evaluating the lifecycle CO2 of a building takes large amounts of time and effort.
Taking the construction stage as an example, the first step is to investigate the types and amounts of energy
resources used in each stage of the extraction, transportations and processing of the resources used to make
every one of the materials and parts that make up the building, then multiply each by the CO2 emission unit
specific to the material (the CO2 emission volume per unit weight of the material), and add together all the
results. Next, calculate the CO2 emissions corresponding to the energy consumed in the construction, and
multiply each by the CO2 emission coefficient* for each energy type (the CO2 emission volume per unit energy
consumption), and add the result to the previous result. This kind of process must also be performed for
stages other than construction, to find the lifecycle CO2.
The collection of all these types of information, and the setting of assessment conditions, require expert
knowledge. Also, buildings have different applications, component elements, locations, uses and other
attributes, so each one must be evaluated individually. Performing this kind of task at the design and
construction stages would be extremely difficult for most users of CASBEE for New Construction, damaging
the simplicity which was a key development concept for CASBEE.
Therefore, the following method is used instead for assessment.
[1] To minimize the burden of assessment work, there is no need to gather extra information or set
conditions solely for the lifecycle CO2 calculation. Instead, LCCO2 is calculated automatically from the
results of assessment items particularly related to CO2 emissions, which have already been evaluated
for CASBEE. This is called the “Standard calculation”.

Copyright٤
[2] In the Standard Calculation, the assessment subjects are narrowed down to those which are important
and can be evaluated, which means that not all of the efforts relevant to LCCO2 are evaluated for
calculation of LCCO2. Nevertheless, it indicates LCCO2 with the primary purpose of informing the user
of an approximate figure for CO2 emission volume, reduction effects, and other aspects related to CO2
emission.
[3] If the assessor personally gathers detailed data and calculates a more accurate LCCO2 value, that
value can be displayed in CASBEE for New Construction as “Individual Calculation” on the Evaluation
Results Presentation Sheet under “2-3 Lifecycle CO2 (Global Warming Impact Chart)”. The results of
individual calculations are not reflected in “LR3 1. Consideration of Global Warming” and BEE.
* In this manual, the CO2 emission volume per unit weight of material is called the CO2 emission unit, while the
CO2 emission volume per unit energy consumption for each energy type is distinguished as the CO2
emission coefficient.
2.3 Assessment Method

LCCO2 in CASBEE for New Construction evaluates the following items within the building’s lifecycle. The total
of these three types is the lifecycle CO2, which is used in the assessment of LR3/1, and is displayed by the
assessment software as a graph bar in the Global Warming Impact Chart.
Construction:
Manufacture, transportation and construction of materials and components used at the new construction
stage.
Repair, renewal/ demolition:
Manufacture and transportation of materials and components used at the maintenance and refurbishment
stage, and transportation to treatment facilities for demolition materials generated at the demolition stage.
Operation:
Energy consumed during operation.
The following explains the method for assessment of Standard Calculation in CASBEE for New Construction.
Design Material Construction Operation Maintenance Remodeling

Renovation Demolition
manufacture
Figure III.2.2 Range of LCCO2 assessment in CASBEE for New Construction
2.3.1 CO2 Emission Volumes at the Construction and Repair, Renewal/ Demolition Stages
As described above, it is difficult to calculate the emission volume for each block of an individual building. The
figures used here are statistical values, for which the results of CO2 emission calculations for typical examples
of each building type and structure type have been prepared in advance as reference values and databased.
The reference values are the CO2 emission volumes for the reference building, which is a building scored with
level 3 for every item. Quantitative effects relative to these reference values have also been calculated,
corresponding to the various scoring levels for relevant CASBEE assessment items, and databased. This
database preparation means that users of CASBEE for New Construction do not have to gather data for
themselves. Instead, they can obtain rough calculated values for LCCO2 just by inputting the building type and
size, and performing the usually scoring for assessment items in CASBEE (some numerical input is required).
(1) Method of LCA calculation tools used

Calculations were performed using LCA guidelines for buildings “AIJ-LCA&LCW_ver.4.04” (Architectural
Institute of Japan). Figure III.2.3 shows the method of totaling CO2 emission volumes using the calculation
tools concerned. At each stage, multiply the quantities of materials required for the construction and repair,
renewal/ demolition of the building by the CO2 emission unit for each material, then total the results. The
following conditions were used in the CO2 emission volume calculations (Standard Calculation).

Copyright٤
- CO2 emission units are analysis results produced by the Architectural Institute of Japan from the 1995
Industrial Input-Output Table (compliant with ḛAIJ-LCA&LCW_ver.4.04"), and boundaries used for CO2
emission units up to the domestic consumption expenditure.
- Building service life settings: 60 years for offices, hospitals, hotels, schools and halls, 30 years for stores,
restaurants, factories and apartments.
- Renewal intervals (years), repair rates etc. are set for each material according to “AIJ-LCA&LCW_ver.4.04.”
2
- Demolition material quantity was assumed to be 2,000kg/m , and the road transport distance at 30km for the
purpose of the assessment. CFCs and halons were excluded from assessment because of the difficulty of
finding the volume of leakage from each building.
Design Material Construction Maintenance Renovation

Remodeling Demolition
manufacture
CO2 calculation for materials manufacture and

Design contracted value on new construction, construction work, based
Design 㬍 CO2 emission unit Maintenance
replacement construction or renovation on the maintenance rate
Materials used for structural members, finishes and CO2 calculation for manufacture of finishing materials
Material
equipment on new construction or 㬍CO2 emission unit Renovation and equipment, and construction work,
manufacture
replacement construction based on the renovation cycle
Construction-stage CO2 for each structure type Waste material generated on new construction,
㬍 CO2 emission unit
Construction and application from the construction sector replacement construction, maintenance
Industrial Input-Output Table for research use Demolition and remodeling
CFC leakage from foamed insulation materials

and air conditioning refrigerants 㬍 GWP
Figure III.2.3 Total of CO2 mission volumes in the building LCA Guidelines
("Construction" and “Repair, renewal/ demolition” stages)
Table III.2.1 CO2 emission units for representative materials

Regular concrete 282.00 Kg-CO2/m3/
Blast furnace cement concrete 206.00 Kg-CO2/m3/㩷
* 3
Steel frame 0.90 Kg-CO2/m /kg㩷
Steel reinforcement 0.70 Kg-CO2/m3/kg㩷
Formwork 7.20 Kg-CO2/m3//m2㩷
ᵈ
Not distinguished between electric furnace steel and blast furnace steel.
(2) Statistical values used in calculations

A database has been prepared from statistical data produced by analysis of construction works of each size.
For structural construction works, the weights of materials are set for each building type and structure type, on
the basis of statistical data (“Analytical data on building construction unit prices”, edited by the Construction
and Industrial Management Research Group).
Table III.2.2 Quantities of Representative Materials in Structural Works

Steel
Building type Structure Concrete
3 2
Formwork* reinforcement Steel2 frame
ίm /m ὸ ίm2/m2ὸ 2 ίt/m ὸ
ίt/m ὸ
SRC 0.75 1.0425 0.136 0.052
[1] Apartments RC 0.734 1.1075 0.1 0.012
S 0.323 0.165 0.019 0.476
SRC 0.696 0.6675 0.078 0.1
[2] Offices RC 0.772 1.05 0.103 0.038
S 0.567 0.4325 0.07 0.136

Copyright٤
SRC 0.958 0.9725 0.11 0.078

[3] Elementary, junior high
RC 0.865 1.225 0.112 0.005
and high schools
S 0.352 0.17 0.045 0.105
SRC 0.812 0.8075 0.089 0.066
[4] Medical care and welfare
RC 0.766 1.12 0.096 0.012
facilities
S 0.317 0.17 0.034 0.074
SRC 0.307 0.4025 0.053 0.071
[6] Restaurants, retailers and
RC 0.912 1.435 0.133 -
discount stores
S 0.342 0.155 0.024 0.072
SRC 0.816 1.04 0.093 0.084
[7] Hotels and inns RC 0.999 1.195 0.111 0.004
S 0.436 0.3925 0.034 0.103
SRC 0.862 1.0225 0.1 0.059
[8] Gymnasia, lecture halls
RC 0.888 1.235 0.118 0.017
and meeting facilities
S 0.345 0.3625 0.04 0.139
SRC 0.669 0.5575 0.08 0.077
[9] Warehouses and logistics
RC 0.77 0.7625 0.108 0.01
facilities
S 0.354 0.175 0.031 0.088
*) For formwork the figure is one quarter of the density of 12kg/m2, assuming it is reused four times.
(3) Calculation of effects of measures

Efforts related to reduction of CO2 emissions are handled as described below in CASBEE assessment items.
[1] Efforts for lifespan extension

Extension of service life is evaluated under “Q2 Quality of Service.” However, it is difficult to estimate the
actual extension of service life with sufficient precision to use as a calculation condition for LCCO2.
Therefore, take service life as a constant for all non-residential buildings for LCCO2 estimation.
- Offices, hospitals, hotels, schools, meeting halls --- Fixed 60 years.
- Retailers, restaurants, factories ---- Fixed 30 years
- Houses --- 30, 60 or 90 years, according to the deterioration countermeasure grades in the Japan
Housing Performance Standard.
Table III.2.3 Scoring level and condition of CO2 assessment of “2.3 Q2/ 2.2.1 Service Life of
Structural Frame Materials”
Condition of CO2
Level Standard
assessment
Level 1 (No corresponding level) -
Level 2 (No corresponding level) -

This is grade 1 of the assessment standard for steel frame and
Lifespan of
concrete buildings (Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and
structure and
Level 3 Tourism directive 380, 2006) in the Housing Quality Assurance
foundation:
Law (Japan Housing Performance Standards, 3. Matters for
30 years
relieving deterioration).
Lifespan of
structure and
foundation:
60 years
Lifespan of
structure and
foundation:
90 years

Copyright٤
(3) Resource-saving efforts

“Continuing Use of Existing Structural Skeletons etc.” and “Use of Recycled Construction Materials" are
evaluated under Resources and Materials (LR2), and the embodied CO2 related to the manufacture of these
materials, taking these measures into account, can be evaluated. For usage rates of existing structural
skeletons and of blast furnace cement, relative to the entire new structure as 100%, the corresponding CO2
emission volumes have been calculated in advance, as shown below for each usage rate at 100%, and the
results databased. The effect magnitude is approximately calculated according to the percentage usage rate
value input by the assessor for the evaluated building, based on the database.
- The CO2 reduction amount for a structural member reuse rate of 100% is calculated with amounts of all
representative materials (concrete, formwork, steel skeletons, steel rebar) set to zero.
- The CO2 reduction amount for a blast furnace cement usage rate of 100% is calculated with the amount
of concrete set entirely to blast furnace cement.
Table III.2.4 CO2 emission volumes at the construction stage (kg-CO2/year m2)
Building type S RC SRC
Offices 13.61 13.85 13.92
LR2/2.2 Existing building structural skeletons 100% 6.54 6.67 6.57
LR2/2.3 Recycled materials (blast furnace cement) 100% 12.71 12.60 12.81
Schools 10.24 12.66 14.51
Retailers 16.13 24.24 16.74
Restaurants 16.13 24.24 16.74
Halls 10.96 13.47 13.59
Factories 18.18 22.71 23.15
Hospitals 10.39 13.24 14.18
Hotels 10.92 13.97 13.89
Apartments
S RC SRC
Level 3 32.47 21.94 24.55
Level 4 16.33 11.07 12.37
Level 5 10.98 7.47 8.35
2
Table III.2.5 CO2 emission volumes at the repair, renewal/ demolition stage (kg-CO2/year m )
Building
type
S RC SRC
Offices 20.23 20.67 20.39
Schools 16.68 17.14 17.21
Retailers 12.20 13.19 12.20

Copyright٤
Restaurants 12.20 13.19 12.20

Halls 17.39 18.04 17.84
Factories 13.62 14.27 14.15
Hospitals 20.24 20.89 20.71
Hotels 18.11 18.80 18.48
Apartments
S RC SRC
Level 3 13.87 14.10 14.12
Level 4 15.08 15.09 15.05
Level 5 16.31 16.23 16.17
2.3.2 CO2 Emission Volumes at the Operation Stage

(1) Basic guidelines and key points
The key points of the calculation method (standard calculation) for CO2 emission volume at the operation
stage are described below.
[1] Calculate CO2 emission volume on the basis of assessment results for the four medium-level items
evaluated under “LR1 Energy.”
[2] CO2 emission volume is, of course, calculated for the evaluated building, but for the sake of comparison,
a ”reference building” is envisaged, and CO2 emission volume is also calculated for that building. The
“reference building” is a hypothetical building in which all assessment levels under LR1 are level 3.
[3] The emission coefficient for electrical power used in calculation of CO2 emission volume are, for the
time being, the default values (0.555kg-CO2/kWh) of the Law Concerning the Promotion of the
Measures to Cope with Global Warming6.
(2) For buildings other than apartment complexes

In addition to the key points in (1),
[1] The CO2 emission volume (per unit floor area) for the reference building is assumed to equal the CO2
emission volume estimated from the average energy consumption in statistical records.
[2] For the evaluated building, the consumption ratio between energy types for each building type shall be
the same as the ratio derived from the statistics in [1].
[3] The CO2 emission volume for the evaluated building is calculated by increasing or decreasing from the
volume for the reference building, according to the assessment levels for the LR1 medium-level items.
A. CO2 emission volume for the reference building

[1] Estimation of the CO2 emission volume for the reference building
For each building type, this is derived from the primary energy consumption unit per floor area, based
on statistical data (the average value for all samples) and the mix of energy source types used (Table
III.2.6). Based on this data, the consumption of each energy source type is estimated for each building
type, and multiplied by the CO2 emission coefficient to produce the CO2 emission volume.
The CO2 emission coefficient used in the standard calculation are as shown in Table III.2.7.
CO2 emission volume for the reference building (kg CO2/year)

= (primary energy consumption by the reference building (MJ/year)
x Ratio of primary energy consumption of energy source type i by building type
x CO2 emission coefficient for energy source type i (kg CO2/MJ)
[2] Estimation of CO2 conversion factor for each building type

The CO2 conversion factor (CO2 emission volume per unit of primary energy consumption) for each
building type were derived from the primary energy consumption values for each building type in the
reference building, found in [1] above, and the CO2 emission volumes. Energy consumption volumes
are estimated from LR1 scoring levels for the evaluated building. When estimating CO2 emission
volume in the evaluated building, use these CO2 conversion factor to convert primary energy
consumption to CO2.
Conversion factor for each building type in the reference building (kg CO2/MJ)
= CO2 emission volume from the reference building (kg CO2/year) / Primary energy consumption in the
reference building (MJ/year)
6
CO2 emission coefficient indicated under the rules of implementation for the Law Concerning the Promotion of the Measures to Cope with
Global Warming. The default values for electrical power emission rate are used if emission coefficient for the power providers in the region
are unclear.

Copyright٤
Table III.2.6 Primary energy consumption, and CO2 emission volumes based on the statistics
No. of Primary energy Primary energy ratio for each CO2 emission Conversion
Building type
documents consumption energy source type volume factor
(2003ὸ [MJ/Ὦ-yr] Electricity Gas Other [kg-CO2/-yr Ὦ] [kg-CO2/MJ]
Offices 558 1,936 87% 11% 1% 108.98 0.0563
Schools 28 1,209 87% 9% 3% 68.53 0.0567
Retailers 20 3,225 92% 7% 1% 182.28 0.0565
Restaurants 28 2,923 89% 10% 1% 164.57 0.0563
Halls 188 2,212 80% 14% 6% 125.46 0.0567
*2
Factories ὼ 330 100% 0% 0% 18.78 0.0569
Hospitals 45 2,399 67% 15% 18% 139.15 0.0580
Hotels 50 2,918 66% 19% 15% 167.47 0.0574
*2004 Building Energy Consumption Survey Report, The Building-Energy Manager’s Association of Japan,
March 2005.
*2 Only covers lighting applications, using recorded figures for offices etc.
Table III.2.7 CO2 emission coefficient for each energy source type for use in assessment.
Type CO2 emission coefficient Notes
Electricity 0.5550 kg-CO2/kWh
0.0569 kg-CO2/MJ Value converted at 9.76MJ/kWh (All Japan
average for 2005 under the Law Concerning the
Rational Use of Energy)
Town gas 0.0506 kg-CO2/MJ
Kerosene 0.0678 kg-CO2/MJ
Type A heavy oil 0.0693 kg-CO2/MJ
Other 0.0686 kg-CO2/MJ (Average value for kerosene + type A heavy oil)
B. CO2 emission volume from the evaluated building

The CO2 emission volume from the evaluated building is evaluated by assuming the reference building to be
equivalent to the PAL/CEC standard value under the Energy Saving Law, and totaling the CO2 reduction
effects yielded by the use of each energy-saving method in the evaluated building. Thus, as Figure III.2.4
shows, start from energy consumption quantity A for the reference building, then estimate the CO2 reduction
quantities (effect magnitudes) for the energy-saving effects under each of the four items in LR1 assessment,
and subtract those reduction quantities from A to derive energy consumption E for the evaluated building.
Multiply the E value by the CO2 conversion factor to find the CO2 emission volume.
CO2 emission volume E’ for the evaluated building (kg CO2/year)

= CO2 emission volume for the reference building A’ (kg CO2/year)
- CO2 reduction due to the control of Building Thermal Load (kg CO2/year)
- CO2 reduction due to Efficiency in Building Service System (kg CO2/year)
- CO2 reduction due to Natural Energy Utilization (kg CO2/year)
- CO2 reduction due to Efficient Operation (kg CO2/year)
= (primary energy consumption by the reference building A (MJ/year)ᴾ
- Primary energy consumption reduction due to the control of Building Thermal Load (a) (MJ/year)
- Primary energy consumption reduction due to Efficiency in Building Service System (b) (MJ/year)
- Annual Natural Energy Usage (c) (MJ/year)
- Primary energy consumption reduction due to Efficient Operation (d) (MJ/year)ᴾ
x CO2 conversion factor for each building type in the reference building (kg CO2/MJ)

Copyright٤
㪘’ CO2 emission volume for the reference building
Reference building Convert from primary energy to CO2,

using ratios based on statistical values
Electricity Gas Other
㪘 Primary energy consumption based on statistical data
(a) Reduction due to Thermal Load Control
㪙 Reference primary energy consumption in ERR
(b) Reduction due to Equipment and System Efficiency Enhancement
㪚
(c) Reduction due to Use of Natural Energy
㪛
(d) Reduction due to Efficient Operation
Primary energy consumption in the evaluated building

㪜 Electricity Gas Other
Evaluated building Convert from primary energy to CO2,
using ratios based on statistical values
㪜㵭 CO2 emission volume from the evaluated building
Figure III.2.4 Approach to calculating CO2 emissions of the evaluated building
[1] Calculation method for effect magnitudes

(a) Building Thermal Load
As we have assumed that the reference building has a specification equivalent to the performance standards
(PAL values), we can correct according to the PAL of the evaluated building. If the PAL value of the evaluated
building is lower than the standard, the energy consumption for the air conditioning is reduced for the amount
of the thermal load reduction. The primary energy consumption corrected for the amount of thermal load
control, which is the reduction in air conditioning energy due to PAL, is calculated by the following formula.
Primary energy consumption reduction due to the control of Building Thermal Load (a) (MJ/year)
2 2
= (Reference PAL value [MJ/year-m ] – PAL value of the evaluated building [MJ/year-m ])
2
x perimeter area of the evaluated building [m ] x CEC-AC standard value [-]
The perimeter area is already calculated in the PAL calculation process for each building, but if it cannot be
calculated by the specification standards (Point values) or in similar circumstances, simplification is required in
order to perform the calculation. In this case, we have decided to employ the following approximation:
2 -0.2196
Perimeter area [m ] = 4.9274 x Floor area x Floor area
(b) Efficiency in Building Service System

Use ERR to evaluate Efficiency in Building Service System.
Primary energy consumption reduction due to Efficiency in Building Service System (b) [MJ/year]
= ERR of the evaluated building [-] x (primary energy consumption by the reference building [MJ/year]
- Primary energy consumption reduction due to the control of Building Thermal Load (a) [MJ/year])

Copyright٤
* If assessment of the k value (more efficient equipment) within ERR includes photovoltaic generation,
evaluate using “(c) Natural Energy Utilization” and do not reflect it in ERR. (Overlapping assessment is not
permitted)
(c) Natural Energy Utilization

Use annual natural energy usage (primary energy usage standard, per unit floor area) at the Execution Deign
and Construction Completion stages for the calculation.
(d) Efficient Operation

To evaluate Efficient Operation, use the energy consumption of the evaluated building, after taking the three
items of the control of Building Thermal Load, Natural Energy Utilization and Efficiency in Building Service
System into account, as the parameter. Assume level 5 if it is possible for appropriate operation to avoid
problems at the operation stage (i.e. the anticipated performance is realized), and evaluate according to
wasteful energy consumption beyond the anticipated level corresponding to reduced levels.
Table III.2.8 Correction Coefficients for Each Level of “LR1/4. Efficient Operation” Scoring
Scoring level Correction coefficient
Level 1 1.000
Level 2 1.000
Level 3 1.000
Level 4 0.975
Level 5 0.950
[2] Conversion methods to use with the specification standards (Point values)
For small-scale buildings, and for buildings with certain building types, LR1 can be evaluated using the
specification standards (Point values), or qualitatively on a checklist basis, without calculating the values of
PAL, ERR etc. Table III.2.9 shows the method for converting the values necessary for the assessment
described in [1] in such cases. Follow that method to convert to a PAL value or ERR value, and use that to
calculate the CO2 emission volume for the evaluated building.
[3] Conversion from primary energy consumption to CO2 emission volume

Multiply the energy consumption of the evaluated building, as calculated in [1] and [2] above, by the CO2
conversion factor for each building type, as shown in Table III.2.6, to estimate the CO2 emission volume of the
evaluated building at the operation stage.
Table III.2.9 Method for conversion from qualitative assessment to quantitative assessment
Assessment Assessment Method for conversion to Notes
Items quantitative assessment
1. Building Level 1 ᾟᾐᾛᾌStandard value × 1.1 Level 1 (Standard value × More than 1.05ὸ
Thermal Load Level 2 ᾟᾐᾛᾌStandard value × 1.05 Level 2 (Standard value × Up to 1.05ὸ
Level 3 ᾟᾐᾛᾌStandard value Level 3 (Standard value × Up to 0.90)
Level 4 ᾟᾐᾛᾌStandard value × 0.90 Level 4 (Standard value × Up to 0.75)
Level 5 ᾟᾐᾛᾌStandard value × 0.75 Level 5 (Standard value × Less than 0.75)
2. Natural Level 1 Estimated usage = 0MJ/ m2 Level 1(-)
Energy
Level 2 Estimated usage = 0MJ/ m2 Level 2(-)
Utilization
2
Level 3 Estimated usage = 0MJ/ m Level 3 (Up to 0῍1MJ/Ὦ)
Level 4 Estimated usage = 1MJ/ m2 Level 4 (Up to 1῍20MJ/Ὦ)
Level 5 Estimated usage = 20MJ/ m2 Level 5 (More than 20MJ/Ὦ)
3. Efficiency in Level 1 ERR=-10% Level 1 (ERR<-5)
Building Service Level 2 ERR=-5% Level 2 (-5% < ERR < 0%)
System Level 3 ERR=0% Level 3 (0% < ERR < 10%)
Level 4 ERR=10% Level 4 (10% < ERR < 25%)
Level 5 ERR=25% Level5 (ERR > 25%)

Copyright٤
(3) For apartment complexes

A. CO2 emission volume for the reference building
Assessment of apartment complexes begins with setting the CO2 emission volumes related to energy
consumption for each use of energy in an ordinary home (heating and cooling, hot water supply, lighting,
electrical appliances, cooking and ventilation for private areas, and equipment in common areas) for each
energy-saving area and category, as shown in Table III.2.10. (This is called the “Standard Calculation”.)
CO2 emission volume from the reference building at the operation stage
= (CO2 emission volume standard value for private areas + CO2 emission volume standard value for common
areas) x Floor area of private areas
= ((CO2 emission volume standard value for heating applications + CO2 emission volume standard value for
cooling applications + CO2 emission volume standard value for hot water supply + CO2 emission volume
standard value for lighting, electrical appliance and cooking applications + CO2 emission volume standard
value for ventilation) + CO2 emission volume standard value for common areas) x Floor area of private
areas
Table III.2.10 Standard Values for Calculations (units: kg-CO2/year-m2)
Category ḩᴾ Ḫᴾ ḫᴾ Ḭᴾ ḭᴾ Ḯᴾ
Heating 6.38 4.33 3.32 1.81 1.20 0.00
Cooling 0.00 0.04 0.28 0.85 0.86 2.20
Hot water supply 8.94 10.77 10.84 10.13 8.26 6.11
Private Lighting 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.76
areas
Electrical appliances 7.57 7.86 8.30 8.34 8.01 7.86
Cooking 1.28 1.33 1.41 1.41 1.36 1.33
Ventilation 1.87 1.95 2.06 2.06 1.98 1.95
Total of common area 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.69
* Standard values indicate values per unit area of private areas.
* For private areas, the standard values for CASBEE for Home (detached houses), other than for heating,
were used. The apartment values were used for heating.
B. CO2 emission volume from the evaluated building

Calculate by increasing or decreasing CO2 emission volume from the standard value for each energy
application (heating and cooling, hot water supply, lighting, electrical appliances, cooking and ventilation for
private areas, and equipment in common areas) according to the efforts applied to it in the evaluated building.
For calculating these increases and decreases, we selected the scoring items related to CO2 emission
volume at the operation stage from within LR1, and used calculation conditions as shown in Table III.2.11.
For lighting, electrical appliances, cooking and ventilation, which have no scoring item descriptions in the
table, the standard values from Table III.2.10 are used with no increase or decrease.
CO2 emission volume from the evaluated building at the operation stageᴾ
= CO2 emission volume for private areas + CO2 emission volume for common areas
= ((CO2 emission volume for heating applications + CO2 emission volume for cooling applications + CO2
emission volume for hot water supply + CO2 emission volume for lighting, electrical appliance and cooking
applications + CO2 emission volume for ventilation) + (CO2 emission volume for common areas) x (1-k)
Table III.2.11 Scoring items used in the calculation of CO2 emission volume at the operation stage
Energy application Assessment item under “LR1 Energy”
Heating 1. Building Thermal Load
Cooling 1.2.1 Direct Use of Natural Energy
Hot water supply 3.4 Hot Water Supply System
Private
Lighting -
areas
Electrical appliances -
Cooking -
Ventilation -
Common areas 3.2 Ventilation System x 3.3 Lighting System X 3.5 Elevators
3.2 Ventilation System (Standard calculation weighting: 0.4)
3.3Lighting System (Standard calculation weighting: 0.5)
3.5 Elevators ( Standard calculation weighting: 0.1)
3.6 Equipments for Improving Energy Efficiency (evaluate by
energy-saving rate k)

Copyright٤
The CO2 emission volume calculation methods for each application are stated below.
(a) Heating
For heating applications, find the consumption rate from the assessment level for “1. Building Thermal Load”
and multiply by the standard value to find the CO2 emission volume.
CO2 emission volume for heating = LR1/1.1 consumption rate x standard value for heating applications x
private floor area
Table III.2.12 Relationship between scoring level and consumption rate for heating applications
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5
LR1/1.1 Building Thermal Load 150 125 100 - 69
(b) Cooling
Consider natural ventilation and air movement as assessment subjects for cooling applications, find the
consumption rate from the assessment level for “1.2.1 Direct Use of Natural Energy,” and multiply it by the
standard value to find the CO2 emission volume.
CO2 emission volume for cooling = LR1/1.2.2 consumption rate x standard value for cooling applications x
private floor area
Table III.2.13 Relationship between scoring level and consumption rate for cooling applications
LR1/1.2.2 Direct Use of Natural Energy - 110 100 90 80
(c) Hot water supply

For hot water supply, find the consumption rate from the assessment level for “3.4. Hot Water Supply System”
and multiply by the standard value for each type (individual/ central) to find the CO2 emission volume.
CO2 emission volume for hot water supply = LR1/3.4 consumption rate x standard value for hot water supply x
private floor area
Table III.2.14 Relationship between scoring level and consumption rate for hot water supply applications
LR1/3.4 Hot Water Supply Individual 117 - 100 83 71
System
Central 110 105 100 90 75
(d) Common areas

For applications in common areas, find the assessment level for common areas as a weighted average of the
three scoring items under “3. Efficiency in Building Service System,” which covers ventilation system, lighting
system and elevators. Use the level to find the consumption rate for common areas, and multiply it by the
standard value.
For common areas, the effects of “3.6 Equipments for Improving Energy Efficiency” (CGS, photovoltaic
generation, high-efficiency transformers) may be evaluated using the energy saving rate k.
Assessment level for common areas = Weighting 0.4 x LR1/3.2 Ventilation System
x weighting 0.5 x LR1/3.3 Lighting System x weighting 0.1 x LR1/3.5 Elevators
CO2 emission volume of applications in common areas = Consumption rate for common areas x standard
value for applications in common areas x (1 - k) x private floor area
Table III.2.15 Relationship between scoring levels and consumption rates

LR1/3.2 Ventilation System x 0.4
×3.3 Lighting system × 0.5 110 105 100 90 75
×3.5 Elevator × 0.1

Copyright٤

Copyright٤
Afterword
This research is part of the research output of the Japan Sustainable Building Consortium (chaired
by professor Shuzo Murakami of Keio University), which has been established within the Institute
for Building Environment and Energy Conservation through cooperation between industry,
government and academia, with the support of Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and
Transport, Housing Bureau. We expect the committee’s out put to be widely used in future, to
make and important contribution to building a sustainable society
As of May 2008 (random order)

<The Research Committee for CASBEE>
Chair: Shuzo Murakami (from Building Research Institute), Secretary: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio
University), Vice Secretary: Tatsuya Hayashi (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research Institute), Member:
Yasushi Asami (University of Tokyo), Hisaya Ishino (Graduate School of Tokyo Metropolitan
University), Akira Ishifuku (Association of Building Engineering and Equipment), Kazuo Iwamura
(Musashi Institute of Technology), Tatsuo Oka (Utsunomiya University), Yuichiro Kodama (Kobe
Design University), Yuzo Sakamoto, Tsuyoshi Seike (from Graduate School of University of
Tokyo), Tomonari Yashiro (University of Tokyo), Hidekazu Yamashita, Atsuo Fukai, Kaoru Itabashi,
Akihiko Osono (from Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism), Hiroshi
Matsumoto (National Institute for Land and Infrastructure Management, Japanese Ministry of Land,
Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism), Kazuaki Bogaki (Musashi Institute of Technology), Haruki
Osawa (from Building Research Institute), Humiaki Sato (Urban Renaissance Agency), Akira
Yamamoto, Yasunori Sasaki (from Tokyo Metropolitan Government), Youjiro Nishimura (Osaka
Prefectural Government), Kenichi Ishida (Sekisui House, Ltd.), Takuya Ichikawa (Yamashita
Sekkei, Inc.), Toru Ichikawa (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.), Tamio Ito (Takasago Thermal Engineering Co.,
Ltd.), Masashi Uozumi (HASEKO Corporation), Susumu Katsuse(Osaka Gas Co., Ltd.), Yoshioki
Kitamura (OBAYASHI CORPORATION), Munemitsu Kimura (Daiwa House Industry Co., Ltd.),
Junichi Kurihara (Misawa Homes Institute of Research and Development Co., Ltd.),ᴾ Yoshihira
Sakabe (Mitsui Home Co., Ltd.),ᴾ Masaaki Sato (KAJIMA Corporation),ᴾ Michiya Suzuki (SHIMIZU
Corporation), Hiroaki Takai (TAKENAKA Corporation), Tomoaki Takase (Mitsubishi Jisho Sekkei
Inc.), Osamu Hitomi (TAISEI Corporation), Yasuo Tanaka (Sumitomo Forestry Co., Ltd.), Fujio
Tamura (KUME SEKKEI Co., Ltd.), Hiroshi Nakagawa (PanaHome Corporation), Junya Hamane
(KANSAI Electric Power Co., Inc.), Asahiko Fukushima (Japan Environment System Co., Ltd.),
Tetsuya Hayashi (Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.),Toshiyuki Miura (TODA Corporation), Ryouji
Muranishi (Chubu Electric Power Co., Inc.), Katsumi Matsuda (Asahi Kasei Homes Corporation),
Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei) Ryuji Yanagihara (TOKYO Electric Power Company), Secretariat:
Junko Endo (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research Institute), Yuuji Hieda, Tatsuo Yoshimoto, Kiyohisa Oine,
Nobuki Yoshizawa (Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation)
<R&D Committee for CASBEE>

Chair: Shuzo Murakami (From Building Research Institute), Secretary: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio
University), Vice Secretary: Tatsuya Hayashi (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research Institute), Member:
Hidekazu Yamashita, Atsuo Fukai (from Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and
Tourism), Kazuo Iwamura (Musashi Institute of Technology), Tatsuo Oka (Utsunomiya University),
Tsuyoshi Seike, Yuzo Sakamoto (from University of Tokyo), Hisashi Hanzawa (Hokkaido Institute
of Technology), Akashi Mochida (Tohoku University), Tomonari Yashiro (University of Tokyo),
Kazuaki Bogaki (Musashi Institute of Technology), Masaaki Sato (KAJIMA Corporation), Hiroaki
Takai (TAKENAKA Corporation), Nobutoshi Yamaguchi (SHIMIZU Corporation), Specialized
member: Takayuki Akimoto (Shibaura Institute of Technology), Masayuki Oguro, Hidemitsu
Koyanagi (from TAISEI Corporation), Kiyofumi Miisyo (IWAMURA Atelier Co., Ltd.), Takashi Yanai
(Nihon Sekkei Inc.), Support Committee Member: Youhei Arisawa (from Japanese Ministry of Land,
Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism), Secretariat: Junko Endo (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research
Institute), Yuuji Hieda, Tatsuo Yoshimoto, Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for
Building Environment and Energy Conservation)
<Sub-Committee on Assessment of Energy Efficiency>

Chair: Yuzo Sakamoto (Graduate School of University of Tokyo), Secretary: Takashi Yanai (Nihon
Sekkei, Inc.), Member: Hisaya Ishino (Graduate School of Tokyo Metropolitan University),
Yasutaka Akitsu (HASEKO Corporation), Hirohisa Akiyama (Chubu Electric Power Co., Inc.), Yuji
Abe (TAKENAKA Corporation), Shogo Murakami (TAISEI Corporation), Toru Ichikawa (Tokyo Gas
Co., Ltd.), Tamio Ito (Takasago Thermal Engineering Co., Ltd.), Masatomo Suzuki (Yamashita
Sekkei, Inc.), Michiya Suzuki (SHIMIZU Corporation), Hisao Seike (OBAYASHI Corporation),
Tomoaki Takase (Mitsubishi Jisho Sekkei Inc.), Hironobu Tsuji (KANSAI Electric Power Co., Inc.),

Copyright٤
Michihiko Nakamura(KUME SEKKEI Co., Ltd.), Masayuki Hioki (KAJIMA Corporation), Akio
Hunatani (Osaka Gas Co., Ltd.), Ryuji Yanagihara (Tokyo Electric Power Company), Support
Committee Member: Youhei Arisawa (Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and
Tourism), Secretariat: Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for Building Environment
and Energy Conservation)
<Sub-Committee on Assessment of Indoor Environment>

Chair: Kazuaki Bogaki (Musashi Institute of Technology), Secretary: Masayuki Oguro (TAISEI
Corporation), Member: Yasunao Uraguchi (from Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure,
Transport and Tourism), Hisashi Hanzawa (Hokkaido Institute of Technology), Yasuhiro Miki
(National Institute for Land and Infrastructure Management, Japanese Ministry of Land,
Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism), Toshihiro Otsuka (SHIMIZU Corporation), Hiroshi Kojima
(JohnsonDiversey Co., Ltd.), Kentaro Kan (KUME SEKKEI Co., Ltd.), Toshiyuki Miura (TODA
Corporation), Masaaki Yamamoto (HASEKO Corporation), Support Committee Member: Youhei
Arisawa (Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism), Secretariat: Kiyohisa
Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation)
<Sub-Committee on Assessment of Local Environment>

Chair: Kazuo Iwamura (Musashi Institute of Technology), Secretary: Kiyofumi Miisyo (IWAMURA
Atelier Co., Ltd.), Member: Motoharu Ito (Nihon Sekkei Inc.), Hiroaki Kikuchi (Urban Renaissance
Agency), Osamu Hitomi (TAISEI Corporation), Asahiko Fukushima (Japan Environment System
Co., Ltd.), Tetsuo Masuda (KUME SEKKEI Co., Ltd.), Toshiyuki Miura (TODA Corporation),
Hironori Yamashita (EARTHWORK Inc.), Shinji Yoshizaki (Musashi Institute of Technology),
Support Committee Member: Youhei Arisawa (Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure,
Transport and Tourism), Secretariat: Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for
<Sub-Committee on Assessment of Resource Efficiency>

Chair: Tomonari Yashiro (University of Tokyo), Secretary: Yasushige Morikawa, Hidemitsu
Koyanagi (from TAISEI Corporation), Member: Takao Sawachi (Building Research Institute), Shiro
Nakajima (Building Research Institute), Takuya Ichikawa (Yamashita Sekkei, Inc.), Tomomi
Kanemitsu (SHIMIZU Corporation), Wataru Kuroda (Nihon Sekkei Inc.), Kensuke Kobayashi
(National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology), Hikaru Senda (Sumitomo
Metal Industries, Ltd.), Takashi Mamiya (KAJIMA Corporation), Yasushi Yutani (KUME SEKKEI
Co., Ltd.), Support Committee Member: Youhei Arisawa (Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure,
Transport and Tourism), Secretariat: Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for
<Working Group for Assessment on Real Estate>

Chief: Hiroaki Takai (TAKENAKA Corporation), Sub-Chief ᾉ Masato Ito (Sumitomo Trust &
Banking Co.,Ltd.), Member : Makoto Hayakawa(Nihon University) Naoki Nakamura (Enjineering &
Risk Services Corporation), Hiroyuki Ideguchi (SHIMIZU Corporation), Secretariat: Junko Endo
(NIKKEN SEKKEI Research Institute), Kiyohisa Oine, Yasunori Ushizaka (from Institute for
<Working Group for CASBEE for Existing Building and Renovation>

Chief: Hiroaki Takai (TAKENAKA Corporation), Sub-Chief: Masaaki Sato (KAJIMA Corporation),
Member: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei, Inc.), Masayuki Oguro,
Hidemitsu Koyanagi (from TAISEI Corporation), Tatsuya Hayashi (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research
Institute), Kiyofumi Miisyo (IWAMURA Atelier Co., Ltd.), Masato Ito (Sumitomo Trust & Banking
Co.,Ltd.), Hideaki Ishii (Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism),
Secretariat: Junko Endo (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research Institute), Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa
Yoshizawa (from Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation)
<Working Group for Case Study on CASBEE for NC/EB/RN>

Chief: Hisashi Hanzawa (Hokkaido Institute of Technology), Secretary: Takayuki Akimoto
(Shibaura Institute of Technology), Member: Atsushi Owada (KAJIMA Corporation), Ken Kato
Afterword
(Urban Renaissance Agency), Yoshiyuki Kikuchi (TOKYO Electric Power Company), Nobukazu
Kobayashi (Mitsubishi Jisho Sekkei Inc.), Masahiro Koike (TAKENAKA Corporation), Masato
Sasaki (Nihon Sekkei, Inc.), Sanae Namatame (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.), Tatsuya Hayashi (NIKKEN
SEKKEI Research Institute), Shogo Murakami (TAISEI Corporation), Takashi Momose (SHIMIZU
Corporation), Secretariat: Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for Building

Copyright٤
Environment and Energy Conservation)
<Working Group on Life Cycle Analysis>

Chief: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Member: Junko Endo (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research
Institute), Hidemitsu Koyanagi (TAISEI Corporation), Masaaki Sato (KAJIMA Corporation), Hiroaki
Takai (TAKENAKA Corporation), Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei Inc.), Yasushige Morikawa (TAISEI
Corporation), Secretariat: Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for Building
<Working Group on CASBEE for Temporary Construction>

Chief: Tomonari Yashiro (University of Tokyo), Member: Hidemitsu Koyanagi (TAISEI
Corporation),Masaaki Sato (KAJIMA Corporation), Hiroaki Takai (TAKENAKA Corporation),
Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Junko Endo (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research Institute), Masayuki
Oguro (TAISEI Corporation), Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei, Inc.), Hisashi Hanzawa (Hokkaido
Institute of Technology), Tatsuya Hayashi (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research Institute), Kiyofumi Miisyo
(IWAMURA Atelier Co., Ltd.), Secretariat: Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for
<Sub-Committee on CASBEE-HI>
Chair: Akashi Mochida (Graduate School of Tohoku University), Secretary: Katashi Matsunawa
(Nikken Sekkei Co., Ltd.), Member: Hidekazu Yamashita(Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure,
Transport and Tourism), Ryuzo Ooka (University of Tokyo), Jun Tanimoto (Graduate School of
Kyushu University), Yasunobu Ashie (Building Research Institute),Shigeo Okabe (Institute of
Planning and Design for Imaginative Lifescapes), Hiroshi Kojima (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.),Hironobu
Tsuji (KANSAI Electric Power Co., Inc.), Akio Hunatani (Osaka Gas Co., Ltd.), Yasushige
Morikawa (TAISEI Corporation), Ryuji Yanagihara (TOKYO Electric Power Company), Executive
Committee Member: Masayuki Oguro (TAISEI Corporation), Takaaki Kouno (Building Research
Institute), Tatsuya Hayashi(NIKKEN SEKKEI Research Institute), Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei
Inc.), Support Committee Member: Eiji Niwa (Nikken Sekkei Co., Ltd.), Secretariat: Kiyohisa Oine,
Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation)
<Sub-Committee on CASBEE for Home (Detached Houses)>

Chair: Shuzo Murakami (Building Research Institute), Secretary: Tsuyoshi Seike (Graduate School
of University of Tokyo), Vice Secretary: Tomoya Chikada (Sekisui House, Ltd.), Member: Hidekazu
Yamashita (Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism), Kazuo Iwamura
(Musashi Institute of Technology), Takayuki Akimoto (Shibaura Institute of Technology), Toshiharu
Ikaga (Keio University), Shiro Nakajima (Building Research Institute), Nobutoshi Yamaguchi
(SHIMIZU Corporation), Hiroyuki Aoki (Federation of All Japan Builders Association), Shigeru
Tokumoto (National Federation of Construction Workers' Unions), Kazuhiro Seno (Design Atelier),
Yuzo Minami (Yuzo Minami Office), Secretariat: Yuuji Hieda, Tatsuo Yoshimoto, Yasunori
Ushizaka, (from Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation)
<Working Group on CASBEE for Home (Detached Houses)>

Chief: Takayuki Akimoto (Shibaura Institute of Technology), Secretary: Tomoya Chikada (Sekisui
House, Ltd.), Member: Tsuyoshi Seike (Graduate School of University of Tokyo), Motoya Hayashi
(Miyagi Gakuin Women's University), Hideki Tanaka (Choubu University), Atsushi Iwamae (Kinki
University), Junta Nakano (Tokai University), Manabu Kanematsu (Tokyo University of Science ),
Takashi Miura (Building Research Institute), Tetsuya Hayashi (Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.),Yasuo
Tanaka (Sumitomo Forestry Co., Ltd.), Junichi Kurihara (Misawa Homes Institute of Research and
Development Co., Ltd.), Yoshihira Sakabe (Mitsui Home Co., Ltd.), Naoki Watanabe (TOKYO
Electric Power Company), Yoji Yamamoto (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.), Yuji Yamanaka (Daiwa House
Industry Co., Ltd.), Support Committee Member: Takashi Hayatsu (IWAMURA Atelier Co., Ltd.),
Secretariat: Tatsuo Yoshimoto, Yasunori Ushizaka (from Institute for Building Environment and
Energy Conservation)
<Working Group on CASBEE for Home (Dwelling Units)>

Chief: Tsuyoshi Seike (Graduate School of University of Tokyo), Secretary: Yuji Yamanaka (Daiwa
House Industry Co., Ltd.),
Member: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Takayuki Akimoto (Shibaura Institute of Technology),
Masayuki Otsuka (Kanto Gakuin University), Atsuo Hiramitsu (Building Research Institute), Hiroaki
Kikuchi (Urban Renaissance Agency), Takahito Nakayama (Association of New Urban Housing
Technology), Hiroshi Yamamoto (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.),Tetsuya Hayashi (SEKISUI Ckemical Co.,

Copyright٤
Ltd.), Tomoya Chikada (Sekisui House, Ltd.),

Naoki Watanabe (TOKYO Electric Power Company), Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei, Inc.),
Hiroaki Takai (TAKENAKA Corporation), Masaaki Sato (KAJIMA Corporation), Hidemitsu
Koyanagi (from TAISEI Corporation), Masaaki Yamamoto (HASEKO Corporation), Support
Committee Member: Kiyofumi Miisyo (IWAMURA Atelier Co., Ltd.), Secretariat: Tatsuo Yoshimoto,
Yasunori Ushizaka (from Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation)
<Working Group on System's Framework of Detached House>

Chief: Kazuo Iwamura (Musashi Institute of Technology), Secretary: Kiyoshi Miisho (IWAMURA
Atelier Co., Ltd.), Member: Junichi Kurihara (Misawa Homes Institute of Research and
Development Co., Ltd.), Syoichi En (Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.), Yasuo Tanaka (Sumitomo
Forestry Co., Ltd.), Yuzo Minami (Yuzo Minami Office), Akira Yazaki (Asahi Kasei Homes
Corporation), Executive Committee Member: Miwako Nakamura (Musashi Institute of Technology),
Secretariat: Tatsuo Yoshimoto, Yasunori Ushizaka (from Institute for Building Environment and
Energy Conservation)
<Working Group on Detached House Case Study>

Chief: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Secretary: Tetsuya Hayashi (Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.),
Member: Takayuki Akimoto (Shibaura Institute of Technology), Tsuyoshi Seike (Graduate School
of University of Tokyo), Miyoshi Sasada (National Federation of Construction Workers’ Unions),
Kazuhiro Seno (Design Atelier), Yuzo Minami (Yuzo Minami Office), Miwako Nakamura (Musashi
Institute of Technology),
Akito Ona (TAISEI Corporation), Naoki Kawatsu (MISAWA HOMES Co., Ltd.), Kazunari Kido
(Sekisui House, Ltd.), Kazutoshi Kusakari (TOKYO Electric Power Company), Takahiro Nagata
(Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.), Yasuo Tanaka (Sumitomo Forestry Co., Ltd.), Tomoya Chikada (Sekisui
House, Ltd.), Nobuaki Matsueda (PanaHome Corporation), Kiyofumi Miisyo( IWAMURA Atelier
Co., Ltd.), Akira Yazaki (Asahi Kasei Homes Corporation), Yuji Yamanaka (Daiwa House Industry
Co., Ltd.), Support Committee Member: Atsushi Iwamae (Kinki University), Yasuyuki Shiraishi
(University of Kitakyushu), Shingo Ito (Kyoto Center for Climate Actions), Toshiya Ochiai
(SUGISAKA HOUSING CO., LTD.), Yoshikazu Sugawara (National Federation of Construction
Workers’ Unions), Hidetoshi Suzuki(Toyota Motor Corporation), Shuji Soma (Public Corporation
for Home-twon Dvelopmenht of Shimokawamachi), Norihito Taniguchi (Komoda Corporation),
Kazumi Tojo, (IWAMURA Atelier Co., Ltd.), Masamichi Toyama (Asahi Kasei Sekkei Corporation),
Shogo Nakamura (OM Solar Association), Atsushi Hasegawa (SxL Co., Ltd.), Shunji Matsubara
(Hosoda Co., Ltd.), Secretariat: Tatsuo Yoshimoto , Yasunori Ushizaka (from Institute for Building
<Sub-Committee on CASBEE for Urban Development>

Chair: Shuzo Murakami (Building Research Institute), Secretary: Nobutoshi Yamaguchi (SHIMIZU
Corporation), Member: Shinichi Kaburagi (TAISEI Corporation), Hidekazu Yamashita (Japanese
Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism), Yasushi Asamni (University of Tokyo),
Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Kazuo Iwamura (Musashi Institute of Technology), Tateo Oka
(Utsunomiya University), Takaaki Kato (Graduate School of University of Tokyo), Satoru Sadohara
(Graduate School of Yokohama National University), Michihiko Shinozaki (Shibaura Institute of
Technology), Yasunori Muromachi (Graduate School of Tokyo Institute of Technology), Akashi
Mochida (Graduate School of Tohoku University), Hiroaki Kikuchi (Urban Renaissance Agency),
Sho Matsukuma (TAKENAKA Corporation), Support Committee Member: Kazuhiko Okamoto
(SHIMIZU Corporation) Secretariat: Yuuji Hieda, Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from
Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation)
<Working Group for Case Study on CASBEE for Urban Development (Brief Version)>
Chief: Yasushi Asamni (University of Tokyo),Secretary: Nobutoshi Yamaguchi (SHIMIZU
Corporation), Member: Takayuki Akimoto (Shibaura Institute of Technology), Ryuji Imai (Urban
Renaissance Agency), Noboru Takemura (NIKKEN SEKKEI Research Institute), Kazuhiko
Okamoto (SHIMIZU Corporation), Ken Kato (Urban Renaissance Agency), Shinichi Kaburagi
(TAISEI Corporation), Yoichi Kanno (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.), Yoshiyuki Kikuchi (TOKYO Electric
Power Company), Yasuyuki Shiraishi (University of Kitakyushu), Sho Matsukuma (TAKENAKA
Corporation), Executive Committee Member:Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Akira Okagaki
(Nikken Sekkei Co., Ltd.), Tsutomu Hane, Eiichi Sawada (from SHIMIZU Corporation), Tsuyoshi
Yamashita, Tomohiro Uchiike (from TAISEI Corporation), Takashi Nakazawa (Gradutae School of
University of Tokyo), Secretariat: Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from Institute for Building

Copyright٤
<Working Group for Credits Weighting on CASBEE for Urban Development>

Chief: Sho Matsukuma (TAKENAKA Corporation), Member: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University),
Kazuhiko Okamoto (SHIMIZU Corporation), Shinichi Kaburagi (TAISEI Corporation), Masaaki
Sato (KAJIMA Corporation), Nobutoshi Yamaguchi (SHIMIZU Corporation), Takashi Nakazawa
(Gradutae School of University of Tokyo), Secretariat: Kiyohisa Oine, Nobufusa Yoshizawa (from
Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation)

Copyright٤
Project Organization
Research and development of CASBEE have been carried out as a cooperative project between industry,
government and academia with the assistance of Japanese Government. JSBC (Japan Sustainable
Building Consortium) and its affiliated sub-committees provide overall management of CASBEE, and the
secretariat is set within the Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation.
Japan Sustainable
Building Consortium (JSBC)
(Chair; Shuzo Murakami, Chief Director of Building Research Institute )
Board of Executives
R&D Committee for CASBEE

[Housing-related] Sub-Committee on CASBEE for Home

WG on CASBEE for Home (Detached Houses)

(Chief; Takayuki Akimoto, Prof. of Shibaura Institute of Technology)
WG on CASBEE for Home (Dwelling Units )

(Chief; Tsuyoshi Seike, Prof. of University of Tokyo)
WG on System’s-Framework of Detached House

(Chief; Kazuo Iwamura, Prof. of Musashi Institute of Technology)
WG on Detached House Case Study

(Chief; Toshiharu Ikaga, Prof. of Keio University)
Sub-Committee on Assessment of Energy Efficiency

(Chair; Yuzo Sakamoto, Prof. of University of Tokyo)
Sub-Committee on Assessment of Indoor Environment
(Chair; Kazuaki Bogaki, Prof. of Musashi Institute of Technology)
Sub-Committee on Assessment of Local Environment
(Chair; Kazuo Iwamura, Prof. of Musashi Institute of Technology)
Sub-Committee on Assessment of Resource Efficiency
(Chair; Tomonari Yashiro, Prof. of University of Tokyo
[Building-related] WG for Assessment on Real Estate
WG for CASBEE for Existing Building and Renovation
WG for Case Study on CASBEE for NC/EB/RN

(Chief; Hisahi Hanzawa, Prof. of Hokkaido Institute of Technology )
WG on Life Cycle Analysis
(Chief; Toshiharu Ikaga, Prof. of Keio University
WG on CASBEE for Temporary Construction
(Chief; Tomonari Yashiro , Prof. of University of Tokyo)
Sub-Committee on CASBEE-HI
(Chair; Akashi Mochida , Prof. of University of Touhoku)
[Urban development-related ] Sub-Committee on CASBEE for Urban Development

WG for CASBEE for Urban Development (Brief Version)
(Chief; Yasushi Asami, Prof. of University of Tokyo)
WG for Case Study on CASBEE for Urban Development

(Chief; Yasushi Asami, Prof. of University of Tokyo)
WG for Credits Weighting on CASBEE for Urban Development

(Chief; Sho Matsukuma , Section Manager of TAKENAKA Corporation )

Copyright٤
Comprehensive Assessment System for Building Environmental Efficiency
CASBEE for New Construction - Technical Manual 2008 Edition
First Edition Published 31st August, 2008
Edited by Japan Sustainable Building Consortium (JSBC)/ Japan GreenBuild Council (JaGBC)

Editorial assistance Housing Bureau, Japanese Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism
Published by Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)

2F Zenkyouren Building Kojimachi-kan, 3-5-1 Kojimachi, Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo 102-0083 Japan
TEL: +81-3 - 3 2 2 2 - 6 6 9 3 FAX: +8 1- 3 - 3 2 2 2 - 6 6 9 6
e-mail: casbee-info@ibec.or.jp URL: http://www.ibec.or.jp/CASBEE
Printed by G X K Co., Ltd.

Copyright٤

CASBEE-NCe 2008manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CASBEE-NCe 2008manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CASBEE for New Construction 1

Tool-1 (2008 Edition)

PART I. Outline of CASBEE for New Construction ....... 3

1. CASBEE: Framework for New Construction ........................ 3

3. Assessment Procedure ...................................................... 20

PART II. Scoring Criteria ................................................ 45

1. Q: Environmental Quality of the Building............................ 46

Q1: Indoor Environment ..................................................... 46

Q2: Quality of Service ........................................................ 96

Q3: Outdoor Environment on Site .................................... 128

2. LR: Envoronmental Load Reduction of the Building......... 144

LR1: Energy ..................................................................... 144

LR2: Resources & Materials ............................................ 162

LR3: Off-site Environment ................................................ 177

Appendix Doccuments................................................. 214

PART III. Commentary .................................................. 231

1. An Overview of CASBEE ................................................. 231

2. Lifecycle CO2 ................................................................... 242

Afterword ....................................................................... 254

Project Organization .................................................... 259

c 2008 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)

Japan GreenBuild Council (JaGBC)/ Japan Sustainable Building Consortium (JSBC)

c 2008 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)

1. CASBEE: Framework for New Construction

CASBEE for Home (detached houses)

CASBEE for Pre-Design 䋨Tool-0䋩

CASBEE for Existing Building (Tool-2) B: Brief version

HI: Heat Island CASBEE for Local Government edition̪

Urban scale CASBEE for an Urban Area + Buildings (Tool-21+)

CASBEE for Urban Development (Too䌬-21) Published November 2007

Published November 2007

Figure I.1.1 Structure of the CASBEE Family

c 2008 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)

Design process Pre-design Design Post-design

Tool-1 Assessment of new construction

Assessment of existing buildings Assessment of

Assessment of existing buildings

1.4 How “CASBEE for New Construction” is used.

[1] Use in construction administration

c 2008 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)

1.5 Points to Note About CASBEE for New Construction

Preliminary design Execution design Construction

Assessment 1 Assessment 2 Assessment 3

Figure I.1.3 Assessment Stages of CASBEE for New Construction

(2) Use of existing assessment systems

1.6 Summary of Revisions in the 2008 Edition

(1) Introduction of explicit assessment of climate change countermeasures in CASBEE

c 2008 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)

(2) Reconfiguration of medium-level items within “Off-site Environment” (LR3)

LR3: Off-site Environment

Impact on Impact on the

Energy consumption Waste air,

LR1: Depletion of fossil energy

1. Air Pollution 1. Consideration of Global Warming

2. Noise, Vibration and Odor

3. Consideration of the Surrounding Environment

Figure I.1.5 Reorganization of Medium-level Items under LR3 Off-site Environment

(3) Provision of a simplified LCCO2 assessment method in CASBEE

c 2008 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)

(4) Addition and reorganization of assessment items

c 2008 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)

[2] Comments on “intellectual productivity”

(6) Review of weighting coefficients